Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2017.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Aquantia Corp.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3674   20-1199709

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Aquantia Corp.

105 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 228-8300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Faraj Aalaei

President and Chief Executive Officer

Aquantia Corp.

105 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 228-8300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Babak Yaghmaie
Robert W. Phillips

Joshua A. Kaufman
Cooley LLP

1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036

(212) 479-6000

 

Mark Voll

Chief Financial Officer

Aquantia Corp.

105 E. Tasman Drive
San Jose, California 95134

(408) 228-8300

 

Jorge del Calvo

Davina K. Kaile

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    ☐

 

Accelerated filer    ☐

 

Non-accelerated filer    ☒

   Smaller reporting company    ☐
 

(Do not check if a small reporting company)

   Emerging growth company    ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $10,738.13

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued October 6, 2017

             Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Aquantia Corp. We are offering              shares of our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AQ.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the federal securities laws, and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

 

PRICE $              PER SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to
Aquantia

 

Per share

       $                   $                   $           

Total

       $                              $                              $                      

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2017.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   BARCLAYS   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
NEEDHAM & COMPANY     RAYMOND JAMES

                    , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     16  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Industry and Market Data

     41  

Glossary

     42  

Use of Proceeds

     44  

Dividend Policy

     45  

Capitalization

     46  

Dilution

     48  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     51  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53  

Business

     82  

Management

     101  
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     111  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     130  

Principal Stockholders

     135  

Description of Capital Stock

     138  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     143  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     146  

Underwriting

     150  

Legal Matters

     157  

Experts

     157  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     157  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

 

Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have and are likely to have changed since that date.

Through and including                     , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither the company nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Aquantia,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Aquantia Corp. and its subsidiaries.

AQUANTIA CORP.

Overview

We are a leader in the design, development and marketing of advanced high-speed communications integrated circuits, or ICs, for Ethernet connectivity in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. Our Ethernet solutions provide a critical interface between the high-speed analog signals transported over wired infrastructure and the digital information used in computing and networking equipment. Our products are designed to cost-effectively deliver leading-edge data speeds for use in the latest generation of communications infrastructure to alleviate network bandwidth bottlenecks caused by the exponential growth of global Internet Protocol, or IP, traffic. Many of our semiconductor solutions have established benchmarks in the industry in terms of performance, power consumption and density. Our innovative solutions enable our customers to differentiate their product offerings, position themselves to gain market share and drive the ongoing equipment infrastructure upgrade cycles in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

Ethernet is a ubiquitous and evolving standard of network connectivity that is characterized by its reliability and backward compatibility, which enables easy upgrades and continuity of operation through upgrade cycles. One Gigabit Ethernet, or 1GbE, has been deployed as a mainstream wired connectivity standard for over a decade. However, 1GbE is increasingly insufficient to meet the bandwidth requirements that can accommodate the exponential growth of global IP traffic. As a result, the 1GbE infrastructure is currently undergoing an upgrade cycle that is driven by the need to alleviate bandwidth bottlenecks on the wired side of networking equipment, including the data center (servers and switches), the enterprise infrastructure (wireless access points, or APs, and switches), and the access (client connectivity for personal computers, or PCs, and carrier access) markets. Based on projections by Crehan Research Inc., or Crehan Research, 650 Group LLC, or 650 Group, IDC and Dell’oro Group, Inc., or Dell’oro, we estimate that across these markets, over one billion Ethernet ports will ship in 2017 and that this number will grow to 1.2 billion ports in 2020, representing a substantial opportunity for upgrade of the Ethernet physical layer, or PHY. In addition, we believe another new opportunity for Ethernet is emerging in the automotive market, as a result of increased investment in the development of autonomous vehicles, or self-driving cars. Historically, the transition to the next Ethernet generation has been led by the introduction of IC solutions that reliably and cost-effectively meet the new Ethernet standard. We believe that the current upgrade cycle will follow the same course.

As the data rate of PHY devices continues to increase, the technical challenges of designing high-speed communications ICs require a significantly new architectural approach. In order to meet next-generation performance requirements with low power consumption and a small footprint, our differentiated architecture combines our two fundamental innovations: Mixed-Mode Signal Processing, or MMSP, which partitions signal processing across analog and digital domains, and Multi-Core Signal Processing, or MCSP, which incorporates multiple customized units to more efficiently process digital signals. We also implement patented techniques in Analog Front-End, or AFE, algorithms, power management and programmability in the design of our products. Our

 



 

1


Table of Contents

next-generation Ethernet solutions have been developed by one of the most innovative design teams in the semiconductor industry, with deep expertise across multiple disciplines that range from analog and mixed-mode design to digital signal processing and communication theory. We have leveraged the expertise of our design team to achieve technological breakthroughs and bring what we believe to be best-in-class semiconductor solutions to market, anticipating the future technological needs of our customers and helping them shape their product roadmaps. Our best-in-class semiconductor solutions provide the functionalities that meet customers’ requirements, as well as the relevant Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, standard. For example, in 2012 we created a novel technology that we call AQrate, which has since been adopted by the IEEE as the baseline for the IEEE 802.3bz standard that was ratified in September 2016 as the industry specifications for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products made by different manufacturers to be compatible with each other. This technology is currently being deployed in the enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

We are a fabless semiconductor company. We have shipped more than 10 million ports to customers across three semiconductor process generations, and are currently in mass production in 28nm process node. 28nm and other silicon process geometries, such as 40nm and 90nm, refer to the size of the process node in nanometers for a particular semiconductor manufacturing process. Our target markets include ASICs and ASSPs for Data Processing and Communications across the following applications: Enterprise LAN and Wireless LAN Infrastructure; Server, 1/2/4+ CPU socket; Storage Network Infrastructure and DAS/FAS Storage; PC, desktop-based; Service Provider Routers and Switches. We estimate that our total addressable market opportunity across these target markets is $11.5 billion in 2017.

We estimate that our serviceable addressable market opportunity across our application-specific standard product, or ASSP, and application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, applications is approximately 100 million ports in 2020, based on projections by Crehan Research, 650 Group, IDC and Dell’oro, which we estimate would be equivalent to $800 million. Our end customers include Aruba (acquired by Hewlett-Packard Enterprise in 2015), Brocade, Cisco, Dell, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Huawei, IBM, Intel, Juniper, Oracle and Ruckus (acquired by Brocade in 2016). For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, sales to Intel accounted for approximately 68%, 78%, 68% and 65% of our revenue, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, our revenue was $24.5 million, $80.8 million and $86.7 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $27.8 million, $10.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net income (loss) was $(26.8) million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our revenue was $41.4 million and $48.8 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $0.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net loss was $0.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. See the section titled “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Industry Opportunities

The migration of data to the cloud and the proliferation of mobile devices are continuously driving the need for faster wired connections in data center, enterprise infrastructure and access environments. The legacy infrastructure currently installed in these environments is primed for the next upgrade cycle. The data transported over wired connections can be transmitted either optically or electrically, and the transport protocol is typically based on the widely deployed Ethernet standard. Optical solutions are generally able to carry high-bandwidth traffic over long distances, but can be cost-prohibitive in short-distance applications that are typical of the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access environments. Electrical copper-based interconnects are generally less expensive than optical solutions due to their implementation in silicon. The most commonly deployed interconnect solution is based on twisted-pair copper cabling, commonly called Ethernet cable, or BASE-T. The 100-meter reach of BASE-T, its ease of deployment and its large installed base have made it the preferred medium in many information technology, or IT,

 



 

2


Table of Contents

environments. According to Crehan Research, approximately 80% of all connections currently are between switches and servers (the two main components of data center architecture), and 80% of those connections are electrical, resulting in electrical interconnect solutions accounting for more than 60% of data center connections. In 2016, the majority of all links in data center and enterprise environments were based on GbE, and 90% of all GbE links were based on twisted-pair copper cabling.

The increasing demand for faster connectivity in corporate data centers has led network engineers to consider upgrading from GbE to 10GbE, with the 10GBASE-T standard experiencing the fastest growth among existing 10GbE PHY options, due to its reach, lower cost and backward compatibility with earlier generations of Ethernet. Crehan Research projects that shipments of 10GBASE-T in data centers will reach 29 million ports in 2020, representing approximately 23% of all ports shipping to data centers that year and a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 27% from 2017 through 2020.

Another class of data center, the “cloud data center” or “hyperscale data center” for the largest cloud data centers, is witnessing a major transformation. In this class of data center, due to impact of social media and video applications, data requests by remote clients typically generate multiple queries and are often retrieved from multiple sources in different servers. The resulting data traffic pattern is called East-West, as data flows back and forth between adjacent servers within the data center before exiting the data center, as opposed to a North-South traffic pattern, characteristic of corporate data centers, in which a remote client retrieves data from a single server in the data center. The impact of this new trend and topology is a dramatic increase in bandwidth requirements between servers and switches towards speeds as high as 100Gbps for very short connections. Crehan Research projects that, out of a total of approximately 130 million ports shipping to data centers in 2020, shipment of 100Gigabit Ethernet, or 100GbE, together with 25GbE and 50GbE, will reach 47 million ports, representing approximately 37% of all ports added to data centers that year and a CAGR of 87% from 2017 through 2020.

In the enterprise infrastructure, 1GbE over twisted-pair copper cabling, or 1000BASE-T, has been adopted as the preferred connectivity between PCs, wireless local-area networks, or WLANs, APs and Ethernet switches. This adoption has been facilitated by the ease of deployment of Ethernet cables in ceilings and walls, and the relatively low cost of 1000BASE-T-based networking equipment. Ethernet cables have been widely deployed in this segment of the market, representing more than 90% of the worldwide base of cables installed between 2003 and 2014. With the advent of 802.11ac and 802.11ax, the latest IEEE standards for WiFi pushing throughput up to 5Gbps, the wired 1GbE connectivity between WLAN APs and switches has become insufficient and the need for a Multi-Gigabit/s, or Multi-Gig, Ethernet wired connectivity solution has emerged, in both the enterprise and small and medium sized business, or SMB, environments. 650 Group projects that shipments of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T in the enterprise infrastructure market will reach 57 million ports in 2020, representing a CAGR of 112% from 2017 through 2020. 650 Group also estimates that in 2020, 385 million ports in enterprise and small- and medium-sized businesses still will be 1GbE, representing a significant opportunity for growth for Multi-Gig.

In the access market, which consists of PC connectivity (or client connectivity) and carrier termination devices and gateway boxes used at home and in offices (or carrier access) the need to adopt the Multi-Gig solution has emerged. Despite the trends towards lighter and thinner machines such as notebooks and laptops, IDC projects that PCs will continue to be equipped with Ethernet ports for the foreseeable future, estimating that 194 million PCs, or approximately 80% of the total market, will ship with an Ethernet port by 2020, driven by enterprise buyers and gamers. Based on current adoption trends, we estimate that 10 million ports of Multi-Gig Ethernet, in the form of 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T, will ship in 2020 as PC users transition to Multi-Gig. Inside PCs, the Ethernet PHY device is typically integrated with a Media Access Control device, also referred to as the controller. We believe that integrated solutions combining both the PHY and the controller are likely to become the preferred choice of PC original equipment manufacturers. Our targeted carrier access market focuses on the last 100 meters between the carrier or service provider termination device, which is typically

 



 

3


Table of Contents

located in the basement of an apartment complex or the entry-door cabinet in an individual home, and the residential gateway box which is typically owned or leased by the consumer. As carriers and service providers deploy “last-mile” high bandwidth technologies, such as Passive Optical Network, or PON, Digital Subscriber Line, or DSL, and cable modem, the need has arisen to provide high-bandwidth, low-cost, easy-to-deploy solutions to connect termination devices and gateway boxes. The bandwidth requirement is now exceeding 1 Gbps in an increasing number of deployments, on distances that are typically within 100 meters between termination device and gateway box. In addition, we anticipate that the availability of Multi-Gig Ethernet on PCs, Network-Attach Storage, or NAS, as well as 802.11ac/ax WiFi extenders and wireless routers, will drive the need for gateways to migrate from 1GbE to Multi-Gig Ethernet on the local-area network, or LAN, side as well. Dell’oro projects that 74 million gateways will ship in 2020, representing a total of 370 million ports as gateways typically ship with five Ethernet ports per box. We estimate that seven million ports of Multi-Gig Ethernet will ship on the wide-area network, or WAN, and LAN sides of these gateways in 2020.

The automotive market is undergoing a transformation with the development of self-driving cars. Developing a fully autonomous vehicle requires innovation in the areas of image processing, fast and multi-dimensional decision-making processes, and deep learning, similar to some of the most advanced facial recognition algorithms or complex model simulations being handled by super computers in hyperscale data centers today. As a result, systems that are being contemplated by the car industry to deliver such capabilities will likely need high-speed signaling connecting together end points such as cameras and other sensors, processing units, and an array of switches for rich connectivity and redundancy. Ethernet is one of the most promising technologies to deliver the high-speed connectivity required for making the self-driving car a reality. The car environment has its own very stringent set of requirements such as low weight, low power consumption, limited electro-magnetic emissions and susceptibility, ability to support higher spread of environmental temperature, and low cost. In terms of connectivity, this matrix of requirements is well served by high-speed Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper cabling. The potential market opportunity is considerable. Raymond James estimates that the silicon content in autonomous vehicles will represent a $30 billion total addressable market by 2030. We are currently shipping products into this market but do not expect significant volume production to occur until 2019.

Challenges to the Adoption of 10GbE and Multi-Gig Ethernet over Copper Cabling

 

   

Technical Challenges . The continued increase in signal transmission speeds presents a number of technical challenges due to the significant impairments, such as attenuation, crosstalk and echo, suffered by the signal as it is transmitted over copper cabling. As transmission speeds increase beyond 1Gbps, the amount of processing required to be performed in the silicon layer to address these impairments increases correspondingly, leading to greater design complexity. In recent years, innovations in the areas of digital signal processing and semiconductor manufacturing have further advanced the use of copper cabling for high-speed data transmission.

 

   

Power Consumption . As the amount of processing performed in the silicon layer increases to address signal impairments, the power consumption of the entire PHY device also increases. In recent years, advancements in lithography and other manufacturing process technologies have allowed for significantly reduced transistor geometries, resulting in considerably lower power consumption per IC and a greater level of integration. Interconnect solutions based on 10GbE over copper cabling have benefited from these manufacturing advancements. For instance, first-generation solutions consumed up to 25W of power, requiring additional cooling technologies. Current generation solutions based on 28nm silicon reduce typical power to a couple of watts.

Nevertheless, addressing these technical challenges with conventional silicon architectures generally yields ICs that are inefficient and consume more power. We believe the design of complex signal processing solutions requires a novel architectural approach.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Our Solution

We have developed a differentiated architecture that leverages our deep technical design expertise to create integrated high-performance connectivity solutions that address the significant opportunities present in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. Our Ethernet PHY solutions provide a critical interface between the high-speed analog signals transported over wired infrastructure and the digital information used in computing and networking equipment. Our architecture combines our two fundamental innovations, MMSP and MCSP, as well as several other patented techniques in AFE design, algorithms, power management and programmability.

We initially used these core innovations in the development of 10GBASE-T PHY devices, and subsequently in custom ASICs for Intel that integrate our PHY devices with various elements of Intel’s proprietary technologies. These custom ASICs are driving the transition to 10GbE networking from legacy 1GbE technology in corporate data center server applications.

More recently, we employed our fundamental PHY expertise to develop AQrate, our technology designed to improve transmission speeds from 1GbE to 5GbE over existing copper cabling infrastructure in the enterprise infrastructure and access market. Our Multi-Gig AQrate-based products are being deployed in WLAN APs and Enterprise/SMB switches.

Subsequently, we developed a Multi-Gig Ethernet controller and integrated it with our AQrate as well as our 10GBASE-T PHYs to deliver a size, power and cost-optimized solution for client connectivity in PCs for the access market. Our AQrate PHYs are also being integrated inside service provider gateways for deployment in the home to provide Multi-Gig speeds on the WAN side and in some cases also on the LAN side of the equipment.

We also developed a breakthrough 100GbE interconnect solution we call QuantumStream, leveraging on our core expertise and proprietary architecture. Our QuantumStream technology is capable of transporting data at a speed of 100Gbps over a single lane of copper cabling and is aimed at inter and intra rack connectivity of up to three meters, complementing longer reach optical connectivity solutions in hyperscale data centers and cloud computing environments. According to estimates by Crehan Research, this represents the majority of direct server and storage Ethernet network connections in hyperscale data centers.

We are currently developing solutions for Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper to serve the potential automotive market opportunity. We are also collaborating with several CPU/GPU chip manufacturers that specialize in artificial intelligence and complex processing for autonomous driving applications. We are currently shipping products into this market but do not expect significant volume production to occur until 2019.

Benefits We Provide to Our Customers

We believe our solutions provide our customers the following benefits:

 

   

Performance . The combination of our MMSP and MCSP innovations creates an architecture that is die-size optimized for high performance. These core processing units are responsible for correcting impairments suffered by the signal as it is transmitted over Ethernet cable for Multi-Gig and 10GBASE-T, or over backplanes and direct attach cable in the case of 100GbE. We believe our innovative, low cost implementation of these building blocks delivers quality and reliability that exceed industry standards. This translates into additional margin in the system design, allowing customers to meet or even surpass quality expectations of their end customers.

 

   

Power . We produce ICs that reduce complexity in the digital signal processing logic due, in part, to our novel MMSP architecture. Architectural innovations such as our MMSP have enabled our PHY ICs to

 



 

5


Table of Contents
 

deliver low power consumption. For instance, our first generation PHY product was delivered at lower power in 90nm process node compared to similar products delivered by our competitors in 65nm process node. Additionally, since analog does not shrink through process scaling, and our architecture benefits from an intrinsically smaller design, we expect a sustainable and growing advantage as the design migrates to finer process geometries. We were the first to deliver a 28nm product to the market, and we endeavor to maintain our leadership position.

 

   

Port Density . Our proprietary analog architecture leads to small-footprint ICs. As we migrated our 10GbE solution to the 40nm process node, our higher density design allowed us to deliver the industry’s first 10GBASE-T quad-port in a 25mm x 25mm package. We believe this small-size package enabled our customers, for the first time, to design a high-density 48-port switch platform in a single-row of chipsets, instead of the inefficient 2-row design that was previously used. In addition to high port-density Ethernet switching applications, our small-footprint IC solutions are being used in space-constrained products such as WLAN APs and computing platforms. Recently, we have also introduced the industry’s smallest single-port 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T PHY, designed on a 28nm process, with a footprint of 7mm x 11mm. Beside its application in space-constrained products such as WLAN APs and residential gateways, this IC was also designed in Aquantia-branded SFP+ pluggable modules supporting 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T. These SFP+ products are currently being deployed in data center and enterprise-type switches and servers that have been shipped with empty SFP+ cages.

 

   

Innovation and Customer Focus . Given the technical challenges associated with developing high-speed PHY products, our customers typically rely on our technical expertise, deep understanding of the PHY market and execution track record to deliver them solutions. By anticipating future trends and demonstrating an in-depth understanding of our customers’ evolving needs, we believe we have the ability to translate our ideas into innovative product concepts, which in turn enables our customers to deliver best-in-class products into their markets. We operate at a high level of responsiveness to our customers’ needs due to our lean structure and process efficiency, and have a well-established track record of delivering on our customers’ specifications from the first silicon order.

 

   

High Quality . To sustain our market leadership, we emphasize high quality across all of our product lines and continuously work to exceed customer expectations. Our high-volume customers report quality metrics on products we ship that are significantly higher than industry norms. We have been able to maintain this standard of high quality across three generations of standard CMOS process technology, most recently in 28nm process node.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Differentiated Technology Architecture . We believe our connectivity solutions, many of which are protected with patents and our fundamental trade secrets around analog and mixed signal design, provide us with a significant competitive advantage across our target end markets. Our semiconductor solutions have repeatedly established benchmarks in the industry in terms of performance, power consumption and density. We believe our design techniques and technical innovations, including our MMSP and MCSP technology, enable us to successfully compete with and win designs against larger, more established peers. As of June 30, 2017, we had a total of 85 issued patents, 73 of which are U.S. patents, and 29 pending and provisional U.S. patent applications. We continue to invest in our core technology to stay ahead of the competition in the process node migration of our products.

 

   

Top Industry Talent . We believe the engineering and design talent of our employees is critical to our success. As of June 30, 2017, we employed 186 engineers with deep technical expertise in analog, digital signal processing and mixed-mode signal design, digital signal processing, communication theory and chip-level integration. Our highly talented team of engineers brings together expertise in

 



 

6


Table of Contents
 

varied products, including Ethernet PHYs, high-speed serializer/deserializer, Ethernet switching, cellular networking, memory, microprocessors, programmable logic arrays, PLDs, and experience from across industry leaders, including AMD, Beceem, Broadcom, Centillium, Intel, LSI Logic, National Semiconductor, Philips and Samsung. We intend to continue to aggressively recruit and seek to retain talented engineering and design personnel.

 

   

Consistent Long-Term Relationships with Leaders in Our Markets . We have built significant long-term relationships with, and have developed our solutions for, industry leaders, including Intel, the leader in server microprocessors, and Cisco, the leader in networking infrastructure. We have repeatedly demonstrated our ability to address and preempt the technological challenges facing each of these customers and, as a result, we are designed into several of their respective current systems and their emerging products and architectures. Our key customers rely on our technologically advanced solutions to enable their end products to provide their customers with the highest performance and reliability while maintaining a low total cost of ownership. As such, we have built significant long-term relationships with our key customers that enable them to trust our ability to successfully execute to their internal roadmaps and meet the needs of their end customers.

 

   

Market Insight and Vision . We are deeply involved with our customers in defining next-generation technologies by leveraging our market knowledge and product expertise in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. We are helping shape our customers’ roadmaps and product offerings to their end customers through our fundamental understanding of their technology cycles and product needs. We believe this has enabled us to anticipate market trends ahead of our competition, develop innovative technologies in existing markets and create new market opportunities.

 

   

Track Record of Execution . We believe we have demonstrated a track record of execution excellence by productizing existing technologies and bringing to market industry-defining technological developments. To date, we have shipped millions of data center-class ICs with our core communications technologies and have achieved more than 170 design wins for ASIC and PHY products across a variety of end markets with a growing number of existing and new customers. Similarly, we demonstrated our ability to bring an entirely new product to market with the successful development and launch of AQrate in the enterprise infrastructure and access markets. AQrate has been established as the technology leader through its adoption by the IEEE as the baseline for the IEEE 802.3bz standard for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products.

Our Strategy

Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Expand Market Share with Leaders in Existing Markets . Customers with which we have existing supplier relationships are continuously developing new products in existing and new application areas. These customers tend to be large multinational enterprises with significant annual budgets for IC purchases. We intend to increase our market share through our existing customer base by applying our design capabilities to new design programs and by continuing to foster deep relationships with these customers. We believe our product roadmaps will enhance our ability to win new business due to the fact that these new roadmaps have been developed in close collaboration with our existing customers. Further, these customers also typically include our products to develop their future product roadmaps.

 

   

Sell to New Customers in Existing Markets . We have successfully demonstrated a number of key benefits to our existing customers within certain applications and markets, such as the data center and enterprise infrastructure markets. We believe these customers’ products have become more competitive as a direct result of using our solutions. We intend to work with other leading original equipment manufacturers in our existing markets to help them realize similar benefits by deploying our IC solutions.

 



 

7


Table of Contents
   

Broaden Product Portfolio to Target New Markets . We intend to continue to develop new products that we can leverage across our core data center and enterprise infrastructure markets, and use to penetrate the access and other new markets. In particular, we believe that our core expertise, IP and product portfolio can be leveraged to continue to expand into the access market and to address connectivity needs in the automotive market, where technology requirements for autonomous driving vehicles will push the bandwidth for wired high-speed connectivity well beyond the 100 Mbps and 1Gbps currently being deployed.

 

   

Continue to Enhance Key Technological Expertise . We maintain three intertwining areas of technical expertise: analog and mixed-mode signal design, signal processing and algorithms, and Ethernet networking. Our engineers have a deep knowledge of Ethernet and data networking that enables us to assist our customers in driving their product roadmaps. We intend to invest in research and development to continue to drive industry leadership. To maintain our position as a technology leader, we intend to continue to leverage our deep market insight and product roadmap knowledge of our customers and our customers’ customers to look ahead to new products and solutions.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include, among others:

 

   

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial majority of our revenue, and believe that our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to Intel and Cisco, our two largest customers. If we fail to retain or expand our customer relationships or if our customers cancel or reduce their purchase commitments, our revenue would decline significantly.

 

   

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including customer demand, our customer’s end customer demand, which we refer to as “end-market”, into which we have limited insight, product life cycles, market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products and pricing, product cost and product mix. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

 

   

Our success and future revenue depend on our ability to achieve design wins and to convince our current and prospective customers to design our products into their product offerings. If we do not continue to win designs or if our products are not designed into our customers’ product offerings, our results of operations and business will be harmed.

 

   

The success of our products is dependent on our customers’ ability to develop products that achieve market acceptance, and our customers’ failure to do so could negatively affect our business.

 

   

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect, and if we fail to penetrate new markets, such as the access market, and scale successfully within those markets, our revenue and financial condition could be harmed.

 

   

If we are not able to successfully introduce and ship in volume new products as our existing products near the end of their product lifecycle, our business and revenue will suffer.

 

   

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to rapid technological change in the industries in which we operate, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.

 

   

If we fail to compete effectively, we may lose or fail to gain market share, which could negatively impact our operating results and our business.

 



 

8


Table of Contents
   

We depend on third parties for our wafer, assembly and testing operations which exposes us to certain risks that may harm our business.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. We intend to take advantage of certain exemptions under the JOBS Act from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of the provision of the JOBS Act that permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on January 27, 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 105 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134 and our telephone number is (408) 228-8300. Our corporate website address is www.aquantia.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, should not be relied on in determining whether to make an investment decision, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We have obtained or are in the process of obtaining registered trademarks for Aquantia, AQrate and QuantumStream. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

                 shares

Over-allotment option offered by us

  

                 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                 shares (                  shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, though this may change due to market or other factors.

 

We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the remaining net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; however, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

  

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain of the factors to consider carefully before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Directed share program

  

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of common stock, or up to     % of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees, business associates, and friends and family of our directors and officers. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved

 



 

10


Table of Contents
  

shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

  

“AQ”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,503,080 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

   

3,882,957 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.44 per share;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan;

 

   

                 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

2,340,816 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrants) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.03 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 234,079 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.32 per share, immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and

 

   

3,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which will convert into a warrant to purchase 350,069 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.0858713 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

a 1-for-10 reverse split of our common stock effected October 5, 2017;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any;

 

   

the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2017 into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 584,148 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and no exercise of these warrants; and

 

   

the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 20,816,754 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements. The following summary consolidated financial data have been updated to reflect the completion of the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock which was effective on October 5, 2017 and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future and our results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2016             2016                     2017          
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Revenue

  $ 24,500     $ 80,807     $ 86,675     $ 41,374     $ 48,807  

Cost of revenue (1)

    16,189       41,511       34,064       16,183       20,959  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,311       39,296       52,611       25,191       27,848  

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    27,343       25,262       36,553       17,301       20,944  

Sales and marketing (1)

    2,142       3,756       5,347       2,873       3,456  

General and administrative (1)

    4,403       6,284       7,124       3,796       4,475  

Collaboration and development charge (2)

          12,024                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    33,888       47,326       49,024       23,970       28,875  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,577     (8,030     3,587       1,221       (1,027

Other income (expense):

         

Interest expense

    (2,164     (3,321     (3,334     (1,871     (1,016

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (15     1,591       (544     78       (1,700

Other income, net

    12       5       14       3       28  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (2,167     (1,725     (3,864     (1,790     (2,688
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (27,744     (9,755     (277     (569     (3,715

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    56       200       168       106       (358
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders and comprehensive loss

  $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (3)

  $ (24.83   $ (6.64   $ (0.10   $ (0.17   $ (0.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted (3)

    1,119,632       1,498,233       4,240,461       4,055,411       4,549,015  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (3)

      $ 0.00       $ (0.07
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic (3)

        24,074,289         24,697,392  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share, diluted (3)

        28,465,903         24,697,392  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

12


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2016          2016              2017      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 10      $ 19      $ 31      $ 15      $ 14  

Research and development

     382        373        489        206        293  

Sales and marketing

     36        71        95        46        64  

General and administrative

     430        329        324        182        178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 858      $ 792      $ 939      $ 449      $ 549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Collaboration and development charge represents the fair value of a fully vested warrant to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., which warrant was exercised in full on May 5, 2017. See Notes 2 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, and the number of weighted-average shares used to compute the per share amounts.

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
           (in thousands)         

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,369     $ 17,369      $               

Working capital

     19,494       19,494     

Total assets

     62,882       62,882     

Total debt

     18,351       18,351     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     3,847           

Total liabilities

     34,510       30,663     

Convertible preferred stock

     210,269           

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (181,897     32,219     

 

(1)

The pro forma column gives effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 584,148 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and gives further effect to (a) the sale of                  shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (b) the application of approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay in full the outstanding indebtedness under our loan with Pinnacle Ventures L.L.C.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase (decrease), each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total asset and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and to evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus should not be considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

The information in the table below sets forth the non-GAAP financial measures that we use in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (dollars in thousands)  
          

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

   $ (26,757   $ 1,303     $ 1,071     $ (288   $ (1,092

Adjusted EBITDA

     (22,819     6,642       7,266       2,869       1,728  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (93 %)      8     8     7     4

Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss). We define non-GAAP net income (loss) as net loss attributable to common stockholders reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, excluding the impact of the following non-cash charges: stock-based compensation, a collaboration and development charge, change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and amortization of acquired intangibles resulting from business combination. We have presented non-GAAP net income (loss) because we believe that the exclusion of these non-cash charges allows for a more relevant comparison of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin . We define adjusted EBITDA as our net loss attributable to common stockholders excluding: (1) stock-based compensation; (2) depreciation and amortization; (3) interest expense; (4) a collaboration and development charge; (5) change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability; (6) other income, net; and (7) income tax expense. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe they are important measures used by industry analysts and investors to compare our performance against that of our peer group and they provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss):

          

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357

Stock-based compensation

     858       792       939       449       549  

Amortization of acquired intangibles resulting from business combination

     170       33       33       16       16  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     15       (1,591     544       (78     1,700  

Collaboration and development charge

           12,024                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

   $ (26,757   $ 1,303     $ 1,071     $ (288   $ (1,092
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

          

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357

Stock-based compensation

     858       792       939       449       549  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,900       1,856       2,740       1,199       2,206  

Interest expense

     2,164       3,321       3,334       1,871       1,016  

Collaboration and development charge

           12,024                    

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     15       (1,591     544       (78     1,700  

Other income, net

     (12     (5     (14     (3     (28

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     56       200       168       106       (358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (22,819   $ 6,642     $ 7,266     $ 2,869     $ 1,728  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

     24,500       80,807       86,675       41,374       48,807  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (93 )%      8     8     7     4

 



 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, in whole or in part, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operation.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial majority of our revenue. If we fail to retain or expand our customer relationships or if our customers cancel or reduce their purchase commitments, our revenue could decline significantly.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from a limited number of customers. We believe that our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to Intel Corporation, or Intel, and Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, our two largest customers. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, sales to Intel accounted for approximately 68%, 78%, 68% and 65% of our revenue, respectively. Substantially all of our sales to date, including sales to Intel and Cisco, have been made on a purchase order basis, which orders may be cancelled, changed or delayed with little or no notice or penalty. As a result of this customer concentration, our revenue could fluctuate materially and could be materially and disproportionately impacted by purchasing decisions of Intel, Cisco or any other significant customer. In the future, Intel, Cisco or any other significant customer may decide to purchase fewer units than they have in the past, may alter their purchasing patterns at any time with limited notice, or may decide not to continue to purchase our semiconductor solutions at all, any of which could cause our revenue to decline materially and materially harm our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our relationships with existing customers may deter potential customers who compete with these customers from buying our semiconductor solutions. If we are unable to diversify our customer base, we will continue to be susceptible to risks associated with customer concentration.

Our revenue and operating results may fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

customer demand and product life cycles;

 

   

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers, which have in the past caused significant fluctuations in our revenue;

 

   

the gain or loss of significant customers;

 

   

market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products;

 

   

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis;

 

   

the timing and extent of product development costs;

 

   

new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

our research and development costs and related new product expenditures;

 

   

seasonality and fluctuations in sales by product manufacturers that incorporate our semiconductor solutions into their products;

 

   

end-market demand into which we have limited insight, including cyclicality, seasonality and the competitive landscape;

 

   

cyclical fluctuations in the semiconductor market;

 

   

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields;

 

   

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers; and

 

   

changes in our pricing, product cost and product mix.

As a result of these and other factors, you should not rely on the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods, or any historical trends reflected in such results, as indications of our future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our stock price to decline and, as a result, you may lose some or all of your investment.

We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past, and we may continue to incur net losses in the future.

As of June 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $195.6 million. We generated net losses of $27.8 million, $10.0 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively and $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. We may continue to incur net losses in the future.

Our success and future revenue depend on our ability to achieve design wins and to convince our current and prospective customers to design our products into their product offerings. If we do not continue to win designs or our products are not designed into our customers’ product offerings, our results of operations and business will be harmed.

We sell our semiconductor solutions to customers who include our solutions in their hardware products. This selection process is typically lengthy and may require us to incur significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit of a single design win. If we fail to convince our current or prospective customers to include our products in their product offerings or fail to achieve a consistent number of design wins, our results of operations and business will be harmed.

Because of our extended sales cycle, our revenue in future years is highly dependent on design wins we are awarded today. It is typical that a design win today will not result in meaningful revenue until one year or later, if at all. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, substantially all of our revenue was derived from design wins for which revenue was first recognized more than 12 months ago. If we do not continue to win designs in the short term, our revenue in the following years will deteriorate.

Further, a significant portion of our revenue in any period may depend on a single product design win with a large customer. As a result, the loss of any key design win or any significant delay in the ramp of volume production of the customer’s products into which our product is designed could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to maintain sales to our key customers or continue to secure key design wins for a variety of reasons, and our customers can stop incorporating our products into their product offerings with limited notice to us and suffer little or no penalty.

The loss of a key customer or design win, a reduction in sales to any key customer, a significant delay or negative development in our customers’ product development plans, or our inability to attract new significant customers or secure new key design wins could seriously impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

The success of our products is dependent on our customers’ ability to develop products that achieve market acceptance, and our customers’ failure to do so could negatively affect our business.

The success of our semiconductor solutions is heavily dependent on the timely introduction, quality and market acceptance of our customers’ products incorporating our solutions, which may be impacted by factors beyond our control. Our customers’ products are often very complex and subject to design complexities that may result in design flaws, as well as potential defects, errors and bugs. We have in the past been subject to delays and project cancellations as a result of design flaws in the products developed by our customers, changing market requirements, such as the customer adding a new feature, or because a customer’s product fails their end customer’s evaluation or field trial. In other cases, customer products are delayed due to incompatible deliverables from other vendors. We incur significant design and development costs in connection with designing our products for customers’ products that may not ultimately achieve market acceptance. If our customers discover design flaws, defects, errors or bugs in their products, or if they experience changing market requirements, failed evaluations or field trials, or incompatible deliverables from other vendors, they may delay, change or cancel a project, and we may have incurred significant additional development costs and may not be able to recoup our costs, which in turn would adversely affect our business and financial results.

Defects in our products could harm our relationships with our customers and damage our reputation.

Defects in our products may cause our customers to be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and adversely impact our reputation and financial results. The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product in systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources. Further, if we are unable to determine the root cause of a problem or find an appropriate solution, we may delay shipment to customers. As a result, we may incur significant replacement costs and contract damage claims from our customers, and our reputation and financial results may be adversely affected.

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect, and if we fail to penetrate new markets and scale successfully within those markets, our revenue and financial condition would be harmed.

A substantial majority of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 was derived from the data center market. In 2014, we began introducing products for the enterprise infrastructure market and, in 2016, we began introducing products into the access market which serves the client connectivity and carrier access markets. We are currently developing solutions for Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper with major car manufacturers and Tier-1 suppliers in the automotive market. Any deterioration in these markets or reduction in capital spending to support these markets could lead to a reduction in demand for our products, which would adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. Further, if our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we currently expect, demand for our technology may not materialize as expected, which would also negatively impact our business.

We may be unable to predict the timing or development of trends in these end markets with any accuracy and these trends may not be beneficial to us. If we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for these solutions, our business will suffer. A market shift towards an industry standard that we may not support could significantly decrease the demand for our solutions. For example, we have invested significant resources in developing semiconductor solutions to address 2.5GbE and 5GbE operation over today’s Cat5e and Cat6 cabling infrastructure. If these technologies are not adopted as an industry standard, our investment may not lead to future revenue.

Our future revenue growth, if any, will depend in part on our ability to expand within our existing markets, our ability to continue to penetrate newer markets, such as the access market which we entered in 2016, and our ability to enter into new markets, such as the automotive market. Each of these markets presents distinct and substantial challenges and risks and, in many cases, requires us to develop new customized solutions to address

 

18


Table of Contents

the particular requirements of that market. Meeting the technical requirements and securing design wins in any of these new markets will require a substantial investment of our time and resources. We cannot assure you that we will secure design wins from these or other new markets, or that we will achieve meaningful revenue from sales with these markets. If any of these markets do not develop as we currently anticipate or if we are unable to penetrate them and scale in them successfully, our projected revenue would decline.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to execute our business plan and our operating results and stock price could suffer.

In order to succeed in executing our business plan, we will need to manage our growth effectively as we make significant investments in research and development and sales and marketing, and expand our operations and infrastructure both domestically and internationally. In addition, in connection with operating as a public company, we will incur additional significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenue does not increase to offset these increases in our expenses, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in future periods.

To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to expand our operations, engineering, financial accounting, internal management and other systems, procedures and controls. This may require substantial managerial and financial resources, and our efforts may not be successful. Any failure to successfully implement systems enhancements and improvements will likely have a negative impact on our ability to manage our expected growth, as well as our ability to ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and compliance with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new semiconductor solutions, and we may fail to satisfy customer product or support requirements, maintain the quality of our solutions, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could negatively affect our brand, results of operations and overall business.

The average selling prices of our products and of other products in our markets have decreased historically over time and may do so in the future, which could harm our revenue and gross margins.

The average selling prices of our products and of other semiconductor products in the markets we serve generally have decreased over time. Our revenue is derived from sales to large customers and, in some cases, we have agreed in advance to modest price reductions, generally over a period of time ranging from 18 months to five years, once the specified product begins to ship in volume. However, our customers may change their purchase orders and demand forecasts at any time with limited notice due in part to fluctuating end-market demand, which can sometimes lead to price renegotiations. Although these price renegotiations can sometimes result in the average selling prices fluctuating over the shorter term, we expect average selling prices generally to decline over the longer term as our products mature.

We seek to offset the anticipated reductions in our average selling prices by reducing the cost of our products through improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and testing costs, developing new products, enhancing lower-cost products on a timely basis and increasing unit sales. However, if we are unable to offset these anticipated reductions in our average selling prices, our results of operations, cash flows and overall business could be negatively affected.

If we are not able to successfully introduce and ship in volume new products as our existing products near the end of their product lifecycle, our business and revenue will suffer.

We have developed products that we anticipate will have product life cycles of 10 years or more, as well as other products in more volatile high growth or rapidly changing areas, which may have shorter life cycles. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and introduce new technologies and products that generate new sources of revenue to replace, or build upon, existing revenue streams that may be dependent upon limited product life cycles. If we are unable to repeatedly introduce, in successive years, new products that ship

 

19


Table of Contents

in volume, or if our transition to these new products does not successfully occur prior to any decrease in revenue from our prior products, our revenue will likely decline significantly and rapidly.

Our gross margins may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, which could negatively impact our results of operations and our financial condition.

Our gross margins may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including customer and product mix, market acceptance of our new products, timing and seasonality of the end-market demand, yield, wafer pricing, competitive pricing dynamics and geographic and market pricing strategies.

Further, because we are so dependent on a few large customers, these customers have significant leverage with respect to negotiating pricing and other terms with us and may put downward pressure on our margins. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we have in the past and will in the future offer certain customers favorable prices, which would decrease our average selling prices and likely impact gross margins. Further, we may also offer pricing incentives to our customers on earlier generations of products that inherently have a higher cost structure, which would negatively affect our gross margins.

Because we do not operate our own manufacturing, assembly or testing facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities, and our costs may even increase, which could further reduce our gross margins. We rely primarily on obtaining yield improvements and volume-based cost reductions to drive cost reductions in the manufacture of existing products, introducing new products that incorporate advanced features and optimize die size, and other price and performance factors that enable us to increase revenue while maintaining gross margins. To the extent that such cost reductions or revenue increases do not occur in a timely manner, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, we maintain inventory of our products at various stages of production and in finished good inventory. We hold these inventories in anticipation of customer orders. If those customer orders do not materialize, we may have excess or obsolete inventory which we would have to reserve or write off, and our gross margins would be adversely affected.

Our customers require our products and our third-party contractors to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification process which does not assure product sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, our business and operating results would suffer.

Prior to purchasing our semiconductor solutions, our customers require that both our solutions and our third-party contractors undergo extensive qualification processes, which involve testing of our products in the customers’ systems, as well as testing for reliability. This qualification process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer does not assure any sales of the product to that customer. Even after successful qualification and sales of a product to a customer, a subsequent revision in our third-party contractors’ manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in delays and in our holding excess or obsolete inventory. After our products are qualified, it can take several months or more before the customer commences volume production of components or systems that incorporate our products. Despite these uncertainties, we devote substantial resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of those products to the customer may be precluded or delayed, which would cause our business and operating results to suffer.

We may be subject to warranty or product liability claims, which could result in unexpected expenses and loss of market share.

From time to time, we may be subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend those claims, replace our solutions, refund payments or pay damage awards. We generally agree to indemnify our customers for defects in our products.

 

20


Table of Contents

If a customer’s equipment fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages, including an equipment recall or associated replacement expenses as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and assert a claim against us to recover monetary damages. In certain situations, circumstances might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order to avoid the potential claims that may be raised should a customer reasonably rely upon our product and suffer a failure due to a design or manufacturing process defect. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying any arbitration award or judgment with respect to these claims would result in unexpected expenses and could harm our business prospects. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance is subject to significant deductibles and may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to rapid technological change in the industries in which we operate, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies as well as technological obsolescence. The introduction of new products by our competitors, the delay or cancellation of any of our customers’ product offerings for which our semiconductor solutions are designed, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing or future products uncompetitive, obsolete and otherwise unmarketable. Our failure to anticipate or timely develop new or enhanced products or technologies in response to changing market demand, whether due to technological shifts or otherwise, could result in the loss of customers and decreased revenue and have an adverse effect on our operating results.

If our products do not conform to, or are not compatible with, existing or emerging industry standards, demand for our existing solutions may decrease, which in turn would harm our business and operating results.

We design certain of our products to conform to current industry standards. Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may emerge that may be preferred by our customers or by our third-party suppliers. In addition, existing standards may be challenged as infringing upon the intellectual property rights of other companies or may be superseded by new innovations or standards.

Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify and ensure compliance with evolving industry standards in our target markets, including in the data center and enterprise infrastructure markets. The emergence of new industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by third-party suppliers or make it difficult for our products to meet the requirements of certain original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. If our customers or our third-party suppliers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our solutions are not compatible, or if industry groups fail to adopt standards with which our solutions are compatible, our products would become less desirable to our current or prospective customers. As a result, our sales would suffer, and we could be required to make significant expenditures to develop new solutions.

Although we believe our products are fully compliant with applicable industry standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in full conformance with existing industry standards under all circumstances. Due to the interdependence of various components in the systems within which our products and the products of our competitors operate, once a design is adopted, customers are unlikely to switch to another design until the next generation of the applicable technology. For example, we have developed our AQrate technology, which is designed to address 2.5GbE and 5GbE operation over today’s Cat5e and Cat6 cabling infrastructure. If this semiconductor solution fails to meet the needs of our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, and does not gain acceptance, we may not maintain or may lose market share and our competitive position, and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

We may experience difficulties demonstrating the value to customers of newer solutions if they believe existing solutions are adequate to meet end customer expectations. If we are unable to sell new generations of our product, our business would be harmed.

As we develop and introduce new solutions, we face the risk that customers may not value or be willing to bear the cost of incorporating these newer solutions into their product offerings, particularly if they believe their customers are satisfied with those current offerings. Regardless of the improved features or superior performance of the newer solutions, customers may be unwilling to adopt our new solutions due to design or pricing constraints. Because of the extensive time and resources that we invest in developing new solutions, if we are unable to sell customers new generations of our solutions, our revenue could decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be negatively affected.

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees, including our design and technical personnel. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team or other key personnel, which could disrupt our business. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our senior executive officers or other key employees could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, and in other locations where we maintain offices, is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing semiconductor solutions. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources if we respond to them. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to make the substantial investments that are required to remain competitive in our business.

The semiconductor industry requires substantial and continuous investment in research and development in order to bring to market new and enhanced solutions. Our research and development expenses were $27.3 million, $25.3 million and $36.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively and $20.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. We expect to increase our research and development expenditures compared to prior periods as part of our strategy to increase demand for our solutions in our current markets and to expand into additional markets. We are a smaller company with limited resources, and we may not have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies, which are the focus of our research and development expenditures, will become commercially successful or generate any revenue.

If we fail to compete effectively, we may lose or fail to gain market share, which could negatively impact our operating results and our business.

The global semiconductor market in general, and the data center and enterprise communications markets in particular, is highly competitive. We compete in our target markets on the basis of a number of competitive factors. We expect competition to increase and intensify as additional semiconductor companies enter our target markets,

 

22


Table of Contents

and as internal silicon design resources of large OEMs grow. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could harm our business, revenue and results of operations. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies specializing in narrow market verticals. In the markets we serve, our primary competitors are Broadcom and Marvell. We expect competition in our current markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings and as new competitors enter these markets. In addition, our future growth will depend in part on our ability to successfully enter and compete in new markets, such as the access market. Some of these markets will likely be served by only a few large, multinational OEMs with substantial negotiating and buying power relative to us and, in some instances, with internally developed silicon solutions that can be competitive to our products.

Our ability to compete successfully depends, in part, on factors that are outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. Many of our competitors are substantially larger, have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are and have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings, which may enable them to better withstand adverse economic or market conditions in the future and reduce their pricing so as to compete against us. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to define, design and regularly introduce new products that anticipate the functionality and integration needs of our customers’ next-generation products and applications;

 

   

our ability to build strong and long-lasting relationships with our customers and other industry participants;

 

   

our ability to capitalize on, and prevent losses due to, vertical integration by significant customers, including Intel and Cisco;

 

   

our solutions’ performance and cost-effectiveness relative to those of competing products;

 

   

the effectiveness and success of our customers’ products utilizing our solutions within their competitive end markets;

 

   

our research and development capabilities to provide innovative solutions and maintain our product roadmap;

 

   

the strength of our sales and marketing efforts, and our brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

our ability to deliver products in volume on a timely basis at competitive prices;

 

   

our ability to build and expand international operations in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and obtain intellectual property rights from third parties that may be necessary to meet the evolving demands of the market;

 

   

our ability to promote and support our customers’ incorporation of our solutions into their products;

 

   

our ability to continue to develop products at each new technology node; and

 

   

our ability to retain high-level talent, including our management team and engineers.

Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties or may acquire companies that provide similar products to ours. As a result, new competitors or alliances may emerge that could capture significant market share. Any of these factors, alone or in combination with others, could harm our business and result in a loss of market share and an increase in pricing pressure. In addition, a number of our competitors are able to sell their solutions through multiple channels, including through distributors and third-party sales organizations, while we rely primarily on direct sales, which may provide our competitors with a strategic advantage in sales of their solutions and could harm our prospects and business.

 

23


Table of Contents

We depend on third parties for our wafer, assembly and testing operations, which exposes us to certain risks that may harm our business.

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third parties for all of our manufacturing operations, including wafer fabrication, assembly and testing. Although we use multiple third-party supplier sources, we depend on these third parties to supply us with material of a requested quantity in a timely manner that meets our standards for yield, cost and manufacturing quality. We do not have any long-term supply agreements with any of our manufacturing suppliers. These third-party manufacturers often serve customers that are larger than us or require a greater portion of their services, which may decrease our relative importance and negotiating leverage with these third parties.

If market demand for wafers or production and assembly materials increases, or if a supplier of our wafers ceases or suspends operations, our supply of wafers and other materials could become limited. We currently rely on Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, or TSMC, for most of our semiconductor wafer production, and any disruption in their supply of wafers or any increases in their wafer or materials prices could adversely affect our gross margins and our ability to meet customer demands in a timely manner, or at all, and lead to reduced revenue. Moreover, wafers constitute a large portion of our product cost. If we are unable to purchase wafers at favorable prices, our gross margins would be adversely affected.

To ensure continued wafer supply, we may be required to establish alternative wafer supply sources, which could require significant expenditures and limit our negotiating leverage. We currently rely on TSMC as our primary foundry; and only a few foundry vendors have the capability to manufacture our most advanced solutions. If we engage alternative supply sources, we may encounter start-up difficulties and incur additional costs. In addition, shipments could be significantly delayed while these sources are qualified for volume production.

Certain of our manufacturing facilities are located outside of the United States, where we are subject to increased risk of political and economic instability, difficulties in managing operations, difficulties in enforcing contracts and our intellectual property, and employment and labor difficulties. Any of these factors could result in manufacturing and supply problems, and delays in our ability to provide our solutions to our customers on a timely basis, or at all. If we experience manufacturing problems at a particular location, we may be required to transfer manufacturing to a new location or supplier. Converting or transferring manufacturing from a primary location or supplier to a backup facility could be expensive and could take several quarters or more. During such a transition, we would be required to meet customer demand from our then-existing inventory, as well as any partially finished goods that could be modified to the required product specifications. We do not seek to maintain sufficient inventory to address a lengthy transition period because we believe it is uneconomical to keep more than minimal inventory on hand and because semiconductors are subject to a rapid obsolescence timeline. As a result, we may not be able to meet customer needs during such a transition, which could damage our customer relationships.

If one or more of these vendors terminates its relationship with us, or if we encounter any problems with our manufacturing supply chain, our ability to ship our solutions to our customers on time and in the quantity required would be adversely affected, which in turn could cause an unanticipated decline in our sales and loss of customers.

If the foundries that we employ do not achieve satisfactory yields or quality, our reputation and customer relationships could be harmed.

We depend on satisfactory foundry manufacturing capacity, wafer prices and production yields, as well as timely wafer delivery to meet customer demand and maintain gross margins. The fabrication of our products is a complex and technically demanding process. Minor deviations in the manufacturing process can cause substantial decreases in yields and, in some cases, cause production to be suspended. Our foundry vendors may experience manufacturing defects and reduced manufacturing yields from time to time. Further, any new foundry vendors we employ may present additional and unexpected manufacturing challenges that could require

 

24


Table of Contents

significant management time and focus. Changes in manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective or contaminated materials by the foundries that we employ could result in lower than anticipated production yields or unacceptable performance of our devices. Many of these problems are difficult to detect at an early stage of the manufacturing process and may be time consuming and expensive to correct. Poor production yields from the foundries that we employ, or defects, integration issues or other performance problems in our solutions could significantly harm our customer relationships and financial results, and give rise to financial or other damages to our customers. Any product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability to continue to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive.

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology leaders in the communications and computing markets. We work with IC suppliers, OEMs, system manufacturers and standards bodies, such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics, or IEEE, and the NBASE-T Alliance, to define industry conventions and standards within our target markets. For example, AQrate has been established as the technology leader through its adoption by the IEEE as the baseline for the IEEE 802.3bz standard for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products. We believe that these relationships enhance our ability to achieve market acceptance and widespread adoption of our products. If we are unable to continue to develop or maintain these relationships, our semiconductor solutions could become less desirable to our customers, our sales could suffer and our competitive position could be harmed.

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry experienced a significant downturn during the most recent global recession. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Any future downturns in the semiconductor industry could harm our business and operating results. Furthermore, any significant upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our products and we can provide no assurance that adequate capacity will be available to us in the future.

Deterioration of the financial conditions of our customers could adversely affect our operating results.

The deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could adversely impact our collection of accounts receivable. We regularly review the collectability and creditworthiness of our customers to determine an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. Based on our review of our customers, substantially all of which are very large IC Suppliers, OEMs, we currently have no reserve for doubtful accounts. If our doubtful accounts, however, were to exceed our current or future allowance for doubtful accounts, our operating results would be adversely affected.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we make good faith estimates and judgments that may change or turn out to be erroneous, which could adversely affect our operating results for the periods in which we revise our estimates or judgments.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we must make estimates and judgments in applying our most critical accounting policies. Those estimates and judgments have a significant impact on the results we report in our consolidated financial statements. The most difficult estimates and subjective judgments that we make relate to revenue recognition, inventories, stock-based compensation and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience, input

 

25


Table of Contents

from outside experts and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We also have other key accounting policies that are not as subjective, and therefore, their application would not require us to make estimates or judgments that are as difficult, but which nevertheless could significantly affect our financial reporting. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. If these estimates, judgments or their related assumptions change, our operating results for the periods in which we revise our estimates, judgments or assumptions could be adversely and perhaps materially affected.

Changes to financial accounting standards may affect our results of operations and could cause us to change our business practices.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements to conform to GAAP. These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and various bodies formed to interpret and create accounting rules and regulations. Changes in accounting rules can have a significant effect on our reported financial results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Our loan agreements contain certain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our loan agreements contain certain restrictive covenants that either limit our ability to, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event that we incur additional indebtedness or liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions. Our obligations under the loan agreements are secured by all of our property, with limited exceptions. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to pay the principal and interest under our outstanding debt obligations. Furthermore, our future working capital, borrowings, or equity financing could be unavailable to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under our current debt obligations. In the event of a liquidation, our existing and any future lenders would be repaid all outstanding principal and interest prior to distribution of assets to unsecured creditors, and the holders of our common stock would receive a portion of any liquidation proceeds only if all of our creditors, including our existing and any future lenders, were first repaid in full.

We may not be able to accurately predict our future capital needs, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future. Any required additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, investors may experience significant dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly-issued securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility and would also require us to incur interest expense. If additional financing is not available when required or is not available on acceptable terms, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our production activities, and we may not be able to expand our business, develop or enhance our solutions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could negatively impact our revenue and the competitiveness of our products.

We may make acquisitions in the future that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders, reduce our financial resources and harm our business.

In the future, we may acquire other businesses, products or technologies. Our ability to make acquisitions and successfully integrate personnel, technologies or operations of any acquired business is unproven. If we complete acquisitions, we may not achieve the combined revenue, cost synergies or other benefits from the

 

26


Table of Contents

acquisition that we anticipate, strengthen our competitive position or achieve our other goals in a timely manner, or at all, and these acquisitions may be viewed negatively by our customers, financial markets or investors. In addition, any acquisitions we make lead to difficulties in integrating personnel, technologies and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from their primary responsibilities, subject us to additional liabilities, increase our expenses and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Acquisitions may also reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, and could result in an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, any of which could harm our business.

A portion of our operations is located outside of the United States, which subjects us to additional risks, including increased complexity and costs of managing international operations and geopolitical instability.

We outsource the manufacturing of all of our products to third parties that are primarily located in Asia. In addition, we have research and development design centers in Canada, India, the Netherlands and Russia, and we expect to continue to conduct business with companies that are located outside the United States, particularly in Eastern Europe and Asia. As a result of our international focus, we face numerous challenges and risks, including:

 

   

complexity and costs of managing international operations, including manufacture, assembly and testing of our products;

 

   

geopolitical and economic instability and military conflicts;

 

   

limited protection of our intellectual property and other assets;

 

   

compliance with local laws and regulations and unanticipated changes in local laws and regulations, including tax laws and regulations;

 

   

trade and foreign exchange restrictions and higher tariffs;

 

   

timing and availability of import and export licenses and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses, including export classification requirements;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations and exchange losses relating to our international operating activities;

 

   

restrictions imposed by the U.S. government or foreign governments on our ability to do business with certain companies or in certain countries as a result of international political conflicts and the complexity of complying with those restrictions;

 

   

transportation delays and other consequences of limited local infrastructure, and disruptions, such as large scale outages or interruptions of service from utilities or telecommunications providers;

 

   

difficulties in staffing international operations;

 

   

local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices;

 

   

differing employment practices and labor relations;

 

   

heightened risk of terrorist acts;

 

   

regional health issues, travel restrictions and natural disasters; and

 

   

work stoppages.

Fluctuations in exchange rates between and among the currencies of the countries in which we do business could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our sales have been historically denominated in U.S. dollars. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which our customers operate could impair the ability of our customers to cost-effectively purchase or integrate our solutions into their product offerings, which may

 

27


Table of Contents

materially affect the demand for our solutions and cause these customers to reduce their orders, which in turn would adversely affect our revenue and business. If we increase operations in other currencies in the future, we may experience foreign exchange gains or losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the U.S. dollar. Certain of our employees are located in Canada, India, the Netherlands and Russia. Accordingly, a portion of our payroll as well as certain other operating expenses are paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our results of operations are denominated in U.S. dollars, and the difference in exchange rates in one period compared to another may directly impact period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations. Furthermore, currency exchange rates have been especially volatile in the recent past, and these currency fluctuations may make it difficult for us to predict our results of operations.

Failure to comply with the laws associated with our activities outside of the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We face significant risks if we fail to comply with anti-corruption laws and anti-bribery laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. Travel Act and the UK Bribery Act 2010, that prohibit improper payments or offers of payment to foreign governments and political parties by us for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We are in the early stages of implementing our FCPA compliance program and cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Any violation of these laws could result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export and economic sanctions laws and regulations that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

Our products and technology are subject to U.S. export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. These regulations may limit the export of our products and technology, and provision of our services outside of the United States, or may require export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including annual or semi-annual reporting and the filing of an encryption registration. Export control and economic sanctions laws may also include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain of our products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products, through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, reexportation, and importation of our products and technology and the provision of services, including by our partners, must comply with these laws or else we may be adversely affected, through reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our products and technology or provide services. Complying with export control and sanctions laws may be time consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent our products and technology from being provided in violation of such laws, our products and technology may have previously been, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws, despite the precautions we take. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us. Changes in export or import laws or corresponding sanctions, may adversely impact our operations, delay the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products and technology to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

New or future changes to U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws could materially adversely affect our company.

New or future changes in tax laws, regulations, and treaties, or the interpretation thereof, in addition to tax regulations enacted but not in effect, tax policy initiatives and reforms under consideration in the United States or related to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s, or OECD, Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, or BEPS, Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations, and other initiatives could have an adverse effect on the taxation of international businesses. Furthermore, countries where we are subject to taxes, including the United States, are independently evaluating their tax policy and we may see significant changes in legislation and regulations concerning taxation. Certain countries have already enacted legislation, including those related to BEPS Project, which could affect international businesses, and other countries have become more aggressive in their approach to audits and enforcement of their applicable tax laws. The U.S. federal government has called for potentially substantial changes to U.S. tax policies and laws. We are unable to predict what future tax reform may be proposed or enacted or what effect such changes would have on our business, but any such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies, or practices, could increase our effective tax rates in the countries where we have operations and have an adverse effect on our overall tax rate, along with increasing the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, all of which could impact our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

Tax regulatory authorities may disagree with our positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions resulting in unanticipated costs or non-realization of expected benefits.

A tax authority may disagree with tax positions that we have taken. For example, the Internal Revenue Service or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangements and transfer pricing policies, including amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property in connection with our intercompany research and development cost sharing arrangement and legal structure. A tax authority may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, in which case, we expect that we might contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implications could be materially adverse to us and affect our anticipated effective tax rate or operating income, where applicable.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Our corporate headquarters and our foundry vendors are located in areas that are in active earthquake zones. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or other catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, terrorist attack or disease outbreak, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our product development, breaches of data security, or loss of critical data, any of which could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

A breach of our security systems may damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

Our security systems are designed to protect our customers’, suppliers’ and employees’ confidential information, as well as maintain the physical security of our facilities. We also rely on a number of third-party cloud-based service providers of corporate infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and some finance functions, and we are, of necessity, dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access by third parties to the systems of our cloud-based service providers or the existence of computer viruses in their data or software could expose us to a risk of information loss and misappropriation of confidential information. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access by third parties to our information systems or facilities, or the existence of computer viruses in our data or software, could expose us to a risk of information loss and misappropriation of proprietary and confidential information. Any theft or misuse of this information could result

 

29


Table of Contents

in, among other things, unfavorable publicity, damage to our reputation, difficulty in marketing our products, allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations, litigation by affected parties and possible financial obligations for liabilities and damages related to the theft or misuse of this information, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, our reputation and our relationships with our customers and suppliers. Since the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and are often not recognized until after they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Potential Product Liability

Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to compete effectively or defend ourselves from litigation, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our technologies and proprietary know-how, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to prevent such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in countries outside of the United States. As of June 30, 2017, we had 85 issued patents, expiring generally between 2024 and 2032, three allowed patents in the United States, 29 pending and provisional patent applications in the United States and 12 issued international patents. Even if the pending patent applications are granted, the rights granted to us may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. For example, these patents could be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by our competitors or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. Further, we are a participant in the IEEE standard process and, as a result, have signed letters of assurance with the IEEE stipulating that we will agree to license to other members of the IEEE, under reasonable and non-discriminatory terms, patents containing essential claims that are necessary for the implementation of the IEEE standards for 10GBASE-T as well as 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T. Essential claims include any claim the practice of which was necessary to implement a portion of the IEEE standard when, at the time of IEEE’s approval, there was no commercially and technically feasible non-infringing alternative implementation method. To date, we do not license any of our patents to other members of the IEEE; however, we may decide, or otherwise be required pursuant to such letters of assurance, to enter into such licensing agreements with respect to a significant number of our patents relating to both our 10GBASE-T PHYs and our AQrate technology in the future. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. Our foreign patent protection is generally not as comprehensive as our U.S. patent protection and may not protect our intellectual property in some countries where our products are sold or may be sold in the future. Many U.S.-based companies have encountered substantial intellectual property infringement in foreign countries, including countries where we sell products. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. If such an impermissible use of our intellectual property or trade secrets were to occur, our ability to sell our solutions at competitive prices may be adversely affected and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and evolving. We cannot assure you that others will not develop or patent similar or superior technologies or solutions, or that our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others.

Unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us for doing so, which could harm our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. It is possible that unauthorized use of our

 

30


Table of Contents

intellectual property may have occurred or may occur without our knowledge. We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Our failure to effectively protect our intellectual property could reduce the value of our technology in licensing arrangements or in cross-licensing negotiations.

We may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation in order to try to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and management, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, any enforcement of our patents or other intellectual property may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.

We have granted the right to manufacture our custom products to our customers upon the occurrence of certain events. If our customers exercise such rights, our business and financial results would suffer.

We have granted certain of our customers, including Intel and Cisco, a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable, perpetual, irrevocable right and license to manufacture or have manufactured our products that have been customized for them. These rights are exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain events, including for example, if we fail to consistently supply products in quantities ordered, we discontinue manufacture of such products or we experience an insolvency event. If these rights are triggered, and our customers choose to exercise these rights, our business and financial results would suffer.

Third parties’ assertions of infringement of their intellectual property rights could result in our having to incur significant costs and cause our operating results to suffer.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights and positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We expect that in the future, particularly as a public company with an increased profile and visibility, we may receive communications from others alleging our infringement of patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Lawsuits resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

stop selling solutions or using technology that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property;

 

   

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;

 

   

incur significant legal expenses;

 

   

pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;

 

   

redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or

 

   

attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights from any litigation we face could harm our business and our ability to compete.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming and costly to defend or settle and which could result in the loss of significant rights and harm our relationships with our customers and distributors.

The semiconductor industry, the industry in which we operate, is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us and our customers and distributors their patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business.

Claims that our products, processes or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel.

Infringement claims also could harm our relationships with our customers or distributors and might deter future customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to:

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

pay substantial damages for infringement by us or our customers;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products, processes or technology, which may not be successful;

 

   

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that competitor; or

 

   

pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology sold to them with non-infringing technology, if available.

Any of the foregoing results could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property could affect our customers, which could trigger our indemnification obligations to them and result in substantial expense to us.

In any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Our agreements with customers and other third parties generally include indemnification or other provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our solutions included in their products. Large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual breach could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. From time to time, customers require us to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for breach of confidentiality or failure to implement adequate security measures with respect to their intellectual property and trade secrets. Although we normally contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any litigation against our customers could trigger technical support and indemnification obligations under some of our agreements, which could result in substantial expense to us.

In addition, other customers or end customers with whom we do not have formal agreements requiring us to indemnify them may ask us to indemnify them if a claim is made as a condition to awarding future design wins to us. Because most of our customers are larger than we are and have greater resources than we do, they may be

 

32


Table of Contents

more likely to be the target of an infringement claim by third parties than we would be, which could increase our chances of becoming involved in a future lawsuit. If any such claims were to succeed, we might be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers that could increase our expenses, disrupt our ability to sell our solutions and reduce our revenue. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other current and prospective customers, reduce demand for our solutions, and harm our business and results of operations. In addition to the time and expense required for us to supply support or indemnification to our customers, any such litigation could severely disrupt or shut down the business of our customers, which in turn could hurt our relations with our customers and cause the sale of our products to decrease.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. An active market in our common stock may not develop upon the closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable or liquid enough for you to sell your shares. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, but we cannot assure you that our stock will be listed and, even if it is, that an active trading market will develop.

Our stock price may be volatile and may decline, resulting in a loss of some or all of your investment.

The trading price and volume of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations due to, among other things, changes in customer demand, product life cycles, pricing, ordering patterns and unforeseen operating costs;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

announcements by our significant customers of changes to their product offerings, business plans or strategies;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in the semiconductor industry;

 

   

timing and seasonality of the end-market demand;

 

   

cyclical fluctuations in the semiconductor market;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws, or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

any major change in our management;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the market for technology stocks and the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have approximately              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act or 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act,              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be eligible for resale 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon the expiration of lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions. In addition, at any time with or without public notice, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative of the underwriters, may in its discretion release shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information. As these resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

After this offering, subject to the lock-up agreements described above, the holders of an aggregate of 21,880,902 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2017 will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market stand-off or lock-up agreements.

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders beneficially own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors, officers and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding stock and their respective affiliates will beneficially own an aggregate of approximately     % of our outstanding stock. Therefore, after this offering these stockholders will continue to have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or the approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our common stock, publish negative research or reports or fail to publish reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our market. If one or more analysts adversely changes their recommendation regarding our stock or changes their recommendation about our competitors’ stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase the value of our business, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is prohibited by the terms of our current debt financing arrangements. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, in our stock price, which may never occur.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2016, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $171.3 million and $102.3 million, respectively, and U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively. The U.S. federal NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 and the state NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2017. The U.S. federal research and development tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 and the state research and development tax credit carryforwards carry forward indefinitely. These net operating loss and U.S. federal tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of California state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We completed a Section 382 analysis and determined an ownership change occurred in July 2005 and November 2009, which resulted in reductions to the U.S. federal and California net operating losses of $35.5 million and $34.3 million, respectively, and U.S. federal research and development credits by $1.8 million. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering, some of which may be outside of our control. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred and our ability to use our historical net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares that you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our

 

35


Table of Contents

total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                         , after giving effect to the issuance of              shares of our common stock in this offering. See “Dilution.” To the extent outstanding options or warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience further dilution.

Our actual operating results may not meet our guidance and investor expectations, which would likely cause our stock price to decline.

From time to time, we may release guidance in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of release. If given, this guidance, which will include forward-looking statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. The principal reason that we expect to release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. With or without our guidance, analysts and other investors may publish expectations regarding our business, financial performance and results of operations. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third parties. Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. If our actual performance does not meet or exceed our guidance or investor expectations, the trading price of our common stock is likely to decline.

We have not operated as a public company and may not be able to effectively or efficiently manage or transition to a public company.

We have never operated as a public company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to, and we may not effectively or efficiently manage, our transition into a public company.

We intend to hire additional accounting and finance personnel with system implementation experience and expertise regarding compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may be unable to locate and hire qualified professionals with requisite technical and public company experience when and as needed. In addition, new employees will require time and training to learn our business and operating processes and procedures. If we are unable to recruit and retain additional finance personnel or if our finance and accounting team is unable for any reason to respond adequately to the increased demands that will result from being a public company, the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer, which could result in the identification of material weaknesses in our internal controls. Any consequences resulting from inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could cause our stock price to decline and could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to strengthen our financial reporting systems, infrastructure and internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to report our financial results timely and accurately and prevent fraud. We expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404.

We are in the process of implementing an enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. This will require significant investment of capital and human resources, the re-engineering of many processes of our business and

 

36


Table of Contents

the attention of many employees who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of our business. Any disruptions, delays or deficiencies in the design and implementation of the improvements of a new ERP system could result in potentially much higher costs than we had anticipated and could adversely affect our ability to develop and launch solutions, fulfill contractual obligations, file reports with the SEC in a timely manner, otherwise operate our business or otherwise impact our controls environment. Any of these consequences could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will become subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404, and if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have increased our legal and finance compliance costs and made some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, Section 404 requires that our management report on, and our independent auditors attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. Section 404 compliance may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may not be able to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we will be required to do so. Implementing these changes may take a significant amount of time and may require specific compliance training of our personnel. In the future, we may discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. If our auditors or we discover a material weakness or significant deficiency, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our consolidated financial statements and harm our stock price. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud would harm our business. We may not be able to effectively and timely implement necessary control changes and employee training to ensure continued compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulatory and reporting requirements. If we fail to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404, or if in the future our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or that management or, when applicable, our auditors will conclude that our internal controls are effective in future periods. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law” for additional information. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause our stock price to decline.

Our charter documents designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain what they believe to be a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

 

38


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our ability to retain and expand our customer relationships and to achieve design wins;

 

   

the success, cost and timing of existing and future product designs;

 

   

our ability to address market and customer demands and to timely develop new or enhanced solutions to meet those demands;

 

   

the size and growth potential of the markets for our solutions, including as to the number of units to be sold and the price therefor that have been formulated based on current information and are subject to change as a result of the evolving technological landscape, competitive market dynamics and unforeseen developments;

 

   

our ability to serve our target markets;

 

   

anticipated trends, challenges and growth in our business and the markets in which we operate, including pricing expectations and effects of seasonality in our business;

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, gross margin and expenses;

 

   

our expectations regarding competition in our existing and new markets;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

the performance of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers;

 

   

our and our customers’ ability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key management personnel;

 

   

the average selling prices of semiconductor solutions;

 

   

the accuracy of our estimates regarding capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

   

the industry standards to which our solutions conform;

 

   

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our technology; and

 

   

our use of the proceeds from this offering.

These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and, while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

39


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information and data from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on that information and data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in this prospectus is contained in:

 

   

IDC, PC Microprocessor—1Q15 and 3Q15 Vendor Shares;

 

   

IDC, WW Internet of Things Forecast 2015-2020—May 2015;

 

   

Dell’oro, WLAN Forecast—January 2016;

 

   

Cisco, Cisco Visual Networking Index: Forecast and Methodology, 2015-2020 White Paper—June 2016;

 

   

Crehan, Long-range Forecast—Data Center Switch Total—July 2017;

 

   

Crehan, Long-range Forecast—Server-class Adapter & LOM_Controller—July 2017;

 

   

650 Group, Long-range Forecast—Ethernet Switching & WLAN Access Points—June 2017;

 

   

IDC Worldwide Networking Technologies Embedded in PCs Forecast, 2017–2021—March 2017; and

 

   

Raymond James, From ADAS to Autonomous: A 25-Year Forecast and Full Value Chain Analysis, The 2017 Version—March 2017.

 

41


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

The following capitalized phrases and their acronyms are used throughout this prospectus and have the meanings set forth below:

802.3bz : the standard introduced by IEEE for Ethernet over twisted pair copper wire at speeds of 2.5GbE and 5GbE.

ADAS : Advanced Driver Assistance Systems are systems to help the driver in the driving process.

ADC : Analog-to-digital converter.

AFE : Analog Front-End, the portion of an integrated circuit that receives and processes external analog signals.

AP : Access Point, a networking hardware device that allows wireless devices to connect to a network using Wi-Fi.

AQrate : Aquantia’s proprietary technology that provides 2.5GbE and 5GbE transmission speeds.

ASIC : an application specific integrated circuit.

ASSP : an application specific standard product.

Attenuation : reduction in the strength of a signal.

AVoE : audio-video over Ethernet equipment.

BASE-T : an acronym used by IEEE to identify an Ethernet protocol characterized by a broadband modulation of a signal transmitted over a twisted-pair copper cabling.

Cat5e and Cat6: twisted-pair copper cabling; typically used in legacy enterprise infrastructure.

CMOS : Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor, which is a transistor technology used for the fabrication of integrated circuits.

Crosstalk : a phenomenon by which a signal creates an undesired effect on another signal, a type of noise that is often experienced with analog signals transmitted over twisted-pair cables.

DAC : Digital-to-analog converter.

Data Center : a facility used to house computing and networking systems and associated components, such as storage systems.

Design Tool : a software application that is used to design, simulate, verify and implement the functionality of an integrated circuit. The final output of the design tool is used to create an IC mask set.

Die : a small block of semiconducting material on which a given functional circuit is fabricated.

DOCSIS : Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification, which is an international telecommunications standard.

Echo : a type of noise that corresponds to the reflection of the transmitted signal unintentionally coupled into the received signal.

Ethernet : the most widely installed local area network (LAN) technology, which is a link layer protocol, describing how networked devices can format data for transmission to other network devices on the same network segment, and how to put that data out on the network connection.

Enterprise : hardware and software designed to meet the demands of a large organization, rather than individual users.

Footprint : the amount of space that part or all of an integrated circuit occupies.

Foundry : an enterprise that manufactures ICs and related components.

 

42


Table of Contents

GbE : a term which describes various technologies that transmit Ethernet frames. GbE or 1GbE refers to such transmission at a rate of one Gbps, 5GbE refers to such transmission at a rate of five Gbps and 10GbE refers to such transmission at a rate of 10Gbps.

Gbps : a measure of bandwidth on digital transmission medium representing billions of bits per second.

HDMI : a proprietary audio/video interface called High-Definition Multimedia Interface for transmitting uncompressed video data and compressed or uncompressed digital audio data from one device to another.

IC : integrated circuit, which is a semiconductor device on which an electronic circuit is formed. This is also referred to as a “chip” or a microchip.

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, a technical professional society, dedicated to the advancement of technology.

IP : Internet protocol, which is the method or protocol by which data is sent from one computer to another on the Internet.

LAN : Local Area Network.

Leaf switch : device that aggregates traffic from server nodes and connects to the core of the network, consisting of spine switches. Its architecture is known as “leaf-spine”.

MCSP : Our proprietary Multi-Core Signal Processing technology, which incorporates multiple customized units to more efficiently process digital signals.

MMSP : Our proprietary Mixed-Mode Signal Processing technology, which partitions signal processing across analog and digital domains.

MPEG : an international standard set by the Moving Picture Experts Group for encoding and compressing video images.

NIC : Network interface card

nm : nanometer, which is a unit of length in the metric system, equal to one billionth of a meter.

OEM : an original equipment manufacturer.

OSI : Open Systems Interconnection model

PHY : an abbreviation for the physical layer circuitry. A PHY connects a link layer device (often called MAC as an abbreviation for media access control) to a physical medium such as an optical fiber or copper cable.

PLD : programmable logic device, which is an electronic component used to build reconfigurable digital circuits.

Process Nodes : the transistor width used to define a semiconductor manufacturing process. Smaller widths allow more transistors to be manufactured in the same silicon area. Process node is typically measured in nanometers, or nm ( e.g. , 28nm, 40nm, 90nm).

Serializer/Deserializer or SerDes : a pair of functional blocks commonly used in high speed communications, which convert data between serial and parallel interfaces.

SFP+ : a small form factor module designed to operate at 10Gbps that is pluggable into a system.

WAN : Wide-Area Network.

WLAN : Wireless Local Area Network.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, establish a public market for our common stock and facilitate future access to the public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, obtain additional capital to support our operations, and increase our visibility in the marketplace.

We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay in full the outstanding indebtedness under our term loan with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. This loan bears interest at a rate equal to the greater of the prime rate plus 550 basis points, or 8.75% per annum, and matures July 1, 2018. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.” However, our intentions to prepay this loan may change due to market or other factors.

We currently intend to use the remaining net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the remaining net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, however, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

Our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. We will have broad discretion over the use of our net proceeds of this offering.

Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We may also make illiquid minority investments in private companies for strategic reasons, however, we do not have any agreements, commitments or plans for any specific minority investments at this time.

The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including our ability to gain access to additional financing and the relative success and cost of our research and development programs. As a result, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, we might decide to postpone or not pursue certain development activities if the net proceeds from this offering and any other sources of cash are less than expected.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate declaring or paying, in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. restricts our ability to pay dividends or make distributions.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2017:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 584,148 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above and giving further effect to (1) the sale of          shares of our common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (2) the application of approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay in full the outstanding indebtedness under our loan with Pinnacle Ventures L.L.C.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
           Actual              Pro Forma        Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,369     $ 17,369     $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 18,351     $ 18,351     $  

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

     3,847          

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value: 213,351,797 shares authorized and 208,004,878 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     210,269          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value:             shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, actual; and 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.00001 par value: 316,000,000 shares authorized and 4,686,326 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 400,000,000 shares authorized and 25,503,080 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and             shares authorized,             shares issued and             shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

              

Additional paid-in capital

     13,754       227,870    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2     (2  

Accumulated deficit

     (195,649     (195,649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (181,897     32,219    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 50,570     $ 50,570     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,503,080 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

   

3,882,957 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.44 per share;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan;

 

   

             shares reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

2,340,816 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.03 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 234,079 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.32 per share, immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and

 

   

3,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at an exercise price of approximately $0.01 per share, which will convert into a warrant to purchase 350,069 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.0858713 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2017, was approximately $(186.9) million, or $(41.08) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ (deficit) equity, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017, was $27.3 million, or $1.10 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (2) the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 584,148 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is our pro forma net tangible book value, plus the effect of (1) the sale of          shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (2) the application of approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay in full the outstanding indebtedness under our loan with Pinnacle Ventures L.L.C. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $               

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2017

   $ (41.08  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

     42.18    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017

     1.10    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $  
    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by approximately $         per share and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         and decrease (increase) the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

48


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would increase to $         per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate decrease of dilution of $         per share to investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2017, the number of shares purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us by existing stockholders and investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders before this offering

                     $                      $  

Investors participating in this offering

             $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 25,503,080 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

   

3,882,957 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.44 per share;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan;

 

   

             shares reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

2,340,816 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.03 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 234,079 shares of common stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.32 per share, immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and

 

   

3,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2017, at an exercise price of approximately $0.01 per share which will convert into a warrant to purchase 350,069 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.0858713 per share, immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

49


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to                     , or          % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                     , or          % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated balance sheet data for the year ended December 31, 2014 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included herein. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheets data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data below have been updated to reflect the completion of the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock which was effected on October 5, 2017 and should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future and our results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Revenue

  $ 24,500     $ 80,807     $ 86,675     $ 41,374     $ 48,807  

Cost of revenue (1)

    16,189       41,511       34,064       16,183       20,959  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,311       39,296       52,611       25,191       27,848  

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    27,343       25,262       36,553       17,301       20,944  

Sales and marketing (1)

    2,142       3,756       5,347       2,873       3,456  

General and administrative (1)

    4,403       6,284       7,124       3,796       4,475  

Collaboration and development charge (2)

          12,024                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    33,888       47,326       49,024       23,970       28,875  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (25,577     (8,030     3,587       1,221       (1,027

Other income (expense):

         

Interest expense

    (2,164     (3,321     (3,334     (1,871     (1,016

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (15     1,591       (544     78       (1,700

Other income, net

    12       5       14       3       28  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (2,167     (1,725     (3,864     (1,790     (2,688
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

    (27,744     (9,755     (277     (569     (3,715

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    56       200       168       106       (358
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders and comprehensive loss

  $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (3)

  $ (24.83   $ (6.64   $ (0.10   $ (0.17   $ (0.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted (3)

    1,119,632       1,498,233       4,240,461       4,055,411       4,549,015  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (3)

      $ 0.00       $ (0.07
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic (3)

        24,074,289         24,697,392  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share, diluted (3)

        28,465,903         24,697,392  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
       2014          2015          2016          2016          2017    
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 10      $ 19      $ 31      $ 15      $ 14  

Research and development

     382        373        489        206        293  

Sales and marketing

     36        71        95        46        64  

General and administrative

     430        329        324        182        178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 858      $ 792      $ 939      $ 449      $ 549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Collaboration and development charge represents the fair value of a fully vested warrant to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., which was exercised in full on May 5, 2017. See Notes 2 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, and the number of weighted-average shares used to compute the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2017
 
     2014     2015     2016    
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,056     $ 34,290     $ 28,893     $ 17,369  

Working capital

     9,397       38,305       26,268       19,494  

Total assets

     20,571       66,565       65,709       62,882  

Total debt

     23,308       28,909       18,229       18,351  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,863       12,346       12,885       3,847  

Total liabilities

     35,483       52,299       46,082       34,510  

Convertible preferred stock

     162,183       199,153       199,434       210,269  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (177,095     (184,887     (179,807     (181,897

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leader in the design, development and marketing of advanced high-speed communications integrated circuits, or ICs, for Ethernet connectivity in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. Our Ethernet solutions provide a critical interface between the high-speed analog signals transported over wired infrastructure and the digital information used in computing and networking equipment. Our products are designed to cost-effectively deliver leading-edge data speeds for use in the latest generation of communications infrastructure to alleviate network bandwidth bottlenecks caused by the exponential growth of global Internet Protocol, or IP, traffic. Many of our semiconductor solutions have established benchmarks in the industry in terms of performance, power consumption and density. Our innovative solutions enable our customers to differentiate their product offerings, position themselves to gain market share and drive the ongoing equipment infrastructure upgrade cycles in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

We are a fabless semiconductor company. We have shipped more than 10 million ports to customers across three semiconductor process generations, and are currently in mass production in 28nm process node. 28nm and other silicon process geometries, such as 40nm and 90nm, refer to the size of the process node in nanometers for a particular semiconductor manufacturing process. Our end customers include Aruba (acquired by Hewlett-Packard Enterprise in 2015), Brocade, Cisco, Dell, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Huawei, IBM, Intel, Juniper, Oracle and Ruckus (acquired by Brocade in 2016). For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, our revenue was $24.5 million, $80.8 million and $86.7 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $27.8 million, $10.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net income (loss) was $(26.8) million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our revenue was $41.4 million and $48.8 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $0.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net loss was $0.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. See the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

We derive revenue from our products, which include our 10GBASE-T physical layer devices, or PHYs, custom ASICs for Intel and our recently developed AQrate product line. We currently generate revenue from the sale of our products directly to IC suppliers, original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and original design manufacturers, or ODMs. We market and sell our products through our direct sales force.

We shipped our first products in 2009. Historically, a significant portion of our revenue has been generated from our largest customer, Intel, including sales to contract manufacturers or ODMs at the direction of this customer in the data center market. In the year ended December 31, 2014, Intel accounted for 68% of our revenue and Brocade accounted for 10% of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, Intel accounted for 78% and 68% and Cisco accounted for 13% and 21% of our revenue, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, Intel accounted for 65% and Cisco accounted for 27% of our revenue, respectively. Our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 99%, 98%, 98% and 98% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. To continue to grow our revenue, it is important that we acquire new customers and sell additional products to our existing customers.

 

53


Table of Contents

While we intend to expand our customer base over time, the markets we serve tend to be highly concentrated, and we expect that a large portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from a relatively small number of customers for the foreseeable future.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Pricing and Product Cost . Our pricing and margins depend on the volumes and the features of the ICs we provide to our customers. We believe the primary driver of gross margin is the average selling prices, or ASPs, negotiated between us and our customers relative to volume, material costs and yield improvement. Typically, our selling prices are contractually set for multiple quarters and our prototype selling prices are higher than our selling prices at volume production. In certain cases, we have agreed in advance to modest price reductions, generally over a period of time ranging from 18 months to five years, once the specified product begins to ship in volume. However, our customers may change their purchase orders and demand forecasts at any time with limited notice, which can sometimes lead to price renegotiations. Although these price renegotiations can sometimes result in ASPs of our products fluctuating over the shorter term, we expect ASPs generally to decline over the longer term as our products mature. These declines often coincide with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and testing costs, which offset some or all of the margin reduction that results from lower ASPs. Since we rely on third-party wafer foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our ICs, we maintain a close relationship with our suppliers to improve quality, increase yields and lower manufacturing costs. In addition, our customers may seek to renegotiate product pricing under the contracts or purchase orders we have with them based on volume or other factors, which could drive fluctuations in ASPs.

Design Wins with New and Existing Customers. Our existing and prospective customers tend to be multinational enterprises with large annual purchases of ICs that are continuously developing new products for existing and new application areas. Our solutions enable our customers to differentiate their product offerings and position themselves to gain market share and drive the next upgrade cycles in data center and enterprise infrastructure. We have programs in place to help our existing customers use our solutions throughout their product portfolio, and we work closely with our existing and prospective customers to understand their product roadmaps and strategies. Because of our extended sales cycle, our revenue in future years is highly dependent on design wins we are awarded today. Further, because we expect our revenue relating to our mature products to decline in the future, we consider design wins critical to our future success and anticipate being increasingly dependent on revenue from newer design wins for our newer products.

Customer Demand and Product Life Cycles . Once customers design our ICs into their products, we closely monitor all phases of the product life cycle, including the initial design phase, prototype production, volume production and inventories. For example, during the periods presented, we had several products progressing through their product life cycles. In the data center market, the majority of our revenue for the periods presented was derived from our 10GBASE-T custom ASIC product, which we refer to as Twinville. In late 2015, we introduced and began to record revenue from our Sageville and Coppervale products. We anticipate that our Twinville product will transition to these two newer ASIC products over time, although the timing and rate of such transition will depend on our customers’ adoption of these products and the demand for our customers’ products. In the enterprise infrastructure market, during the periods presented, we developed our 5GBASE-T and 2.5GBASE-T AQrate product. We first shipped our AQrate products into the enterprise infrastructure market in the fourth quarter of 2014. We began shipping AQrate products in volume in 2015 and 2016. We also started to ship our multiple lines of products into the access market in the fourth quarter of 2016. We expect the revenue from our AQrate products, and therefore the percentage of our total revenue attributable to the enterprise infrastructure and access markets, to increase from the current levels.

We also carefully monitor changes in customer demand and end-market demand, including seasonality, cyclicality and the competitive landscape. Our customers share their development schedules with us, including the projected launch dates of their product offerings. Once our customers are in production, they generally will

 

54


Table of Contents

provide nine to 12-month forecasts of expected demand, which gives us an indication of future demand. However, our customers may change their purchase orders and demand forecasts at any time with limited notice. In light of our significant customer concentration, our revenue is likely to be materially and disproportionally due in part to fluctuating end-market demand impacted by the purchasing decisions of our largest customers.

Seasonality

Our revenue is subject to some seasonal variation as we begin to serve many markets and end-markets which historically experience lower sales in the first quarter of the year which may result in slower growth and lower sales as compared to other quarters.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of our products. We sell our products direct to our customers and to our customers’ manufacturing subcontractors, and do not currently have a material amount of revenue sold to distributors during the sales process. We offer a limited number of customer rebates and accrue an estimate of such rebates at the time revenue is recognized. Such rebates were not material in any of the periods presented, and the differences between the actual amount of such rebates and our estimates also were not material. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. There are no circumstances where revenue is recognized prior to delivery. Customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. We evaluate whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. With respect to collectability, we perform credit checks for new customers and perform ongoing evaluations of our existing customers’ financial condition. We defer revenue if any revenue recognition criteria have not been met. In 2009, we entered into a multiple-element agreement with Intel resulting in an aggregate of $12.5 million of deferred revenue to be amortized over the estimated term through June 30, 2016. The revenue recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $3.1 million, $3.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. This revenue is non-recurring for future periods and we cannot predict if we will be able to enter into similar arrangements in the future periods. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about this arrangement.

Our success and future revenue depend on our ability to achieve design wins and to convince our current and prospective customers to design our products into their product offerings. In addition, our revenue may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors including customer demand and product life cycles, product cost and product mix sold during the period.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, we first began to ship into the enterprise infrastructure market and began shipping in volume in 2015. Due to the introduction of our AQrate products, we anticipate that revenue from the enterprise infrastructure market will grow at a greater rate than revenue from the data center market over the next two years. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we started to sample our first access market products. We believe that this market will represent a significant portion of our revenue in the near future.

We anticipate that our revenue will fluctuate based on a variety of factors including the amount and timing of customer and end-market demand, product life cycles, average selling price which declines as our product reaches maturity, production schedule, and product mix sold during the period. In addition, we may introduce new products at lower average selling price than our existing products with the intent of increasing the market demand for our products, which may cause a fluctuation in our revenues during the period in which these new products are introduced.

 

55


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of costs of materials, primarily wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs associated with packaging, assembly and testing paid to our third-party contract manufacturers, and personnel and other costs associated with our manufacturing operations. Our cost of revenue also includes allocation of overhead and facility costs, depreciation of production equipment, inventory write-downs and amortization of production mask costs. As we introduce new products, the cost of revenue will fluctuate depending on yield, volume and production cost of these products.

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been, and will continue to be, affected by a variety of factors, including product mix, ASPs, material costs, production costs that are themselves dependent upon improvements to yield, production efficiencies, elimination or addition to production processes as required by our end customers and timing of such improvements, and increasing manufacturing overhead to support the greater number of products and markets we serve.

We expect our gross margin to fluctuate on a quarterly basis as a result of changes in ASPs due to new product introductions, existing product transitions to high-volume manufacturing, product maturation and fluctuations in manufacturing costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, and a collaboration and development charge. Personnel costs are the most significant component of our operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions. Our operating expenses also include allocated costs of facilities, information technology, depreciation and amortization. Although our operating expenses may fluctuate, we expect our overall operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars over time.

 

   

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, pre-production engineering mask costs, software license and intellectual property expenses, design tools and prototype-related expenses, facility costs, supplies and depreciation expense. We expense research and development costs as incurred. In addition, we enter into development agreements with some of our customers that provide fees that partially offset development costs. Such fees are recognized upon completion of the contract deliverables or milestones, and acceptance by the customer if required. We believe that continued investment in our products and services is important for our future growth and acquisition of new customers and, as a result, we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis.

 

   

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs, field application engineering support, travel costs, professional and consulting fees and allocated overhead costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our sales and marketing personnel and grow our international operations.

 

   

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, professional and consulting fees, legal and allocated overhead costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our operations and incur additional expenses associated with operating as a public company.

 

   

Collaboration and Development Charge. Collaboration and development charge in the first quarter of 2015 represents the fair value of a fully vested convertible preferred stock warrant exercisable for 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock, which was exercised in full on May 5, 2017. This warrant was issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., or GLOBALFOUNDRIES, at an exercise

 

56


Table of Contents
 

price of $0.01 per share in connection with a letter agreement to collaborate on the development of products that we plan to have manufactured by GLOBALFOUNDRIES upon qualification. We do not expect to incur further such charges associated with this agreement.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense on our outstanding debt, change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability and foreign exchange gains and losses. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about our debt.

Convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets and remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding change recorded as other income (expense). Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, the liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or stockholders’ equity (deficit), at which time it will no longer be subject to fair value accounting. See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information about our convertible preferred stock warrants.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists primarily of state income taxes and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We have a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as the realization of the full amount of our deferred tax assets is uncertain, including net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance until realization of the deferred tax assets becomes more likely than not.

At December 31, 2016, we had NOL carryforwards of approximately $171.3 million and $102.3 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, and had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.1 million and $6.8 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and begin to expire in 2017 for state income tax purposes. The U.S. federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 and the state tax credits carry forward indefinitely.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar California rules place a limitation on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by NOL carryforwards after a change in control (generally greater than 50% in ownership). Generally, after a control change, a corporation cannot deduct NOL carryforwards in excess of the Section 382 limitations. Due to these provisions, utilization of NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods. We completed a Section 382 analysis and determined an ownership change occurred in July 2005 and November 2009, which resulted in reductions to our U.S. federal and California net operating losses of $35.5 million and $34.3 million, respectively, and U.S. federal research and development credits by $1.8 million.

 

57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

   $ 24,500     $ 80,807     $ 86,675     $ 41,374      $ 48,807  

Cost of revenue

     16,189       41,511       34,064       16,183        20,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,311       39,296       52,611       25,191        27,848  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     27,343       25,262       36,553       17,301        20,944  

Sales and marketing

     2,142       3,756       5,347       2,873        3,456  

General and administrative

     4,403       6,284       7,124       3,796        4,475  

Collaboration and development charge

           12,024                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     33,888       47,326       49,024       23,970        28,875  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (25,577     (8,030     3,587       1,221        (1,027

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

     (2,164     (3,321     (3,334     (1,871      (1,016

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (15     1,591       (544     78        (1,700

Other income, net

     12       5       14       3        28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (2,167     (1,725     (3,864     (1,790      (2,688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (27,744     (9,755     (277     (569      (3,715

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     56       200       168       106        (358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675    $ (3,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our results of operations as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
       2014         2015         2016         2016         2017    

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     66       51       39       39       43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     34       49       61       61       57  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     112       31       43       42       44  

Sales and marketing

     9       5       6       7       7  

General and administrative

     18       8       8       9       9  

Collaboration and development charge

           15                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     139       59       57       58       60  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (105     (10     4       3       (3

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (9     (4     (4     (5     (2

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

           2       (1           (3

Other income, net

                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (9     (2     (5     (5     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (114     (12     (1     (2     (8

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

                             (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders and comprehensive loss

     (114 )%      (12 )%      (1 )%      (2 )%      (7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and to evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus should not be considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

The information in the table below sets forth the non-GAAP financial measures that we use in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

   $ (26,757   $ 1,303     $ 1,071     $ (288   $ (1,092

Adjusted EBITDA

     (22,819     6,642       7,266       2,869       1,728  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (93 %)      8     8     7     4

 

59


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss). We define non-GAAP net income (loss) as net loss attributable to common stockholders reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, excluding the impact of the following non-cash charges: stock-based compensation, a collaboration and development charge, change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and amortization of acquired intangibles resulting from business combination. We have presented non-GAAP income (loss) from operations because we believe that the exclusion of these non-cash charges allows for a more accurate comparison of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin . We define adjusted EBITDA as our net loss attributable to common stockholders excluding: (1) stock-based compensation; (2) depreciation and amortization; (3) interest expense; (4) a collaboration and development charge; (5) change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability; (6) other income, net; and (7) income tax expense. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe they are important measures used by industry analysts and investors to compare our performance against that of our peer group and they provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

See the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
     2016      2017      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by market

           

Data center

   $ 29,259      $ 32,760      $ 3,501        12

Enterprise infrastructure

     12,115        15,375        3,260        27  

Access

            580        580            *  

Automotive

            92        92            *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 41,374      $ 48,807      $ 7,433        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Revenue increased by $7.4 million, or 18%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily attributable to a $3.3 million increase in product sales volume sold to the enterprise infrastructure market, while ASP impact for products in volume production was not significant, and $0.6 million in products sold to the access market, which is a new market since the fourth quarter of 2016, and a $3.5 million increase in revenue to the data center market. The $3.5 million increase in the data center market revenue consisted of higher unit sales of $7.9 million due to fluctuating customer demand, offset by $2.8 million related to lower ASP due to product mix and a $1.6 million impact on non-recurring deferred revenue recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

60


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
     2016     2017     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 16,183     $ 20,959     $ 4,776        30

Gross Profit

   $ 25,191     $ 27,848     $ 2,657        11

Gross Margin

     61     57        (4 )pts 

Cost of revenue increased by $4.8 million, or 30%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was primarily due to $5.6 million of product costs on higher unit sales, offset by $1.1 million in lower manufacturing costs related to products sold as the production process matured.

Gross profit increased by $2.7 million, or 11%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, our gross margin decreased by 4%. The gross margin decrease was primarily due to the impact of $1.6 million of the aforementioned deferred revenue recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016, which approximates 4% of total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
     2016      2017      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

   $ 17,301      $ 20,944      $ 3,643        21

Sales and marketing

     2,873        3,456        583        20  

General and administrative

     3,796        4,475        679        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 23,970      $ 28,875      $ 4,905        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased $3.6 million, or 21%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in personnel-related costs as we continued to expand our research and development headcount, $0.6 million in design tools and prototype-related expenses and $0.7 million in depreciation and amortization related to lab equipment and licenses, and a $0.5 million decrease in product development fees received from a customer in the prior year, which fees offset our research and development costs.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.6 million, or 20%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $0.4 million and marketing tradeshow costs of $0.1 million.

General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 18%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to an increase of $0.3 million for consulting and $0.3 million in legal and audit fees incurred.

 

61


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
     2016     2017     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

   $ (1,871   $ (1,016   $ 855       (46 )% 

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     78       (1,700     (1,778         *  

Other income, net

     3       28       25           *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense):

   $ (1,790   $ (2,688   $ (898     50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Other expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 increased by $0.9 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016 and primarily reflected $1.8 million in non-cash expense resulted in increase in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, offset by $0.9 million in lower interest expense as the principal of the debt was being repaid.

We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of these warrants at each balance sheet date until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time, the liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or stockholders’ equity (deficit) and will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
       2016          2017       $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for (benefit from) Income taxes

   $ 106      $ (358   $ (464     *

Income tax expense decreased by $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to a research credit benefit from a foreign tax jurisdiction, offset by higher income tax related to our foreign subsidiaries.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2016      $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by market

          

Data center

   $ 72,549      $ 64,024      $ (8,525     (12 )% 

Enterprise infrastructure

     8,258        22,476        14,218       172  

Access

            175        175       *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Revenue

   $ 80,807      $ 86,675      $ 5,868       7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Revenue increased by $5.9 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase of $14.2 million, or 172%, an increase in enterprise

 

62


Table of Contents

infrastructure market revenue, offset by a decrease of $8.5 million in data center market revenue. The increase in enterprise infrastructure market revenue was primarily due to $18.4 million in higher unit sales, offset by $4.4 million attributable to lower ASPs as products sold were transitioning to volume production. The decrease in data center market revenue was primarily due to $10.4 million in lower unit sales due to fluctuating customer demand, partially offset by an increase of $3.4 million attributable to higher ASP due to product mix. In addition, data center market revenue included the recognition of deferred revenue in the year ended December 31, 2016 of $1.6 million as compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as the deferred revenue was fully recognized by June 30, 2016.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2015     2016     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 41,511     $ 34,064     $ (7,447     (18 )% 

Gross Profit

   $ 39,296     $ 52,611     $ 13,315       34

Gross Margin

     49     61       12 pts 

Cost of revenue decreased by $7.4 million, or 18% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily related to savings from yield improvements achieved through quality assurance processes with our manufacturers and cost reductions from our supply chain achieved through negotiation on production and material costs, partially offset by the higher direct operations costs of managing a greater number of products across multiple markets.

Gross profit increased by $13.3 million, or 34%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our gross margin increased by 12 percentage points. Adjusted for the $3.1 million and $1.6 million of the aforementioned deferred revenue recognized in each period which is non-recurring after June 2016, our adjusted gross margin would have been 47% and 60% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, resulting in 13 percentage points increase. The increase in gross margin was due to yield improvement and cost reductions from our supply chain.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2016      $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

   $ 25,262      $ 36,553      $ 11,291       45

Sales and marketing

     3,756        5,347        1,591       42  

General and administrative

     6,284        7,124        840       13  

Collaboration and development charge

     12,024               (12,024     *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 47,326      $ 49,024      $ 1,698       4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Research and development expenses increased $11.3 million, or 45%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase of $5.3 million in personnel-related costs as we continued to expand our research and development headcount, an increase of $1.1 million in design tools and prototype-related expenses and $4.8 million decrease in product development fees received from our customers in the prior year, which fees offset our research and development costs.

 

63


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.6 million, or 42%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase of $1.0 million in personnel-related costs as we increased our headcount to support our growth, and an increase of $0.2 million in consulting fees and third party commissions.

General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in personnel-related costs.

Collaboration and development charge represents the fair value of a fully vested warrant to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES in 2015, which was subsequently exercised in full on May 5, 2017.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2015     2016     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

   $ (3,321   $ (3,334   $ (13    

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,591       (544     (2,135         *  

Other income, net

     5       14       9           *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense):

   $ (1,725   $ (3,864   $ (2,139         *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $2.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to the change in fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of these warrants at each reporting period until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time, the liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or stockholders’ equity (deficit) and will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
       2015          2016        $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 200      $ 168      $ (32     (16 )% 

Income tax expense decreased by $32,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a decrease in the U.S. alternative minimum tax that was reduced by available credits. Our consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was (61)% compared to (2)% for the year ended December 31, 2015 mainly due to a smaller loss before income tax balance. The consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 differed from the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the impact of changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions and in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, offset by the impact of higher state taxes and research and development credit.

 

64


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by market

           

Data center

   $ 23,931      $ 72,549      $ 48,618        203

Enterprise infrastructure

     569        8,258        7,689        *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 24,500      $ 80,807      $ 56,307        230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Revenue increased by $56.3 million, or 230%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to $50.0 million, or 103%, in higher unit volumes of our data center products sold to our largest customer, offset by $1.4 million, or 3%, attributable to lower ASP. In addition, the $7.6 million increase in enterprise infrastructure market revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 resulted from the increase in volumes of our AQrate products in 2015, which we first began to ship into the enterprise infrastructure market in the fourth quarter of 2014 and began shipping in volume in 2015. Due to the introduction of our AQrate products, we anticipate that revenue from the enterprise infrastructure market will grow at a greater rate than revenue from the data center market over the next two years.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2014     2015     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 16,189     $ 41,511     $ 25,322        156

Gross profit

   $ 8,311     $ 39,296     $ 30,985        373

Gross margin

     34     49        15 pts 

Cost of revenue increased by $25.3 million, or 156% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily related to costs associated with an increase in the volume of products sold.

Gross profit increased by $31.0 million, or 373%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our gross margin increased by 15 percentage points due to yield improvement and cost reductions from our supply chain as the result of higher production volumes. This increase in gross margin was partially offset by a lower ASP of approximately 3% for our Twinville product for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

65


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

   $ 27,343      $ 25,262      $ (2,081     (8 )% 

Sales and marketing

     2,142        3,756        1,614       75  

General and administrative

     4,403        6,284        1,881       43  

Collaboration and development charge

            12,024        12,024       *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 33,888      $ 47,326      $ 13,438       40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Research and development expenses decreased $2.1 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase of $4.8 million in product development fees from our customers (which offset expenses) and a $3.3 million decrease in engineering mask costs. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $3.3 million in personnel costs as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our future product offerings, a $2.4 million increase in costs related to the expansion of our international offices and a $0.3 million increase in design tools and prototype-related expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.6 million, or 75%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase of $1.3 million in personnel costs as we increased our headcount to support our growth, and an increase of $0.4 million in facility and IT costs.

General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 43%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, due to an increase of $1.5 million in professional services and legal fees and a $0.4 million increase in personnel costs primarily to support our growth in operations and preparation to operate as a public company.

Collaboration and development charge represents the fair value of a fully vested warrant to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES, which was subsequently exercised in full on May 5, 2017.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2014     2015     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

   $ (2,164   $ (3,321   $ (1,157     53

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (15     1,591       1,606       *  

Other income, net

     12       5       (7     *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

   $ (2,167   $ (1,725   $ 442       (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

*

Percentage change not meaningful

Other income (expense) decreased $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of a $1.6 million change in fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million in interest expense relating to our outstanding long-term debt and borrowings under our line of credit.

 

66


Table of Contents

We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of these warrants at each balance sheet date until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time, the liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit) and will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 56      $ 200      $ 144        257

Income tax expense increased $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in foreign income tax and U.S. federal income tax related to alternative minimum tax. Our consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was (2)%, which represents an approximate decrease of 2% compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 differed from the U.S. statutory rate primarily as a result of changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters in the period ended June 30, 2017, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of revenue for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2015
    Sep. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sep. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
    Mar. 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Quarterly results of operations

                 

Revenue

  $ 19,539     $ 25,463     $ 24,280     $ 19,562     $ 21,812     $ 22,534     $ 22,767     $ 23,643     $ 25,164  

Cost of revenue

    10,337       13,496       10,501       7,909       8,274       9,127       8,754       10,047       10,912  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    9,202       11,967       13,779       11,653       13,538       13,407       14,013       13,596       14,252  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    7,516       8,377       5,831       8,183       9,118       9,321       9,931       10,407       10,537  

Sales and marketing

    916       1,013       1,168       1,389       1,484       1,344       1,130       1,634       1,822  

General and administrative

    1,427       1,474       2,335       1,718       2,078       1,891       1,437       2,227       2,248  

Collaboration and development charge

                                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    9,859       10,864       9,334       11,290       12,680       12,556       12,498       14,268       14,607  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (657     1,103       4,445       363       858       851       1,515       (672     (355

Other income (expense):

                 

Interest expense

    (806     (794     (838     (861     (1,010     (779     (684     (559     (457

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (90     1,857       (144           78             (622     (660     (1,040

Other income, net

    10       (6     (7     7       (4     (6     17       17       11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (886     1,057       (989     (854     (936     (785     (1,289     (1,202     (1,486
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

    (1,543     2,160       3,456       (491     (78     66       226       (1,874     (1,841

Provision for (benefit from) Income taxes

    29       25       119       59       47       (22     84       151       (509
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and comprehensive loss

  $ (1,572   $ 2,135     $ 3,337     $ (550   $ (125   $ 88     $ 142     $ (2,025   $ (1,332
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2015
    Sep. 30,
2015
    Dec. 31,
2015
    Mar. 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    Sep. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
    Mar. 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 

Quarterly results of operations

                 

Revenue

    100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%       100%  

Cost of revenue

    53       53       43       40       38       41       38       42       43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    47       47       57       60       62       59       62       58       57  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    38       33       24       43       41       42       44       44       42  

Sales and marketing

    5       4       5       7       7       6       5       7       7  

General and administrative

    7       6       10       9       10       8       6       10       9  

Collaboration and development charge

                                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    50       43       39       59       58       56       55       61       58  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (3)       4       18       1       4       3       7       (3)       (1)  

Other income (expense):

                 

Interest expense

    (4)       (3)       (3)       (4)       (5)       (3)       (3)       (2)       (2)  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (1)       7       (1)                         (3)       (3)       (4)  

Other income, net

                                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (5)       4       (4)       (4)       (5)       (3)       (6)       (5)       (6)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

    (8)       8       14       (3)       (1)             1       (8)       (7)  

Provision for (benefit from) Income taxes

                                              1       (2)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and comprehensive loss

    (8)%       8%       14%       (3)%       (1)%       —%       1%       (9)%       (5)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased for all quarters presented in 2015 and 2016, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016. The overall increase in the third quarter of 2015 was primarily due to an increase in unit volumes sold to the data center market. The modest decrease in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2015 and in the first quarter of 2016 was primarily the result of a decrease in unit volumes to the data center market, partially offset by a higher unit volume sold to the enterprise infrastructure market. The increase in higher unit volumes for the enterprise infrastructure market continued in the second quarter of 2016 which accounted for $4.4 million additional revenue, partially offset by $2.1 million decline in the data center market revenue. The slight increase in revenue in the third and fourth quarter of 2016 was attributable to $2.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of higher data center market revenue due to higher ASPs and higher unit volumes, partially offset by $1.5 million and $2.1 million declines, respectively, in our enterprise infrastructure market revenue due to lower unit volume. The increase in revenue in the first quarter of 2017 was primarily attributable to $3.3 million of higher enterprise infrastructure market revenue due to higher unit volumes and $0.2 million of higher access market revenue due to higher unit volumes and ASPs, offset partially by a $2.6 million decline in our data center market revenue due to lower unit volumes and ASPs. The increase of $1.5 million in revenue in the second quarter of 2017 was primarily attributable to $1.3 million of higher data center market revenue due to higher unit volumes as customer demand fluctuated, and $0.3 million of higher enterprise infrastructure market revenue due to higher unit volumes offset by lower ASPs as volume production increased. Due to the introduction of our AQrate products to the enterprise infrastructure and access markets, we anticipate that revenue from these markets will fluctuate quarter to quarter as our customers establish better forecasts of their end customers’ demand but revenue from these markets will grow at a greater rate than revenue from the data center market over the next two years.

 

68


Table of Contents

Quarterly Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit and Gross Margin Trends

Increases in gross margin are primarily due to yield improvement and cost reductions from our supply chain as the result of higher production volumes and fluctuations in ASPs. Our quarterly gross margins ranged from a low of 47% in the second quarter of 2015 to 62% in the second and fourth quarters of 2016. Gross margin generally increased sequentially in 2015, primarily due to an increase in revenue from our data center market as described above. Gross margin increased for the first and second quarters of 2016 primarily due to yield improvement and cost reductions from our supply chain. For the third quarter of 2016, the decrease is due to $0.8 million of deferred revenue recognized in the second quarter which was non-recurring. Gross margin increased in the fourth quarter of 2016 primarily due to the sale of previously written off inventory. For the first quarter of 2017, the gross margin decrease is due to revenue and ASP decline in our data center market. For the second quarter of 2017, gross margin increased primarily due to an increase in revenue from our data center market as described above.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends

Total operating expenses, excluding the collaboration and development charge and product development fees received from our customers, increased from $9.9 million to $12.7 million from the second quarter of 2015 to the second quarter in 2016 and remained at approximately $12.6 million for both third and fourth quarters of 2016. Our total operating expenses, excluding the collaboration and development charge and product development fees received from our customers, increased sequentially for all quarters in 2015 and 2016 and the first and second quarter of 2017 with the exception of the third and fourth quarters of 2016, which remained principally unchanged from the prior quarter. The sequential increases were due primarily to increased personnel costs, prototype-related and consulting expenses to support our research and development efforts, growth in operations and costs to prepare to operate as a public company. The fourth quarter of 2015 had lower net research and development costs, primarily due to $2.2 million in product development fees received from our customers which is an offset to research and development expenses.

Research and development expenses fluctuated during the nine quarters ended June 30, 2017 but increased from the second quarter of 2015 to the second quarter of 2017, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2015, due primarily to our increased headcount and the expansion of our international offices to support the development of our future products. The decrease in research and development expense in the fourth quarter of 2015 was the result of $2.7 million in decreased prototype-related expenses and $2.2 million in product development fees from our customers, partially offset by higher personnel costs. The research and development expense in the first quarter of 2016 included $0.5 million in product development fees from our customers which is an offset to research and development expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses ranged from $0.9 million to $1.8 million for the nine quarters ended June 30, 2017. With the exception of the third and fourth quarters of 2016, sales and marketing expenses increased each quarter since the second quarter of 2015 through the second quarter of 2016 primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs associated with increased headcount and increased spending in marketing programs to drive future revenue growth. Sales and marketing expenses decreased in the third and fourth quarters of 2016, primarily due to the fluctuation on the timing and spending of marketing programs and lower third party commission. Sales and marketing expenses increased in the first and second quarter of 2017, primarily due to increased headcount to drive future revenue growth.

General and administrative expenses fluctuated during the nine quarters ended June 30, 2017. In 2015, general and administrative expenses increased sequentially from $1.4 million in the second quarter of 2015 to $2.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2015, primarily due to increased personnel costs and professional service fees associated with the preparation to operate as a public company. General and administrative expenses for 2016 fluctuated between quarters with $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2016, $2.1 million in the second quarter, $1.9 million in the third quarter, decreased to $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 and then increased to $2.2 million in both the first and second quarters of 2017. The fluctuations were primarily due to increased

 

69


Table of Contents

personnel costs and the timing in incurring professional service fees associated with tax advisory and preparation to operate as a public company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash generated from product sales, as well as proceeds from our convertible preferred stock and debt financings. As of June 30, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $17.4 million. In March and July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 25,848,278 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $37.0 million. Since our inception through June 30, 2017, we have sold an aggregate of 208,004,878 shares of our convertible preferred stock for aggregate net proceeds of $199.5 million. Our principal use of cash is to fund our operations to support our growth.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our expected cash flows from product sales, and funds available for borrowing under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Over the longer term, our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of our sales and marketing and research and development expenditures, and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. In the event that we need to borrow funds or issue additional equity, we cannot assure you that any such additional financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, any future borrowings may result in additional restrictions on our business and any issuance of additional equity would result in dilution to investors. If we are unable to raise additional capital when we need it, it would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
    2014     2015     2016           2016                 2017        
   

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (23,978   $ (11,512   $ 12,138     $ 3,139     $ (8,755

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,299     (4,174     (8,431     (1,673     (2,775

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    27,678       42,920       (9,104     (3,696     6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,401     $ 27,234     $ (5,397   $ (2,230   $ (11,524
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

We have historically used cash in operating activities due to our net losses, adjusted for changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly from accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, deferred revenue and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants and the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability and amortization of our debt discount.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, cash used in operating activities was approximately $8.8 million. The cash used in operating activities was primarily due to $10.2 million in net change in operating assets and liabilities and a net loss of $3.4 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $4.8 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was approximately $12.1 million. The cash provided by operating activities was primarily the result of decreased inventories of $9.6 million as product revenue increased, non-cash items totaling $5.4 million, offset by other changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million, net loss of $0.4 million, and decrease in deferred revenue of $2.1 million primarily from the recognition of previously recorded deferred revenue related to a significant agreement with Intel.

 

70


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we used approximately $11.5 million of cash in operating activities. The cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of increased inventories of $12.7 million to support our future product sales, our net loss of $10.0 million offset by non-cash items totaling $14.4 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $5.2 million due to increased product sales during 2015, and a decrease in deferred revenue of $2.7 million primarily from the recognition of previously deferred revenue related to a significant agreement with Intel. The cash used in operating activities was partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3.4 million primarily due to higher compensation and benefit accruals resulting from increased headcount and increased professional services costs due to preparing to operate as a public company, and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.3 million. Non-cash items included $12.1 million for the issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants primarily related to a collaboration and development charge, $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.2 million amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense, and $0.8 million of stock compensation expense, offset by a $1.6 million revaluation of our convertible preferred stock warrants.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we used approximately $24.0 million of cash in operating activities. The cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of our net loss of $27.8 million offset by non-cash items totaling $3.0 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $4.4 million primarily due to the prepayment of processed wafer inventory, a decrease in deferred revenue of $3.1 million primarily due to the recognition of previously deferred revenue, and a $0.1 million increase in accounts receivable. The cash used in operating activities was partially offset by a decrease of $6.8 million in inventory due to inventory purchased in 2013 in advance of 2014 anticipated product demand, and increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.5 million. Non-cash items consisted of $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.9 million of stock-based compensation expense and $0.2 million of amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist of capital expenditures for property and equipment purchases and IP licenses. Our capital expenditures for property and equipment have primarily been for general business purposes, including machinery and equipment, leasehold improvements, software and computer equipment used internally, and production masks to manufacture our products.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, we used approximately $2.8 million in investing activities, consisted of $1.9 million for the purchases of property and equipment for general business purposes and $0.9 million for the purchases of short-term investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 we used approximately $8.4 million in investing activities for the purchase of production masks, IP licenses and other property and equipment for general business purposes.

For the year ended December 31, 2015 we used approximately $4.2 million in investing activities for the purchase of production masks and other property and equipment for general business purposes.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we used approximately $1.3 million in investing activities primarily for the purchase of property and equipment for general business purposes.

Financing Activities

Cash generated by financing activities includes proceeds from borrowings under our credit facilities, proceeds from our issuance of common stock following employee stock option exercises and issuance of convertible preferred stock. Cash used in financing activities includes repayment of debt under our credit facilities and payment of costs related to this offering.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated $6,000 of cash in financing activities, consisting of proceeds of $5.0 million from a draw down on our line of credit and $0.8 million in proceeds from the exercise of

 

71


Table of Contents

employee stock options and preferred stock warrants, offset by repayments of our borrowings of $5.1 million and payments of $0.6 million on costs related to this offering.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $9.1 million of cash in financing activities, consisting of $11.6 million used in repayments of our line of credit and borrowings and payments of $2.4 million on costs related to this offering, partially offset by $4.9 million proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and preferred stock warrants.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated $43.0 million of cash from financing activities, consisting of $37.0 million of cash from the issuance of our Series H convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, $20.2 million from our line of credit and $1.4 million from the issuance of common stock, primarily related to the exercise of employee stock options; offset by the repayment of $15.2 million on our line of credit, $0.2 million of debt issuance costs and $0.2 million of costs related to this offering. During the year ended December 31, 2015, our outstanding balance on our line of credit ranged from $0 to $10.3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated $27.7 million of cash from financing activities, consisting of $19.9 million from the issuance of our Series G convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, $8.2 million from our loan with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., or Pinnacle, net of issuance costs, $3.0 million from our line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank and $0.3 million from the issuance of common stock, primarily related to the exercise of employee stock options; offset by a $3.9 million repayment in full of our line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our line of credit balance with Silicon Valley Bank ranged from $0 to $3.0 million.

Debt Obligations

The following table summarizes our debt obligations as of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,

2017
 
    2014     2015     2016    
    (in thousands)  

Term loans

  $ 23,800     $ 23,800     $ 17,241     $ 12,070  

Final payment liability

    41       641       1,192       1,376  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term loans

    23,841       24,441       18,433       13,446  

Unamortized debt discount

    (889     (533     (204     (95

Less: unamortized debt discount in other current assets

    356                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance term loans

    23,308       23,908       18,229       13,351  

Bank borrowings—line of credit

          5,001             5,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

    23,308       28,909       18,229       18,351  

Less: long-term debt, current portion and bank borrowings—line of credit

          (12,455     (11,238     (17,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

  $ 23,308     $ 16,454     $ 6,991     $ 974  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pinnacle Loan and Security Agreement . In April 2013, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle for an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million. The interest rate on this loan was the greater of the prime rate plus 925 basis points, or 12.5% per annum. At December 31, 2014, the interest rate on this loan was 12.5%. We were required to make interest-only payments for the first 24 months of the loan starting in April 2013 and thereafter to make 18 equal monthly payments from April 2015 until maturity in October 2016. In connection with this loan, we issued a warrant to Pinnacle to purchase up to 646,551 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.928 per share. This loan also provided a right to convert a

 

72


Table of Contents

portion of the outstanding principal of the loan into shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock, which right expired unexercised on June 30, 2014.

On December 16, 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle pursuant to which we borrowed an additional $8.8 million and modified the terms of the existing loan of $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, our aggregate principal amount outstanding under the amended loan was $23.8 million. The interest rate on this loan, effective January 1, 2015, is the greater of the prime rate plus 550 basis points, or 8.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2016, the interest rate on this loan was 9.25%. As of June 30, 2017, the interest rate on this loan was 9.50% as prime rate increased. Monthly principal payments on this loan begin in May 2016, and an additional final payment of $1.5 million is due upon the earliest to occur of the maturity date of July 1, 2018 or the prepayment of all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this loan, we issued a fully-vested warrant to Pinnacle to purchase up to 640,129 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share. This loan with Pinnacle is subordinated to the loan with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, or Hercules Technology, pursuant to a subordination agreement.

We intend to prepay in full the outstanding amounts under this term loan with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Hercules Technology Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement. In January 2015, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology for an $11.5 million revolving line of credit. The line of credit is based upon a percentage of eligible receivables and eligible customer purchase orders. The line of credit bears a variable rate of interest based upon the prime rate and changes in our borrowing base eligibility and whether the borrowing base is based on eligible accounts receivables or eligible purchase orders or both. At December 31, 2016, we had a line of credit of $11.5 million available to be borrowed at a rate of 7.35% as the $5.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2015 was repaid in full on January 5, 2016. As of June 30, 2017, the balance outstanding under this line of credit was $5.0 million. The line of credit matures on February 1, 2018. An end-of-term charge of $0.3 million is owed upon the earliest to occur of the maturity date, the date of prepayment of the outstanding secured obligations or the date that the secured obligations become due and payable. In connection with this loan, we issued a warrant to Hercules Technology to purchase up to 196,831 shares of our convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share. At the election of the holder, these warrants may be exercised for Series G or Series H convertible preferred stock.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Set forth below is information concerning our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt obligations

   $ 17,242      $ 10,595        6,647      $      $  

Operating leases

     1,624        982        642                

Purchase obligations

     11,431        9,433        1,998                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,297      $ 21,010      $ 9,287      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, our operating lease obligations are for our U.S. headquarters and our international research facilities that expire at various dates through February 2020. Purchase obligations consist of non-cancelable agreements and purchase orders for goods and services. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

73


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our audited consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We sell our products direct to our customers and to our customers’ manufacturing subcontractors, and do not currently have a significant amount of revenue sold to distributors during the sales process. We offer a limited number of customer rebates and accrue an estimate of such rebates at the time revenue is recognized. Such rebates were not material in any of the periods presented, and the differences between the actual amount of such rebates and our estimates also were not material. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. There are no circumstances where revenue is recognized prior to delivery. Customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. We evaluate whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. With respect to collectability, we perform credit checks for new customers and perform ongoing evaluations of our existing customers’ financial condition. We defer revenue if any revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

Inventories

Inventories consist of processed wafers, work-in-process and finished goods and are stated at the lower of standard cost or net realizable value. Standard costs approximate actual costs and are based on a first-in, first-out basis. We perform detailed reviews of the net realizable value of inventories, both on hand as well as for inventories that we are committed to purchase and write down the inventory value for estimated deterioration, excess and obsolete and other factors based on management’s assessment of future demand and market conditions. Once written down, inventory write-downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold or scrapped.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We account for our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants as derivative liabilities as the terms of the warrants are not fixed due to potential adjustments in the exercise price and the number of shares upon an equity financing at a lower price. The convertible preferred stock warrants are initially recorded at fair value when issued, with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at each period end while such instruments are outstanding and classified as liabilities. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a

 

74


Table of Contents

liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time, the warrants will convert to warrants to purchase common stock, the liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or stockholders’ equity (deficit), and will no longer be subject to fair value accounting. The fair values of the convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt agreements are recorded as debt discounts and are amortized as non-cash interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations over the expected repayment period of the debt agreements. The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a letter agreement to collaborate on the development of products with GLOBALFOUNDRIES was recorded as an operating expense at the date of issuance.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
2017
 
     2014      2015      2016     
Valuation method    Monte Carlo
Simulation
     Monte Carlo
Simulation
     Black-Scholes
Pricing Model
    

Black-Scholes

Pricing Model

 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.43% - 2.22%        0.10% - 2.21%        0.39% - 2.25%        0.89% - 2.24%  

Expected term

     1.0 - 9.7 yrs        0.2 - 9.0 yrs        0.3 - 9.0 yrs        0.8 - 7.9 yrs  

Expected dividends

     0%        0%        0%        0%  

Volatility

     35% - 50%        35% - 50%        25% - 50%        25% - 35%  

Fair value of preferred stock:

           

Convertible preferred Series A

   $ 0.48      $ 0.37      $ 0.44      $ 0.78  

Convertible preferred Series B

     0.77        0.62        0.73        1.11  

Convertible preferred Series C-1

     0.77        0.62        0.73        1.11  

Convertible preferred Series D

     0.83        0.67        0.78        1.19  

Convertible preferred Series E

     0.81        0.69        0.77        1.03  

Convertible preferred Series F

     0.95        0.84        0.91        1.11  

Convertible preferred Series G

     1.43        1.36        1.40        1.49  

Convertible preferred Series H

            1.42        1.43        1.50  

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions is measured and recognized in the financial statements at fair value. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the equity award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. We estimate the fair value of each equity award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognize the related stock-based compensation expense on the straight-line method. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends.

We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees based on the fair value of the awards determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of such instruments is recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are received.

We estimated the fair value of stock-based awards granted using the following valuation assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Six Months
Ended June 30,
     2014    2015    2016    2016    2017

Risk-free interest rate

   1.66% - 1.98%    1.51% - 2.32%    1.46% - 2.43%    1.46% - 1.88%    1.94% - 2.40%

Expected term

   5.5 - 10 yrs    5.3 - 10 yrs    6.1 - 10 yrs    6.1 - 10 yrs    6.1 - 9.6 yrs

Expected dividends

   0%    0%    0%    0%    0%

Volatility

   44%    41% - 42%    30% - 34%    34%    27% - 30%

 

75


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been the responsibility of and determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, the board of directors determined fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock, our operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlooks, amongst other factors.

Expected Term

The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla”, we have opted to use the simplified method for estimating the expected term, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

Expected Volatility

The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers, as we do not have any trading history for our common stock. We will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for our common stock becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments with terms that were consistent with the expected term of the option grants.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend yield was 0% as we have not paid, and do not expect to pay, cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2016          2016              2017      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 10      $ 19      $ 31      $ 15      $ 14  

Research and development

     382        373        489        206        293  

Sales and marketing

     36        71        95        46        64  

General and administrative

     430        329        324        182        178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 858      $ 792      $ 939      $ 449      $ 549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, we had approximately $5.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.5 years.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 30, 2017 was $21.2 million based on the estimated fair market value of our common stock of $9.90 per share.

 

76


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options. The board of directors granted options to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on each grant date.

The common stock valuations were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Our board of directors is comprised of a majority of non-employee directors who we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock’s fair value as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

   

valuations performed by an unrelated third-party specialist;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

   

our history and the introduction of new products and services;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock; and

 

   

U.S. and global capital market conditions.

At each grant date, our board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. For grants of stock awards made on dates for which there was no valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based upon the immediately preceding valuation and other pertinent information available to it at the time of grant.

Our common stock valuation models have historically utilized a market approach, which bases the valuation of our common stock on multiples of revenue, operating income, net income and similar metrics of publicly traded companies we believe are similar to us in terms of size, product market, liquidity, financial leverage, revenue, profitability, growth and other factors. We also examine transactions in the same or similar assets at the measurement date. These transactions can include venture investments in private firms, or stock market trading prices of similar publicly traded companies.

We also allocate value to each class of stock using an Option Pricing Model, or OPM, and Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after our convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict and thus creates highly speculative forecasts. PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when

 

77


Table of Contents

discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a relatively high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM include an initial public offering, or IPO, as well as non-IPO market based outcomes. Determining the fair value of the enterprise using the PWERM requires us to develop assumptions and estimates for both the probability of an IPO liquidity event and non-IPO outcomes, as well as the values we expect those outcomes could yield. We apply significant judgment in developing these assumptions and estimates, primarily based upon the enterprise value we determined using the market approach, our knowledge of the business and our reasonable expectations of discrete outcomes occurring.

In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (1) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (2) the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, (3) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (4) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (5) the estimated weighted-average cost of capital and (6) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on the grant date.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position can be recognized only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date and then only in an amount more likely than not to be sustained upon review by the tax authorities. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting . It provides clarity and reduces both (1) diversity in practice and (2) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The new guidance requires entities to recognize assets and liabilities for leases with terms of more than 12 months and additional disclosures to better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

 

78


Table of Contents

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) , an update that deferred the effective date of the new guidance they previously issued in May 2014 related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method. This new standard will be effective for us on January 1, 2018, although adoption as of the original effective date of January 1, 2017 is permitted. We intend to use the modified retrospective method and are evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements and disclosure.

Adopted

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which requires entities to measure most inventory “at the lower of cost and net realizable value”, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market (market in this context is defined as one of three different measures, one of which is net realizable value). This standard will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB, issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This guidance affects entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The guidance is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions which include: the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows, and forfeiture rate calculations. The guidance is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230) , which provides guidance for eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective retrospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. We early adopted this guidance in 2016, and the adoption of this guidance did not result in any adjustments.

JOBS Act Transition Period

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

79


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers. We had two end customers who each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014, and two end customers who accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. Our concentration of accounts receivable and revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015     2016     2016     2017  

Accounts Receivable:

           

Customer A

     56        55     62     49     52

Customer B

     11        26       23       36       38  

Customer C

     *        10       *       *       *  

Customer D

     20        *       *       *       *  

 

*

Less than 10%

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2016      2016      2017  

Revenue:

              

Customer A

     68        78        68        66        65  

Customer B

     *        13        21        24        27  

Customer C

     10        *        *        *        *  

 

*

Less than 10%

We market and sell our products worldwide and attribute revenue to the geography where product is shipped. The geographical distribution of our revenue, as a percentage of revenue was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  

Malaysia

     54     74     69     62     65

China

     20       18       26       25       28  

United States

     18       5       1       4       1  

Other

     8       3       4       9       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. All of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States and to a lesser extent in India, the Netherlands and Russia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchanges rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

80


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $28.9 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively, consisting of bank deposits, commercial paper, U.S. government securities, corporate bonds and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. As of June 30, 2017, we had total outstanding debt of $13.4 million related to our term loan with Pinnacle and a line of credit of $5.0 million with Hercules.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. Our exposure to interest rates relates to the change in the amounts of interest we must pay on our borrowings to the extent they are subject to variable interest rates. Our debt instruments provide that we pay interest at the greater of (1) a prime rate plus a spread or (2) a specified fixed interest rate. As of June 30, 2017, none of our borrowings were accruing interest at the variable rate because the variable rates were below the specified fixed interest rate. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates on the fair value of outstanding debt would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. For more information on the structure of interest rates under our debt instruments, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations” above.

 

81


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leader in the design, development and marketing of advanced high-speed communications integrated circuits, or ICs, for Ethernet connectivity in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. Our Ethernet solutions provide a critical interface between the high-speed analog signals transported over wired infrastructure and the digital information used in computing and networking equipment. Our products are designed to cost-effectively deliver leading-edge data speeds for use in the latest generation of communications infrastructure to alleviate network bandwidth bottlenecks caused by the exponential growth of global Internet Protocol, or IP, traffic. Many of our semiconductor solutions have established benchmarks in the industry in terms of performance, power consumption and density. Our innovative solutions enable our customers to differentiate their product offerings, position themselves to gain market share and drive the ongoing equipment infrastructure upgrade cycles in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

Ethernet is a ubiquitous and evolving standard of network connectivity that is characterized by its reliability and backward compatibility, which enables easy upgrades and continuity of operation through upgrade cycles. One Gigabit Ethernet, or 1GbE, has been deployed as a mainstream wired connectivity standard for over a decade. However, 1GbE is increasingly insufficient to meet the bandwidth requirements that can accommodate the exponential growth of global IP traffic. As a result, the 1GbE infrastructure is currently undergoing an upgrade cycle that is driven by the need to alleviate bandwidth bottlenecks on the wired side of networking equipment, including the data center (servers and switches), the enterprise infrastructure (wireless access points, or APs, and switches), and the access (client connectivity for personal computers, or PCs, and carrier access) markets. Based on projections by Crehan Research, 650 Group, IDC and Dell’oro, we estimate that across these markets, over one billion Ethernet ports will ship in 2017 and growing to 1.2 billion ports in 2020, representing a substantial opportunity for upgrade of the Ethernet physical layer, or PHY. Historically, the transition to the next Ethernet generation has been led by the introduction of IC solutions that reliably and cost-effectively meet the new Ethernet standard. We believe that the current upgrade cycle will follow the same course. In addition, we believe another new opportunity for Ethernet is emerging in the automotive market, as a result of increased investment in the development of autonomous vehicles, or self-driving cars.

As the data rate of PHY devices continues to increase, the technical challenges of designing high-speed communications ICs require a significantly new architectural approach. In order to meet next-generation performance requirements with low power consumption and a small footprint, our differentiated architecture combines our two fundamental innovations: Mixed-Mode Signal Processing, or MMSP, which partitions signal processing across analog and digital domains, and Multi-Core Signal Processing, or MCSP, which incorporates multiple customized units to more efficiently process digital signals. We also implement patented techniques in Analog Front-End, or AFE, algorithms, power management and programmability in the design of our products. Our next-generation Ethernet solutions have been developed by one of the most innovative design teams in the semiconductor industry, with deep expertise across multiple disciplines that range from analog and mixed-mode design to digital signal processing and communication theory. We have leveraged the expertise of our design team to achieve technological breakthroughs and bring what we believe to be best-in-class semiconductor solutions to market, anticipating the future technological needs of our customers and helping them shape their product roadmaps. Our best-in-class semiconductor solutions provide the functionalities that meet customers’ requirements, as well as the relevant Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, standard. For example, in 2012 we created a novel technology that we call AQrate, which has since been adopted by the IEEE as the baseline for the IEEE 802.3bz standard that was ratified in September 2016 as the industry specifications for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products made by different manufacturers to be compatible with each other. This technology is currently being deployed in the enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

We are a fabless semiconductor company. We have shipped more than 10 million ports to customers across three semiconductor process generations, and are currently in mass production in 28nm process node. 28nm and other silicon process geometries, such as 40nm and 90nm, refer to the size of the process node in nanometers for a

 

82


Table of Contents

particular semiconductor manufacturing process. Our target markets include ASICs and ASSPs for Data Processing and Communications across the following applications: Enterprise LAN and Wireless LAN Infrastructure; Server, 1/2/4+ CPU socket; Storage Network Infrastructure and DAS/FAS Storage; PC, desktop-based; Service Provider Routers and Switches. We estimate that our total addressable market opportunity across these target markets is $11.5 billion in 2017.

We estimate that our serviceable addressable market opportunity across our application-specific standard product, or ASSP, and application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, applications is approximately 100 million ports in 2020, based on projections by Crehan Research, 650 Group, IDC and Dell’oro, which we estimate would be equivalent to $800 million. Our end customers include Aruba (acquired by Hewlett-Packard Enterprise in 2015), Brocade, Cisco, Dell, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Huawei, IBM, Intel, Juniper, Oracle and Ruckus (acquired by Brocade in 2016). For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, sales to Intel accounted for approximately 68%, 78%, 68% and 65% of our revenue, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, our revenue was $24.5 million, $80.8 million and $86.7 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $27.8 million, $10.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net income (loss) was $(26.8) million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our revenue was $41.4 million and $48.8 million, respectively, our net loss attributable to common stockholders was $0.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and our non-GAAP net loss was $0.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. See the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Industry Background

Exponential Growth of Global IP Traffic

Demands on global networking infrastructure are being driven by the exponential growth of data from video, social networking and advanced collaboration applications. The Cisco Visual Networking Index estimates that global IP traffic will grow at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 22% from 2015 to 2020. Globally, mobile data traffic is expected to increase at a CAGR of 53% from 2015 to 2020. The advent of the Internet of Things, or IoT, will also increase pressure on the network infrastructure as a wide variety of electronic devices become connected to the Internet in order to collect and exchange information. IDC estimates that by 2020, 29.5 billion objects will be connected to the IoT, up from 10.3 billion objects in 2014.

Transition to 10 Gigabit Ethernet

Since its inception more than 40 years ago, Ethernet has grown into a global, widely-deployed communications protocol. More specifically, copper Ethernet cables and the associated Ethernet connector, have permeated the vast majority of Internet networks, including data center, enterprise, campus, small and medium-sized business, small-office and home-office (SOHO) and the home. We believe that each transition to higher speeds has enabled the semiconductor company that has been at the forefront of the technological transformation in each upgrade cycle to significantly scale its operations: from National Semiconductor Corporation in the early 1990s, with the transition to 10 Megabit Ethernet, or 10MbE; to Broadcom Corporation in the mid-1990s, with the transition to 100MbE; and to Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. in the early 2000s, with the transition to 1GbE. We believe a similar opportunity now exists with the transition to 10GbE and beyond in the data centers, enterprise infrastructure, access and automotive markets.

In the early 2000s, the transition from 100MbE to 1GbE was driven by the availability of the technology as a local-area network, or LAN, on motherboard, or LOM, solution for PC applications. A LOM solution allowed every PC manufacturer to offer a 1GbE port on desktops and laptops, which led to a very rapid transition to 1GbE in the entire networking ecosystem. Today, the 1GbE technology has reached broader markets beyond the traditional networking industry, extending into a wide variety of new applications and markets, including home

 

83


Table of Contents

and automotive networking, security camera, signage and smart television connectivity, and high-density wireless environments, such as stadiums and airports. Gigabit Ethernet has now been deployed as a mainstream wired connectivity standard for over a decade and is currently undergoing an upgrade cycle that is driven by the need to alleviate bandwidth bottlenecks on the wired side of networking equipment, including the data center and the enterprise.

Ethernet Connectivity Solutions

In order to connect Ethernet networking equipment, such as servers, switches, storage appliances or routers, network engineers have generally used either optical-based glass or plastic fiber cabling or electrical-based copper cabling. Optical interconnect solutions involve the combination of electronics with optical components, such as optical transmitters, optical receivers, optical couplings, packaging and optical fibers. As a result, optical solutions generally have higher relative cost of materials compared to electrical interconnect solutions. Due to the extremely low absorption loss of optical fibers, optical signals can be sent through fiber over very long distances, which are typically hundreds of kilometers or more, making the higher cost of optical solutions a less significant concern for long-reach interconnects. However, for shorter distances within data centers, which are typically less than 100 meters, optical interconnect solutions can be cost-prohibitive. As a result, optical solutions are typically only used in data centers when a comparable electrical solution has not been developed or the distance is too great for the electrical solution to cover.

Electrical interconnect solutions involve the combination of only a silicon-based IC, a connector and a copper cable. The most prevalent copper interconnect is based on twisted-pair copper cables, also commonly known as Ethernet cables. These cables are relatively inexpensive, but present a number of technical challenges due to significant impairments suffered by the signal as it is transmitted, such as attenuation, crosstalk and echo. As transmission speeds continue to increase to keep up with the exponential growth of global IP traffic, the amount of processing required to be performed in the silicon layer to address these transmission impairments increases correspondingly, leading to greater design complexity and higher power consumption. In recent years, advancements in lithography and manufacturing process technologies have allowed for significantly reduced transistor geometries, resulting in considerably lower power consumption per IC and a greater level of integration. These advancements, as well as additional innovations in the area of digital signal processing, have enabled the use of copper cabling for high-speed data transmission.

Ethernet cable, in its present form, was devised with the standardization by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, of 1MbE in 1986, which was the first of a long line of standards that pushed the speed limits carried over copper cabling. Most recently, the standard evolved into a technology commonly referred to as BASE-T, which started with the introduction of 10BASE-T (speeds of 10 megabits per second, or Mbps) and eventually evolved into the current standard, 10GBASE-T (speeds of 10 gigabits per second, or Gbps). A unique characteristic of BASE-T is its backward compatibility with earlier Ethernet standards. A 10GBASE-T transceiver, for example, is capable of working at the lower speeds of the previous two standards, 1000BASE-T (speeds of 1000Mbps) and 100BASE-T (speeds of 100Mbps). As a result of this backward compatibility, network engineers and IT managers are able to install new equipment in phases and can, for example, purchase 10GBASE-T servers that connect to a legacy 1000BASE-T switch, with the links running at 1GbE. Then, once the switch is replaced with a new 10GBASE-T version, all the links would run at 10GbE.

The Data Center Market

Data centers can be categorized as corporate data centers and cloud, or hyperscale, data centers. For both corporate and hyperscale data centers, servers and switches are the two main components of the data center architecture. Traditionally, servers have been located in vertical racks placed side by side in long rows of equipment. Server ports are connected to Ethernet switches, which have the function of directing the traffic to either an upper layer of aggregation (typical of the older client server North-South traffic model) or to other server nodes (typical of the increasing server-to-server East-West traffic model). In the North-South model, traffic flows down to the lower levels for routing services and then back up to reach its destination. In the East-West model, traffic flows are spread across

 

84


Table of Contents

multiple server nodes, requiring hosts to traverse network interconnection points. In either case, the connectivity between the server and the switch ports in a data center is rather short, typically just a few meters, and at most 100 meters. In contrast, the connectivity between switches in the next layers can be quite long depending on the overall topology. As more data is consolidated and processed in data centers, the need for higher performance server nodes has been met with constant innovation in both processor computing power and increased use of server virtualization, both resulting in an increased demand for higher bandwidth connectivity in servers. According to Crehan Research, approximately 80% of all connections currently are between switches and servers (the two main components of data center architecture), and 80% of those connections are electrical, resulting in electrical interconnect solutions accounting for more than 60% of data center connections.

Corporate Data Centers

Corporate data centers are very cost sensitive and, as a result, have historically made use of Ethernet cabling. Crehan Research estimates that, in 2016, 65% of all server-class Ethernet networking connections shipped were 1GbE connections, 90% of which were 1000BASE-T. We believe that this significant penetration of 1GbE over twisted-pair copper cabling is directly correlated with the preference by corporate IT managers for this medium. In networking infrastructure, cost is a major driver for upgrade cycles and transitions to the newer interconnect technologies. Today, as the cost of 10GbE over twisted-pair copper cabling, or 10GBASE-T, is approaching twice that of 1000BASE-T, network engineers are transitioning their focus to purchasing equipment that supports the faster speed, allowing them to improve performance, increase work efficiency of their organizations and prepare their network for future improvements, which is driving the current upgrade cycle. Crehan Research projects that shipments of 10GBASE-T in data centers will reach 29 million ports in 2020, representing approximately 23% of all ports shipping to data centers that year and a CAGR of 27% from 2017 through 2020.

Cloud Data Centers (Hyperscale Data Centers)

In the case of cloud, or hyperscale, data centers, the processing and bandwidth requirements have traditionally been very demanding, with applications ranging from large-scale search engine implementation to high-performance computing for research and high-frequency trading and social media applications characterized by large number of embedded feeds, cross-referencing and videos. These architectures were the first to adopt 10GbE, and are now in various stages of transition towards 25GbE, 40GbE, 50GbE and in some cases 100GbE. These deployments leverage leading-edge technologies, and although they represent a minority of the data centers deployed today, they are expected to increase in importance in the future. Crehan Research projects that, out of a total of approximately 130 million ports shipping to data centers in 2020, shipment of 100GbE, together with 25GbE and 50GbE, will reach 47 million ports, representing approximately 37% of all ports shipping to data centers that year and a CAGR of 87% from 2017 through 2020.

The Enterprise Infrastructure Market

In the early 2000s, the enterprise infrastructure market experienced a very rapid transition from 100MbE to 1GbE. The adoption of 1GbE as the preferred connectivity between PCs and the Ethernet switches located in server rooms was facilitated by the ease of deployment of Ethernet cables in the ceilings and walls of the enterprise. Category 5e, or Cat5e, and Category 6, or Cat6, cables were, and continue to be, widely deployed, representing more than 90% of the worldwide base of cables installed between 2003 and 2014. In the past 10 years, the enterprise infrastructure market has also seen an increasing number of wireless LAN, or WLAN, APs being deployed throughout buildings, airports, shopping malls and stadiums, driven by the proliferation of smartphones, laptops and other portable devices. These APs generally connect through a 1GbE infrastructure to the wiring closet or campus Ethernet switch using the same Ethernet cabling infrastructure, and often the same switches, used by desktop PCs.

1GbE connections have historically been sufficient to carry the wireless traffic over the wired infrastructure due to the limited bandwidth of the WiFi standards 802.11 b/g/n and even the first wave of 802.11ac. However,

 

85


Table of Contents

WLAN AP manufacturers have commenced the deployment of the second wave of 802.11ac, which has throughput of up to about 5Gbps, followed recently by the new WiFi standard 802.11ax, with similar throughput requirements. As a result, for the first time in over a decade, IT managers are faced with the challenge of carrying these bandwidths in excess of 1GbE, or Multi-Gig, over legacy Ethernet infrastructure that is designed to only support 1Gbps. Network administrators have traditionally had three options when confronted with this bottleneck: (1) leave the legacy infrastructure in place and aggregate data traffic over more cables; (2) upgrade to data center-class Ethernet cables that support 10GBASE-T; or (3) upgrade to optical interconnect solutions. The first option presents scalability challenges. The latter two pose significant cost barriers and entail considerable disruption to the physical plan of any building or campus. As a result, there is a need in the enterprise infrastructure market for a scalable, lower-cost alternative to support this network upgrade cycle. 650 Group projects that shipments of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T in the enterprise infrastructure market will reach 57 million ports in 2020, representing a CAGR of 112% from 2017 through 2020. 650 Group also estimates that in 2020, 385 million ports in enterprise and small- and medium-sized businesses still will be 1GbE, representing a significant opportunity for growth for Multi-Gig.

The Access Market

The access market is composed of two sub-categories: client connectivity and carrier access.

Client connectivity —As Multi-Gig technology starts permeating the enterprise infrastructure as a PHY solution, replacing the legacy 1GbE connections on Ethernet switches, the need for PCs to adopt this Multi-Gig solution has emerged. Despite the trends towards lighter and thinner machines such as notebooks and laptops, IDC projects that PCs will continue to be equipped with Ethernet ports for the foreseeable future, estimating that 194 million PCs, or approximately 80% of the total market, will ship with an Ethernet port by 2020, driven by enterprise buyers and gamers. Based on current adoption trends, we estimate that 10 million ports of Multi-Gig Ethernet, in the form of 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T, will ship in 2020 as PC users transition to Multi-Gig. Inside PCs, the PHY is typically integrated with an Ethernet data link layer function, as defined in the Open Systems Interconnection model, or OSI model, called a network controller or Media Access Control, or MAC, device. We believe that integrated solutions combining both the PHY and the controller are likely to become the preferred choice of PC original equipment manufacturers.

Carrier access —Our targeted carrier access market focuses on the last 100 meters between the carrier or service provider termination device, which is typically located in the basement of an apartment complex or the entry-door cabinet in an individual home, and the residential gateway box which is typically owned or leased by the consumer. This last 100 meters is also called wide-area-network, or WAN, and the local-area-network, or LAN, side of the gateway. As carriers and service providers deploy “last-mile” high bandwidth technologies, such as Passive Optical Network, or PON, Digital Subscriber Line, or DSL, and cable modem, the need has arisen to provide high-bandwidth, low-cost, easy-to-deploy solutions to connect termination devices and gateway boxes. The bandwidth requirement is now exceeding 1 Gbps in an increasing number of deployments, on distances that are typically within 100 meters between termination device and gateway box. In addition, we anticipate that the availability of Multi-Gig Ethernet on PCs, Network-Attach Storage, or NAS, as well as 802.11ac/ax WiFi extenders and wireless routers, will drive the need for gateways to migrate from 1GbE to Multi-Gig Ethernet on the LAN side as well. Dell’oro projects that 74 million gateways will ship in 2020, representing a total of 370 million ports as gateways typically ship with five Ethernet ports per box. We estimate that seven million ports of Multi-Gig Ethernet will ship on the WAN and LAN sides of these gateways in 2020.

The Automotive Market

The automotive market is undergoing a transformation with the development of self-driving cars. Developing a fully autonomous vehicle requires innovation in the areas of image processing, fast and multi-dimensional decision making processes, and deep learning, similar to some of the most advanced facial recognition algorithms or complex model simulations being handled by super computers in hyperscale data centers today. As a result, systems that are being contemplated by the car industry to deliver such capabilities

 

86


Table of Contents

will likely need high-speed signaling connecting together end points such as cameras and other sensors, processing units, and an array of switches for rich connectivity and redundancy. Ethernet is one of the most promising technologies to deliver the high-speed connectivity required for making the self-driving car a reality. The car environment has its own very stringent set of requirements such as low weight, low power consumption, limited electro-magnetic emissions and susceptibility, ability to support higher spread of environmental temperature, and low cost. In terms of connectivity, this matrix of requirements is well served by high-speed Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper cabling. The potential market opportunity is considerable. Raymond James estimates that the silicon content in ADAS/autonomous vehicles will generate approximately $30.0 billion in revenue by 2030. We are currently shipping products into this market but do not expect significant volume production to occur until 2019.

Industry Opportunities

 

   

Increasing Bandwidth Requirements . The proliferation of mobile devices and the migration of data to the cloud have resulted in the exponential growth of global IP traffic and bandwidth bottlenecks on the wired side of networking equipment, including the data center and the enterprise. 10GbE in data centers and Multi-Gig Ethernet in enterprises and autonomous driving vehicles have emerged to enable high-speed delivery of bandwidth-demanding applications.

 

   

Importance of Backward Compatibility and Use of Existing Infrastructure . Enterprises and data center providers need the flexibility to upgrade their server and switch infrastructure at different times, which drives the need for interconnect solutions to be backward compatible with existing infrastructure. In addition, the ability of a new technology to operate over existing cabling infrastructure is paramount in the enterprise, given that installing new cabling is both very costly and highly disruptive. Connectivity solutions based on Ethernet cabling that are backward compatible enable easy upgrades and continuity of operation, which can provide a cost-effective transition to 10GbE and Multi-Gig Ethernet.

 

   

Limitations of Existing Alternatives . The existing alternative for high-speed connectivity is optical-based glass or fiber cabling. The high cost of optical solutions makes their use only appropriate for long distances or where there is no electrical interconnect solution alternative. In the case of corporate data centers, there is also the alternative of enhanced small form-factor pluggable direct attach cable, or SFP+ DAC. Nevertheless, the limited reach of 10GbE SFP+ DAC restricts its use within the corporate data center to very short distances. Interconnect solutions based on 10GbE and Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper cabling provide the optimal combination of high performance interconnectivity with adequate reach at a minimized installation cost.

Challenges to the Adoption of 10GbE and Multi-Gig Ethernet over Copper Cabling

 

   

Technical Challenges. The continued increase in signal transmission speeds presents a number of technical challenges due to the significant impairments, such as attenuation, crosstalk and echo, suffered by the signal as it is transmitted over copper cabling. As transmission speeds increase beyond 1Gbps, the amount of processing required to be performed in the silicon layer to address these impairments increases correspondingly, leading to greater design complexity. In recent years, innovations in the areas of digital signal processing and semiconductor manufacturing have further advanced the use of copper cabling for high-speed data transmission.

 

   

Power Consumption. As the amount of processing performed in the silicon layer increases to address signal impairments, the power consumption of the entire PHY device also increases. In recent years, advancements in lithography and other manufacturing process technologies have allowed for significantly reduced transistor geometries, resulting in considerably lower power consumption per IC and a greater level of integration. Interconnect solutions based on 10GbE over copper cabling have benefited from these manufacturing advancements. For instance, first-generation solutions consumed

 

87


Table of Contents
 

up to 25W of power, requiring additional cooling technologies. Current generation solutions based on 28nm silicon reduce typical power to a couple of watts.

Nevertheless, addressing these technical challenges with conventional silicon architectures generally yields ICs that are inefficient and consume more power. We believe the design of complex signal processing solutions requires a novel architectural approach.

Our Solution

We have developed a differentiated architecture that leverages our deep technical design expertise to create integrated high-performance connectivity solutions that address the significant opportunities present in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. Our Ethernet PHY solutions provide a critical interface between the high-speed analog signals transported over wired infrastructure and the digital information used in computing and networking equipment. Our architecture combines our two fundamental innovations, MMSP and MCSP, as well as several other patented techniques in AFE design, algorithms, power management and programmability.

Key features of our highly integrated, mixed-signal ICs include:

 

   

Advanced Analog Front-End Design. Our small form factor, low-power, high-speed and high-resolution data acquisition circuits include the analog-to-digital converter, or ADC, and digital-to-analog converter, or DAC, which provide the interface between the real-world signal coming from the cables and the digital processing engine. Our world-class team of analog engineers designed these complex AFE building blocks to be power efficient, highly reusable across many of our products, and easily scalable with advanced CMOS processes as they emerge.

 

   

Mixed-Mode Signal Processing Architecture. We have designed a novel analog architecture that we call MMSP, which provides a different partitioning of signal processing between the analog and digital domains. MMSP reduces the complexity of data acquisition circuitry and, as a result, reduces the die size and power consumption of the overall AFE. MMSP also simplifies the digital signal processing logic that follows the ADC.

 

   

Multi-Core Signal Processor Architecture. We estimate that the total amount of processing required to counteract the effect of impairments on a Multi-Gig signal as it is transmitted over copper cabling is approximately 10 Tera-operations per second, which is approximately 200 times more than 1GbE. Processing such a large amount of data with a traditional architecture would be highly inefficient and costly. We use our proprietary transistor-level implementation and mapping techniques to create highly efficient multi-core processing engines, which we call MCSPs. Our MCSPs deliver high performance with low power consumption and a small footprint.

 

   

Extensive Development of Proprietary Advanced Signal Processing Algorithms. The process of detecting and decoding the desired data from a noisy environment requires sophisticated digital signal processing, or DSP, and algorithms that we have developed over the last 10 years with our team of DSP engineers. We believe these algorithms are critical to the performance and the stability of the end customer solution.

 

   

Advanced Power Management Techniques. Designing a multichannel Ethernet PHY interface that can handle data transfer speeds up to 10Gbps while minimizing leakage power across smaller process geometries presents a significant challenge. However, by combining innovative techniques, our engineers have been able to significantly reduce the impact of static and dynamic leakage power.

 

   

Fully Configurable Programmable Architecture. We design our semiconductor solutions to operate in a variety of environments and applications. By keeping our architecture programmable, we enable our customers to use the same device in different applications and enjoy the optimum benefits of our solutions. This programmable architecture also enables us to scale across multiple markets and improve our time to market.

 

88


Table of Contents

We initially used these core innovations in the development of 10GBASE-T PHY devices, and subsequently in custom ASICs for Intel that integrate our PHY devices with various elements of Intel’s proprietary technologies. These custom ASICs are driving the transition to 10GbE networking from legacy 1GbE technology in corporate data center server applications. More recently, we employed our fundamental PHY expertise to develop AQrate, our technology designed to improve transmission speeds from 1GbE to 5GbE over existing copper cabling infrastructure in the enterprise infrastructure and access markets. We also developed a breakthrough 100GbE interconnect solution we call QuantumStream, leveraging on our core expertise and proprietary architecture. Our QuantumStream technology is capable of transporting data at a speed of 100Gbps over a single lane of copper cabling and is aimed at inter and intra rack connectivity of up to three meters complementing longer reach optical connectivity solutions in hyperscale data centers and cloud computing environments. According to estimates by Crehan Research, this represents the majority of direct server and storage Ethernet network connections in hyperscale data centers. We are currently developing solutions for Multi-Gig Ethernet over copper to serve the potential automotive market opportunity but do not expect significant volume production to occur until 2019.

Benefits We Provide to Our Customers

We believe our solutions provide our customers the following benefits:

 

   

Performance. The combination of our MMSP and MCSP innovations creates an architecture that is die-size optimized for high performance. These core processing units are responsible for correcting impairments suffered by the signal as it is transmitted over Ethernet cable for Multi-Gig and 10GBASE-T, or over backplanes and direct attach cable in the case of 100GbE. We believe our innovative, low cost implementation of these building blocks delivers quality and reliability that exceed industry standards. This translates into additional margin in the system design, allowing customers to meet or even surpass quality expectations of their end customers.

 

   

Power. We produce ICs that reduce complexity in the digital signal processing logic due, in part, to our novel MMSP architecture. Architectural innovations such as our MMSP have enabled our PHY ICs to deliver low power consumption. For instance, our first generation PHY product was delivered at lower power in 90nm process node compared to similar products delivered by our competitors in 65nm process node. Additionally, since analog does not shrink through process scaling, and our architecture benefits from an intrinsically smaller design, we expect a sustainable and growing advantage as the design migrates to finer process geometries. We were the first to deliver a 28nm product to the market, and we endeavor to maintain our leadership position.

 

   

Port Density. Our proprietary analog architecture leads to small-footprint ICs. As we migrated our 10GbE solution to the 40nm process node, our higher density design allowed us to deliver the industry’s first 10GBASE-T quad-port in a 25mm x 25mm package. We believe this small-size package enabled our customers, for the first time, to design a high-density 48-port switch platform in a single-row of chipsets, instead of the inefficient 2-row design that was previously used. In addition to high port-density Ethernet switching applications, our small-footprint IC solutions are being used in space-constrained products such as WLAN APs and computing platforms. Recently, we have also introduced the industry’s smallest single-port 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T PHY, designed on a 28nm process, with a footprint of 7mm x 11mm. Beside its application in space-constrained products such as WLAN APs and residential gateways, this IC was also designed in Aquantia-branded SFP+ pluggable modules supporting 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T. These SFP+ products are currently being deployed in data center and enterprise-type switches and servers that have been shipped with empty SFP+ cages.

 

   

Innovation and Customer Focus. Given the technical challenges associated with developing high-speed PHY products, our customers typically rely on our technical expertise, deep understanding of the PHY market and execution track record to deliver them solutions. By anticipating future trends and demonstrating an in-depth understanding of our customers’ evolving needs, we believe we have the ability to translate our ideas into innovative product concepts, which in turn enables our customers to

 

89


Table of Contents
 

deliver best-in-class products into their markets. We operate at a high level of responsiveness to our customers’ needs due to our lean structure and process efficiency, and have a well-established track record of delivering on our customers’ specifications from the first silicon order.

 

   

High Quality . To sustain our market leadership, we emphasize high quality across all of our product lines and continuously work to exceed customer expectations. Our high-volume customers report quality metrics on products we ship that are significantly higher than industry norms. We have been able to maintain this standard of high quality across three generations of standard CMOS process technology, most recently in 28nm process node.

Customer Case Study

One example of a customer for whom we created a new enterprise connectivity solution using our Ethernet PHY technology is Cisco.

Problem Statement:

We recognized early in 2012 that the next generation campus environment needed a higher throughput connectivity technology to support the growing bandwidth demand of wireless technologies. The industry had no such solution available and a new technology would need to be developed in order to support up to 5GbE capability that future wireless APs would demand. With this vision of the future enterprise network, we approached Cisco with a proposal to design new enterprise switches and WLAN AP product lines with a new Ethernet PHY technology capable of transporting the required Multi-Gig bandwidth on the existing Cat5e/Cat6 cabling infrastructure. Since our proposed new design architecture was a new communication protocol, we coordinated its adoption by IEEE as a standard in order to ensure full interoperability across the industry.

Aquantia Solution:

In 2012, we began partnering with Cisco to bring AQrate, our answer to delivering a 2.5GbE and 5GbE solution to market. We developed AQrate by leveraging our 10GBASE-T IP and our deep understanding of copper cabling characteristics and communication theory, while Cisco provided guidance on the switching and WLAN AP systems architecture. In November 2013, we sampled to Cisco the world’s first 2.5GbE and 5GbE solution, which allowed them to start system-level testing and qualification, typically a 12 to 18-month cycle, across multiple enterprise and campus-class Ethernet switches. Upon completion of its development cycle, Cisco unveiled the world’s first AQrate-based Multi-Gig switching system at Cisco Live in January 2015. We believe this product release has strengthened our relationship with Cisco. This is evidenced by significant design wins across a multitude of Cisco’s key switching and WLAN AP platforms, several of which have already been shipped to market. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, Cisco accounted for 13% and 21% of our revenue, respectively. The increase in Cisco’s revenue was mainly due to volume production and shipment of our AQrate products to serve the enterprise infrastructure market.

This Multi-Gig technology was the basis for the formation of the NBASE-T Alliance, which we founded with Cisco, Freescale and Xilinx in October 2014. Our innovations are the foundational technologies seeded in the NBASE-T Alliance specifications and baseline adopted by the IEEE for the IEEE 802.3bz standard for 5GBASE-T and 2.5GBASE-T products.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Differentiated Technology Architecture . We believe our connectivity solutions, many of which are protected with patents and our fundamental trade secrets around analog and mixed signal design, provide us with a significant competitive advantage across our target end markets. Our semiconductor solutions have repeatedly established benchmarks in the industry in terms of performance, power

 

90


Table of Contents
 

consumption and density. We believe our design techniques and technical innovations, including our MMSP and MCSP technology, enable us to successfully compete with and win designs against larger, more established peers. As of June 30, 2017, we had a total of 85 issued patents, 73 of which are U.S. patents, and 29 pending and provisional U.S. patent applications. We continue to invest in our core technology to stay ahead of the competition in the process node migration of our products.

 

   

Top Industry Talent . We believe the engineering and design talent of our employees is critical to our success. As of June 30, 2017, we employed 186 engineers with deep technical expertise in analog, digital signal processing and mixed-mode signal design, digital signal processing, communication theory and chip-level integration. Our highly talented team of engineers brings together expertise in varied products, including Ethernet PHYs, high-speed serializer/deserializer, Ethernet switching, cellular networking, memory, microprocessors, programmable logic arrays, PLDs, and experience from across industry leaders, including AMD, Beceem, Broadcom, Centillium, Intel, LSI Logic, National Semiconductor, Philips and Samsung. We intend to continue to aggressively recruit and seek to retain talented engineering and design personnel.

 

   

Consistent Long-Term Relationships with Leaders in Our Markets. We have built significant long-term relationships with, and have developed our solutions for, industry leaders, including Intel, the leader in server microprocessors, and Cisco, the leader in networking infrastructure. We have repeatedly demonstrated our ability to address and preempt the technological challenges facing each of these customers and, as a result, we are designed into several of their respective current systems and their emerging products and architectures. Our key customers rely on our technologically advanced solutions to enable their end products to provide their customers with the highest performance and reliability while maintaining a low total cost of ownership. As such, we have built significant long-term relationships with our key customers that enable them to trust our ability to successfully execute to their internal roadmaps and meet the needs of their end customers.

 

   

Market Insight and Vision. We are deeply involved with our customers in defining next-generation technologies by leveraging our market knowledge and product expertise in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets. We are helping shape our customers’ roadmaps and product offerings to their end customers through our fundamental understanding of their technology cycles and product needs. We believe this has enabled us to anticipate market trends ahead of our competition, develop innovative technologies in existing markets and create new market opportunities.

 

   

Track Record of Execution. We believe we have demonstrated a track record of execution excellence by productizing existing technologies and bringing to market industry-defining technological developments. To date, we have shipped millions of data center-class ICs with our core communications technologies and have achieved more than 170 design wins for ASIC and PHY products across a variety of end markets with a growing number of existing and new customers. Similarly, we demonstrated our ability to bring an entirely new product to market with the successful development and launch of AQrate in the enterprise infrastructure and access markets. AQrate has been established as the technology leader through its adoption by the IEEE as the baseline for the IEEE 802.3bz standard for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products.

Our Strategy

Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Expand Market Share with Leaders in Existing Markets. Customers with which we have existing supplier relationships are continuously developing new products in existing and new application areas. These customers tend to be large multinational enterprises with significant annual budgets for IC purchases. We intend to increase our market share through our existing customer base by applying our design capabilities to new design programs and by continuing to foster deep relationships with these customers. We believe our product roadmaps will enhance our ability to win new business due to the

 

91


Table of Contents
 

fact that these new roadmaps have been developed in close collaboration with our existing customers. Further, these customers also typically include our products to develop their future product roadmaps.

 

   

Sell to New Customers in Existing Markets. We have successfully demonstrated a number of key benefits to our existing customers within certain applications and markets, such as the data center and enterprise infrastructure markets. We believe these customers’ products have become more competitive as a direct result of using our solutions. We intend to work with other leading original equipment manufacturers in our existing markets to help them realize similar benefits by deploying our IC solutions.

 

   

Broaden Product Portfolio to Target New Markets . We intend to continue to develop new products that we can leverage across our core data center and enterprise infrastructure markets, and use to penetrate the access and other new markets. In particular, we believe that our core expertise, IP and product portfolio can be leveraged to continue to expand into the access market and to address connectivity needs in the automotive market, where technology requirements for autonomous driving vehicles will push the bandwidth for wired high-speed connectivity well beyond the 100 Mbps and 1Gbps currently being deployed.

 

   

Continue to Enhance Key Technological Expertise . We maintain three intertwining areas of technical expertise: analog and mixed-mode signal design, signal processing and algorithms, and Ethernet networking. Our engineers have a deep knowledge of Ethernet and data networking that enables us to assist our customers in driving their product roadmaps. We intend to invest in research and development to continue to drive industry leadership. To maintain our position as a technology leader, we intend to continue to leverage our deep market insight and product roadmap knowledge of our customers and our customers’ customers to look ahead to new products and solutions.

Products

Our products currently address three primary markets, the data center, the enterprise infrastructure and access. We initially focused on the development of 10GBASE-T PHY devices and later, custom ASICs that integrate our PHY devices with customer IP for data center server applications, to lead the transition to 10GbE networking from legacy 1GbE technology. We leveraged our advanced connectivity technology to develop AQrate, a proprietary product designed to significantly improve transmission speeds from 1Gbps to 5Gbps over existing cabling infrastructure in the enterprise infrastructure market. Most recently, we introduced multiple lines of products to serve the access market composed of client connectivity for PCs and carrier access gateways. In total, we have 9 product lines and 35 products in shipping.

Corporate Data Center Products

Our differentiated architecture, combining MMSP and MCSP, was first implemented in the 10GBASE-T line of products, shipping to corporate data center environments. Our architecture’s characteristic low-power, high-performance, and high-density enabled us to demonstrate the world’s first single-chip 10GBASE-T product in 90nm standard CMOS process. This 90nm generation was the first 10GBASE-T product to be deployed in a corporate data center-class Ethernet switch in 2010.

The follow-on 40nm process generation, unveiled in 2012, led to the world’s first fully integrated 10GBASE-T MAC and PHY products for corporate data center servers. This allowed our server customers to deploy the technology for the first time as a LOM solution as part of the Romley server platform cycle. These ICs were also designed on add-on Network Interface Controller cards. The 40nm process generation, in combination with our architecture, allowed us to deliver the highest density 10GBASE-T quad-port solution for 48-port top-of-rack, or ToR, switches. We have shipped the 40nm generation of products in millions of ports to our server and switching customers, contributing to making 10GBASE-T a mainstream technology in corporate data centers.

 

92


Table of Contents

We have since transitioned to the 28nm process generation, continuing to lead the industry, and delivered the world’s first 28nm 10GBASE-T in 2013. Through December 31, 2015, the majority of our revenue has been generated by our 40nm products; however, our 28nm products are beginning to account for an increasingly significant portion of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 28nm products accounted for 42% of total revenue. Since inception, we have shipped several million ports of 10GBASE-T PHYs in the data center market. The following table sets forth our products currently in production for the corporate data center market, including our corporate data center ASSP product line and our custom ASIC product line.

Corporate Data Center ASSP Product Line

 

Product   Process
Node
   

Ethernet Speed

  Ports     Package
Size
    Initial
Production
Year
    Primary Applications

AQ1002

    90nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     1       21mm       2010     Early generations of switches

AQ1103

    40nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     1       21mm       2012     Servers (NIC/NDC)

AQ1202

    40nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     2       25mm       2012     Servers (NIC/NDC)

AQ1402

    40nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     4       25mm       2012     High-density switches

AQ2104

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     1       19mm       2014     Servers (NIC/NDC)

AQ2203

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     2       19mm       2014     Servers (NIC/NDC)

AQ2402

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     4       25mm       2014     High-density switches

Corporate Data Center Custom ASIC Product Line for Intel

 

Product   Process
Node
   

Ethernet Speed

  Ports     Package
Size
    Initial
Production
Year
    Primary Applications

X540 (Twinville)

    40nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     2       25mm       2012    

Servers (LOM/NIC/NDC)

Intel ASIC

X550 (Sageville)

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     2       17mm       2015    

Servers (LOM/NIC/NDC)

Intel ASIC

X557 (Coppervale)

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     1       19mm       2015    

Servers (LOM/NIC/NDC)

Intel ASIC

X557 (Coppervale)

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     2       19mm       2015    

Servers (LOM/NIC/NDC)

Intel ASIC

X557 (Coppervale)

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/10GbE     4       25mm       2015    

Servers (LOM/NIC/NDC)

Intel ASIC

Cloud Data Center Products

The Cloud Data Center product line based on the QuantumStream technology is currently under development. It is our intent to implement this technology in both ASSP as well as ASIC products having the 100GbE SerDes ports driving either a backplane or an external pluggable DAC of up to three meters. In the case of a DAC solution, we envision that the 100GbE SerDes could be replicated in a quad-port and octal configuration, enabling 400GbE and 800GbE DAC solution respectively.

Enterprise Infrastructure Products

The development of the AQrate product line, based on the novel 2.5GbE/5GbE protocol invented by Aquantia, started in 2012 and led to the sampling of our first product in November 2013. This innovative product

 

93


Table of Contents

line was quickly adopted by Cisco and other major switching and WLAN AP OEMs in the ensuing months. As of June 30, 2017, we believe we are the only supplier in production of this technology compliant with IEEE 802.3bz standard. Our AQrate product line is composed of single-, dual- quad- and octal-port configurations. The single- and dual-port devices are designed for use in applications ranging from WLAN APs, compact switches, client PCs, storage devices and security cameras, and the quad- and octal-port versions are designed for use in enterprise and campus Ethernet switches. We are currently in full production for our entire line of AQrate products, all of which are manufactured in 28nm and support five Ethernet speeds, including 100M, 1000BASE-T, 2.5GBASE-T, 5GBASE-T and 10GBASE-T. The following table sets forth our products currently in production for the enterprise infrastructure market, which consists of our enterprise ASSP product line.

 

Product   Process
Node
    Ethernet Speed   Ports     Package
Size
   

Initial

Production
Year

    Primary Applications

AQR105

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     1       19mm       2014     WLAN APs, PCs, Storage

AQR205

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     2       19mm       2014     WLAN APs, Compact switches

AQR405

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     4       25mm       2014     Switches

AQR106

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE     1       7x11mm       2015     WLAN APs, PCs, Storage

AQR107

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     1       7x11mm       2016     WLAN APs, PCs, Storage

AQR108

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE     1       7x11mm       2016     WLAN APs, PCs, Storage

AQR109

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE     1       7x11mm       2016     WLAN APs, PCs, storage

AQR407

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     4       19mm       2016     Switches

AQR408

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE     4       19mm       2016     Switches

AQR409

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE     4       19mm       2016     Switches

AQR809

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE     8       23mm       2017     Switches

Access Products

- Client Connectivity. We anticipate that, over time, PC OEMs will adopt solutions that integrate the PHY and MAC controller. Our product road map for PC OEMs includes the AQC line (standard product), AQS line (SFP+ modules), and AQN line (NIC), which are all based on our GEN2 AQrate PHYs. These PHYs are low-power, high performance 5-speed 10GBASE-T/5GBASE-T/ 2.5GBASE-T/ 1000BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX transceivers. Our products deliver 2.5GbE and 5GbE network connectivity speeds through 100 meters of Cat 5e cabling. Using a 30-meter Cat 6a cable, 10GbE speeds are achievable. These products are compliant with IEEE 802.3an/802.3bz standards to perform all the physical layer functions required to implement 10GBASE-T/5GBASE-T/ 2.5GBASE-T/1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX transmission over twisted pair cabling.

 

94


Table of Contents

- Carrier Access. Our PHY products designed for carrier and service provider applications are those with part numbers starting with AQCS.

 

Product   Process
Node
    Ethernet Speed   Ports     Package
Size
    Initial
Production
Year
    Primary Applications

AQC100

    28nm     10G(XFI/KR/USXGMII)     1       7x11mm       2017     Workstations, Servers, NIC, embedded

AQC107

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE     1       12x14mm       2017     PC, Workstations, Motherboard, NIC, embedded

AQC108

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE     1       12x14mm       2017     PC, Workstations, Motherboard, NIC, embedded

AQCS409  

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE     4       19x19mm       2016     Service provider access, Switches, WiFi extenders, Industrial

AQCS109  

    28nm     100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE     1       7x11mm       2016     Service provider access, WiFi extenders, Industrial

Board and Module Products

 

Product   Form
Factor
    Port Type and Ethernet Speeds   Ports     Interface     Initial
Production
Year
    Primary Applications

AQN100

    NIC    

SFP+NIC

10GbE

    1       x4 PCIe       2017     Workstations, Servers, NIC, embedded

AQN107

    NIC    

RJ45

100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE

    1       x4 PCIe       2017     PC, Workstations, Motherboard, NIC, embedded

AQN108

    NIC    

RJ45

100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE

    1       x1 PCIe       2017     PC, Workstations, Motherboard, NIC, embedded

AQS107

    SFP+    

RJ45

100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE/10GbE

    1       XFI       2017     Switch, WLAN APs, Service provider gateways

AQS108

    SFP+    

RJ45

100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE/5GbE

    1       XFI       2017     Switch, WLAN APs, Service provider gateways

AQS109

    SFP+    

RJ45

100MbE/1GbE/2.5GbE

    1       XFI       2017     Switch, WLAN APs, Service provider gateways

Our Customers

We sell our products directly to IC suppliers, OEMs and original design manufacturers, or ODMs. We work closely with our OEM customers throughout their design cycles, and we are able to develop long-term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe we are well-positioned to be designed into their current systems and to continually develop next generation Ethernet solutions for their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold our products to more than 70 customers.

 

95


Table of Contents

Across the corporate data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets, our customers include Brocade, Cisco, Dell, Extreme, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Intel, Juniper and Oracle, among others. Intel is the industry leader in server microprocessors, Cisco is the industry leader in networking infrastructure, and collectively, our customer base represents a significant majority of market share in these industries.

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, Intel accounted for approximately 68%, 78%, 68% and 65% of our revenue and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 99%, 98%, 98% and 98% of our revenue, respectively. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2014, Brocade accounted for 10% of our revenue, and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, Cisco accounted for 13%, 21% and 27% of our revenue, respectively. No other single customer directly or indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 or 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 74%, 92%, 99% and 99% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Because many of our customers or their ODMs are located in Asia, we anticipate that a significant portion of our products will continue to be sold to Asia.

Intel Relationship

Intel is the industry leader in the server microprocessor space, with over 99% market segment share for the year ended December 31, 2015, according to IDC. We have developed a close working relationship with Intel over the past seven years, during the course of which we have entered into a series of custom ASIC contracts.

We were initially selected to collaborate as an Intel 10GBASE-T supplier in 2008 on the basis of our ability to integrate their IP with our PHY technology at 40nm. We signed our first custom ASIC contract with Intel in 2009, agreeing to develop the first server 10GBASE-T ASIC. The agreement led to a 3-year upfront investment by both parties based on our integration of Intel’s IP with our 40nm 10GBASE-T PHY device, as a single-chip, dual-port IC. We sell this custom ASIC exclusively to Intel, which is marketed under its brand as the X540, also referred to as Twinville. Due to the long development cycles of semiconductor components for server systems, networking ASIC designs are typically awarded 3 years prior to the release of new processor platforms, which occurs approximately once every two years. Following the development phase, the X540 was jointly approved for production release in early 2012, unveiled by Intel in conjunction with the Romley generation of server platform on March 2012 and was adopted by leading server OEMs and ODMs. We have been in production and shipping our 40nm custom ASIC in volume to Intel since 2012. Typically, the life cycle of this type of custom ASICs spans across multiple server generations. We estimate the lifecycle of a new custom ASIC program from initial design development until end of life to be approximately 10 years per project, on a cadence of one new project entering the pipeline every two to three years. This 40nm custom ASIC continues to be the vehicle for Intel to deliver 10GBASE-T enabled products.

Following this initial collaboration, we entered into two subsequent 28nm custom ASIC contracts for future processor platforms. These 28nm custom ASICs are sold by Intel under the part numbers X550 and X557, and referred to as Sageville and Coppervale, respectively. The contracts for these new custom ASICs were awarded in 2012 and entered production in 2015. We believe these products are likely to be paired with future generations of processor platforms and could become the only BASE-T networking vehicle between 2017 through 2020. We anticipate that the X540 will continue shipping until X550 and X557 fully ramp in volume.

We have achieved a significant level of product integration with Intel as a result of these custom ASIC engagements, and as a result of Intel’s position in the server market segment, our in-depth knowledge and anticipation of their customers’ needs, we believe we have strong visibility into the networking roadmap for servers and processors. Through these custom ASIC contracts, Intel helps establish and bolster our presence in the market by acting as both a customer and a channel reseller, selling into hundreds of server OEMs and ODMs.

 

96


Table of Contents

NBASE-T Alliance

In 2013, we sampled our first AQrate ICs to Cisco and partnered with them in the development of the industry’s first 2.5GbE/5GbE capable enterprise and campus Ethernet switch platforms. In October 2014, together with Cisco, Freescale and Xilinx, we formed the NBASE-T Alliance, a not-for-profit organization dedicated to the development and promotion of the 2.5GbE/5GbE technology. Today, the NBASE-T Alliance membership includes more than 40 members, covering a wide spectrum of the enterprise and mobile infrastructure, with component manufacturers, switching, WLAN, PC and storage OEMs, as well as cabling, connectors and Power-over-Ethernet suppliers. Our collaborative efforts in the NBASE-T Alliance have solidified the deployment of 2.5GbE and 5GbE data rates over existing Cat5e and Cat6 cables without the need to upgrade the cabling infrastructure. The 2.5GbE/5GbE innovations we have developed over the years are the foundational technologies seeded in the NBASE-T Alliance specifications, and baseline adopted by IEEE for the IEEE 802.3bz standard for 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T products. With the ratification of the 802.3bz standard in September 2016, we are the first company in over 40 years of Ethernet existence to have a standard created purely from its own technology. We are the sole inventor of AQrate technology and the only supplier of these Multi-Gig products in the market today, and we believe we have an estimated three-year lead over the competition.

Sales and Marketing

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment typically ranges from 18 months to three years, depending on whether we are developing an ASSP or an ASIC, with product life cycles of four years or more. For many of our products, early engagement with our customers’ technical staff is critical for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and development engineers work closely with our customers to identify and propose solutions to their systems’ challenges.

We work closely with our customers, including technology leaders such as Intel and Cisco for the data center and enterprise infrastructure markets, to anticipate end customer market needs. We also participate actively in setting industry standards with organizations such as IEEE to ensure that we have a voice in the definition of future market trends.

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force, a network of third-party sales representatives and distributors. For major accounts in the United States and some overseas markets, we rely on our direct sales team located in the United States and Taiwan, while for others, we collaborate with third-party sales representatives and distributors in the United States, Asia, Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Manufacturing

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our semiconductor products. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sale and marketing of our products. In addition, we believe that outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides us with the flexibility needed to respond to new market opportunities, simplifies our operations and significantly reduces our capital commitments.

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to qualification requirements to meet the high quality and reliability standards required of our products. We carefully qualify each of our partners and their processes before applying the technology to our products. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yield, lower manufacturing costs and improve product quality.

 

   

Wafer Fabrication. We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor process generations to develop and manufacture our products. For most of our products, we use Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, or TSMC, and GLOBALFOUNDRIES for semiconductor wafer production.

 

97


Table of Contents
   

Package, Assembly and Testing. Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, we use third-party contractors for packaging, assembly and testing, including Amkor, STATS ChipPAC and ASE in Taiwan and Korea.

 

   

Warehousing. JSI in Hong Kong warehouses our products, providing easy transport and accessibility from the assembly and test sites.

Research and Development

We believe that our future success depends on our ability to introduce enhancements on our existing products and to develop new products for both existing and new markets. As such, a significant majority of our operating expenses has been allocated to this effort. Our research and development efforts are directed to the development of additional high-performance connectivity semiconductor solutions across a range of process technologies.

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in five design centers located in the United States, Canada, India, the Netherlands and Russia. As of June 30, 2017, we had 186 engineers worldwide (or approximately 80% of our total employees). Our core technology team has been with our company since as early as 2005. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 were $27.3 million, $25.3 million, $36.6 million and $20.9 million, respectively, excluding the 2015 collaboration and development charge and net of customer development fees (see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information).

Competition

The global semiconductor market in general, and the data center and wireless communications infrastructure in particular, is highly competitive. We compete in different target markets on the basis of a number of competitive factors. We expect competition to increase and intensify as additional semiconductor companies enter our markets, and as internal silicon design resources of large OEMs grow. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could harm our business, revenue and results of operations.

Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies specializing in narrow market verticals. In the enterprise and data center markets, our primary competitors are Broadcom and Marvell. We expect competition in our current markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings and as new competitors enter these markets. In addition, our future growth will depend in part on our ability to successfully enter and compete in new markets. Some of these markets will likely be served by only a few large, multinational OEMs with substantial negotiating and buying power relative to us and, in some instances, with internally developed silicon solutions that can be competitive to our products.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors are substantially larger, have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are and have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings which may enable them to better withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. Any such development may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets.

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal competitive factors, including:

 

   

product performance;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

power budget;

 

   

features and functionality;

 

   

customer relationships;

 

   

size;

 

   

ease of system design;

 

   

product roadmap;

 

   

reputation and reliability;

 

   

customer support;

 

   

research and development;

 

   

high-level talent, including our management team and engineers; and

 

   

price.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through our ability to successfully design, develop and market complex Ethernet connectivity solutions for the customers we serve.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of June 30, 2017, we had 85 issued patents, 73 of which are U.S. patents, and 29 pending and provisional U.S. patent applications. The 73 issued patents in the U.S. generally expire between 2024 and 2032 and three allowed patents in the U.S. expires between 2032 and 2036. Our issued patents and pending patent applications relate to both our 10GBASE-T PHYs, our AQrate PHYs, controller and QuantumStream technologies.

We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may not result in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patents may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by us. Further, we may be required to license certain of our patents on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms to our competitors due to having promoted the adoption of certain IEEE standards.

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors and customers. We rely in part on the laws of the United States and international laws to protect our work. All employees and consultants are required to evaluate confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited to foreign countries.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights and positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in

 

99


Table of Contents

the past received and, particularly as a public company, we expect that in the future we may receive, communications liability for damages that may invalidate our proprietary rights and harm our business and our ability to compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology or discontinue the use of processes requiring the relevant technology.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we employed 245 full-time equivalent employees located in the United States, Canada, India, the Netherlands and Russia, including 196 in research, product development, engineering and operations and logistics, 23 in general and administrative and 26 in sales and marketing. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced a work stoppage. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility in San Jose, California, consisting of approximately 36,595 square feet of office space under lease that expires June 30, 2018. This facility accommodates product development and our principal engineering, sales, marketing, operations and finance and administrative activities. We also lease offices in Canada, India, the Netherlands and Russia. We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities will be available on commercially reasonable terms for lease to meet future needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Other Executive Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, other executive employees and directors as of September 30, 2017:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Faraj Aalaei

     56      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark Voll

     63      Chief Financial Officer

Kamal Dalmia

     45      Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Ramin Shirani

     54      Senior Vice President, Engineering and Director

Other Executive Employees

     

Phil Delansay

     49      Senior Vice President, Business Development

Ramin Farjadrad

     46      Vice President, Technology Development

Linda Reddick

     63      Senior Vice President, Finance

Sreenivas Vaddi

     53      Vice President, Operations

Non-Employee Directors

     

Dmitry Akhanov

     41      Director

Bami Bastani

     64      Director

Geoffrey G. Ribar

     59      Director

Ken Pelowski

     58      Director

Sam Srinivasan

     73      Director

Anders Swahn

     60      Director

Lip-Bu Tan

     57      Director

Executive Officers

Faraj Aalaei has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since January 2009. He became Chairman of the board of directors in October 2016. Prior to joining Aquantia, Mr. Aalaei served as Chief Executive Officer and was one of the founders of Centillium Communications, a semiconductor solutions company. Mr. Aalaei served as the Vice President, Marketing and Business Development from Centillium’s inception in February 1997 until January 2000, when he was named Chief Executive Officer. Prior to co-founding Centillium, Mr. Aalaei was Director of Access Products at Fujitsu Network Communications, a designer and manufacturer of fiber-optic transmission and broadband switching platforms, from October 1993 to February 1997. Prior to Fujitsu, Mr. Aalaei spent nine years at AT&T Bell Laboratories as a design engineer in various capacities. Mr. Aalaei received an honorary doctorate degree in Engineering and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering Technology from Wentworth Institute of Technology, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from the University of New Hampshire. Mr. Aalaei holds three U.S. patents. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Aalaei’s extensive experience with companies in the semiconductor industry and his long-standing service at Aquantia qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Mark Voll has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2016. Mr. Voll has more than 25 years of experience in finance and accounting and served as Chief Financial Officer in a number of public and private high technology companies. Prior to joining us, Mr. Voll served as the Chief Financial Officer of Montage Technology Group, an analog semiconductor company, from June 2012 to January 2016, and of Invensense, a provider of MEMS devices for consumer electronics products, from June 2010 to January 2011. Prior to

 

101


Table of Contents

Invensense, Mr. Voll was Chief Financial Officer of Techwell, an analog semiconductor company, from November 2005 to June 2010. Prior to that, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Monolithic System Technology, an intellectual property semiconductor company, from June 2002 to November 2005. Mr. Voll received a B.S. in Accounting from Providence College.

Kamal Dalmia has served as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing since December 2014. He initially joined Aquantia in December 2009 and served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing until December 2014, Mr. Dalmia served as vice president of marketing at Teranetics, a communications semiconductor company, from May 2005 to December 2009 and as director of marketing at Marvell from May 2001 to May 2005. Mr. Dalmia received his M.A.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the University of British Columbia.

Ramin Shirani is a co-founder of Aquantia and served as our Vice President, Engineering from January 2005 to December 2014, and as our Senior Vice President, Engineering since December 2014 and as a member of our board of directors since January 2005. Prior to founding Aquantia in 2004, Mr. Shirani served as the director and then general manager of Transceiver group of the Micro-electronics division of Lucent Technologies, a telecommunications equipment company, from March 1999 to January 2001. In 1996, Mr. Shirani co-founded the LAN division of Enable Semiconductor, with a focus on Ethernet mixed-signal and transceiver development. Mr. Shirani received his M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, San Diego. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Shirani’s experience as co-founder of Aquantia and his extensive semiconductor experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Other Executive Employees

Phil Delansay was our founding president and Chief Executive Officer, a position that he held from inception in January 2004 until Mr. Aalaei joined us in January 2009. Dr. Delansay served as our Vice President, Business Development from January 2009 to December 2014, and as our Senior Vice President, Business Development since December 2014. Prior to founding Aquantia in 2004, Dr. Delansay was an entrepreneur-in-residence at Greylock Partners from January 2003 to December 2003 and a director at Ciena Corporation, a manufacturer of communications network equipment and solutions, from March 1999 to November 2002. Dr. Delansay received his Ph.D. in semiconductor physics from Orsay University and his MSEE from Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité, France.

Ramin Farjadrad is a co-founder of Aquantia and served as our Chief Architect from 2005 to 2012, as our Vice President Technology from 2012 to 2015, and as Vice President, Technology Development since 2015. Dr. Farjadrad has established himself as a leading architect of high performance communications semicondustors with wide range of expertise in analog/mixed-signal ICs, signal processing and coding. He started his career at Sun Microsystems in 1995, and joined Stanford Center for Integrated Circuits (CIS) in 1996 where he proposed and developed mixed-mode architecture for low-power multi-Gbps transceivers, including the first 10Gbps PAM4 SerDes in 1998. He also co-founded Velio Communications and served as their Chief Engineer from 1999 to 2003 until its acquisition by Rambus and LSI Logic. He served as a Senior Principal at Rambus post acquisition until 2005. Dr. Farjadrad holds over 80 granted/pending patents and has published numerous papers in the field of communication ICs and systems. He received his B.Sc. from Sharif University in 1994, M.Sc. and Ph.D. in EECS from Stanford University in 1996 and 2000 respectively.

Linda Reddick is our Senior Vice President, Finance and served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2009. Prior to joining Aquantia, Ms. Reddick served as the Chief Financial Officer of Oviso Manufacturing, a contract manufacturing company, from November 2008 to August 2009. From July 2007 to November 2008, Ms. Reddick served as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Centillium Communications, and prior to that she served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer from February 2007 through July 2007 and Corporate Controller from September 2005 through February 2007. Prior to joining Centillium in 2005, Ms. Reddick served as the Chief Financial Officer and in various other financial positions at Avanex Corporation, a fiber optics company. She has also previously served as vice president and controller at Oplink Communications, a manufacturer and seller of optical components, and held various financial positions at

 

102


Table of Contents

Symmetricom, a timekeeping technology company, including vice president of finance at the company’s semiconductor subsidiary, Linfinity Microelectronics. Ms. Reddick is a Certified Public Accountant and has over ten years of experience in public accounting, primarily at Deloitte & Touche LLP. She received her B.S. in Business, with a concentration in Accounting, from San Jose State University.

Sreenivas Vaddi has served as our Vice President, Operations since June 2012. Prior to joining Aquantia, Mr. Vaddi served as Technical Director in the Operations and Central Engineering Group at Broadcom from October 2010 to June 2012. Prior to Broadcom, he served as Vice President of Operations at Beceem Communications, a semiconductor company. He has also held various management positions at Intel, Fujitsu, Centillium Communications and LSI Logic, a semiconductor and software company. Mr. Vaddi received his B.E. from University of Mysore and his M.S.E.E. from North Carolina A&T State University.

Non-Employee Directors

Dmitry Akhanov has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2013. Since December 2010, Mr. Akhanov has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of Joint Stock Company, or Rusnano, a Russian state instrument dedicated to fostering the growth of the nanotechnology industry in Russia. Previously, from October 2007 through August 2008, Mr. Akhanov was the Head of the Russian Federal Energy Agency, which was responsible for the implementation of national energy policy and management of state-owned energy assets, including oil and gas, coal and electricity industries. Mr. Akhanov also served as head of the Strategy Department of RAO “UES”, an electric power holding company, from June 2002 through October 2007. Mr. Akhanov also serves on the board of directors of Neophotonics Corporation. Mr. Akhanov holds a Bachelor’s Degree in economics and law and a Master’s Degree in economics from the Peoples’ Friendship University in Russia. Mr. Akhanov has extensive experience in strategic planning, corporate finance and investor relations. We believe Mr. Akhanov brings to our board of directors valuable experience in doing business in the Russian Federation and managing complex technology projects, as well as dealing with cross-border business operations.

Bami Bastani has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2016. Dr. Bastani is the Senior Vice President of the radio frequency (RF) business unit at GLOBALFOUNDRIES. Dr. Bastani has more than 35 years of experience in the high-tech industry, ranging from semiconductor components to system level network solutions. He has served as an independent board member at multiple public and private companies. Prior to joining GLOBALFOUNDRIES, he was president, CEO and a board member of Meru Networks, a global enterprise-grade Wi-Fi networks solution provider, from March 2012 to July 2015 when the company was acquired by Fortinet. During his time with Meru Networks, he transformed Meru Networks from a hardware company to a solution provider, delivering a portfolio of software, software-defined networks (in which Meru Networks received the 2015 SDN Excellence Award) and subscription cloud offerings (WaaS). Dr. Bastani has also held the positions of president, CEO and board member in the mobility, consumer and broadband markets. He served as president and CEO of Trident Microsystems, Inc., a set-top box and TV semiconductor company, from June 2011 to April 2012, which filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in 2012, and oversaw the sale of Trident’s assets to Entropic Communications, Sigma Designs and certain other acquirers. Prior to his employment at Trident, he was the founder and CEO of B2 Global Consulting. He also led ANADIGICS, Inc. as the president, CEO and a board member through its turnaround and growth from 1998 to 2008. In addition, he has served in executive positions at Fujitsu Microelectronics and National Semiconductor. Dr. Bastani started his career at Intel Corporation in Technology Development. Dr. Bastani holds three patents in semiconductor technology. He holds a Ph.D. and MSEE in Microelectronics from The Ohio State University. We believe Dr. Bastani brings substantial experience and expertise in the semiconductor industry to our board of directors.

Geoffrey G. Ribar has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2017. Mr. Ribar is also a member of the Board of Directors of MACOM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc. He has served as Senior Vice President of Cadence Design Systems since November 2010 and as Chief Financial Officer from November

 

103


Table of Contents

2010 until October 1, 2017. Prior to Cadence, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Telegent Systems from May 2008 to October 2010. He served as Chief Financial Officer of a number of semiconductor companies including SiRF Technology, Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. and NVIDIA. Mr. Ribar received his B.S. degree in chemistry, as well as an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. We believe that Mr. Ribar brings substantial financial experience with publicly-traded companies, audit committee governance and significant semiconductor industry experience to our board of directors.

Ken Pelowski has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2013. Mr. Pelowski founded Pinnacle Ventures in 2002 and currently serves as its Managing Partner. Prior to founding Pinnacle Ventures, he founded and was chairman of the board of Currenex, a technology provider geared toward the foreign exchange community, from December 1999 to December 2003. Prior to Currenex, Mr. Pelowski served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of GetThere, a corporate travel reservation company, from March 1999 to November 2000. From September 1997 to March 1999, he served as Executive VP and Chief Financial Officer of Preview Travel, a company that provides online travel services for small business and leisure travelers. Mr. Pelowski currently serves on the board of directors of Kabam and Viajanet. Mr. Pelowski holds a B.S. in Engineering and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Pelowski brings extensive business expertise in technology to our board of directors.

Sam Srinivasan has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2015. Mr. Srinivasan has served on the board of directors of Inphi Corporation since May 2007, and is the chairman of its audit committee and a member of its nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Srinivasan served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Health Language, a software company from May 2000 to March 2002. He also served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Cirrus Logic, a semiconductor company, from November 1988 to March 1996, and as Director, Internal Audits and subsequently as Corporate Controller of Intel Corporation, a semiconductor company, from May 1984 to November 1988. He previously served on the board of directors of SiRF Technology Holdings, Centillium Communications and Leadis Technology. Mr. Srinivasan holds an M.B.A. from Case Western Reserve University. We believe Mr. Srinivasan brings considerable financial experience with publicly-traded companies, audit committee experience and significant semiconductor industry experience to our board of directors.

Anders Swahn has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2008. From February 2013 to December 2015, Mr. Swahn served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alion Energy, and from May 2009 to February 2012, he served as its CEO. Prior to Alion Energy, Mr. Swahn served as the iCEO for Nicira Networks, a company focused on software-defined networking and network virtualization and, prior to that, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of PicoChip, a fabless semiconductor communications company. Mr. Swahn was also CEO and co-founder of Abrizio, a fabless semiconductor company, in 1998, which was later acquired by PMC-Sierra, where Anders Swahn served as VP & General Manager for the Carrier Switching Division. Prior to Abrizio, Mr. Swahn held various management positions in the semiconductor and communications industry including Executive VP, Worldwide Sales & Marketing at Allied Telesyn and principal marketer of the Ethernet product line of chips at Advanced Micro Devices. Anders Swahn started his career with ABB. Mr. Swahn holds an M.S.E.E. degree from Chalmers University of Technology in Gothenburg, Sweden and an M.B.A. from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France. We believe Mr. Swahn’s knowledge of investing in and managing technology companies qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Lip-Bu Tan has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015 and our lead independent director since October 2016. Mr. Tan has served as Chairman of Walden International, an international venture capital firm, since he founded the firm in 1987. He has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, an electronic design automation software and engineering services company, since January 2009 and as a member of the board of directors since February 2004. Mr. Tan currently serves on the board of directors of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a semiconductor foundry, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and Quanterra Communications, Inc. He previously served on the board of directors of Ambarella from 2004 to 2017, SINA Corporation from 1999 to 2016, Inphi Corporation from 2002 to 2012, and

 

104


Table of Contents

Flextronics International Ltd. from 2003 to 2012. He holds a B.S. in physics from Nanyang University in Singapore, an M.S. in nuclear engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the University of San Francisco. We believe that Mr. Tan’s extensive experience in the electronic design and semiconductor industries, as well as his expertise in international operations and corporate governance, qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of nine members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. The current composition of our board of directors is dictated by our voting agreement, although this agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our board of directors has designated Mr. Tan to serve as our lead independent director.

Our board of directors has determined that six of our nine directors are independent directors, as defined under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms.

Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be comprised of nine directors divided into the following classes:

 

   

Class I, which will consist of Messrs. Ribar, Shirani and Swahn, whose terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering;

 

   

Class II, which will consist of Messrs. Akhanov, Bastani and Pelowski, whose terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering; and

 

   

Class III, which will consist of Messrs. Aalaei, Srinivasan and Tan, whose terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently nine members, and may be changed only by resolution by a majority of our board of directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight/Risk Committee

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

105


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees, which complies with the applicable requirements of current NYSE rules. Following the closing of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Pelowski, Ribar and Srinivasan. Our board of directors has determined that all members satisfy the independence requirements of NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, applicable to audit committee members. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with NYSE audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of his or her prior and current employment.

Mr. Srinivasan serves as the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Ribar and Srinivasan qualify as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meet the financial sophistication requirements of the NYSE listing rules. In making this determination, our board of directors has considered their formal education and previous and current experience in financial roles. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing our financial reporting processes and disclosure controls;

 

   

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures, including the responsibilities, budget, staffing and effectiveness of our internal audit function;

 

   

reviewing with the independent auditors the annual audit plan, including the scope of audit activities and all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by us;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing at least annually a report by our independent auditors describing the independent auditors’ internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

   

prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls and critical accounting policies;

 

106


Table of Contents
   

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

   

reviewing and approving the selection and activities, organization structure and qualifications of any internal audit function;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and providing oversight of any related person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of ethics;

 

   

reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented;

 

   

reviewing on a periodic basis our cash investment policy;

 

   

reviewing and implementing our cybersecurity policies; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all applicable SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Pelowski, Srinivasan and Swahn. Mr. Pelowski serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and satisfies the independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the corporate objectives that pertain to the determination of executive compensation;

 

   

reviewing the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

   

evaluating the competitiveness of our overall compensation plan;

 

   

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

   

making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the adoption or amendment of equity and cash incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

 

   

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections, indemnification agreements and any other material arrangements for our executive officers and recommending the same to our board of directors for approval;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;

 

   

preparing an annual report on executive compensation that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and recommending such changes as deemed necessary with our board of directors.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Akhanov, Bastani and Tan. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the NYSE independence requirements. Mr. Tan serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating and recommending to our Board of Directors of candidates to be nominated to serve on our board of directors, including as to incumbent directors standing for re-election and recommendations submitted by our stockholders;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors, committees of our board of directors, and individual directors and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

   

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating the current size, composition and organization of our board of directors and its committees and making recommendations to our board of directors for approvals;

 

   

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

 

   

reviewing issues and developments related to corporate governance and identifying and bringing to the attention of our board of directors current and emerging corporate governance trends; and

 

   

reviewing periodically the nominating and corporate governance committee charter, structure, membership requirements and recommending any proposed changes to our board of directors; including undertaking an annual review of its own performance.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations.

Lead Independent Director

Mr. Tan has served as our lead independent director since October 2016. Among other responsibilities, Mr. Tan presides at meetings of our independent directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

108


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, limits our directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Delaware corporate law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or

 

   

for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Delaware law and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.aquantia.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In June 2015, our board of directors granted Mr. Swahn an option to purchase 5,000 shares at an exercise price of $2.60 per share, which vested in full on December 17, 2015 and, in November 2015, our board of

 

109


Table of Contents

directors granted Mr. Swahn an option to purchase 8,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.40 per share, with 2,000 shares vesting on each anniversary of the date of grant, subject to his continuous service on each such date.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
     Stock
Awards
($) (1)
     Option
Awards 

($)
     Total
($)
 

Dmitry Akhanov

                           

Forest Baskett (2)

                           

Bami Bastani

                           

Ken Pelowski

                           

Sam Srinivasan

     45,000                      45,000  

Anders Swahn

     40,000                      40,000  

Lip-Bu Tan

                           

 

(1)

The amounts reported do not reflect the amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 13 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options.

(2)

Dr. Baskett was a former member of our board of directors who resigned in August 2017.

Director Compensation Program

Our board of directors has adopted a director compensation policy, effective January 1, 2016, that provides annual retainer fees of $35,000 to independent and unaffiliated members of our board of directors and for committee memberships as follows: $5,000 for committee membership and $10,000 for the Chairman of our audit committee. In addition, the independent and unaffiliated members of our board of directors will each be granted a nonqualified stock option on the first business day following each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders starting in 2017, which has an estimated fair value of $30,000 on the date of grant, calculated using our most recent 409A valuation of our common stock, provided the director has served on our board of directors for at least six months. These options will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to our next annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier.

Our board of directors has adopted a revised director compensation policy, effective following the closing of this offering, that provides annual retainer fees of $35,000 to non-employee directors. Director serving as our lead independent director will receive an additional annual retainer fees of $20,000. Directors serving on our committees will receive an additional annual retainer as follows: $7,500 for membership on the audit committee, $5,000 for membership on the compensation committee and $5,000 for membership on the nominating and corporate governance committee and in lieu of the membership annual retainer, $15,000 for the Chairman of our audit committee, $10,000 for the Chairman of our compensation committee and $7,500 for the Chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service. In addition, at the close of business on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual restricted stock unit award grant under our 2017 Plan, as defined below, having an equity value of $60,000 determined based on the fair market value per share on the grant date (as defined in the 2017 Plan), which will vest monthly over a period of 12 months based on a director’s continued service on our board.

 

110


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016, which consists of our principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

   

Faraj Aalaei, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Mark Voll, our Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Kamal Dalmia, our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing; and

 

   

Ramin Shirani, our Senior Vice President, Engineering.

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
    Total
($)
 

Faraj Aalaei

    2016       450,000       42,000 (3)             139,500       631,500  

Chairman, President and, Chief Executive Officer

    2015       450,000             725,716       161,250       1,336,966  

Mark Voll

    2016       293,269 (4)             132,855       63,316       489,440  

Chief Financial Officer

           

Kamal Dalmia

    2016       299,205                   64,319       363,524  

Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing

    2015       285,000             149,750       107,500       542,250  

Ramin Shirani

    2016       301,600                   65,447       367,047  

Senior Vice President, Engineering

    2015       290,000             188,377       77,938       556,315  

 

(1)

The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during the year, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. Unlike the calculations contained in our audited financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the named executive officer will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 13 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

(2)

The amounts in this column reflect the bonuses earned by our named executive officers in the year under our executive officer bonus plan, which amounts were paid in the following year. The amounts of such bonuses were determined based on the achievement of specified corporate performance goals and other factors deemed relevant by the compensation committee of our board of directors, as described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2016 Executive Bonus Plan” below.

(3)

Represents the amount of accrued interest on outstanding promissory notes then owed by Mr. Aalaei to the Company that was forgiven in 2016 in lieu of a bonus payment to Mr. Aalaei in 2016.

(4)

Mr. Voll joined the Company in January 2016. This amount represents a prorated portion of his annual base salary for 2016, which was $300,000.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

We review compensation annually for all employees, including our executives. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders, and a long-term commitment to our company. We do not target a specific competitive position or a specific mix of compensation among base salary, bonus or long-term incentives.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has historically determined our executives’ compensation. Our compensation committee typically reviews and discusses management’s proposed compensation with our chief executive officer for all executives other than our chief executive officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, the compensation committee then recommends the compensation for each executive officer. Our board of directors, without members of management present, discusses the compensation committee’s recommendations and ultimately approves the compensation of our executive officers.

2016 Annual Base Salary and Bonus Targets

The following table presents the base salaries and bonus targets for each of our named executive officers for 2016:

 

Name

   2016 Base
Salary

($)
     Bonus
Targets
($)
 

Faraj Aalaei

     450,000        225,000  

Mark Voll

     300,000        105,000  

Kamal Dalmia

     296,400        103,740  

Ramin Shirani

     310,600        105,560  

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests with those of our employees, including our named executive officers. Our board of directors is currently responsible for approving equity grants and generally makes its decisions based on the recommendations of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Vesting of equity awards is generally tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our executive officers generally are awarded an initial new hire grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

All outstanding equity awards held by our current employees, consultants and directors were granted pursuant to the Aquantia Corp. 2004 Plan, or the 2004 Plan, and the Aquantia Corp. 2015 Plan, or the 2015 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Incentive Plans.” All options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award. Generally, our stock option awards vest over a four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us and may be granted with an early exercise feature.

Each of our named executive officers received option grants in 2016 as described in more detail below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End.”

2016 Executive Bonus Plan

Our named executive officers participated in our 2016 Executive Bonus Plan, which is intended to motivate and reward our executives for achievements relative to our goals and expectations for the 2016 fiscal year. Each named executive officer has a target bonus opportunity for the amount set forth in the table above. For 2016 fiscal year, 30% of each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity is based on 2016 sales revenue achievement. 25% of each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity is based on incentive gross margin achievement. 25% of each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity is based on the achievement of certain thresholds related to EBITDA. 20% of each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity is based on individual performance goals. The sales revenue portion, gross margin portion and EBITDA portion of each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity will be earned by and paid to a participant in the 2016 Executive Bonus Plan only when the actual sales revenue, gross margin and EBITDA is equal to or above 100%, 96% and 90% of the target annual revenue, gross margin and EBITDA, targets that were set at the beginning of the 2016 fiscal year, respectively. The amounts of bonuses earned by our named executive officers for the 2016 fiscal year are set forth in the table titled “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016” above.

 

112


Table of Contents

Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

Below are descriptions of our employment agreements and offer letter agreements with our named executive officers. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits and severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. Furthermore, each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement.

Agreements with Mr. Aalaei

On June 22, 2011, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Aalaei, our President and Chief Executive Officer, referred to herein as the 2011 employment agreement, which superseded and replaced Mr. Aalaei’s previous employment agreement. Under the terms of the 2011 employment agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Aalaei an initial annual base salary of $350,000. The agreement also provided for an initial annual performance bonus of up to $100,000, based on the assessment by our board of directors of Mr. Aalaei’s performance and the attainment of annual targeted company goals set forth by our board of directors in their sole discretion. In addition, Mr. Aalaei’s 2011 employment agreement provided that, unless requested by Mr. Aalaei prior to a future date of grant, all options granted to Mr. Aalaei following the date of the 2011 employment agreement would be early exercisable and would vest in equal installments over four years from the date of grant, subject to Mr. Aalaei’s continued service with us through each vesting date, and would vest in-full upon a change of control, subject to Mr. Aalaei’s continued service with us through the effective date of such change in control.

On April 21, 2016, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Aalaei, referred to herein as the 2016 employment agreement, which superseded and replaced the 2011 employment agreement. Under the terms of the 2016 employment agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Aalaei an initial annual base salary of $450,000, which reflects Mr. Aalaei’s current base salary. The agreement also provides for an initial annual performance bonus equal to 50% of his current base salary, based on the assessment by our board of directors of Mr. Aalaei’s performance and the attainment of annual targeted company goals set forth by our board of directors in their sole discretion. In addition, the 2016 employment agreement provides that all equity awards granted to Mr. Aalaei following the date of the 2016 employment agreement will be, in the case of options, early exercisable unless otherwise requested by Mr. Aalaei prior to a future date of grant, and will vest in equal installments over four years from the date of grant, subject to Mr. Aalaei’s continued service with us through each vesting date, and will vest in-full upon a change of control, subject to Mr. Aalaei’s continued service with us through the effective date of such change in control.

Agreement with Mr. Voll

On January 11, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Voll, our Chief Financial Officer. Under Mr. Voll’s agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Voll an initial annual base salary of $300,000 a year. The agreement also provided for an initial annual performance bonus of up to 35% of his base salary, or $105,000, based on the assessment by our board of directors of Mr. Voll’s performance and the attainment of certain annual targeted company goals set forth by our board of directors in their sole discretion, and subject to Mr. Voll’s employment through the payment date. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Voll was granted an initial option to purchase 85,000 shares of our common stock on April 21, 2016 that vests over a four-year period subject to Mr. Voll’s continued service with us.

Agreement with Mr. Dalmia

On December 2, 2009, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Dalmia, our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Under Mr. Dalmia’s agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Dalmia an initial annual base salary of $250,000 a year. The agreement also provided for an initial annual performance bonus of up to $80,000, based on the assessment by our board of directors of Mr. Dalmia’s performance and the attainment of certain annual

 

113


Table of Contents

targeted company goals set forth by our board of directors in their sole discretion, and subject to Mr. Dalmia’s employment through the payment date. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Dalmia was granted an initial option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock on February 23, 2010 that vested over a four-year period subject to Mr. Dalmia’s continued service with us.

Agreement with Mr. Shirani

On November 30, 2004, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Shirani, our Senior Vice President of Engineering, setting forth the initial terms of his employment. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Shirani was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $100,000. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Shirani was granted an initial option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock on December 20, 2004 that vested over a four-year period subject to Mr. Shirani’s continued service with us.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

We believe that reasonable severance benefits for our named executive officers are important because it may be difficult for them to find comparable employment within a short period of time. We also believe that it is important to protect our named executive officers in the event of a change of control transaction involving our company, as a result of which such officers might have their employment terminated. In addition, we believe that the interests of management should be aligned with those of our stockholders as much as possible, and we believe that providing protection upon a change of control is an appropriate counter to any disincentive such officers might otherwise perceive in regard to transactions that may be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Mr. Aalaei. The 2016 employment agreement provides that, in the event Mr. Aalaei is involuntarily terminated by us without cause or he resigns for good reason, Mr. Aalaei will be entitled to receive (1) an amount equal to 18 months of his then current base salary, ignoring any decrease in base salary that forms the basis for good reason, less all applicable withholdings and deductions and (2) the acceleration of the vesting of each of his then outstanding unvested stock awards as of the date of his termination as to the number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Aalaei had been in service for an additional 18 months. In addition, to the extent that Mr. Aalaei timely elects COBRA coverage under our health plans, we will pay or reimburse Mr. Aalaei for the cost of his COBRA premiums for a period of up to 18 months commencing on the first date on which Mr. Aalaei loses health care coverage. Our obligation to pay or reimburse Mr. Aalaei’s COBRA premiums will cease immediately in the event that Mr. Aalaei either becomes eligible for group health insurance or ceases to be eligible for COBRA coverage. In the event that the payment of Mr. Aalaei’s COBRA premiums would violate applicable law, we will instead pay Mr. Aalaei on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA payment period, a taxable cash amount that, on an after-tax basis, is sufficient to obtain the same or equivalent coverage with a gross-up for taxes, for the remainder of the COBRA payment period, regardless of whether Mr. Aalaei obtains alternative health coverage.

Mr. Aalaei’s severance benefits are conditioned on his execution of an effective release and waiver of claims no later than the 60th day following his separation from service and continuing to comply with his obligations under his proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement, and any similar agreement, and his resignation from our board of directors.

The 2016 employment agreement contains a “better after-tax” provision, which provides that, if any of the payments to Mr. Aalaei constitutes a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, the payments will either be (1) reduced or (2) provided in full to Mr. Aalaei, whichever results in Mr. Aalaei receiving the greater amount after taking into consideration the payment of all taxes, including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, in each case based upon the highest marginal rate for the applicable tax.

Each of Mr. Aalaei’s stock options to purchase shares of our common stock, which have been granted to date, provide that in the event Mr. Aalaei’s is employed by us through the effective date of a change in control, 100% of the unvested shares subject to such option will become vested and exercisable upon the date of his termination.

 

114


Table of Contents

Mr.  Voll. Mr. Voll’s employment agreement provides that, in the event Mr. Voll is involuntarily terminated by us without cause, he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary.

Mr. Voll’s employment agreement also provides that, in the event Mr. Voll is involuntarily terminated by us without cause or he resigns for good reason within 18 months after a change in control, he will be entitled to receive (1) an amount equal to 12 months of his current base salary, (2) the acceleration of the vesting of each of his then-outstanding unvested stock awards as of the date of his termination and (3) 12 months of COBRA benefits starting from his termination date. Mr. Voll’s severance benefits are conditioned on his execution of an effective release and waiver of claims no later than the 45th day following his separation from service and continuing to comply with his obligations under his offer letter agreement and his proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement.

Mr. Dalmia. Mr. Dalmia’s employment agreement provides that, in the event Mr. Dalmia is involuntarily terminated by us without cause, he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary.

Mr. Dalmia’s employment agreement also provides that, in the event Mr. Dalmia is involuntarily terminated by us without cause within 18 months after a change in control, he will be entitled to receive (1) an amount equal to 12 months of his current base salary plus his current annual bonus and (2) the acceleration of the vesting of each of his then-outstanding unvested stock awards as of the date of his termination as to the number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Dalmia had been in service for an additional 12 months. Mr. Dalmia’s severance benefits are conditioned on his execution of an effective release and waiver of claims no later than the 45th day following his separation from service and continuing to comply with his obligations under his offer letter agreement and his proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

            Option Awards (1)  
           

 

Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)

    Option
Exercise
Price Per
Share

($)
     Option
Expiration

Date
 
     Grant Date      Exercisable (2)      Unexercisable (3)       

Faraj Aalaei (4)

     6/17/2015        158,012        103,525 (5)       2.60        6/16/2025  
     11/13/2015               211,666 (6)       4.40        11/12/2025  

Mark Voll (7)

     4/12/2016               85,000 (8)       4.40        4/20/2026  

Kamal Dalmia (9)

     5/19/2014        6,000              2.00        5/18/2024  
     6/17/2015        36,249        23,750 (10)       2.60        6/16/2025  
     9/23/2015               50,000 (11)       3.90        9/22/2025  

Ramin Shirani (12)

     9/23/2015               80,000 (13)       3.90        9/22/2025  
     6/17/2015               (14)       2.60        6/16/2025  

 

(1)

All of the option awards granted prior to October 2014 were granted under the 2004 Plan and all remaining grants were granted under the 2015 Plan. The terms of each such plan are described below under “Equity Incentive Plans.” All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

(2)

All of the option awards reflected in this column are early exercisable (a) in the case of Mr. Aalaei, immediately and (b) in the case of Messrs. Dalmia, Shirani and Voll, six months from the date of grant, and in each case, any shares held pursuant to an early exercise are subject to a repurchase right in our favor that lapses on the same schedule as that of the stock option’s vesting schedule. This column reflects the number of options held by our named executive officers that were vested, as of December 31, 2016

(3)

All of the option awards reflected in this column are early exercisable six months from the date of grant, subject to a repurchase right in our favor that lapses on the same schedule as that of the stock option’s vesting schedule. This column reflects the number of options held

 

115


Table of Contents
 

by our named executive officers that were unvested, as of December 31, 2016. There are no options in this table that are not early exercisable.

(4)

In the event Mr. Aalaei is involuntarily terminated by the company without cause, or Mr. Aalaei resigns for good reason, the unvested shares as of the date of his termination will accelerate and vest as to the number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Aalaei had been in service for an additional 18 months. In the event Mr. Aalaei remains employed through a change in control, all of his unvested shares will vest.

(5)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest in equal monthly installments through July 1, 2018, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(6)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest as to 25% of the shares on January 1, 2017, with the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(7)

In the event Mr. Voll is involuntarily terminated by the company without cause within 18 months after a change in control, the number of unvested shares as of the date of his termination will accelerate and vest as to the number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Voll had been in service for an additional 12 months.

(8)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest as to 25% of the shares on January 11, 2017, with the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(9)

In the event Mr. Dalmia is involuntarily terminated by the company without cause within 18 months after a change in control, the number of unvested shares as of the date of his termination will accelerate and vest as to the number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Dalmia had been in service for an additional 12 months.

(10)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest in equal monthly installments through July 1, 2018, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(11)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest as to 25% of the shares on January 1, 2017, with the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(12)

In the event Mr. Shirani is terminated without cause within 12 months following a change in control, all of the unvested shares subject to this option will vest.

(13)

The unvested shares underlying this option vest as to 25% of the shares on January 1, 2017, with the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(14)

On January 29, 2016, Mr. Shirani early exercised his option to purchase 50,000 shares, 19,791 of which remained unvested as of December 31, 2016. The unvested shares vest in equal monthly installments through July 1, 2018, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Health, Welfare, Retirement Benefits and Perquisites

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and vision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our current named executive officers, as discussed in the section titled “—401(k) Plan” below.

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a qualified retirement plan that is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) salary deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee’s interest in his or her salary deferral contributions is 100% vested when contributed. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions under the plan but have not done so to date.

 

116


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, in September 2017 and our stockholders approved the 2017 Plan in October 2017 as the successor to the 2015 Plan, as described below, effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering.

Stock Awards . The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other stock awards, or collectively, stock awards and performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards and performance cash awards may be granted to our employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Share Reserve . Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2017 Plan after the 2017 Plan becomes effective is the sum of (1)                  shares of our common stock, plus (2) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under the 2015 Plan and 2004 Plan that are forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued, or the Share Reserve. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each calendar year, beginning on January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the 2017 Plan becomes effective and ending on January 1, 2027 in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors, to the extent that less than 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on such date are then available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

If a stock award granted under the 2017 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2017 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2017 Plan: (1)             shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2017 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. No awards have been granted under the 2017 Plan.

Incentive Stock Option Limit . The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2017 Plan is three times the Share Reserve.

Section 162(m) Limits . At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no person may be granted stock awards covering more than             shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than             shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $            . The limitations are designed to allow us to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Non-Employee Director Limit . The maximum number of shares subject to awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director under the 2017 Plan, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $500,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such awards based on the grant date fair value of such awards for financial reporting purposes).

 

117


Table of Contents

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2017 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2017 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the 2017 Plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the 2017 Plan administrator will also determine the exercise price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

Repricing; Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards . The 2017 Plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2017 Plan, the 2017 Plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the 2017 Plan administrator. The 2017 Plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest at the rate specified by the 2017 Plan administrator.

The 2017 Plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that the exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the 2017 Plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the 2017 Plan administrator.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the 2017 Plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration.

 

118


Table of Contents

Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the 2017 Plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the 2017 Plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the 2017 Plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the 2017 Plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the 2017 Plan administrator. The 2017 Plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the 2017 Plan administrator.

The 2017 Plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards . The 2017 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment, or

 

119


Table of Contents

capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenue; (20) expenses and cost reduction goals; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (29) stockholders’ equity; (30) capital expenditures; (31) debt levels; (32) operating profit or net operating profit; (33) workforce diversity; (34) growth of net income or operating income; (35) billings; (36) bookings; (37) employee retention; (38) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and (39) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (A) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (B) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (6) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (7) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (8) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (9) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (10) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the effect of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; or (12) to exclude the effects of entering into or achieving milestones involved in license arrangements. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria we select to use for such performance period. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards . The 2017 Plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The 2017 Plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2017 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Transactions. The 2017 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:

 

120


Table of Contents

(1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction, (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us, (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, or no payment, as determined by the board or (6) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the per share amount (or value of property per share) payable to holders of our common stock in connection with the transaction over the per share exercise price under the applicable stock award, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the stock award. Any escrow, holdback, earnout or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as the provisions apply to holders of our common stock. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.

Under the 2017 Plan, a transaction means a corporate transaction or a change in control. A corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction. Under the 2017 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders; or (4) an unapproved change in the majority of the board.

Change in Control . In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2017 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in a stock award agreement.

Transferability . A participant generally may not transfer stock awards under the 2017 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the 2017 Plan.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2017 Plan, provided that, with certain exceptions, such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2017 Plan.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, in February 2015 and our stockholders approved the 2015 Plan in February 2015 as the successor to the 2004 Plan. Our board of directors amended the 2015 Plan in June and September 2015 and our stockholders approved such amendments in June and November 2015, respectively. The 2015 Plan will be replaced by the 2017 Plan upon the completion of this offering.

Stock Awards . The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and other stock awards, or collectively, stock awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other stock awards may be granted to our employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

 

121


Table of Contents

Share Reserve . We previously reserved 8,085,665 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan, no further stock awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan. Any awards granted under the 2015 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan and applicable award agreements, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited. Upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan, if a stock award granted under the 2015 Plan or the 2004 Plan, as described below, is forfeited back to us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, such shares will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2017 Plan. In addition, shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes and shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option will become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2017 Plan. Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the 2015 Plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the 2015 Plan administrator will also determine the exercise price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

Repricing; Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards . The 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, the 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the 2015 Plan administrator. The 2015 Plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 Plan vest at the rate specified by the 2015 Plan administrator.

The 2015 Plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2015 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that the exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the 2015 Plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the 2015 Plan administrator.

 

122


Table of Contents

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the 2015 Plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the 2015 Plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the 2015 Plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the 2015 Plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the 2015 Plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the 2015 Plan administrator. The 2015 Plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the 2015 Plan administrator.

The 2015 Plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2015 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Other Stock Awards . The 2015 Plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The 2015 Plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

123


Table of Contents

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Transactions . The following applies to stock awards under the 2015 Plan in the event of a transaction (as defined in the 2015 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or in any director compensation policy or unless otherwise expressly provided by the 2015 Plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a transaction, any stock awards outstanding under the 2015 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction), and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a transaction, the 2015 Plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the per share amount payable to holders of common stock in connection with the Transaction, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder provided in the stock award, if applicable. For clarity, this payment may be $0 if the per share amount of the payments to holders of common stock is equal to or less than the exercise price of the stock award. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of common stock.

Under the 2015 Plan, a transaction means a corporate transaction or a change in control. A corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction. Under the 2015 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders.

Change in Control . The 2015 Plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control.

 

124


Table of Contents

Transferability . A participant generally may not transfer stock awards under the 2015 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the 2015 Plan.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2015 Plan, provided that, with certain exceptions, such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2004 Plan in October 2004, and our stockholders approved the 2004 Plan in October 2004. The 2004 Plan expired in accordance with its terms in October 2014 and no further stock awards may be granted under the 2004 Plan. Any awards granted under the 2004 Plan remain subject to the terms of the 2004 Plan and applicable award agreements, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited.

Stock Awards . The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and the employees of our affiliates, and for the grant of NSOs and restricted stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and the employees, directors and consultants of our affiliates. We have granted stock options and restricted stock awards under the 2004 Plan.

Authorized Shares. We previously reserved 4,785,665 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2004 Plan. Effective upon the expiration of the 2004 Plan, no further options or stock awards may be granted under the 2004 Plan, but all outstanding stock awards continue to be governed by their existing terms.

If a stock award granted under the 2004 Plan is forfeited back to us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, such shares will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2015 Plan. In addition, shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes and shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option will become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2015 Plan. Shares issued under the 2004 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market.

Plan Administration. Subject to the terms of the 2004 Plan, our board of directors, referred to herein as the 2004 Plan administrator, determined recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards that were granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the 2004 Plan administrator determined the exercise price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

Under the 2004 Plan, the 2004 Plan administrator also has the authority to authorize the company, with the consent of the respective participants, to issue new stock awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding stock awards. The 2004 Plan administrator may at any time purchase a previously granted stock award for cash, shares of our common stock (including restricted stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions agreed upon by the 2004 Plan administrator and the applicable participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs were granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the 2004 Plan administrator. The 2004 Plan administrator determined the exercise price for each stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2004 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a NSO could not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of a ISO must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of an option may not exceed ten years, provided further, that no ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our

 

125


Table of Contents

affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2004 Plan vest at the rate specified by the 2004 Plan administrator. The 2004 Plan administrator determined the term of stock options granted under the 2004 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the participant may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within three months following a termination other than for cause, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, the participant may exercise such vested options upon the participant’s termination date and the participant’s options will terminate on such date to the extent not exercised. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

In addition to cash, if expressly approved by the 2004 Plan administrator, acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option may include (1) the cancellation of our indebtedness owed to the participant, (2) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the participant, (3) the tender of a full recourse promissory note, (4) the waiver of compensation due or accrued to the participant for services rendered, (5) a broker-assisted cashless exercise provided that there is a public market for our common stock, (6) a “margin” commitment from the participant and a broker-dealer provided that there is a public market for our common stock, and (7) any of the foregoing.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the 2004 Plan administrator. With respect to restricted stock granted under the 2004 Plan, the purchase price of restricted stock must equal at least 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, provided however, that no restricted stock may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless the purchase price is at least 100% of the fair market value of the restricted stock on the date of purchase. In addition to cash, if expressly approved by the 2004 Plan administrator, acceptable consideration for the purchase of restricted stock may include (1) the cancellation of our indebtedness owed to the participant, (2) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the participant, (3) the tender of a full recourse promissory note, (4) the waiver of compensation due or accrued to the participant for services rendered, or (5) any of the foregoing. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the 2004 Plan administrator. The restricted stock award will be accepted by the participant’s execution and delivery of a restricted stock purchase agreement and full payment for the shares to us within 30 days from the date the restricted stock purchase agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver a restricted stock purchase agreement along with full payment for the shares to us within 30 days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the 2004 Plan administrator. The 2004 Plan administrator may provide in the applicable award agreement that restricted stock awards that have not vested may be repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason within the later of 90 days after the participant’s termination date and the date the participant purchased shares under the 2004 Plan at the participant’s purchase price.

Corporate Transactions. The 2004 Plan provides that in the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the company, (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, any or all outstanding stock awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring corporation. The successor or acquiring corporation may alternatively substitute equivalent awards or provide substantially similar consideration to participants as was provided to our stockholders. The successor or acquiring corporation may also substitute by issuing, in place of outstanding shares of the company held by the participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to the participant than those which

 

126


Table of Contents

applied to such outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute awards, the vesting of such stock awards will accelerate and the stock awards will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the 2004 Plan administrator determines, and if such stock awards are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the 2004 Plan.

Transferability. Under the 2004 Plan, the 2004 Plan administrator may provide for limitations on the transferability of awards, in its sole discretion. Stock awards are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided under the 2004 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. The 2004 Plan administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2004 Plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant. As noted above, the 2004 Plan expired in accordance with its terms in October 2014.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in September 2017, and our stockholders approved the ESPP in October 2017. The ESPP will become effective upon the completion of this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for U.S. employees. In addition, the ESPP authorizes grants of purchase rights that do not comply with Section 423 of the Code under a separate non-423 component. In particular, where such purchase rights are granted to employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States, our board or directors may adopt rules that are beyond the scope of Section 423 of the Code.

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of                  shares of our common stock outstanding under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2018 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in the calendar year ending on December 31, 2017) through January 1, 2027, by the lesser of 2% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase, and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of our common stock; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than such amount. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. We currently intend to have six (6) month offerings with one purchase period per offering, except that the first purchase period under our first offering may be longer than six months, depending on the date on which the underwriting agreement relating to this offering becomes effective. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll

 

127


Table of Contents

deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering, or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence on the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the offering period will be the price at which shares of common stock are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year, or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding and the maximum number of shares an employee may purchase during a single purchase period is 3,000. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights, and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

 

128


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell our common shares on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be prohibited by the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

129


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Preferred Stock Financings

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From January 2014 through July 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 13,972,043 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock, or Series G stock, at a purchase price of $1.4314298 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20 million.

The participants in this convertible preferred stock financing included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series G stock issued to these related parties in this convertible preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

   Shares of
Series G
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. (1)

     2,692,321      $ 3,853,869  

Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (2)

     1,397,204        1,999,999  

New Enterprise Associates 13, L.P. (6)

     1,397,204        1,999,999  

Entities Affiliated with Pinnacle Ventures (3)

     918,594        1,314,903  

Entities Affiliated with Greylock Partners (4)(6)

     696,570        997,091  

Entities Affiliated with Lightspeed Ventures (5)(6)

     612,479        876,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,714,372      $ 11,042,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Dr. Bastani, a member of our board of directors, is an officer of GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

(2)

Mr. Akhanov, a member of our board of directors, is President and Chief Executive Officer of Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of RUSNANO. RUSNANO is a joint stock company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. The Russian Federation owns 100% of RUSNANO.

(3)

Includes (a) 34,440 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures I-A (Q), L.P.; (b) 100,565 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures I-B, L.P.; (c) 3,029 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures I Affiliates, L.P.; (d) 6,054 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures II-A, L.P.; (e) 254,287 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures II-B, L.P.; (f) 21,191 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures II-C, L.P.; (g) 21,191 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures II-R, L.P.; (h) 262,810 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I, L.P.; (i) 191,135 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I-O, L.P.; and (j) 23,892 shares purchased by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I Affiliates, L.P. Mr. Pelowski, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Pinnacle Ventures.

(4)

Includes (a) 609,921 shares purchased by Greylock XI Limited Partnership; (b) 16,992 shares purchased by Greylock XI-A Limited Partnership; and (c) 69,657 shares purchased by Greylock XI Principals LLC.

(5)

Includes (a) 48,219 shares purchased by LSVP VI Cayman Trust; (b) 538,683 shares purchased by LSVP VI Trust; (c) 3,977 shares purchased by LSVP VI-A Trust; (d) 19,267 shares purchased by LSVPE VI Trust; and (e) 2,333 shares purchased by LSVPE VI-A Trust.

(6)

(a) Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, (b) entities affiliated with Greylock Partners and (c) entities affiliated with Lightspeed Ventures, each held more than 5% of our capital stock at the time of this transaction. As the result of a secondary sale transaction completed on August 25, 2017, each of these groups of entities currently holds less than 5% of our capital stock. See footnote (14) to the beneficial ownership table under the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding the secondary sale transaction.

Series H Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From March 2015 through July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 25,848,278 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock, or Series H stock, at a purchase price of $1.4314298 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $37.0 million.

 

130


Table of Contents

The participants in this convertible preferred stock financing included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series H stock issued to these related parties in this convertible preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

   Shares of
Series H
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. (1)

     13,972,044      $ 20,000,000  

Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P. (2)

     3,493,011        5,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17,465,055      $ 25,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Dr. Bastani, a member of our board of directors, is an officer of GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

(2)

Mr. Tan, a member of our board of directors, is a director of Walden Riverwood GP, LLC, which is the general partner of Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., and he is a member of the investment committee of Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P.

In connection with our Series H convertible preferred stock financing, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock to GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. This warrant was exercised in full on May 5, 2017. Dr. Bastani, a member of our board of directors, is an officer of GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

Pinnacle Ventures Loan and Security Agreement and Series F and Series G Preferred Stock Warrants

In April 2013, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., or Pinnacle Ventures, for an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million. In connection with this loan, we issued a fully-vested warrant to Pinnacle Ventures to purchase up to 646,551 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.928 per share. This loan also provided Pinnacle Ventures with the option to convert up to $2.25 million of the outstanding principal amount into 2,424,569 shares of Series F stock at a conversion price of $0.928 per share prior to June 30, 2014. This option expired unexercised on June 30, 2014.

On December 16, 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures pursuant to which we borrowed an additional $8.8 million. The aggregate principal amount borrowed under the Pinnacle loan was $23.7 million. Monthly principal payments begin in May 2016 and the final payment of $1.5 million is due upon the earliest to occur of the maturity date of July 1, 2018 or the prepayment of all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this loan, we issued a warrant to Pinnacle Ventures to purchase up to 640,129 shares of our Series G or Series H convertible preferred stock, at the election of the holder, at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share. We also entered into a related Subordination Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. on January 30, 2015. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to prepay in full the Pinnacle loan. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Mr. Pelowski, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Pinnacle Ventures.

Executive Officer Promissory Notes

In 2009 and 2010, we granted to Faraj Aalaei options to purchase an aggregate of 1,107,460 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.10 per share to $2.10 per share. These options were early exercised through the tender of promissory notes with interest ranging from 1.73% to 1.94% and collateralized by the shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of the stock options. In April 2014, $175,000 of interest on these promissory notes was forgiven in the form of a bonus to Mr. Aalaei. In January 2016, the outstanding principal balance of these promissory notes and the accrued interest thereon was repaid in-full, with the exception of $42,000 of accrued interest that was forgiven in the form of a bonus to Mr. Aalaei.

 

131


Table of Contents

In 2009 and 2010, we granted to Ramin Shirani options to purchase an aggregate of 189,254 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.10 per share to $2.10 per share. These options were early exercised through the tender of promissory notes with interest ranging from 1.73% to 1.94% and collateralized by the shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of the stock options. In February 2016, the outstanding principal balance of these promissory notes and the accrued interest thereon was repaid in-full.

As of June 30, 2017, no promissory notes to Messrs. Aalaei or Shirani, nor to any of our other directors or executive officers, are outstanding.

Agreements with GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

On July 29, 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., or GLOBALFOUNDRIES, pursuant to which we agreed to collaborate on the development of certain products which we will design and plan to have manufactured by GLOBALFOUNDRIES. The agreement has provided us access to GLOBALFOUNDRIES’ collaborative efforts to help us develop our products and shorten the time to market. Each party to this letter agreement is responsible for its own expenses incurred in connection with its respective development efforts, and this letter agreement has no specified expiration date. There are no further material terms or conditions applicable to this letter agreement, and the terms of any subsequent manufacturing arrangement that we may agree to enter into will be subject to the negotiation of terms by the parties. Also pursuant to this letter agreement, GLOBALFOUNDRIES agreed to invest in our Series H Preferred Stock, and we agreed to grant warrants, in each case as described above under “—Series H Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.”

On June 20, 2016, GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. and Aquantia entered into an IP licensing agreement on certain technology intended to be incorporated into products under development, in which we agreed to pay GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. an initial $2.0 million licensing fee, support fees of $0.5 million over a period of two years and additional licensing fees of $3.0 million at a later point of the development program contingent on the achievement of certain development milestones. In addition, royalties may be due on products sold utilizing the licensed IP. From time to time, we also purchase tooling, mask sets, wafers and services from GLOBALFOUNDRIES in our ordinary course of business. We recorded $4.2 million and $1.8 million to research and development expenses, inventory and cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, in relation to toolings, mask sets, wafers and services. See Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We did not incur any expenses to GLOBALFOUNDRIES in 2014 and 2015.

Investors’ Rights Agreement, Voting Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

In connection with the sales of convertible preferred stock described above, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement, a voting agreement and a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with the holders of preferred stock, including each of the persons and entities listed in the table above.

The investors’ rights agreement, among other things:

 

   

grants our preferred stock holders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock held by them;

 

   

obligates us to deliver financial information to specified stockholders;

 

   

grants a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our securities by us to specified stockholders, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of common stock pursuant to this offering; and

 

132


Table of Contents
   

obligated us to establish a design center in Russia in accordance with an agreed upon investment plan as a result of the investment in our company by Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”, which obligation was satisfied.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in the investors’ rights agreement, please refer to the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The provisions of this agreement, other than with respect to registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

The voting agreement, among other things, provides for the voting of shares with respect to the election of directors and the voting of shares in favor of specified transactions approved by our board of directors and a majority of the shares of common stock then issued or issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock. In accordance with the voting agreement, the holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Mr. Aalaei and Mr. Shirani for election to our board of directors, the holders of preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Dr. Bastani and Messrs. Akhanov, Pelowski and Tan for election to our board of directors, and the holders of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, have designated Mr. Swahn and Mr. Srinivasan for election to our board of directors. The voting agreement will terminate immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things, grants our investors rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders and grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. See “Executive Compensation—Agreements with our Named Executive Officers” and “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Non-Employee Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our non-employee directors. For a description of options granted to our named executive officers and non-employee directors, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” above.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or as a director or executive officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. For more information regarding these indemnification arrangements, see “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against

 

133


Table of Contents

directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may decline in value to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Parties

We have adopted a written related party transactions and SEC compliance policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-party transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-party transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related party” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-party transactions under this policy. A related party is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-party transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-party transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties, the direct and indirect interests of the related parties, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties and management’s recommendation. To identify related-party transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-party transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related party is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

In addition, under the policy, all of our executive officers and directors are required to abide by the securities laws that govern related party transactions. Any actions or relationships that are covered by this policy with respect to our executive officers and directors are those that meet the requirement for disclosure in our periodic filings with the SEC pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, and such related party transactions must be approved by our audit committee as required by applicable laws and regulations, and provided such approval is obtained in advance and such transactions are publicly disclosed, such approval shall not be deemed a waiver of this policy or other of our policies.

 

134


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Before Offering” is based on 25,527,741 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2017, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on the sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering by us.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2017. As noted in the applicable footnotes to the table, some of the options are not vested but are exercisable at any time and, if exercised, subject to a lapsing right of repurchase until the options are fully vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

135


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Aquantia Corp., 105 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134.

 

     Owned Prior to the
Offering
    Owned After the
Offering
 
     Number      %         Number          %  

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

          

Aquan LLC (1)(14)

     2,902,752        11.4                

Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (2)

     2,833,685        11.1       

Entities Affiliated with Pinnacle Ventures (3)

     2,798,661        10.9       

Entities Affiliated with Walden International (4)(14)

     2,720,632        10.7       

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. (5)

     2,642,052        10.3       

Paxion Partners, LP (6)(14)

     1,741,650        6.8       

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

          

Faraj Aalaei (7)(14)

     1,857,539        7.1       

Mark Voll (8)(14)

     132,413        *       

Ramin Shirani (9)

     797,930        3.1       

Kamal Dalmia (10)

     267,499        1.0       

Dmitry Akhanov (3)

            *       

Bami Bastani

            *       

Ken Pelowski (3)

     2,798,661        10.9       

Sam Srinivasan (11)(14)

     246,597        *       

Anders Swahn (12)

     37,000        *       

Lip-Bu Tan (4)(14)

     2,720,632        10.7       

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (13)(14)

     8,858,271        33.1       

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

(1)

Hing Wong is the sole manager of Nauqa LLC, which is the sole manager of Aquan LLC. As such, Hing Wong may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Aquan LLC. The address for Aquan LLC is 333 Bush Street, Suite 2800, San Francisco, CA 94104.

(2)

Includes 2,833,685 shares held by Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (“RUSNANO”). RUSNANO is a joint stock company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. The Russian Federation owns 100% of RUSNANO. The management board of RUSNANO, RUSNANO Management Company LLC (“RUSNANO Management”), and the board of directors of RUSNANO, have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by RUSNANO. The members of the executive board of RUSNANO Management are Anatoly Chubais, Oleg Kiselev, German Pikhoya, Boris Podolsky and Yury Udaltsovy, and the members of the board of directors of RUSNANO are Arkadiy Dvorkovich, Anatoly Chubais, Igor Agamirzyan, Mikhail Alfimov, Oleg Fomichev, Andrey Ivanov, Denis Manturov, Vladislav Putilin, Pavel Teplukhin, Viktor Vekselberg and Ilya Yuzhanov. The members of the executive board of RUSNANO Management and the members of the board of directors of RUSNANO may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held directly by RUSNANO. Mr. Akhanov is President and Chief Executive Officer of Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of RUSNANO. The address of RUSNANO is 10A prospect 60-letiya Oktyabrya, Moscow, Russia 117036.

(3)

Includes (a) 71,124 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I Affiliates, L.P., (b) 782,394 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I, L.P., (c) 569,012 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I-O, L.P., (d) 27,725 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Pinnacle Ventures I (Q) Equity Holdings, L.L.C., (e) 7,675 shares held by, and 2,686 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by, Pinnacle Ventures I Affiliates, L.P., (f) 95,621 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures I-A (Q), L.P., (g) 279,303 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures I-B, L.P., (h) 183,985 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Pinnacle Ventures II Equity Holdings, L.L.C., (i) 15,575 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures II-A, L.P., (j) 654,460 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures II-B, L.P., (k) 54,535 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures II-C, L.P., (l) 54,535 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures II-R, L.P., (m) 27 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures Management I, L.L.C and (n) 4 shares held by Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C. Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I Affiliates, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I-O, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures I (Q) Equity Holdings, L.L.C., Pinnacle Ventures I Affiliates, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures I-A (Q), L.P., Pinnacle Ventures I-B, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures II Equity Holdings, L.L.C., Pinnacle Ventures II-A, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures II-B, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures II-C, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures II-R, L.P., Pinnacle Ventures Management I, L.L.C. and Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C. are collectively referred to as the entities affiliated with Pinnacle. The entities affiliated with Pinnacle are managed by general partner limited liability companies. Ken Pelowski is either the sole or controlling managing member of each such limited liability company and, as such, is deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the entities affiliated with Pinnacle. Mr. Pelowski disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 1600 El Camino Real, Suite 250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

136


Table of Contents
(4)

Includes (a) 1,868,084 shares held by WRV II, L.P. (“WRV II”), (b) 639,573 shares held by Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P. (“WRV”) and (c) 212,975 shares held by A&E Investment, LLC. WRV GP II, LLC (“WRV GP II”) is the general partner of WRV II and Walden Riverwood GP, LLC (“WR GP”) is the general partner of WRV. Lip-Bu Tan, our lead independent director, Michael Marks and Nicholas Brathwaite are members of the investment committee of WRV GP II and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by WRV II. Lip-Bu Tan and Michael Marks are members of the investment committee of WR GP and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by WRV. The Lip-Bu Tan and Ysa Loo Trust dated 2/3/1992 is the sole member of A&E. Mr. Tan and Ms. Loo are co-trustees of this trust and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by A&E. The address for Walden International is 333 Bush Street, Suite 2800, San Francisco, CA 94104.

(5)

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Mubadala Investment Company PJSC. Mubadala Investment Company is a public joint stock company that is wholly owned by the Government of Abu Dhabi. A committee of the Board of Directors of GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. The committee currently consists of the following individuals: Sanjay Jha, Elham Al-Qasim and Vivek Mohindra. The address for GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. is 2600 Great America Way, Santa Clara, CA 95054.

(6)

Paxion Partners, LP (“Paxion Partners”) is the general partner of Paxion Capital, LP (“Paxion Capital”). Michael Marks, Jim Davidson and Frit Wolff are members of the investment committee of Paxion Partners and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Paxion Capital. The address for Paxion Capital is 2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(7)

Includes (a) 705,873 shares held by Farajollah Aalaei Living Trust dtd. 1/14/2000, (b) 663,461 shares held by Lindenwood Trust, (c) 5,000 shares held by Ali A. Aalaei, (d) 5,000 shares held by Dariush Aalaei, (e) 5,000 shares held by Cyrus Akbarpour, as Custodian for Dena Aalaei under the California State Uniform Transfers to Minors Act and (f) 473,205 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2017, 187,818 of which are subject to a repurchase right in our favor as of August 31, 2017.

(8)

Includes (a) 40,140 shares held by Mark Voll and (b) 92,273 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2017, 81,354 of which are subject to a repurchase right in our favor as of August 31, 2017.

(9)

Includes (a) 467,930 shares held by Ramin Shirani and (b) 330,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days from August 31, 2017, 298,333 of which are subject to a repurchase right in our favor as of August 31, 2017.

(10)

Includes (a) 176,666 shares held by Kamal and Maneesha Dalmia, Husband and Wife as community property and (b) 90,833 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days from August 31, 2017, 85,144 of which are subject to a repurchase right in our favor as of August 31, 2017.

(11)

Includes (a) 185,774 shares held by Sam Srinivasan, (b) 58,823 shares held by the Srinivasan Family Trust dated 7/1/1992 and (c) 2,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2017.

(12)

Includes 37,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable with 60 days from August 31, 2017.

(13)

Includes (a) 7,618,564 shares held by our directors and executive officers, (b) 1,025,311 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2017 and (c) 214,396 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants. 652,649 of the shares underlying options are subject to a repurchase right in our favor as of August 31, 2017. The address for each of our directors and officers is c/o Aquantia Corp., 105 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134.

(14)

On August 25, 2017, (a) entities affiliated with Greylock Partners, (b) entities affiliated with Lightspeed Ventures and (c) entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates sold, in a privately negotiated transaction, an aggregate of 6,730,007 shares of preferred stock (representing approximately 26% of our outstanding common stock on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2017) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $58.0 million to a consortium of purchasers, including the following purchasers and certain entities and individuals affiliated therewith: Aquan LLC, Walden International, Paxion Capital, Faraj Aalaei, our chief executive officer and a director, Mark Voll, our chief financial officer, and Sam Srinivasan, a member of our board of directors. Lip-Bu Tan, our lead independent director, is a member of the investment committee of WRV GP II and WR GP, the general partners of WRV II and WRV, respectively. In addition, in connection with this transaction, Paxion Capital obtained a right to designate a member of our board of directors.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the closing of this offering will be undesignated.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

On June 30, 2017, there were 4,686,326 shares of common stock outstanding held by 178 stockholders of record. Based on such number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares,                 shares of common stock will be outstanding.

As of June 30, 2017, there were 3,882,957 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

138


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2017, we had outstanding an aggregate of 208,004,878 shares of convertible preferred stock held of record by 82 stockholders.

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into 20,816,754 shares of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2017, 3,882,957 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.44 per share. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

Warrants

As of June 30, 2017, convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant) to purchase 2,340,816 shares of convertible preferred stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.03 per share and our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 3,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred at an exercise price of $0.01 per share were outstanding. These warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 584,148 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Registration Rights

Following the closing of this offering, certain holders of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of preferred stock subject to outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below, including the legal fees payable to one selling holders’ counsel.

 

139


Table of Contents

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earlier of (1) the date that is five years after the closing date of this offering and (2) the date that a holder may sell all of their shares in a three-month period under Rule 144 of the Exchange Act, this offering has been closed and such holder holds less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of 21,861,219 shares of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2017, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of the third anniversary of the date of the investors’ rights agreement or nine months following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the holders of at least 20% of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover at least 20% of the registrable securities then outstanding for an aggregate offering price equal or greater than $5.0 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of 21,880,902 shares of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2017, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement relating solely to employee benefit plans, related to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, or any registration that does not permit secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of 21,880,902 shares of our common stock, stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2017, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with an aggregate offering price which equals or exceeds $1.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

140


Table of Contents
   

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

upon or subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation to or with the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by the majority of our whole board of directors, chair of our board of directors or our chief executive officer.

As described above in “Management—Board Composition,” in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors, and that our directors may be removed only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, and require a supermajority stockholder vote to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

141


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to affect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AQ.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 and the telephone number is 1-800-962-4284.

 

142


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, upon the closing of this offering,                 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover any over-allotments and (2) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our ‘‘affiliates’’ as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or purchased by existing stockholders and their affiliated entities who are subject to lock-up agreements. The remaining                 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

No restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

Up to             restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701, subject to the volume limitations, manner of sale and notice provisions described below under “Rule 144,” upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least nine months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least nine months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

143


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

 

   

persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

   

our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

Most of our employees, executive officers and directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions set forth above. However, substantially all such shares are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described in the section titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701 at the expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders, convertible noteholders and warrantholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days (the restricted period) after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock. At any time and without public notice, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative of the underwriters, may in its discretion release shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period.

Upon expiration of the “restricted” period, certain of our stockholders and warrantholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to the 2004 Plan, the 2015 Plan, the 2017 Plan and the ESPP. These registrations statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 21,880,902 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements

 

144


Table of Contents

described under “—Lock-Up Agreements” above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

145


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering by non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a dealer in securities or currencies; a broker-dealer; a financial institution; a qualified retirement plan, individual retirement plan or other tax-deferred account; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion, or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that received such common stock in connection with services provided; a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; a corporation organized outside the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that is nonetheless treated as a United States taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that is not a non-U.S. holder; a “controlled foreign corporation;” a “passive foreign investment company;” or a U.S. expatriate.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, its legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. Those authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate (except to the limited extent set forth herein), or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME, ESTATE, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

 

146


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder’s tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section entitled “—Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified in an applicable income tax treaty) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States subject to the discussion below regarding foreign accounts. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, then although the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a non-U.S. holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf; the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. Such holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty and does not timely file the required certification, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of our stock unless: (i) that gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock, and certain other requirements are met. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not and we do not

 

147


Table of Contents

anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the non-U.S. holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than five percent of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (x) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (y) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds five percent, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons and in addition, a purchaser of your common stock may be required to withhold tax with respect to that obligation.

If a non-U.S. holder as is described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, such non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits. If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, such non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though such non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that such non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property it is treated as the owner of, or has made certain life transfers of, having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS certain information with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock, including the amount of dividends paid during each fiscal year, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently, 28%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding or refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

 

148


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

Certain withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. A 30% withholding tax may apply to “withholdable payments” if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. “Withholdable payment” generally means (i) any payment of interest, dividends, rents, and certain other types of generally passive income if such payment is from sources within the United States, and (ii) any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property of a type that can produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States (including, for example, stock and debt of U.S. corporations). If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements, or comply with comparable requirements under an applicable inter-governmental agreement between the United States and the foreign financial institution’s home jurisdiction. If an investor does not provide us with the information necessary to comply with these rules, it is possible that distributions to such investor that are attributable to withholdable payments, such as dividends, will be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Withholding on certain passive income, such as dividends and interest, began on July 1, 2014 and will apply to all other withholdable payments, including payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock, on or after January 1, 2019. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the implications of these rules for their investment in our common stock.

 

149


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs, and various other fees associated

 

150


Table of Contents

with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering, up to $30,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “AQ.”

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to          shares of common stock, or up to         % of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees, business associates, and friends and family of our directors and officers. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. The directed share program will be arranged through Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

We, all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

   

transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering from us or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

the transfer of shares of common stock or securities convertible into common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a change of

 

151


Table of Contents
 

control that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that, in the event that such change of control transaction is not completed, this clause shall not be applicable and the shares of the party subject to the lock-up agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, regarding the establishment of such plan is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that notice shall be provided as required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, on the one hand, and the underwriters, on the other hand, have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, in the future, perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related

 

152


Table of Contents

derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)  

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)  

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

153


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)  

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares, and debentures of that corporation, or the

 

154


Table of Contents

beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

 

155


Table of Contents

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

156


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, New York, New York. Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, Palo Alto, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters relating to the shares of common stock offered by the prospectus.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 105 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.aquantia.com , at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

157


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Aquantia Corp. and subsidiaries

San Jose, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aquantia Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Aquantia Corp. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

February 28, 2017

(May 16, 2017 as to Note 18 for the exercise of the warrants and October 5, 2017 as to Note 2 for the reverse stock split)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2017
    Pro Forma
As of June 30,
2017
 
     2015     2016      
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,290     $ 28,893     $ 17,369     $ 17,369  

Short-term investments

                 900       900  

Accounts receivable

     7,052       11,495       14,041       14,041  

Inventories

     16,587       7,017       9,246       9,246  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,521       1,609       4,103       4,103  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     61,450       49,014       45,659       45,659  

Property and equipment, net

     4,267       8,122       8,137       8,137  

Intangible assets, net

     239       5,363       4,959       4,959  

Other assets

     609       3,210       4,127       4,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 66,565     $ 65,709     $ 62,882     $ 62,882  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

   

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 2,505     $ 4,757     $ 2,191     $ 2,191  

Accrued liabilities

     6,126       6,751       6,597       6,597  

Deferred revenue, current

     2,059                    

Long-term debt, current portion

     7,454       11,238       12,377       12,377  

Bank borrowings—line of credit

     5,001             5,000       5,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,145       22,746       26,165       26,165  

Long-term debt, net

     16,454       6,991       974       974  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     12,346       12,885       3,847        

Other long-term liabilities

     354       3,460       3,524       3,524  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     52,299       46,082       34,510       30,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

        

Convertible preferred stock:

        

Convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.00001 per share; 213,351,797 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 197,913,720, 198,248,718 and 208,004,878 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $189,796 as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and $203,761 as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2017 pro forma (unaudited)

     199,153       199,434       210,269        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

        

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 302,000,000, 307,000,000 and 316,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 1,984,518, 4,443,698 and 4,686,326 shares outstanding at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively, and 25,503,080 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017 pro forma (unaudited)

                        

Additional paid-in capital

     6,894       12,419       13,754       227,870  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

                 (2     (2

Accumulated deficit

     (191,781     (192,226     (195,649     (195,649
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (184,887     (179,807     (181,897     32,219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 66,565     $ 65,709     $ 62,882     $ 62,882  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 24,500     $ 80,807     $ 86,675     $ 41,374     $ 48,807  

Cost of revenue

     16,189       41,511       34,064       16,183       20,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,311       39,296       52,611       25,191       27,848  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     27,343       25,262       36,553       17,301       20,944  

Sales and marketing

     2,142       3,756       5,347       2,873       3,456  

General and administrative

     4,403       6,284       7,124       3,796       4,475  

Collaboration and development charge

           12,024                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     33,888       47,326       49,024       23,970       28,875  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (25,577     (8,030     3,587       1,221       (1,027

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (2,164     (3,321     (3,334     (1,871     (1,016

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (15     1,591       (544     78       (1,700

Other income, net

     12       5       14       3       28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (2,167     (1,725     (3,864     (1,790     (2,688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (27,744     (9,755     (277     (569     (3,715

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     56       200       168       106       (358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (24.83   $ (6.64   $ (0.10   $ (0.17   $ (0.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     1,119,632       1,498,233       4,240,461       4,055,411       4,549,015  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ 0.00       $ (0.07
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic (unaudited)

         24,074,289         24,697,392  
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share, diluted (unaudited)

         28,465,903         24,697,392  
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

          

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

          

Unrealized gains and losses—short-term investments

                             (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,359
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount          

BALANCE—January 1, 2015

    172,065,442     $ 162,183           1,268,695     $     $ 4,731     $     $ (181,826   $ (177,095

Exercise of stock options

                    715,823             1,371                   1,371  

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $30

    25,848,278       36,970                                          

Stock-based compensation expense

                                792                   792  

Net loss

                                            (9,955     (9,955
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2015

    197,913,720       199,153           1,984,518             6,894             (191,781     (184,887

Exercise of stock options

                    2,459,180             4,586                   4,586  

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

    334,998       281                                          

Stock-based compensation expense

                                939                   939  

Net loss

                                            (445     (445
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2016

    198,248,718       199,434           4,443,698             12,419             (192,226     (179,807

Cumulative effect upon adoption of ASU 2016-09

                                66             (66      

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                      (2           (2

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    242,628             720                   720  

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock

                   

upon exercise of warrants (unaudited)

    9,756,160       10,835                                          

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                549                   549  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                            (3,357     (3,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

    208,004,878     $ 210,269           4,686,326     $     $ 13,754     $ (2   $ (195,649   $ (181,897
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
                     

(unaudited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net loss

  $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445   $ (675   $ (3,357

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,900       1,856       2,740       1,199       2,206  

Stock-based compensation expense

    858       792       939       449       549  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    15       (1,591     544       (78     1,700  

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

          12,074                    

Amortization of debt discount

    207       630       636       329       205  

Non-cash interest expense related to debt costs

    41       600       552       302       113  

Gain/loss on disposal of property and equipment

                33       15        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (98     (5,206     (4,443     (3,504     (2,546

Inventories

    6,838       (12,708     9,570       6,112       (2,229

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (4,360     1,290       1,617       833       (2,997

Accounts payable

    1,130       351       2,198       551       (2,690

Accrued and other liabilities

    416       3,073       256       (335     291  

Deferred revenue

    (3,125     (2,718     (2,059     (2,059      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (23,978     (11,512     12,138       3,139       (8,755
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,299     (4,200     (6,308     (1,678     (1,873

Purchases of IP licenses

                (2,129            

Disposal of property and equipment

          26       6       5        

Purchases of short-term investments

                            (902
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,299     (4,174     (8,431     (1,673     (2,775
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Repayments on short and long-term borrowings

                (6,560     (1,603     (5,054

Repayments on line of credit

    (3,860     (15,205     (5,001     (5,001      

Proceeds from short and long-term borrowings

    8,800                          

Debt issuance costs

    (567     (215                  

Proceeds from line of credit

    3,041       20,206                   5,000  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock

    20,000       37,000                    

Convertible preferred stock issuance costs

    (71     (30                  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and preferred stock warrants

    335       1,371       4,861       4,699       817  

Purchases of IP licenses

                            (130

Payment of costs related to initial public offering

          (207     (2,404     (1,791     (627
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    27,678       42,920       (9,104     (3,696     6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    2,401       27,234       (5,397     (2,230     (11,524

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    4,655       7,056       34,290       34,290       28,893  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 7,056     $ 34,290     $ 28,893     $ 32,060     $ 17,369  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,875     $ 2,041     $ 1,972     $ 1,065     $ 707  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 56     $ 92     $ 333     $ 50     $ 41  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash financing and investing transactions

         

Transfer of fair value of warrants to equity from liabilities upon warrant exercise

  $     $     $     $     $ 10,738  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid costs related to initial public offering

  $     $ 132     $ 340     $ 457     $ 269  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment received and accrued

  $ 311     $ 205     $ 240     $ 123     $ 184  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

IP licenses accrued

  $     $     $ 3,286     $        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

  $ 173     $ 12,074     $     $     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AQUANTIA CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization, Description of Business and Basis for Presentation

Organization —Aquantia Corp. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on January 27, 2004. The Company is a leader in the design, development and marketing of advanced high-speed communications integrated circuits, or ICs, for Ethernet connectivity in the data center, enterprise infrastructure and access markets.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation— The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going-concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred net losses from inception through June 30, 2017, resulting in an accumulated deficit of approximately $195.6 million. In addition, the Company used cash for operating activities of $24.0 million, and $11.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $12.1 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, cash used for operating activities was $8.8 million. The Company has financed its operations primarily from cash received from product sales, sales of convertible preferred stock, and debt financing. Based on expected cash flows generated from revenue, the Company believes that its existing cash and available line of credit will be sufficient to satisfy its anticipated cash requirements for the next 12 months.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements —The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2017, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the Company’s opinion, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2017 and results of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2017 or for any other periods.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include the fair value of the Company’s common and convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock warrants, the valuation of deferred tax assets, uncertain tax positions, and useful lives of long-lived assets. These estimates and the underlying assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical

 

F-7


Table of Contents

experience and other factors and adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

Financial Instruments —Financial instruments held by the Company consist primarily of corporate bonds, U.S. government securities, commercial paper and money market funds. The Company considers all highly liquid financial instruments purchased with an original maturity or remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. All remaining financial instruments are classified as short-term investments. The Company’s financial instruments are classified as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses on securities, net of tax, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). Interest and dividend income and realized gains or losses are included in other income, net on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company evaluates the investments periodically for possible other-than-temporary impairment and reviews factors such as the length of time and extent to which fair value has been below cost basis, the financial condition of the issuer, the Company’s intent to hold and whether the Company will not be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery, on a more-likely-than-not basis. If the declines in the fair value of the investments are determined to be other-than-temporary, the Company reports the credit loss portion of such decline in other income, net and the remaining noncredit loss portion in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Accounts Receivable —The Company’s receivables are recorded when due and payable. The carrying value of the accounts receivable represents their estimated net realizable value.

Inventories —Inventories consist of processed wafers, work-in-process and finished goods and are stated at the lower of standard cost or net realizable value. Standard costs approximate actual costs and are based on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company performs detailed reviews of the net realizable value of inventories, both on hand as well as for inventories that it is committed to purchase and writes down the inventory value for estimated deterioration, excess and obsolete and other factors based on management’s assessment of future demand and market conditions. Once written down, inventory write downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold or scrapped. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, inventory write-downs were $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, inventory write-downs were negligible.

Deferred Initial Public Offering Costs —Deferred initial public offering costs, consisting of direct and incremental legal, accounting and other fees and costs attributable to the Company’s initial public offering and the preparation of the related registration statement, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the proceeds received upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering does not occur in a timely manner, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within operations. The balance of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes $0.3 million, $2.9 million and $3.5 million of such costs at December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment is initially recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the estimated useful life or the original lease term, whichever is shorter.

Intangible Assets —Intangible assets consist of patents and IP license and are amortized over their useful lives of 7-12 years using a straight-line amortization method.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a

 

F-8


Table of Contents

comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows. The Company has not recorded any impairment charges in any of the periods presented.

Product Warranty —The Company’s products are generally sold with a limited standard warranty for a period of one to three years, warranting that the product conforms to specifications and is free from material defects in design, materials and workmanship. To date, the Company has had negligible returns of any defective production parts.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability —The Company accounts for its outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants as derivative liabilities as the terms of the warrants are not fixed due to potential adjustments in the exercise price and the number of shares upon an equity financing at a lower price. The convertible preferred stock warrants are initially recorded at fair value when issued, with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at each period end while such instruments are outstanding and classified as liabilities. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time, the warrants will convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock, the liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or stockholders’ equity (deficit), and will no longer be subject to fair value accounting. The fair values of the convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt agreements were recorded as debt discounts and are amortized as non-cash interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations over the expected term of the debt agreements. The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with a collaboration and development agreement was recorded as an operating expense at the date of issuance (see Note 11).

Convertible Preferred Stock —The Company recorded convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company’s control. The Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of shares of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet —The June 30, 2017 unaudited pro forma balance sheet has been prepared assuming the following capital transactions will occur in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 20,816,754 shares of common stock; (ii) the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase 584,148 shares of common stock; and (iii) the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. The pro forma balance sheet does not include the shares expected to be sold or any related proceeds to be received from the proposed initial public offering.

Revenue Recognition —The Company sells its products direct to its customers or to its customers’ manufacturing subcontractors and does not currently have a significant amount of revenue sold to distributors during the sales process. The Company offers a limited number of customers rebates and accrues an estimate of such rebates at the time revenue is recognized. Such rebates were not material in any of the periods presented, and the differences between the actual amount of such rebates and the estimates also were not material. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. There are no circumstances where revenue is recognized prior to delivery. Customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. The Company evaluates whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms

 

F-9


Table of Contents

associated with the transaction. With respect to collectability, the Company performs credit checks for new customers and performs ongoing evaluations of its existing customers’ financial condition. The Company defers revenue if any of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met (see Note 8).

Cost of Revenue —Cost of revenue consists of wafers, processed by third-party foundries, costs associated with packaging, assembly, and test paid to third-party contract manufacturers, and personnel and other costs associated with the Company’s manufacturing operations. Cost of revenue also includes allocation of overhead and facility costs, depreciation of production equipment, inventory write-downs and amortization of production mask costs.

Research and Development —Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred. These costs include personnel costs, pre-production engineering mask costs, software license and intellectual property expenses, design tools and prototype-related expenses, facility costs, supplies and depreciation expense.

The Company enters into development agreements with some of its customers that provide fees that partially offset development costs. Such fees are recognized upon completion of the contract deliverables or milestones, and acceptance by the customer, if required. Gross research and development expenses and the collaboration and development charge were $27.8 million, $42.6 million and $37.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Gross research and development expenses and the collaboration and development charge were $17.8 million and $20.9 million, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company recorded approximately $0.5 million, $5.3 million, $0.5 million as an offset to research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The Company recorded approximately $0.5 million and zero as an offset to research and development expense for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Collaboration and Development Charge —Collaboration and development charge represents the fair value of Series H convertible preferred stock warrants issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES (see Note 11) in connection with a letter agreement to collaborate on the potential development and manufacture of products with GLOBALFOUNDRIES. While the Company is not under any contractual obligation to develop its products under this arrangement, the collaboration agreement with GLOBALFOUNDRIES has provided the Company access to GLOBALFOUNDRIES’ collaborative efforts to help the Company develop its products and shorten the time to market. In fiscal 2015, the Company expensed the fair value of the warrants on issuance because they were legally issued, fully vested, and nonforfeitable on issuance. The fair value of the warrants was recognized as an expense as opposed to an asset because there were no specific performance obligations of GLOBALFOUNDRIES; rather, the Company and GLOBALFOUNDRIES only agreed to collaborate with the possibility of a future contractual arrangement between the parties regarding the manufacture and sale of products to the Company. The Company did not acquire any intangible assets or other rights that would allow or require capitalization as an asset, nor is GLOBALFOUNDRIES obligated to provide any future service to the Company beyond the general understanding pursuant to the letter agreement to collaborate on the potential development of products for manufacture by GLOBALFOUNDRIES. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the fair value of the warrants as additional research and development expense. Because it represents a significant expense, the Company presented this charge as a separate line item in its statement of operations.

Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statements’ carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date and then only in an amount more likely than not to be sustained upon review by the tax authorities. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately represent actual outcomes.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation —Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions is measured and recognized in the financial statements at fair value. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the equity award and is recognized as expense, less actual forfeitures (see Note 13), over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company estimates the fair value of each equity award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognizes the related stock-based compensation expense on the straight-line method. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the common stock fair value, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends.

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to nonemployees based on the fair value of the awards determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of such instruments is recognized as an expense over the vesting period.

Other Comprehensive Loss —During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company did not have any other components of comprehensive loss other than net loss and, therefore, the net loss and comprehensive loss were the same for all periods presented. As of June 30, 2017, the Company purchased financial instruments which were classified as available-for-sale securities for which an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2,000 was recorded.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock —Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock and stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock is considered a participating security. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock —The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. The pro forma net loss per share also includes an adjustment for the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants under the assumption that the warrants automatically convert to warrants to purchase common stock. The pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold or any related proceeds to be received from the proposed initial public offering.

Reverse Stock Split In September 2017, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved a 1-for-10 reverse split of the Company’s common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”), which was effected on October 5, 2017. The board of directors and stockholders also approved proportionate adjustments to the conversion prices of each series of convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock warrants. The number of options to purchase common stock was also proportionately adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. The par value of the common and convertible preferred stock was not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All share and per share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements —In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. It

 

F-11


Table of Contents

provides clarity and reduces both (i) diversity in practice and (ii) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The new guidance requires entities to recognize assets and liabilities for leases with terms of more than 12 months and additional disclosures to better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. Management is evaluating the impact of this new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net)” , an update that deferred the effective date of the new guidance they previously issued in May 2014 related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method. This new standard will be effective for us on January 1, 2018, although adoption as of the original effective date of January 1, 2017 is permitted. Management intends to use the modified retrospective method and is evaluating the impact of this new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosure.

Adopted

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This guidance affects entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The guidance is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions which include: the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows, and forfeiture rate calculations. The adoption of this guidance did not result in a significant impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which requires entities to measure most inventory “at the lower of cost and net realizable value”, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market (market in this context is defined as one of three different measures, one of which is net realizable value). This standard will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this new guidance did not result in a significant impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”), issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230) , which provides guidance for eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective retrospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this guidance effective in 2016. The early adoption of this guidance did not result in any adjustments.

Subsequent Events —The Company has evaluated subsequent events for its audited annual consolidated financial statements through the original issuance date of February 28, 2017 except for May 16, 2017 as to Note 18.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, subsequent events were evaluated through August 15, 2017, the date such interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

3. Concentrations

Credit —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of checking and money market accounts with a financial institution that management believes to be of high-credit quality; however, at times, balances exceed federally insured limits. Amounts held on deposit at financial institutions in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured amounts were $34.1 million, $28.0 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

Significant Customers —Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is concentrated with four large customers that contribute a majority of the Company’s business and is mitigated by a relatively short collection period. Collateral is not required for accounts receivable. The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value. Revenue and accounts receivables concentrated with significant customers and their manufacturing subcontractors, as a percentage of total revenue and accounts receivable was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts Receivable:

        

Customer A

     55     62     49     52

Customer B

     26       23       36       38  

Customer C

     10       *       *       *  

 

*

Less than 10%

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
      2014        2015        2016       2016      2017  
                          (unaudited)  

Revenue:

              

Customer A

     68        78        68        66        65  

Customer B

     *        13        21        24        27  

Customer C

     10        *        *        *        *  

 

*

Less than 10%

Significant Suppliers —The Company depends on a limited number of subcontractors to fabricate, assemble, and test its semiconductor devices. The Company generally sources its production through standard purchase orders and has wafer supply and assembly and test agreements with certain outside contractors. While the Company seeks to maintain a sufficient level of supply and endeavors to maintain ongoing communications with suppliers to guard against interruptions or cessation of supply, business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay of supply, substitution of more expensive or less reliable products or services, receipt of defective semiconductor devices, an increase in the price of products, or an inability to obtain reduced pricing from suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

4. Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment related to the design, development and sale of network communication integrated circuits. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s operations

 

F-13


Table of Contents

as a whole for the purpose of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were attributable to operations in the United States as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017.

The following table summarizes revenue by market (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2016      2016      2017  
                          (unaudited)  

Revenue by market:

              

Data Center

   $ 23,931      $ 72,549      $ 64,024      $ 29,259      $ 32,760  

Enterprise Infrastructure

     569        8,258        22,476        12,115        15,375  

Access

                   175               580  

Automotive

                                 92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 24,500      $ 80,807      $ 86,675      $ 41,374      $ 48,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company sells its products worldwide and attributes revenue to the geography where the product is shipped. The geographical distribution of revenue as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2016     2016     2017  
                       (unaudited)  

Malaysia

     54     74     69     62     65

China

     20       18       26       25       28  

United States

     18       5       1       4       1  

Other

     8       3       4       9       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Financial Instruments

The following is a summary of financial instruments (in thousands):

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated Fair
Values
 
     (unaudited)  

Available-for sale securities

          

Commercial Paper

   $ 998      $      $     $ 998  

Money market funds

     9,619                     9,619  

Corporate bonds

     3,826               (2     3,824  

U.S. government securities

     1,892                     1,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities (unaudited)

   $ 16,335      $      $ (2   $ 16,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reported in:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

           $ 15,435  

Short-term investments

             900  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

             (2
          

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities (unaudited)

           $ 16,333  
          

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had $34.3 million and $28.9 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents. At June 30, 2017, the Company had $18.3 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. The majority of these amounts were held in available-for-sale securities as shown above. Prior to June 2017, the Company’s financial instruments comprised solely of money market funds which were classified as cash equivalents. There were no sale of the available-for-sale security and therefore, there was no realized gain or loss for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

6. Fair Value Measurements

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which to transact and the market-based risk. The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Level 1 liabilities consist of accounts payable, accrued expense and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, the carrying value of the term debt approximates fair value as well. The Company categorizes assets and liabilities recorded at fair value based upon the level of judgment associated with inputs used to measure their fair value. The categories are as follows:

Level 1 —Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets, or liabilities.

Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, or inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option-pricing models, discounted cash flows models, and similar techniques.

The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The following tables represent the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis categorized by the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2015, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial asset—money market funds

   $ 298      $      $      $ 298  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liability—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 12,346      $ 12,346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial asset—money market funds

   $ 15,316      $      $      $ 15,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liability—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 12,885      $ 12,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2017  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Financial asset—available-for-sales securities

           

Money market funds

   $ 9,619      $      $      $ 9,619  

Commercial Paper

            998               998  

Corporate bonds

            3,824               3,824  

U.S. government securities

            1,892               1,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial asset—available-for-sales securities

   $ 9,619      $ 6,714      $      $ 16,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liability—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 3,847      $ 3,847  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 1,806  

Increase in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     15  

Expiration of Series F convertible preferred stock conversion right

     (131

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock warrants

     173  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1,863  

Decrease in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,591

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock warrants

     50  

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock warrants

     12,024  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     12,346  

Decrease in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     544  

Exercise of Series A convertible preferred stock warrants

     (5
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     12,885  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability (unaudited)

     1,700  

Exercise of Series H convertible preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     (10,738
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

   $ 3,847  
  

 

 

 

See Note 11 for discussion of valuation methods and inputs for such financial liabilities.

The Company has not changed the manner in which it values liabilities that are measured at estimated fair value using Level 3 inputs. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017.

7. Balance Sheet Components

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2017
 
     2015      2016     
                   (unaudited)  

Processed wafers

   $ 1,226      $ 1,474      $ 2,115  

Work in process

     12,126        3,310        4,572  

Finished goods

     3,235        2,233        2,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 16,587      $ 7,017      $ 9,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2017
 
         2015              2016         
                   (unaudited)  

Processed wafer prepayments

   $ 2,317      $ 653      $ 2,656  

Electronic design automation tools

     257        330        526  

Other prepaid and other current assets

     947        626        921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other prepaid and other current assets

   $ 3,521      $ 1,609      $ 4,103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful Lives      As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2017
 
        2015     2016    
                        (unaudited)  

Machinery and equipment

     2-3 years      $ 7,616     $ 10,189     $ 11,248  

Production masks

     4 years        1,961       4,301       4,301  

Software and computer equipment

     3 years        1,513       2,724       3,278  

Leasehold improvements

    
Shorter of estimated life of
asset or remaining lease term
 
 
     566       271       349  

Office furniture and fixtures

     3 years        96       99       100  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

        11,752       17,584       19,276  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (7,485     (9,462     (11,139
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

      $ 4,267     $ 8,122     $ 8,137  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment totaled $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment totaled $1.2 million and $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Intangible assets, net is carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

          As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2017
 
     Estimated Useful Lives        2015             2016        
                      (unaudited)  

IP license

   7 years    $     $ 5,416     $ 5,416  

Patents

   10-12 years      348       348       348  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

        348       5,764       5,764  

Less: accumulated amortization

        (109     (401     (805
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 239     $ 5,363     $ 4,959  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets totaled $203,000, $33,000 and $291,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and included in research and development expense. Amortization of intangible assets totaled $16,000 and $404,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Amortization expense related to amortizable intangibles in future periods as of December 31, 2016 is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

2017

   $ 808  

2018

     808  

2019

     808  

2020

     808  

2021 and thereafter

     2,131  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,363  
  

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2017
 
     2015      2016     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation and related benefits

   $ 3,301      $ 3,585      $ 3,359  

Accrued IP license fees

     293        389        223  

Accrued technical consulting and professional services

     1,500        617        947  

Accrued royalty, rebates, and commission

     268        610        317  

Other accrued liabilities

     764        1,550        1,751  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 6,126      $ 6,751      $ 6,597  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue primarily relates to a series of agreements entered into in January 2009 with Intel Corporation (collectively, the “Intel Agreement”) for the development and sale of 10-gigabit Ethernet physical layer devices. The Intel Agreement outlines the terms and conditions under which the Company is to develop an agreed-upon product incorporating Intel’s proprietary technology (the “Intel Product”), provide product prototype to Intel, and the terms of future pricing on the developed product. Significant terms of the Intel Agreement included:

 

   

Intel paid the Company $3.5 million for the purchase of 1,627,699 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock;

 

   

The Company issued a warrant to Intel to purchase up to 4,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock. This warrant was issued in connection with the master purchase agreement and vests upon the achievement of certain milestones related to the Company’s development of the product for Intel and Intel’s purchasing certain specified levels of the Company’s products;

 

   

Intel made a $4.0 million refundable prepayment toward future product purchases, which was refunded in 2010;

 

   

Intel paid the Company $4.0 million for certain product development costs (non-recurring engineering services);

 

   

The Company provided to Intel, at no cost, up to 200 prototype chips of the Intel Product with additional prototypes purchased at the Company’s cost; and

 

   

The Company agreed to sell future production units of the Intel Product at selling prices that result in a reduced gross margin for the Company and a lower per unit cost for Intel.

In fiscal 2009, the Company evaluated the Intel Agreement as a multiple-element arrangement and concluded that there were five deliverables: (1) Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, (2) Series C-1 convertible preferred stock warrant, (3) non-recurring engineering services, (4) prototypes, and (5) pricing discounts. The Company

 

F-18


Table of Contents

concluded that the Series C-1 convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrant were one unit of accounting. Preferred stock and the issued warrant were recorded at the issuance date at their estimated fair value of $1.3 million. Warrant fair value was estimated at zero at the issuance date, which was its then-current lowest aggregate fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for equity awards granted to non-employees for services when quantity and terms of an award depend on performance conditions. As performance conditions were satisfied and the warrant vested, it was recorded as a derivative liability and a reduction to deferred revenue related to Intel Agreement in accordance with accounting guidance for consideration given by a vendor to a customer.

The Company concluded that the remainder of the deliverable components, including non-recurring engineering services, prototypes, and pricing discounts, comprised a second unit of accounting (“Product Element”), as none of the remaining deliverable components were determined to have stand-alone value. As the pricing discounts was the final deliverable under the arrangement, the estimated fair value of the Product Element and subsequent sales of prototype products during the development period were deferred until the developed product with favorable pricing was available for sale in the second quarter of 2012. The deferred revenue balance in June 2012 of $12.5 million was being amortized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated 48-month life of the product, which is the estimated period over which the pricing discounts will be in effect.

Deferred revenue related to the Intel Agreement as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, was $1.6 million and zero, respectively. Revenue of $3.1 million was recognized in each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. Revenue of $1.6 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2016. Deferred revenue related to the Intel Agreement was fully amortized by the end of the second quarter of 2016.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease and purchase obligations

The Company leases office and research facilities under operating leases for its U.S. headquarters and international locations that expires at various dates through February 2020. Under the lease agreements that contain escalating rent provisions, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 was $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has purchase obligations which included agreements and issued purchase orders containing non-cancelable payment terms to purchase goods and services.

As of December 31, 2016, future minimum operating lease payments and purchase obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating
Leases
     Purchase
Obligations
     Total
Lease and Purchase
Obligations
 

2017

   $ 982      $ 9,433      $ 10,415  

2018

     509        1,668        2,177  

2019

     114        330        444  

2020

     19               19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 1,624      $ 11,431      $ 13,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation— The Company accrues for contingencies when it believes that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the amount of any such loss and the Company has made an assessment of the probability of incurring any such losses and whether or not those losses are estimable.

Although the Company is not currently subject to any litigation, and no litigation is currently threatened against the Company, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation, including

 

F-19


Table of Contents

intellectual property litigation, arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes and are not predictable with assurance. The Company accrues amounts that it believes are adequate to address any liabilities related to legal proceedings and other loss contingencies that it believes will result in a probable loss that is reasonably estimable.

To the extent there is a reasonable possibility that a loss exceeding amounts already recognized may be incurred and the amount of such additional loss would be material, the company will either disclose the estimated additional loss or state that such an estimate cannot be made. The Company does not currently believe that it is reasonably possible that losses in connection with litigation arising in the ordinary course of business would be material.

Indemnification— Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s standard sales related contracts, the Company agrees to defend its customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets and to pay judgments entered on such claims. Certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. In addition, the Company indemnifies its directors and certain of its officers while they are serving in good faith in such capacities. To date, the Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, no liability associated with such indemnifications had been recorded.

10. Debt

In connection with each of the Loan and Security Agreements with Pinnacle Ventures and the Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital described below, the Company has granted in favor of the lenders thereunder a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the Company’s intellectual property. The loan with Pinnacle Ventures is subordinated to the loan with Hercules Technology Growth Capital pursuant to a subordination agreement.

Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures— On April 5, 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures (the “2013 Agreement”) to borrow an aggregate principal amount of $15 million. The interest rate on this loan was the greater of the prime rate plus 925 basis points, or 12.5% per annum. At December 31, 2014, the interest rate was 12.5%. The Company was required to make interest-only payments for the first 24 months starting in April 2013 and thereafter make 18 equal installment payments through October 5, 2016, the maturity date of the loan.

In connection with the 2013 Agreement, the Company issued 646,551 fully vested Series F convertible preferred stock warrants at an exercise price of $0.9280000. The agreement also provided a conversion right (the “Conversion Right”), which expired unexercised on June 30, 2014 and was reclassified to convertible preferred stock. The Conversion Right was accounted for as a financial derivative and the estimated fair value was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation with an initial aggregate fair value of $180,843. The estimated fair value was determined using the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.21%, contractual term of 0.46 years to 0.96 years, and volatility of 45%.

On December 16, 2014, the Company amended the 2013 Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures (the “2013 Amended Agreement”) to borrow an additional $8.8 million and modify the terms of the existing loan of $15 million. The interest rate on this loan, effective January 1, 2015 is the greater of the prime rate plus 550 basis points, or 8.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2016, the interest rate on this loan was 9.25%. As of June 30, 2017, the interest rate on this loan was 9.50%. Under the terms of the 2013 Amended Agreement, principal payments for the combined loan started in May 2016. An additional payment of $1.5 million is due upon the earliest to occur of the maturity date of July 1, 2018 or the prepayment of all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest. The final payment is being amortized to interest expense over the original term of the loan. In connection with this 2013 Amended Agreement, the Company also issued 640,129 fully vested Series G convertible preferred stock warrants with an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share (see Note 11).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The 2013 Amended Agreement contains customary financial reporting and insurance requirements, and negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, prepay or incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets, and merge or consolidate. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital— On January 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital for an $11.5 million revolving line of credit. In connection with this agreement, the Company issued fully vested warrants to purchase 196,831 shares of convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share (see Note 11). At the election of the holder, these warrants may be exercised for Series G or Series H convertible preferred stock.

The line of credit is based upon a percentage of eligible receivables and eligible customer purchase orders. The line of credit bears a variable rate of interest and is based upon the Federal Reserve’s prime rate and changes in the Company’s borrowing base eligibility and whether the borrowing base is based on eligible accounts receivables or eligible purchase orders or both. The line of credit matures on February 1, 2018. An additional final payment of $0.3 million is due upon the earliest to occur of the maturity date, the date of prepayment of the outstanding secured obligations, or the date that the secured obligations become due and payable. The final payment was recorded as a long-term liability and other asset on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and the asset is amortized to interest expense over 24 months, the initial term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2015, the amount available for borrowing under the line of credit was $6.5 million with an average interest rate of 7.35%. The outstanding balance of $5.0 million at December 31, 2015 was paid in full on January 5, 2016. As of June 30, 2017, the amount outstanding under the line of credit was $5.0 million with an average interest rate of 7.20% and the amount available for borrowing was $6.5 million.

The agreement contains customary financial reporting requirements and negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, lend money or forgive indebtedness to employees, officers or directors, transfer assets, and merge or consolidate. As of June 30, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank— On December 17, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for an $11.5 million line of credit. The line of credit was terminated on January 31, 2015.

Debt obligations consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2017
 
     2015     2016    
                 (unaudited)  

Term loans

   $ 23,800     $ 17,241       12,070  

Final payment liability

     641       1,192       1,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term loans

     24,441       18,433       13,446  

Unamortized debt discount

     (533     (204     (95

Less: unamortized debt discount in other current assets

                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance term loans

     23,908       18,229       13,351  

Bank borrowings—line of credit

     5,001             5,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     28,909       18,229       18,351  

Less: long-term debt, current portion and bank borrowings—line of credit

     (12,455     (11,238     (17,377
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 16,454     $ 6,991       974  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The future principal payments for term loans were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
 

2017

   $ 10,595  

2018

     6,646  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,241  
  

 

 

 

11. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The following convertible preferred stock warrants were outstanding (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

     Exercise Price
Per Share
     As of December 31,      As of June 30,
2017
 
        2015      2016     

Series

      Preferred
Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Fair
Value
     Preferred
Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Fair
Value
     Preferred
Shares
Underlying
Warrants
     Fair
Value
 
                                        (unaudited)  

A

   $ 0.8209000        334,998      $ 6             $             $  

B

     2.1502753        31,973        1        31,973               31,973        2  

C-1 (1)

     0.0100000        2,472,088        1,497        2,472,088        1,760        2,472,088        2,922  

D

     0.6663973        825,332        242        825,332        272        825,332        541  

F

     0.9280000        646,551        142        646,551        154        646,551        268  

G

     1.4314298        640,129        100        640,129        93        640,129        87  

G/H

     1.4314298        196,831        31        196,831        29        196,831        27  

H

     0.0100000        9,756,160        10,327        9,756,160        10,577                
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Warrants

        14,904,062      $ 12,346        14,569,064      $ 12,885        4,812,904      $ 3,847  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

3,006,008 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock underlie the Series C-1 warrant, of which 2,472,088 shares have vested.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures —As consideration for a 2006 Loan and Security Agreement, the Company issued fully vested warrants to Pinnacle Ventures to purchase 334,998 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.8209000 per share which were fully exercised as of December 31, 2016.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures —As consideration for a 2008 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, the Company issued fully vested warrants to purchase 157,538 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.1502753 per share. These Series B warrants have a term of 10 years. In connection with the issuance of the Series D convertible preferred stock in November 2009, warrants to purchase 125,565 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock automatically converted into warrants to purchase 405,164 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $0.6663973 per share. See “—Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures” below.

Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Intel Corporation —In connection with entering into the Intel Agreement (See Note 8), the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 4,006,088 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants are valued as they vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of certain milestones, primarily related to product development. As of December 31, 2015, warrants to purchase 534,000 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred

 

F-22


Table of Contents

stock are subject to potential vesting under the Intel Agreement. The fair value at vesting will be allocated to the Intel Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2009, warrants to purchase 3,472,088 shares vested with an initial value of $1,927,505. Prior to 2014, 1,000,000 of the shares underlying the vested warrants were issued upon exercise of such warrants. The remaining warrants will expire in January 2019.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures —As consideration for a 2009 Amendment to the 2008 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, the Company issued to Pinnacle Ventures fully vested warrants to purchase 210,084 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The Company also issued fully vested warrants to purchase an additional 210,084 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock when the Company borrowed an additional $3.5 million in December 2010. In addition, in connection with the issuance of the Series D convertible preferred stock in November 2009, warrants to purchase 125,565 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock automatically converted into fully vested warrants to purchase 405,164 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The Series D warrants have an exercise price of $0.6663973 per share and a term of ten years.

Series F Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures —On April 5, 2013, in connection with the 2013 Agreement, the Company issued to Pinnacle Ventures fully vested warrants to purchase 646,551 Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9280000 price per share. These warrants will expire in April 2023.

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Pinnacle Ventures —On December 16, 2014, in connection with the 2013 Amended Agreement, the Company issued to Pinnacle Ventures fully vested warrants to purchase 640,129 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share. At issuance, the estimated fair value was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation with an aggregate fair value of $173,091 that was determined using the following assumptions: risk-free rate of 2.13%, contractual term of 9.71 years, and volatility of 50%. The warrants will expire in December 2024.

Series G or Series H Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to Hercules Technology Growth Capital —On January 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital for an $11.5 million, revolving line of credit. In connection with this agreement, the Company issued fully vested warrants to purchase 196,831 shares at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share. At the election of the holder, these warrants may be exercised for Series G or Series H convertible preferred stock. At issuance, the estimated fair value was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation with an aggregate fair value of $50,000 that was determined using the following assumptions: risk-free rate of 2.06%, contractual term of 9.83 years, and volatility of 50%. The warrants will expire in January 2025.

Series H Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES —In connection with the collaboration and development agreement with GLOBALFOUNDRIES on March 25, 2015, the Company issued to GLOBALFOUNDRIES fully vested warrants to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. At issuance, the estimated fair value was determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation with an aggregate estimated fair value of $12.0 million that was determined using the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.03%, expected term of one year, no expected dividends, and volatility of 35%. The fair value of these warrants was recorded as an operating expense in the consolidated statement of operations at the date of issuance. These warrants would have expired at the earlier of March 2025, the Company’s initial public offering, or a deemed liquidation event. These warrants were exercised in May 2017 and were no longer outstanding at June 30, 2017.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Determining Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2017
 
     2014     2015     2016    
                       (unaudited)  

Valuation method

    
Monte Carlo
Simulation
 
 
   
Monte Carlo
Simulation
 
 
   
Black-Scholes
Pricing Model
 
 
   

Black-Scholes

Pricing Model

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.43% - 2.22     0.10% - 2.21     0.39% - 2.25     0.89% - 2.24

Expected term

     1.0 - 9.7 yrs       0.2 - 9.0 yrs       0.3 - 9.0 yrs       0.8 - 7.9 yrs  

Expected dividends

     0     0     0     0

Volatility

     35% - 50     35% - 50     25% - 50     25% - 35

Fair value of preferred stock:

        

Convertible preferred Series A

   $ 0.48     $ 0.37     $ $0.44     $ 0.78  

Convertible preferred Series B

     0.77       0.62       0.73       1.11  

Convertible preferred Series C-1

     0.77       0.62       0.73       1.11  

Convertible preferred Series D

     0.83       0.67       0.78       1.19  

Convertible preferred Series E

     0.81       0.69       0.77       1.03  

Convertible preferred Series F

     0.95       0.84       0.91       1.11  

Convertible preferred Series G

     1.43       1.36       1.40       1.49  

Convertible preferred Series H

           1.42       1.43       1.50  

12. Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue convertible preferred stock as follows (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Authorized
Shares
     Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Convertible preferred Series A

     18,664,515        18,329,516      $ 11,170      $ 14,935  

Convertible preferred Series B

     12,081,401        12,049,428        19,234        25,834  

Convertible preferred Series C-1

     4,006,088        1,000,000        1,597        922  

Convertible preferred Series D

     57,997,639        57,172,304        38,099        37,950  

Convertible preferred Series E

     26,438,715        26,438,711        22,696        22,608  

Convertible preferred Series F

     43,749,995        43,103,440        40,000        40,017  

Convertible preferred Series G

     14,809,003        13,972,043        20,000        19,917  

Convertible preferred Series H

     35,604,441        25,848,278        37,000        36,970  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total as of December 31, 2015

     213,351,797        197,913,720      $ 189,796      $ 199,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Authorized
Shares
     Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Convertible preferred Series A

     18,664,515        18,664,514      $ 11,302      $ 15,216  

Convertible preferred Series B

     12,081,401        12,049,428        19,112        25,834  

Convertible preferred Series C-1

     4,006,088        1,000,000        1,586        922  

Convertible preferred Series D

     57,997,639        57,172,304        38,100        37,950  

Convertible preferred Series E

     26,438,715        26,438,711        22,696        22,608  

Convertible preferred Series F

     43,749,995        43,103,440        40,000        40,017  

Convertible preferred Series G

     14,809,003        13,972,043        20,000        19,917  

Convertible preferred Series H

     35,604,441        25,848,278        37,000        36,970  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total as of December 31, 2016

     213,351,797        198,248,718      $ 189,796      $ 199,434  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2017 (unaudited)  
     Authorized
Shares
     Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Convertible preferred Series A

     18,664,515        18,664,514      $ 11,302      $ 15,216  

Convertible preferred Series B

     12,081,401        12,049,428        19,112        25,834  

Convertible preferred Series C-1

     4,006,088        1,000,000        1,586        922  

Convertible preferred Series D

     57,997,639        57,172,304        38,100        37,950  

Convertible preferred Series E

     26,438,715        26,438,711        22,696        22,608  

Convertible preferred Series F

     43,749,995        43,103,440        40,000        40,017  

Convertible preferred Series G

     14,809,003        13,972,043        20,000        19,917  

Convertible preferred Series H

     35,604,441        35,604,438        50,965        47,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

     213,351,797        208,004,878      $ 203,761      $ 210,269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of the convertible preferred stock have various rights and privileges, as follows:

Dividends —Holders of each series of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends on a pari passu basis when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors at the annual dividend rate of 8% of the respective original issue price per share for such series of preferred stock. Such dividends, if any, shall be payable in preference to any dividends on common stock. Through June 30, 2017, no dividends have been declared or paid. The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in any dividends payable to the holders of common stock (other than a dividend on the common stock payable solely in shares of common stock) on a pari passu, as converted to common stock basis.

Liquidation Preferences —In the event the Company liquidates, dissolves, or winds up its business, either voluntarily or involuntarily; the funds and assets that may be legally distributed to the Company’s stockholders shall be distributed in the following manner:

 

   

First, holders of Series H convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders, an amount per share equal to $1.4314298 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such Series H convertible preferred stock. If such available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series H convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preference, then the entire amount of available funds and assets shall be distributed ratably according to the number of outstanding shares of Series H convertible preferred stock held by each holder thereof.

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preference described in the immediately preceding bullet, all current employee stockholders eligible under the Company’s Change of Control Incentive Plan effective March 25, 2015 shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in the immediately preceding bullet), an aggregate payment amount equal to 12% of the remaining available funds and assets. If the remaining available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the full aggregate payment amount pursuant to the Change of Control Incentive Plan, then the aggregate payment amount shall be reduced to equal the entire amount of remaining available funds and assets (including a reduction to zero in the event the entire amount of available funds and assets are paid in satisfaction of the liquidation preference described in the immediately preceding bullet).

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, holders of Series G convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in immediately preceding bullets), an amount per share equal to $1.4314298 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such Series G convertible preferred stock. If the remaining available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series G convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preference, then the entire amount of available funds and assets shall be

 

F-25


Table of Contents
 

distributed ratably according to the number of outstanding shares of Series G convertible preferred stock held by each holder thereof.

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, holders of Series F convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in immediately preceding bullets), an amount per share equal to $0.9280000 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such Series F convertible preferred stock. If the remaining available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series F convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preference, then the entire amount of available funds and assets shall be distributed ratably according to the number of outstanding shares of Series F convertible preferred stock held by each holder thereof.

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, holders of Series E convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in immediately preceding bullets), an amount per share equal to $0.8584483 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such Series E convertible preferred stock. If the remaining available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series E convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preference, then the entire amount of available funds and assets shall be distributed ratably according to the number of outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by each holder thereof.

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, holders of Series D convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in immediately preceding bullets), an amount per share equal to $0.6663973 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such Series D convertible preferred stock. If the remaining available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series D convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preference, then the entire amount of available funds and assets shall be distributed ratably according to the number of outstanding shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by each holder thereof.

 

   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, the holders of each share of Series A, Series B and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock (the “junior convertible preferred stock”) then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution to any of the Company’s other stockholders (except as described in the immediately preceding bullets), an amount per each particular share of junior convertible preferred stock equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) $32,000,000 by (y) a quotient, (a) the numerator of which equals the sum of the original issue price for such particular share of junior convertible preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such particular share of junior convertible preferred stock; and (b) the denominator of which equals the sum of the original issue price for all shares of junior convertible preferred stock (calculated as the sum of (i) the original issue price for the Series A convertible preferred stock ($0.8209000 per share) multiplied by the number of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock outstanding, (ii) the original issue price for the Series B convertible preferred stock ($2.1502753 per share)) multiplied by the number of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock outstanding, and (iii) the original issue price for the Series C-1 convertible preferred stock ($2.1502753 per share) multiplied by the number of shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock outstanding, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on all shares of junior convertible preferred stock (the “junior convertible preferred liquidation preference”). If the available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the junior convertible preferred stock of their junior convertible preferred liquidation preference, then the remaining available funds and assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of junior convertible preferred stock on an equal priority, pari passu basis, in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
   

Then, following the payment of the liquidation preferences described in the immediately preceding bullets, any remaining available funds and assets shall be distributed solely among the holders of the then-outstanding Series D convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata according to the number of shares of common stock held by each holder thereof (based on an as converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive shall not exceed three times the original issue price per share for the Series D convertible preferred stock.

Conversion —Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible into a number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the original issue price of such series of convertible preferred stock by the corresponding conversion price for such series of convertible preferred stock that is in effect at the time of conversion. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, each 10 shares of convertible preferred stock with the exception of Series C-1 will convert into one share of common stock and each 10 shares of Series C-1 will convert into 1.16454 shares of common stock. All shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into shares of common stock (1) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for aggregate proceeds to the Company exceeding $30 million or (2) upon the Company’s receipt of the written consent of the holders of (a) not less than a majority of the then-outstanding shares of all convertible preferred stock (voting together as a separate class, on an as-converted to common stock basis), (b) not less than 60% of the then-outstanding shares of Series D convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class, (c) not less than a majority of each the then-outstanding shares of Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock, each voting as a separate class, and (d) not less than a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series H convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, in each case to the conversion of all then-outstanding convertible preferred stock; provided that, in the case of (d), if there are two or more unaffiliated holders that, together with their affiliates, hold 1,500,000 or more shares of outstanding Series H convertible preferred stock, the affirmative vote of at least two such holders shall be required.

Votin g Rights —Each holder of convertible preferred stock has voting rights and powers equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock. Fractional votes are not permitted and are rounded to the nearest whole number.

Redemption —The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holders of the convertible preferred stock.

Board of Directors —Holders of the common stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two of eight directors of the Company. Holders of convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect five members of the board of directors, so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, and are entitled with the holders of the common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis, to elect one member of the board of directors.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

13. Common Stock

The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as of December 31, 2016 and as of June 30, 2017, authorized the Company to issue up to 307,000,000 and 316,000,000 shares of common stock at $0.00001 par value per share, respectively. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefore, when and if declared by the board of directors, subject to the approval and priority rights of holders of all classes of convertible preferred stock outstanding. No dividends have been declared to date. The Company had shares of common stock reserved for issuance as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,
June 30, 2017
 
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2016
    
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     19,807,645        19,841,138        20,816,754  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,593,257        1,559,764        584,148  

Outstanding options to purchase common stock

     4,827,785        2,906,596        3,882,957  

Future grants under stock option plans

     575,182        537,191        218,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares reserved for issuance

     26,803,869        24,844,689        25,502,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Warrants —During 2007, the Company issued warrants to consultants as consideration for services performed. The warrants were fully vested and exercisable for an aggregate of 12,151 shares of common stock at $3.60 per share. During 2014, 1,388 shares of common stock underlying the warrants were exercised and the remainder of the warrants expired unexercised.

Stock Option Plan —Under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Plan”), 537,191 shares of common stock have been reserved at December 31, 2016 and 218,202 shares of common stock have been reserved at June 30, 2017 for the issuance of incentive stock options (“ISO”); nonstatutory stock options (“NSO”); or the sales of restricted common stock to employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company. The exercise price of an option is determined by the board of directors when the option is granted and may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, provided that the exercise price of an ISO is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and the exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder is not less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. ISOs granted under the Plan generally vest 25% after the completion of 12 months of service and the balance in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of service and expire 10 years from the grant date. NSOs vest as per the specific agreement and expire 10 years from the date of grant. The Plan allows for early exercise of options prior to full vesting as determined by the board of directors and set forth in the stock option agreements governing such options. Exercises of unvested options are subject to repurchase by the Company at not less than the original exercise price upon termination of employment. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, there was a de minimis amount of shares subject to repurchase.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Activity under the Company’s stock option plan is set forth below:

 

    Number of
Shares
Available for
Issuance
    Number of Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Balance—January 1, 2015

    306,281       3,912,509     $ 1.80       6.9     $ 2,965  

Shares authorized for grant

    1,900,000              

Granted

    (1,678,510     1,678,510     $ 3.43      

Exercised

          (715,823   $ 1.92      

Canceled

    47,411       (47,411   $ 2.10      
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance—December 31, 2015

    575,182       4,827,785     $ 2.38       7.2     $ 9,759  

Shares authorized for grant

    500,000              

Granted

    (570,939     570,939     $ 4.32      

Exercised

          (2,459,180   $ 1.85      

Canceled

    32,948       (32,948   $ 3.11      
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance—December 31, 2016

    537,191       2,906,596     $ 3.20       8.1     $ 4,941  

Shares authorized for grant (unaudited)

    900,000              

Granted (unaudited)

    (1,261,932     1,261,932     $ 6.98      

Exercised (unaudited)

          (242,628   $ 2.97      

Canceled (unaudited)

    42,943       (42,943   $ 3.81      
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance—June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

    218,202       3,882,957     $ 4.44       8.2     $ 21,216  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable—December 31, 2016

      1,208,989     $ 2.40       6.9     $ 2,994  

Vested and exercisable—June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

      1,749,266     $ 2.67       6.7     $ 16,678  

Vested and expected to vest (1) —December 31, 2016

      2,698,827     $ 3.10       8.0     $ 4,740  

Vested and expected to vest (1) —June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

      3,882,957     $ 4.44       8.2     $ 21,216  

 

(1)

Options expected to vest reflect an estimated forfeiture rate.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, approximately $2.4 million and 2.4 million of unrecognized stock compensation costs related to awards were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years and 2.8 years, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, approximately $5.5 million of unrecognized stock compensation costs related to awards were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $0.2 million, $1.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2017 was $1.0 million.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, was $0.91, $1.48 and $1.59 per share, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2017, was $2.94 per share.

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options to Employees —The fair value of each grant of stock options to the Company’s employees was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment.

Fair Value of Common Stock —The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been the responsibility of and determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there

 

F-29


Table of Contents

has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors determined fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlooks, amongst other factors.

Expected Term The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla”, the Company has opted to use the simplified method for estimating the expected term, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

Expected Volatility The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers, as the Company does not have any trading history for the Company’s common stock. The Company will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for the Company’s common stock becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate The risk-free rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments with terms that were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Expected Dividend The expected dividend yield was 0% as the Company has not paid, and does not expect to pay, cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Forfeiture Rate Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the Company was required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 in the first quarter of 2017 and elected to account for forfeitures when they occur.

The calculated fair value of option grants was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for which options were granted:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
                          (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.51% - 2.32%        1.46% - 2.43%        1.46% - 1.88%        1.94% - 2.40%  

Expected term

     5.3 - 10 yrs           6.1 - 10 yrs           6.1 - 10 yrs           6.1 - 9.6 yrs     

Expected dividends

     0%        0%        0%        0%  

Volatility

     41% - 42%        30% - 34%        34%        27% - 30%  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense —The Company uses the straight-line vesting attribution method to record stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
       Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
       2015        2016        2016        2017  
                         (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

     $ 19        $ 31        $ 15        $ 14  

Research and development

       373          489          206          293  

Sales and marketing

       71          95          46          64  

General and administrative

       329          324          182          178  
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 792        $ 939        $ 449        $ 549  
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

No income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

Early Exercise of Common Stock and Associated Promissory Notes —During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company granted options, with a four-year vesting period, to two executives to purchase 1,296,714 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.10 per share to $2.1 per share. These options were early exercised through promissory notes with interest ranging from 1.73% to 1.94% and collateralized by the stock issued upon the exercise of the stock options. Interest is compounded annually and principal is due no later than June 2018 for the 2009 notes related to 642,690 shares of common stock and no later than February 2019, March 2019, and November 2019 for the 2010 notes related to 569,117, 33,000, and 51,908 shares of common stock, respectively. The Company accounted for the promissory notes as nonrecourse promissory notes and the related shares as outstanding stock options. On April 18, 2014, $175,000 of interest was forgiven in the form of a bonus to one executive pertaining to these promissory notes. No other principal or interest payments had been made as of December 31, 2015.

During the first quarter of 2016, the outstanding promissory notes and interest related to the exercise of the 1,296,714 shares of common stock was repaid in full with the exception of $42,000 of interest, which was forgiven. At the time of repayment, the amount of principal and interest was recorded as additional paid in capital and the underlying common stock was no longer considered to be outstanding stock options.

14. Income Taxes

The following table represents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016  

Domestic

   $ (27,869   $ (10,128   $ (992

Foreign

     125       373       715  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (27,744   $ (9,755   $ (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2015              2016      

Current:

        

Federal

   $      $ 63      $ (63

State

     1        9        1  

Foreign

     55        128        230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 56      $ 200      $ 168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015             2016      

Federal tax at statutory rate

     34     34     34

Foreign taxes

                 5  

State taxes

     7       (71     316  

Change in warrant valuation

           (37     (66

Stock-based compensation

           (2     (80

Research and development credit

     2       (11     343  

Changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions

                 (731

Change in valuation allowance

     (43     85       114  

Other

                 4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         (2 )%      (61 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2015             2016      

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 50,452     $ 49,124  

Tax credit carryforwards

     7,069       7,025  

Accruals recognized in different periods

     3,030       1,389  

Fixed assets depreciation

     246       223  

Stock-based compensation

     545       69  

Other

     318       627  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets:

     61,660       58,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (61,660     (58,457
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes are recorded using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income (or loss) in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Based on the available objective evidence, both positive and negative, management believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $79.8 million, $61.7 million and $58.5 million as of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2014,

 

F-32


Table of Contents

2015 and 2016 was $12.0 million, $(18.1) million and $(3.2) million, respectively. The changes were primarily the result of a $20.6 million decrease in net operating loss carryforwards in 2015 and $1.6 million decrease in accruals in 2016.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $171.3 million and $102.3 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2025 and 2017 for federal and state purposes, respectively.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.1 million and $6.8 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 and the state tax credits carry forward indefinitely.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar California rules place a limitation on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by NOL carryforwards after a change in control (generally greater than 50% change in ownership). Generally, after a control change, a corporation cannot deduct NOL carryforwards in excess of the Section 382 limitations. Due to these provisions, utilization of NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis in 2016 and determined an ownership change occurred in July 2005 and November 2009, which resulted in reductions to the U.S. federal and California net operating losses of $35.5 million and $34.3 million, respectively, and U.S. federal research and development credits by $1.8 million.

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the gross unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
        2014             2015             2016      

Unrecognized benefits - beginning of period

  $     $     $ 4,100  

Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during a prior period

                 

Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period

          4,100       224  

Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during a prior period

                (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized benefits - end of period

  $     $ 4,100     $ 4,323  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. The Company had no interest or penalty accruals associated with uncertain tax benefits in its balance sheets and statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 or 2016.

Although the Company files U.S. federal and various state tax returns, the Company’s only major tax jurisdictions are the United States and California. As a result of NOL carryforwards, all of the Company’s tax years are open to federal and state examination in the United States. All tax years are open to examination in various foreign countries.

The Company does not provide for federal income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are determined to be reinvested indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, the determination of which is not practical as it is dependent on the amount of U.S. tax losses or other tax attributes available at the time of repatriation. As of December 31, 2016, undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $1.0 million.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

15. Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2016             2016                     2017          
                      (unaudited)  

Net loss—basic and diluted

  $ (27,800   $ (9,955   $ (445     (675   $ (3,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    1,119,632       1,498,233       4,240,461       4,055,411       4,549,015  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (24.83   $ (6.64   $ (0.10     (0.17   $ (0.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on shares of the common stock. Any additional dividends will be distributed among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata, assuming the conversion of all convertible preferred stock into common stock. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period earnings allocated to preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends. In computing diluted net income attributed to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s convertible preferred stockholders do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss is attributed entirely to the common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding because such securities have an antidilutive impact due to losses reported (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2016             2016                     2017          
                      (unaudited)  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    3,502,855       4,264,705       2,831,850       2,808,591       3,184,168  

Convertible preferred stock

    16,977,342       18,952,243       19,833,828       19,827,724       20,148,377  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

    536,753       1,367,114       1,559,764       1,767,366       584,148  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    21,016,950       24,584,062       24,225,442       24,403,681       23,916,693  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 give effect to the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into 19,841,138 shares and 20,816,754 shares of common stock, respectively, upon an initial public offering as if they had been converted to common stock and such shares were outstanding. The issuances of the shares are assumed to have occurred as of the beginning of the fiscal period or date of issuance, whichever is later. As the Company incurred a net loss for the years ended

 

F-34


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, there is no income allocation required under the two-class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share for those periods.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
    Six months
Ended

June 30,
2017
 

Pro forma loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (445   $ (3,357

Less: change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     544       1,700  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 99     $ (1,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     4,240,461       4,549,015  

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     19,833,828       20,148,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic

     24,074,289       24,697,392  

Effect of dilutive shares:

    

Add: stock options to purchase common stock

     2,831,850       —    

Add: convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,559,764       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding—diluted

     28,465,903       24,697,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ 0.00     $ (0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Related Party Transaction

In 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with a significant stockholder to license certain technology intended to be incorporated into the Company’s products under development. Under this agreement, the Company agreed to pay an initial $2.0 million licensing fee and additional licensing fees at a later point of the development program upon the achievement of certain development milestones. In addition, royalties may be due on products sold utilizing the licensed technology. From time to time, the Company also purchases tooling, mask sets, wafers and services from this stockholder in its ordinary course of business. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded the license amount of $5.4 million to intangible assets, net representing $2.1 million fees paid and $3.3 million for the portion due upon milestones completion which was included in accrued and other long-term liabilities in relation to the IP license. Starting in 2016, the Company recorded $4.2 million and $1.8 million to research and development expenses, inventory and cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, in relation to toolings, mask sets, wafers and services. At June 30, 2017, the total balance due this stockholder was $3.2 million which was included in accrued, accounts payable and other long-term liabilities.

17. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) plan, which permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan since its inception.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

18. Subsequent Event

In connection with the Company’s initial issuance of the December 31, 2016 audited annual financial statements, the Company evaluated subsequent events for financial statement recognition purposes through February 28, 2017 (except for the exercise of warrants in May 2017 discussed below and for the reverse stock split effected on October 5, 2017 discussed in Note 2).

On May 5, 2017, GLOBALFOUNDRIES exercised its fully vested warrants to purchase 9,756,160 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. As a result, $10.7 million was reclassed from convertible preferred stock warrant liability to convertible preferred stock.

In connection with the Company’s issuance of the June 30, 2017 unaudited interim financial statements, the Company evaluated subsequent events for financial statement recognition purposes through October 6, 2017.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Aquantia Corp. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,739  

FINRA filing fee

     13,438  

NYSE filing fee

     25,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

         *          

Legal fees and expenses

         *          

Accounting fees and expenses

         *          

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *          

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

             *          
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *          
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the indemnification of its directors to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Each of the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

   

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Under the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, expenses incurred by any director or officers in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant, as long as such undertaking remains required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and officers that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, the Registrant is not required to provide indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

   

indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

   

indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;

 

   

indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of the Registrant’s stock;

 

   

indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination) or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which the director or officer is not legally entitled;

 

   

indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against the Registrant or any of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees or agents, except for (i) claims to establish or enforce a right of indemnification, (ii) claims approved by the Registrant’s board of directors, or (iii) claims required by law;

 

   

indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the Registrant’s consent; or

 

   

indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or in any registration statement filed by the Registrant.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

There is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Registrant’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The Registrant intends to enter into an insurance policy in place that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

The Registrant plans to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the Registrant since January 1, 2014:

 

  (1)  

From January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2017, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,941,004 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.00 to $9.90 per share to our employees, consultants and directors under the 2004 plan and its successor plan, the 2015 plan. Pursuant to the exercise of certain of these options, from January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2017, we issued to our employees, consultants and directors 2,387,902 shares of common stock for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $5,030,000;

 

  (2)  

In April 2013, December 2014, January 2015 and March 2015 we issued warrants to accredited investors for up to 646,551 shares of our Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.928 per share, up to 640,129 shares of our Series G preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share, up to 196,831 shares of our Series G preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4314298 per share, and up to 9,756,160 shares of our Series H preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, respectively.

 

  (3)  

In June 2013, we issued 4,651,083 shares of our Series D preferred stock and 1,547,378 shares of our Series E preferred stock to accredited investors, in each case pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants.

 

  (4)  

From January 2014 through July 2014, we issued an aggregate of 13,972,043 shares of our Series G preferred stock to 33 accredited investors at a price per share equal to $1.4314298 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20,000,000.

 

  (5)  

From March 2015 through July 2015, we issued 25,848,278 shares of our Series H preferred stock to 24 accredited investors at a price per share equal to $1.4314298 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $37,000,000.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were employees, directors or bona fide consultants of the Registrant and received the securities under the Registrant’s 2004 and 2015 equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (2) through (5) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated under Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to

 

II-3


Table of Contents

the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” attached hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a)  

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b)  

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and as currently in effect.

  3.2   

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

  3.3   

Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.

  3.4   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

  4.1   

Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.

  4.2   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated March 25, 2015, as amended.

  5.1†   

Opinion of Cooley LLP.

10.1+   

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.

10.2+   

2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and Forms of Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise thereunder.

10.3+   

2015 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.

10.4   

Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Kalil Jenab  & Tiffany Renee Jenab, Trustees, and James S. Lindsay & Sally K. Lindsay, Trustees, as Tenants in Common, dated April 3, 2015.

10.5+   

2016 Executive Bonus Plan of Registrant.

10.6+   

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April  21, 2016, between Faraj Aalaei and the Registrant.

10.7+   

Offer of Employment, dated December 10, 2015, between Mark Voll and the Registrant.

10.8+   

Offer of Employment by Aquantia Corp., dated November 18, 2009, between Kamal Dalmia and the Registrant.

10.9+   

Employment Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, between Ramin Shirani and the Registrant.

10.10   

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 16, 2014, as amended, between the Registrant and Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. and related Subordination Agreement between Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., dated January 30, 2015.

10.11   

Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

10.12#   

Master Purchase Agreement for 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Devices, dated January 15, 2009, between the Registrant and Intel Corporation, as amended, and related Addendums.

10.13 #   

Letter Agreement, dated July 29, 2014, between the Registrant and GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

10.14+†   

2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.

10.15+†   

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

21.1   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2†   

Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.

24.1   

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

#

Confidential treatment has been or will be requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on October 6, 2017.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Faraj Aalaei

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Faraj Aalaei and Mark Voll, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    Faraj Aalaei        

Faraj Aalaei

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Mark Voll         

Mark Voll

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Dmitry Akhanov        

Dmitry Akhanov

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Bami Bastani        

Bami Bastani

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Geoffrey G. Ribar        

Geoffrey G. Ribar

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Ken Pelowski        

Ken Pelowski

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    Ramin Shirani        

Ramin Shirani

 

Senior Vice President, Engineering and Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Sam Srinivasan        

Sam Srinivasan

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Anders Swahn        

Anders Swahn

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

/s/    Lip-Bu Tan        

Lip-Bu Tan

 

Director

  October 6, 2017

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

                     Shares

AQUANTIA CORP.

COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.00001 PER SHARE

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[                    ], 2017


[                                 ], 2017

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Needham & Company, LLC

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

c/o   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [              ] shares of the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [              ] shares of its common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Additional Shares ”), if and to the extent that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-[              ]), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of the Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.


For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents, pricing information and free writing prospectuses, if any, each as set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1.     Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a)     The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b)     (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of any such amendment or supplement or as of the Closing Date, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein (the “ Underwriter Information ”).

 

2


(c)     The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or, if filed after the date of this Agreement, will comply as of the date of such filing in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d)     The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties, management, results of operations, stockholders’ equity, financial position or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the performance of the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(e)     Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent the concept of good standing or an equivalent concept is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction), has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent the concept of good standing or an equivalent concept is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent such concepts are applicable in such jurisdiction) and are owned directly by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

 

3


(f)     This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g)     As of immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the Firm Shares, the authorized capital stock of the Company will conform as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h)     The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i)     The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been validly waived.

(j)     The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the cases of clauses (i) and (iii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been previously obtained or as may be required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(k)     There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(l)     There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

 

4


(m)     Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(n)     The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o)     The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p)     There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q)     Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement. All such registration rights have been validly waived in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby.

(r)     Neither the Company nor any officer, director, subsidiary, or controlled affiliates, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, distributor, or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates has any reason to believe that the Company or any of the foregoing persons or entities have taken any action in such capacity(ies) in violation of, or which may cause the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be in violation of, any applicable U.S. law governing imports into or exports from the United States in connection with the Company’s products, including without limitation: any executive orders or regulations issued with respect to the laws referred to in this Section 1(r), the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C.A. § 2278), the

 

5


Export Administration Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 2401-2420), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 C.F.R. § 120-130), the Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R. § 730 et seq.), the Customs Laws of the United States (19 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. § 1701-1706), any other export control regulations issued by the agencies listed in Part 730 of the Export Administration Regulations. There has never been a claim or charge made, investigation undertaken, violation found, or settlement of any enforcement action under any of the laws referred to in this Section 1(r) by any governmental entity with respect to matters arising under such laws against the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or to the Company’s knowledge, against the agents, distributors, or representative of any of the foregoing in connection with their relationship with the Company. The Company maintains a compliance program appropriate to promote and achieve compliance with the requirements of the aforementioned laws.

(s)     (i) None of the Company or its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) (“ Government Official ”) in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.

(t)     The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

6


(u)    (i) None of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:

(A)     the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), or

(B)     located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria) (each, a “ Sanctioned Country ”).

(ii)     The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A)     to fund or facilitate (1) any activities of or business with any Person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions or (2) any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country; or

(B)     in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii)     For the past 5 years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, that at the time of the dealing or transactions is or was the subject of Sanctions or in any Sanctioned Country.

(v)     Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock other than from its employees or other service providers in connection with the termination of their service, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the exercise of equity awards, the grant of equity awards, or the expiration, termination, cancellation, forfeiture,

 

7


reacquisition or repurchase of equity awards outstanding as of such respective dates, in each case granted pursuant to the equity compensation plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(w)     The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act).

(x)     The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(y)     The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names and all goodwill associated with the use of the same, including the right to sue for past, present and future infringement, misappropriation or dilution of the same, currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, (the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (i) there are no third parties who have established rights to any Company Intellectual property, except for the retained rights of the owners of the Company Intellectual Property that is licensed to the Company, (ii) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others (a) challenging the Company’s rights or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any Company Intellectual Property and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any facts that could form a reasonable basis for any such actions, suits, proceedings or claims, (iii) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes or misappropriates any intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any facts that could form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim, and (iv) none of the Company Intellectual Property has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

8


(z)     No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa)     The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(bb)     The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(cc)     The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ U.S. GAAP ”) and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (A) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (B) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(dd)     The consolidated financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Time of Sale

 

9


Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.

(ee)     Deloitte & Touche LLP is the Company’s independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(ff)     The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that comply with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”); such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(gg)     Except as described in the Registration Statement or Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(hh)     The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii)     From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

10


(jj)     The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications, if any. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule III hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(kk)     As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(ll)     Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(mm)     The Shares have been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange.

(nn)     Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby.

2.      Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name (the “ Purchase Price ”).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [                          ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price,

 

11


provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

3.      Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[              ] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[              ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[              ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4.     Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [              ], 2017, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [              ], 2017, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.” The Closing Date and each Option Closing Date are each sometimes referred to herein as an “Applicable Closing Date.”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [              ], 2017, as shall be designated in writing by you.

 

12


The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5.      Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on each Applicable Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a)     Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to each Applicable Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b)     The Underwriters shall have received on each Applicable Closing Date a certificate, dated such Applicable Closing Date and signed by an executive officer on behalf of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of such Applicable Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before such Applicable Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on each Applicable Closing Date an opinion of Cooley LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated such Applicable Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on each Applicable Closing Date an opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Applicable Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

13


With respect to Section 5(c) and 5(d) above, Cooley LLP and Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

(e)     The Underwriters shall have received, on the date hereof and on each Applicable Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or such Applicable Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on each Applicable Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Applicable Closing Date.

(f)     The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on each Applicable Closing Date.

(g)     The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

(h)     [The chief financial officer of the Company shall have delivered to the Underwriters on each Applicable Closing Date a certificate in a form reasonably acceptable to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.] 1

6.      Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)     To furnish to you, without charge, five signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request; provided that, with respect to the Prospectus, the Company will not be required to incur weekend printing charges in connection with such delivery.

 

1 Please note that a CFO certificate may be required pending the outcome of the comfort process.

 

14


(b)     Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c)     To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d)     Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e)     If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f)     If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with

 

15


applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g)     To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(h)     To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to such security holders at the time furnished or filed with the Commission.

(i)     The Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to below.

(j)     If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(k)     The Company will on or before the effective date of the Registration Statement obtain D&O insurance coverage as is prudent and customary for a public company.

 

16


(l)     The Company also covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, stock award, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(a) The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise (including any net exercise or exercise by delivery of already owned shares of Common Stock) of an option or warrant or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or restricted stock awards or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such option, warrant, restricted stock unit, restricted stock award or security is identified in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (iii) the reacquisition or withholding of all or a portion of shares of Common Stock subject to a stock award to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with the vesting or exercise of such stock award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of such stock award, (iv) the issuance by the Company of options to purchase shares of Common Stock or restricted stock units or restricted stock awards to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to equity compensation plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (provided that, prior to such issuance, to the extent that any such shares or any such options, restricted stock units or restricted stock awards will become vested during the Restricted Period, the Company shall cause each recipient of such grant or issuance to execute and deliver a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto), (v) the filing by the Company of registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to the equity compensation plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (vi) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Common Stock in connection with the Company’s acquisition of one or more businesses, products or technologies (whether by means of merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise) or in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (determined on a fully-diluted basis and as

 

17


adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events after the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement); and provided further that the Company shall cause each recipient of such shares to execute and deliver to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on or prior to such issuance, a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, or (vii) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (x) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (y) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period.

(b) If Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a “lock-up” agreement described in Section 5(f) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

7.      Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of (a) the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants, and (b) all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the documented cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, provided that the amount payable by the Company with respect to such fees and disbursements described in clause (iii) and this clause (iv) shall not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate, (v) all fees and

 

18


expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (with the other 50% to be borne by the Underwriters), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all expenses in connection with any offer and sale of the Shares outside of the United States, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with offers and sales outside of the United States and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and travel and lodging expenses incurred by them.

8.      Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to (i) take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter or (ii) distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than administrative communications and those listed on Schedule II hereto.

9.      Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the

 

19


Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any materials presented to potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act and furnished to the Commission or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon any Underwriter Information.

(b)     Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors and officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c)     In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and

 

20


expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)     To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties, on the one hand, and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party or parties, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on

 

21


the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e)     The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f)     The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

10.      Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT or The NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States or other relevant jurisdiction shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or

 

22


any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

11.      Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or

 

23


to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to this Section 11 for any reason other than an inability, failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, then the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse the expenses of the defaulting Underwriters set forth Section 7 of this Agreement.

12.      Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b)     The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms-length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

13.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed and delivered in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14.      Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

15.      Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

16.      Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you at: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 105 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134.

 

24


Very truly yours,
Aquantia Corp.
By:    
  Name:   Faraj Aalaei
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

25


Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the

    several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

26


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

I-1


SCHEDULE III

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

III-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

                                          , 20         

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Needham & Company, LLC

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

c/o

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”), Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Needham & Company, LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity, the “ Company ”) providing for the initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:


(a)     transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities (i) sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) acquired in the Public Offering from the Underwriters (including pursuant to any directed share program) or (iii) acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in the Public Offering or such open market transactions;

(b)     transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock (i) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (ii) pursuant to a domestic order or negotiated divorce settlement, (iii) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild of the undersigned or any other person with whom the undersigned has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin (each, an “ immediate family member ”) or to a trust or other entity formed for estate planning purposes formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or of an immediate family member of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or (v) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the undersigned to limited partners or equityholders of the undersigned; provided that, in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (b), (1) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (2) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall be required or voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

(c)     the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (1) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period, and (2) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company during the Restricted Period;

(d)     the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis (in each case pursuant to employee benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans as described in the Prospectus and solely to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options, warrants or other securities), so long as such transfer, cashless exercise or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender to the Company of shares subject to outstanding options, warrants or other securities and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof solely in an amount sufficient to pay the exercise price (including the payment of taxes due as a result of such vesting event or exercise), but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all methods of transfer or exercise that would involve a sale of any shares of Common Stock relating to options or warrants or other securities, whether to cover the applicable exercise price,

 

A-2


taxes or otherwise, provided that (1) the lock-up restrictions set forth above shall be equally applicable to any shares of Common Stock received upon such vesting event or the exercise of stock options or warrants pursuant to such employee benefit plans and (2) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

(e)     the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that such shares of Common Stock remain subject to the terms of this letter; or

(f)     transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control of the Company after the settlement of the Public Offering, that, in the case of each such transaction, has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that, in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this agreement. For the purposes of this clause (f), “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Morgan Stanley agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Morgan Stanley will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Morgan

 

A-3


Stanley hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the date the Company provides the Underwriters with written notice that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, but only in the event such notice is given prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement; (ii) the date of the termination of the Underwriting Agreement, if prior to the sale of any Common Stock to the Underwriters; (iii) as to each of the Underwriters, individually, the date such Underwriter, if prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, is no longer participating as a Underwriter in the Public Offering; or (iv) December 31, 2017, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

A-4


Very truly yours,
 
Name (Print exact name )
By:    
  Signature
If not signing in an individual capacity:
 
Name of Authorized Signatory (Print )
 
Title of Authorized Signatory (Print )
(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

                                          , 20         

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and the lock-up letter dated              , 201      (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated              , 20      , with respect to               shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective              , 20      ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Very truly yours,
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

I-1


Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

cc: Aquantia Corp.

 

I-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Aquantia Corp.

[Date]

Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead bookrunning manager, in the Company’s recent public sale of               shares of common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to               shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on              , 20      , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

I-3

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation attached hereto as Exhibit “1”, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which amends and restates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as previously amended, restated or supplemented, has been duly adopted by the corporation’s Board of Directors and a majority of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

Dated: March 25, 2015

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei
Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT “1”

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

1. Authorization of Shares. This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 285,000,000 shares, $0.00001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 211,954,593 shares, $0.00001 par value per share, 18,664,515 of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 12,081,401 of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 4,006,088 of which are designated as “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” 57,997,639 of which are designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 26,438,715 of which are designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” 43,749,995 of which are designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” 14,809,003 of which are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 34,207,237 of which are designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or then necessary to allow for full conversion or exercise of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and without a separate class vote by the holders of Common Stock), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE V

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series H Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article V, the following definitions apply:

1.1 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.2 “ Corporation ” shall mean this corporation.

1.3 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.00001 par value, of the Corporation.

1.4 “ Common Stock Dividend ” shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable solely in shares of Common Stock.

1.5 “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean eight percent (8%) of the Original Issue Price per share per annum for each of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock, respectively (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

1.6 “ Junior Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

1.7 “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series H Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation.

1.8 “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.8209 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.1502753 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.1502753 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $0.6663973 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.8584483 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.928 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock, $1.4314298 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock and $1.4314298 per share for the Series H Preferred Stock (in each case, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

1.9 “ Permitted Repurchases ” shall mean the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements or stock option exercise agreements under which the Corporation has the option to

 

2


repurchase such shares: (i) at a price no higher than cost, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or services; or (ii) at any price pursuant to the Corporation’s exercise of a right of first refusal to repurchase such shares that is approved by the Board.

1.10 “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock and the Series H Preferred Stock, collectively.

1.11 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.12 “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.13 “ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.14 “ Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.15 “ Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.16 “ Series F Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series F Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.17 “ Series G Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series G Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.18 “ Series H Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series H Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.19 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or by one or more of such subsidiary corporations.

2. Dividend Rights .

2.1 Preferred Stock . In each calendar year, the holders of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends at the annual Dividend Rate for such series of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis with each such series of Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividends or other distributions (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid with respect to the Common Stock and the Corporation

 

3


shall not repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock, other than Permitted Repurchases, during any calendar year unless dividends in the total amount of the annual Dividend Rate for each series of Preferred Stock shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of such series of Preferred Stock during that calendar year. Permitted Repurchases shall not be deemed to be dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock. Dividends on the Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that the Corporation shall fail to declare or pay dividends on the Preferred Stock in the amount of the annual Dividend Rate for such series of Preferred Stock or in any other amount in any calendar year or any fiscal year of the Corporation, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation in any calendar year or fiscal year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.

2.2 Participation Rights . If, after dividends in the full preferential amounts specified in Section 2.1 for the Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board shall declare additional dividends out of funds or assets legally available therefor in that calendar year, then such additional dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of the Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of the Preferred Stock held by such holder pursuant to Section 6 .

2.3 Non-Cash Dividends . Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board (including the consent of at least one of the Preferred Directors (as defined below).

3. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), the funds and assets that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders (the “ Available Funds and Assets ”) shall be distributed to stockholders in the following manner:

3.1 Series H Preferred Stock . The holders of each share of Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series H Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series H Preferred Stock (the “ Series H Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series H Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.1 , then the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

4


3.2 Series G Preferred Stock . Following the payment of the Series H Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.1 above, the holders of each share of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series G Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Series G Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series G Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.2 , then the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

3.3 Series F Preferred Stock . Following the payment of the Series G Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.2 above, the holders of each share of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series F Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.3 , then the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

3.4 Series E Preferred Stock . Following the payment of the Series F Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.3 above, the holders of each share of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment

 

5


to holders of Series E Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.4 , then the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

3.5 Series D Preferred Stock . Following the payment of the Series E Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.4 above, the holders of each share of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series D Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Series D Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.5 , then the entire Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

3.6 Junior Preferred Stock . Following the payment of the Series D Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.5 above, the holders of each share of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Common Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.7 below, an amount per each particular share of Junior Preferred Stock equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) $32,000,000 by (y) a quotient, (A) the numerator of which equals the sum of the Original Issue Price for such particular share of Junior Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such particular share of Junior Preferred Stock, and (B) the denominator of which equals the sum of the Original Issue Price for all shares of Junior Preferred Stock (calculated as the sum of (I) the Original Issue Price for the Series A Preferred Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, (II) the Original Issue Price for the Series B Preferred Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding and (III) the Original Issue Price for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock outstanding) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on all shares of Junior Preferred Stock (the “ Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference ”). If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, following the payment of the Series D Liquidation Preference in accordance with Section 3.5 above, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Junior Preferred Stock of their Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference described in this Section 3.6 , then the remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Junior Preferred Stock on an equal priority, pari passu basis, in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Section 3.6 .

 

6


3.7 Remaining Assets . If there are any Available Funds and Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for payment or distribution) to the holders of the Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described above in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 and 3.6 above, then all such remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed solely among the holders of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder thereof, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation; provided , however , that the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive under Section 3.5 and this Section 3.7 shall not exceed three (3) times the Original Issue Price per share for the Series D Preferred Stock.

3.8 Preferred Stock Entitled to Receive Maximum Amounts in Liquidation Event . In the event of a Liquidation Event, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event, the greater of the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in such Liquidation Event pursuant to (i)  Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 and 3.7 above, as applicable or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in such Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (in lieu of any payments made under Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 and 3.7 above, as applicable).

3.9 Merger or Sale of Assets . Unless otherwise approved by vote of the holders of: (A) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (B) at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (C) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (D) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (E) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (F) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series H Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, each of the following transactions (each, a “ Change of Control ”) shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event as those terms are used in this Section 3 : (a) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of shares or similar transaction or series of related transactions (each, a “ combination transaction ”) in which the Corporation is a constituent corporation or is a party if, as a result of such combination transaction, the voting securities of the Corporation that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction ( other than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder,” as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving corporation of such combination transaction (or such surviving corporation’s parent corporation if the surviving corporation is owned by the parent corporation) that, immediately after the

 

7


consummation of such combination transaction, together represent at least a majority of the total voting power of all securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder; or (b) a sale, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one transaction or a series of related transactions. For the avoidance of doubt, the sale of equity securities of the Corporation for the primary purpose of raising additional working capital shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control. For purposes of this Section 3.9 , an “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder or stockholders of the Corporation that (i) merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls a majority of another corporation that merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction.

3.10 Non-Cash Consideration . If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith, except that any securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(a) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(i) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if the securities are then traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or another national securities exchange or similar national quotation system (or any of their respective successors), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the distribution;

(ii) if (i) above does not apply but the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the distribution; and

(iii) if there is no active public market as described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (including the consent of at least one of the Preferred Directors).

(b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs (a)(i),(ii) or (iii) of this Section 3.10 to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (including the consent of at least one of the Preferred Directors).

 

8


4. Redemption . None of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series H Preferred Stock or the Common Stock are redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

5. Voting Rights .

5.1 Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

5.2 Preferred Stock . Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 below at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

5.3 General . Subject to the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

5.4 Board of Directors Election and Removal .

(a) Election of Directors . The number of authorized directors on the Board shall be eight (8), who shall be elected as follows: (i) the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation; (ii) so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (such number of shares being subject to proportional adjustments to reflect recapitalizations, combinations or subdivisions of such series of Preferred Stock), the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Directors ”); and (iii) the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis shall be entitled to elect the remaining director of the Corporation.

 

9


(b) Quorum; Required Vote .

(i) Quorum . At any meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or by proxy (A) of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock then outstanding, respectively, shall constitute a quorum for the election of directors to be elected solely by the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, respectively, and (B) of holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall constitute a quorum for the election of the directors to be elected jointly by the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.

(ii) Required Vote . With respect to the election of any director or directors by the holders of the outstanding shares of a specified series, class or classes of stock given the right to elect such director or directors pursuant to Section 5.4(a) above (the “ Specified Stock ”), that candidate or those candidates (as applicable) shall be elected who either: (i) in the case of any such vote conducted at a meeting of the holders of such Specified Stock, receive the highest number of affirmative votes (on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock, up to the number of directors to be elected by such Specified Stock; or (ii) in the case of any such vote taken by written consent without a meeting, are elected by the written consent of the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of such Specified Stock.

(c) Vacancy . If there shall be any vacancy in the office of a director elected or to be elected by the holders of any Specified Stock, then a director to hold office for the unexpired term of such directorship may be elected by either: (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining director or directors (if any) in office that were so elected by the holders of such Specified Stock, or (ii) the required vote of holders of the shares of such Specified Stock specified in Section 5.4(b)(ii) above that are entitled to elect such director.

(d) Removal . Any director who shall have been elected to the Board by the holders of any Specified Stock, or by any director or directors elected by holders of any Specified Stock as provided in Section 5.4(c) , may be removed during his or her term of office by, and only by, the affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the voting power, on an as-converted basis, of all the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock entitled to vote, given either at a meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders without a meeting, and any vacancy created by such removal may be filled only in the manner provided in Section 5.4(c) .

(e) Procedures . Any meeting of the holders of any Specified Stock, and any action taken by the holders of any Specified Stock by written consent without a meeting, in order to elect or remove a director under this Section 5.4 , shall be held in accordance with the procedures and provisions of the Corporation’s Bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law and applicable law regarding stockholder meetings and stockholder actions by written consent, as such are then in effect (including but not limited to procedures and provisions for determining the record date for shares entitled to vote).

 

10


5.5 Vote by Ballot . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

6. Conversion Rights . The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

6.1 Optional Conversion .

(a) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time prior to the close of business on the business day before any date fixed for redemption of such share, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein.

(b) Each holder of Preferred Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or its transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (or the date the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificate or certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates), and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 6.1 is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) (which underwritten offering does not cause an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 6.2 to take place), the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of their Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of the Corporation’s securities in the offering.

 

11


6.2 Automatic Conversion .

(a) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, lead managed by an underwriter of national standing, pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation in which the offered shares of Common Stock are listed on a nationally recognized exchange, with aggregate public offering proceeds to the Corporation (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions) exceeding Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) upon the Corporation’s receipt of the written consent of the holders of (A) not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a separate class, on an as-converted basis), (B) not less than sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, (C) not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (D) not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (E) not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (F) not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, in each case to the conversion of all then outstanding Preferred Stock under this Section 6 ; provided that, in the case of clause (F), if there are two (2) or more unaffiliated holders that, together with their affiliates, hold 1,500,000 or more shares of outstanding Series H Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock), the affirmative vote of at least two (2) such holders shall be required.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event specified in subparagraph 6.2(a)(i) or (ii) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock (or shall notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates). Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates (or as set forth in the indemnity agreement), a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1(b) .

 

12


6.3 Conversion Price . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible in accordance with Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 above into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Original Issue Price by the conversion price for such series of Preferred Stock that is in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Price ”). As of the Original Issue Date, (a) the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock is $0.8209, (b) the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock is $2.1502753, (c) the Conversion Price for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock is $1.8464636, (d) the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock is $0.6663973, (e) the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock is $0.8584483, (f) the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock is $0.928 and (g) the Conversion Price for both the Series G Preferred Stock and the Series H Preferred Stock is $1.4314298. The Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below. Following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, such adjusted Conversion Price shall remain in effect until a further adjustment of such Conversion Price hereunder.

6.4 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . Upon the happening of a Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock shall, simultaneously with the happening of such Common Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such Common Stock Event by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Event, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Event, and the product so obtained shall thereafter be the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term the “ Common Stock Event ” shall mean at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, (i) the issue by the Corporation of additional shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Stock, (ii) a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Corporation pays a dividend or makes another distribution to the holders of the Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation, other than an event constituting a Common Stock Event, then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall simultaneously receive with the holders of Common Stock, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable).

 

13


6.6 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a Common Stock Event or a stock dividend, reorganization, merger, or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this Section 6 ), then in any such event each holder of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change that a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock into which that number of shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

6.7 Reorganizations, Mergers and Consolidations . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date there is a reorganization of the Corporation (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 6 ) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (except an event which is governed under Section 3.9 ), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock thereafter shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of such successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation, to which a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock into which all the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could have been converted immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation would have been entitled to receive upon such reorganization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger or consolidation to the end that the provisions of this Section 6 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent to the provisions hereof as may be practicable. This Section 6.7 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, mergers and consolidations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6 , if any reorganization, merger or consolidation is approved by the vote of stockholders required by Section 7 hereof, then such transaction and the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to such reorganization, merger or consolidation will be governed by the documents entered into in connection with such transaction and not by the provisions of this Section 6.7 .

 

14


6.8 Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price .

(a) Reserved .

(b) Adjustment Formula for Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined), otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4 , a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5 , a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6 , for an Effective Price (as hereinafter defined) that is less than the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale, to the price obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price for each such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction:

(i) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock plus (B) the quotient obtained by dividing the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold) by the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

(ii) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus (B) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold).

(c) Adjustment Formula for Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock . If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this Section 6.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined), otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in Section 6.4 , a dividend or distribution as provided in Section 6.5 or a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in Section 6.6 , for an Effective Price (as hereinafter defined) that is less than the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale, to the price obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock, as applicable, by a fraction:

 

15


(i) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock plus (B) the quotient obtained by dividing the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold) by the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

(ii) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus (B) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold).

(d) Certain Definitions . For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 6.8 :

(i) The “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation, or deemed issued as provided in Section 6.8(e) below, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than (such securities, “ Exempted Securities ”):

(A) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock;

(B) up to 51,856,656 shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) (such number of shares to be calculated net of any repurchases of such shares by the Corporation and net of any such unexercised and expired or terminated options, warrants or rights and to be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) granted or issued, whether before or after the filing hereof, to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C) any shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefor) issued to parties that are not holders of Preferred Stock (as determined immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance), officers, or directors of the Corporation (or an affiliate of any such holder of Preferred Stock, officer or director) and are (i) strategic partners in connection with a commercial relationship with the Corporation primarily for other than equity financing purposes, (ii) suppliers of goods or services to the Corporation or (iii) providing the Corporation with equipment leases, real property leases, loans, credit lines, guaranties of indebtedness, cash price reductions or similar transactions, under arrangements, in each case, approved by the Board (with the concurrence of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors); provided , however , that notwithstanding that Pinnacle Ventures L.L.C. or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Pinnacle Parties ”) may be a holder of Preferred Stock, the following issuances to the Pinnacle Parties shall, to the extent otherwise

 

16


meeting the requirements of this Section 6.8(d)(i)(C) , also be excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock”: any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Pinnacle Warrant Shares ”) underlying warrants to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock (and Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) that are issued to any of the Pinnacle Parties in connection with a loan that have an exercise price per share equal to at least the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock, respectively; provided further , that such exclusion shall be limited to a number of Pinnacle Warrant Shares that, in the aggregate, does not exceed one percent (1%) of the Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to each particular issuance);

(D) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued to parties that are not holders of Preferred Stock (as determined immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance), officers, or directors of the Corporation (or an affiliate of any holder of Preferred Stock, officer or director) pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity by the Corporation by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization in which the Corporation acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of such other corporation or entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership of such other entity; provided that such transaction or series of transactions has been approved by the Board (with the concurrence of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors) or pursuant to the purchase of less than a fifty percent (50%) equity ownership in connection with a joint venture or other strategic arrangement or other commercial relationship, provided such an arrangement is approved by the Board (with the concurrence of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(E) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase any securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof, including without limitation, upon exercise of a warrant to purchase up to 4,006,088 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “ Series C-1 Warrant ”), and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(F) up to 34,207,237 shares of Series H Preferred Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the terms set forth in the Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the Original Issue Date, by and among the Corporation and the Investors identified on Exhibit A thereto and upon exercise of the warrant issued or issuable pursuant thereto, and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(G) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a Qualified Public Offering;

 

17


(H) shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or distribution on the shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.5 above;

(I) with respect to the Preferred Stock other than the Series F Preferred Stock, any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same) issued or issuable hereafter that are approved by the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, as being excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under this Section 6.8(d) ; and

(J) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same) issued or issuable hereafter that are approved by the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, as being excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under this Section 6.8(d) .

(ii) The “ Aggregate Consideration Received ” by the Corporation for any issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation; (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board (including the consent of at least one of the Preferred Directors); and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board (including the consent of at least one of the Preferred Directors) to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options.

(iii) The “ Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the sum of (A) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (B) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock or other Convertible Securities that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (C) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are issuable upon the exercise of Rights or Options that are outstanding at the time in question assuming the full conversion or exchange into Common Stock of all such Rights or Options that are Rights or Options to purchase or acquire Convertible Securities into or for Common Stock.

(iv) The “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

 

18


(v) The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8 , into the Aggregate Consideration Received, or deemed to have been received, by the Corporation under this Section 6.8 , for the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock; and

(vi) The “Rights or Options” shall mean warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(e) Deemed Issuances . For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock required under this Section 6.8 , if the Corporation issues or sells any Rights or Options or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Rights or Options and/or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (computed without reference to any additional or similar protective or antidilution clauses) is less than the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock then in effect with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock then in effect with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock then in effect with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock then in effect with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock or the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock then in effect with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued (each a “ Deemed Issuance ”), at the time of the issuance of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities, that number of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion or exchange of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities upon their issuance and to have received, as the Aggregate Consideration Received for the issuance of such shares, an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such Rights or Options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise in full of such Rights or Options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion or exchange thereof; provided that:

(i) if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained in such Deemed Issuance, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses;

(ii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is reduced over time or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution or similar protective adjustments, then the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; and

 

19


(iii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, then the Effective Price shall again be recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such Rights or Options or the conversion rights represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been fully exercised, then the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, that were actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Rights or Options or rights of conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Rights or Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling all such Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Preferred Stock.

6.9 Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and promptly following the triggering event date of such adjustment or readjustment shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Corporation’s books.

6.10 Payment of Taxes . The Corporation will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income or capital gain) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

 

20


6.11 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of conversion.

6.12 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

6.13 Notices of Record Date . In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time (i) to declare any dividend or distribution; (ii) to offer for subscription to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock or other rights; (iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization; or (iv) to effect a Change of Control, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 15 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) above; provided however that the notice provisions set forth in this Section 6.13 may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class.

6.14 Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be given to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or deposit in the United States mail, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or delivery by a recognized express courier, fees prepaid, addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

6.15 No Impairment . The Corporation shall not, without the appropriate vote of the stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law or Section 7 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

21


7. Restrictions and Limitations .

7.1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through a subsidiary or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate class:

(a) alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock by amending its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or otherwise;

(b) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(c) authorize or create any capital stock having rights, preferences or privileges being on a parity with, or senior to, the Preferred Stock;

(d) enter into, or agree to enter into, any transaction constituting a Change of Control or transfer a material portion of the Corporation’s assets to any third party other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than the sale, transfer, license or grant of licenses that are incidental to sales of the Corporation’s products in the ordinary course of business);

(e) change the authorized number of members of its Board;

(f) set aside, declare or pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in shares of its own Common Stock) on or set aside, declare or make any other distribution, purchase, redemption or acquisition (other than Permitted Repurchases), directly or indirectly, of or on account of any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock now or hereafter outstanding;

(g) effect any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

(h) enter into any transaction that results in any borrowings, loans or guarantees in excess of $1,000,000, unless approved by the Board (including a majority of the Preferred Directors).

7.2 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series:

 

22


(a) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or

(b) alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock.

7.3 Series C-1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock remain issued or issuable upon exercise of the Series C-1 Warrant (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation or through a subsidiary or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holder of the Series C-1 Warrant or the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class:

(a) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that disproportionately affects the Series C-1 Preferred Stock as compared to any other series of Preferred Stock ( provided , however , that any amendment, alteration or repeal that has disparate impact among the Preferred Stock solely due to differences in the original issue prices applicable to each series of Preferred Stock or other terms that are related to the different issuance prices of the respective series of Preferred Stock (e.g., liquidation or dividend preference amounts) shall not require the separate vote of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock for purposes of this clause (a) if the Series C-1 Preferred Stock is not otherwise disproportionately impacted when measured against any other series of Preferred Stock);

(b) increase the authorized number of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock;

(c) declare or pay any dividend or other distribution (including by way of purchase or redemption) on any equity securities of the Corporation to the extent that such dividends or other distributions are liquidating dividends or distributions or to the extent that paid-in-capital plus retained earnings (less the value of any intangible assets and non-refundable prepaid assets) is less than the aggregate liquidation preferences for such equity security and all equity securities having senior liquidation preferences, unless (A) the distribution is paid in accordance with the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (B) a number of shares of Preferred Stock equal to no more than twenty percent (20%) (in the aggregate, including any historic conversions in addition to any conversions in connection with such dividend or other distribution, and as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the respective series of Preferred Stock) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are or have been voluntarily converted by the holders of such stock into Common Stock;

 

23


(d) create or authorize the creation of any debt or debt security, including any debt secured by the assets of the Corporation, other than debt issued to parties who do not control, and are not controlled by or under common control with any stockholder or director of the Corporation, unless all holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock are given a right of first refusal to purchase a pro rata amount (based upon their percentage equity ownership of the Corporation’s then fully-diluted shares of Common Stock (assuming the conversion and/or exercise of all outstanding Preferred Stock, options and warrants into Common Stock) of such issued debt or debt securities (on terms similar to the right of first refusal with respect to issuances of equity securities provided for in the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated on or about the Original Issue Date between the Corporation and certain of its stockholders (the Investors’ Rights Agreement ), except that the period of time to agree in writing to purchase a pro rata amount of such debt or debt securities shall be five (5) business days from the date the Notice (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement) is effective as provided for therein); or

(e) alter the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock (by amending its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws) in a manner that disproportionately affects the Series C-1 Preferred Stock as compared to any other series of Preferred Stock ( provided , however , that any such alteration that has disparate impact among the Preferred Stock solely due to differences in the original issue prices applicable to each series of Preferred Stock or other terms that are related to the different issuance prices of the respective series of Preferred Stock (e.g., liquidation or dividend preference amounts) shall not require the separate vote of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock for purposes of this clause (e) if the Series C-1 Preferred Stock is not otherwise disproportionately impacted when measured against any other series of Preferred Stock).

7.4 Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 13,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through subsidiaries or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series:

(a) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

(b) alter, waive or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock; or

(c) amend or alter the definition of a Liquidation Event or any event deemed to be a Liquidation Event;

(d) remove the ability of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, to waive the treatment of any event as a Liquidation Event;

 

24


(e) amend, waive or alter this Section 7.4 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(f) increase the Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference; or

(g) amend or alter the aggregate amount available for distribution to participants under the Management Incentive Plan.

7.5 Series E Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 3,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through subsidiaries or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series:

(a) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

(b) alter, waive or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock; or

(c) amend or alter the definition of a Liquidation Event or any event deemed to be a Liquidation Event;

(d) remove the ability of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, to waive the treatment of any event as a Liquidation Event; or

(e) amend, waive or alter this Section 7.5 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

7.6 Series F Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 11,543,642 shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through subsidiaries or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series:

(a) amend, waive or alter any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws which affects the Series F Preferred Stock adversely and in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock (whether consummated by merger, amendment, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise); or

(b) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

25


7.7 Series G Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 2,619,758 shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through subsidiaries or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series:

(a) amend, waive or alter any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws which affects the Series G Preferred Stock adversely and in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock (whether consummated by merger, amendment, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise); or

(b) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series G Preferred Stock.

7.8 Series H Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as at least 6,800,000 shares of Series H Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, consolidation, through subsidiaries or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the shares Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a series; provided that, if there are two (2) or more unaffiliated holders that, together with their affiliates, hold 1,500,000 or more shares of outstanding Series H Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock), the approval, by vote or written consent, of at least two (2) such holders shall be required:

(a) amend, waive or alter any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws which affects the Series H Preferred Stock adversely and in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock (whether consummated by merger, amendment, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise); or

(b) increase or decrease the number of designated shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

8. Miscellaneous

8.1 No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

8.2 Preemptive Rights . No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and such stockholder.

 

26


ARTICLE VI

Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation to the same extent as permitted under the preceding paragraph above.

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

In the event that a director of the Corporation who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities (each, a “ Fund ”), acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter in such person’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund and that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and such Fund, such director shall to the fullest extent permitted by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his fiduciary duty to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate

 

27


opportunity, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Corporation or any of its affiliates, if such director acts in good faith in a manner consistent with the following policy: a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director of the Corporation, and who is also a partner or employee of a Fund shall belong to such Fund, unless such opportunity was expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of the Delaware General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board (in addition to any other consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

 

 

 

28


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

T HIRD : Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) hereby (a) amends and restates the first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of the Corporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) as set forth below to (i) increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock from 285,000,000 to 297,000,000, (ii) increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock from 211,954,593 to 213,351,797, and (iii) increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Series H Preferred Stock from 34,207,237 to 35,604,441 and (b) amends and restates Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate to reflect the increase to the number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

ARTICLE XI The first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“1. Authorization of Shares . This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 297,000,000 shares, $0.00001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 213,351,797 shares, $0.00001 par value per share, 18,664,515 of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 12,081,401 of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 4,006,088 of which are designated as “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” 57,997,639 of which are designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 26,438,715 of which are designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” 43,749,995 of which are designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” 14,809,003 of which are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 35,604,441 of which are designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may

 

29


be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or then necessary to allow for full conversion or exercise of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and without a separate class vote by the holders of Common Stock), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.”

Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“(B) up to 61,856,656 shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) (such number of shares to be calculated net of any repurchases of such shares by the Corporation and net of any such unexercised and expired or terminated options, warrants or rights and to be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) granted or issued, whether before or after the filing hereof, to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;”

Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(F) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“(F) up to 35,604,441 shares of Series H Preferred Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the terms set forth in the Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Original Issue Date, as the same may be amended from time to time, by and among the Corporation and the Investors party thereto and upon the exercise of the warrant issued or issuable pursuant thereto, and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;”

F OURTH : The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

F IFTH : Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Restated Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate to be signed by Faraj Aalaei, its Chief Executive Officer, this 21st day of July, 2015.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

31


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

T HIRD : Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) hereby (a) amends and restates the first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of the Corporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) as set forth below to increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock from 297,000,000 to 302,000,000 and (b) amends and restates Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate to reflect the increase to the number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

ARTICLE XII The first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“1. Authorization of Shares . This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 302,000,000 shares, $0.00001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 213,351,797 shares, $0.00001 par value per share, 18,664,515 of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 12,081,401 of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 4,006,088 of which are designated as “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” 57,997,639 of which are designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 26,438,715 of which are designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” 43,749,995 of which are designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” 14,809,003 of which are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 35,604,441 of which are designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or then necessary to allow for full conversion or exercise of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) by (in

 

32


addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and without a separate class vote by the holders of Common Stock), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.”

Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“(B) up to 66,856,656 shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) (such number of shares to be calculated net of any repurchases of such shares by the Corporation and net of any such unexercised and expired or terminated options, warrants or rights and to be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) granted or issued, whether before or after the filing hereof, to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;”

F OURTH : The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

F IFTH : Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Restated Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate to be signed by Faraj Aalaei, its Chief Executive Officer, this 18th day of November, 2015.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

34


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

T HIRD : Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) hereby amends and restates subsection 5.4(a) of ARTICLE V of the Amended and Restated Certificate of the Corporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) as set forth below to increase the number of authorized directors of the Corporation from eight to nine.

ARTICLE XIII Subsection 5.4(a) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

1. “(a) Election of Directors . The number of authorized directors on the Board shall be nine (9), who shall be elected as follows: (i) the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation; (ii) so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (such number of shares being subject to proportional adjustments to reflect recapitalizations, combinations or subdivisions of such series of Preferred Stock), the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation (the “Preferred Directors”); and (iii) the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis shall be entitled to elect the remaining director of the Corporation.”

F OURTH : The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

F IFTH : Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Restated Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate to be signed by Faraj Aalaei, its Chief Executive Officer, this 22nd day of January, 2016.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

36


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND : The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

THIRD : Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) hereby (a) amends and restates the first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of the Corporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) as set forth below to increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock from 302,000,000 to 307,000,000 and (b) amends and restates Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate to reflect the increase to the number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

The first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“1. Authorization of Shares. This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 307,000,000 shares, $0.00001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 213,351,797 shares, $0.00001 par value per share, 18,664,515 of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 12,081,401 of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 4,006,088 of which are designated as “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” 57,997,639 of which are designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 26,438,715 of which are designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” 43,749,995 of which are designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” 14,809,003 of which are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 35,604,441 of which are designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or then necessary to allow for full conversion or exercise of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and without a separate class vote by the holders of Common Stock), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.”


Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“(B) up to 71,856,656 shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) (such number of shares to be calculated net of any repurchases of such shares by the Corporation and net of any such unexercised and expired or terminated options, warrants or rights and to be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) granted or issued, whether before or after the filing hereof, to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;”

Fourth: The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FIFTH: Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Restated Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate to be signed by Faraj Aalaei, its Chief Executive Officer, this 18 th day of November, 2016.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title: Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICAT E O F AMENDM E N T

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004.

T HIRD : Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) hereby (a) amends and restates the first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of the Corporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) as set forth below to increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock from 307,000,000 to 316,000,000 and (b) amends and restates Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate to reflect the increase to the number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

The first paragraph of ARTICLE IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“1. Authorization of Shares. This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 316,000,000 shares, $0.00001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 213,351,797 shares, $0.00001 par value per share, 18,664,515 of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” 12,081,401 of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” 4,006,088 of which are designated as “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” 57,997,639 of which are designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 26,438,715 of which are designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” 43,749,995 of which are designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” 14,809,003 of which are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 35,604,441 of which are designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or then necessary to allow for full conversion or exercise of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and without a separate class vote by the holders of Common Stock), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.”

 


Subparagraph 6.8(d)(i)(B) of ARTICLE V of the Restated Certificate is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following paragraph:

“(B) up to 80,856,656 shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) (such number of shares to be calculated net of any repurchases of such shares by the Corporation and net of any such unexercised and expired or terminated options, warrants or rights and to be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) granted or issued, whether before or after the filing hereof, to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;”

F OURTH : The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

F IFTH : Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Restated Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.


I N WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate to be signed by Faraj Aalaei, its Chief Executive Officer, this 19th day of June, 2017.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:    /s/ Faraj Aalaei
Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

A QUANTIA C ORP . , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

FIRST : The name of this corporation is Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND : The date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 27, 2004. The date of filing of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was March 25, 2015. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was then amended by the following: certificates of amendment filed on July 21, 2015, November 18, 2015, January 22, 2016, November 18, 2016 and June 19, 2017. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date (collectively, “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

THIRD : The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted and approved an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “ Certificate of Amendment ”) to effect a reverse stock split in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, declaring such reverse stock split and amendment to be in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor.

FOURTH : The following paragraph shall be inserted at the beginning of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

“Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), and without further action by the holders of such shares, every ten (10) outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”).

The par value of the shares of Common Stock and authorized number of shares of Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split.

In any and all cases in which the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with such Reverse Stock Split shall be less than one share, fractional shares shall not be issued, but a cash payment shall be made in lieu of such fractional shares based on the fair market value of the Common Stock (as determined by the Board) as of the Effective Time, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.


All of the outstanding share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers for the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split, as applicable.”

FIFTH: This Certificate of Amendment, which further amends the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval and was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

SIXTH: All other provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect .

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 5th day of October 2017.

 

A QUANTIA C ORP .
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

  Name: Faraj Aalaei
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

Aquantia Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify that:

ONE: The original name of the corporation was Aquantia Corp. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Secretary ”) was January 27, 2004.

TWO: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation as filed with the Secretary on March 25, 2015, as amended by a Certificate of Amendment dated July 21, 2015, a Certificate of Amendment dated November 18, 2015, a Certificate of Amendment dated January 22, 2016, a Certificate of Amendment dated November 18, 2016, a Certificate of Amendment dated June 19, 2017 and a Certificate of Amendment dated October 5, 2017, is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of the corporation is A QUANTIA C ORP . (the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is four hundred ten million (410,000,000) shares. Four hundred million (400,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-hundred thousandth of one cent ($0.00001) (the “ Common Stock ”) and ten million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-hundred thousandth of one cent ($0.00001) (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

 

1


B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding; provided that the aggregate number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock shall not be increased beyond the amount provided in Section IV(A). In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. M ANAGEMENT OF B USINESS .

The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.

 

2


B. B OARD OF D IRECTORS

The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, immediately following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and new Class I directors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and new Class II directors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and new Class III directors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include some or all of the individuals who previously served as directors).

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. R EMOVAL OF D IRECTORS .

Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

D. V ACANCIES .

Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships

 

3


resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

E. B YLAW A MENDMENTS .

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

F. S TOCKHOLDER A CTIONS .

The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such directors, officers, agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

 

4


C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.

A. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

* * * *

 

5


THREE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

6


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Aquantia Corp. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this [•] day of [•], 2017.

 

A QUANTIA C ORP .
By:    
  Faraj Aalaei
  Chief Executive Officer

 

7

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

A Delaware Corporation

As Adopted October 28, 2016


BYLAWS OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

A Delaware Corporation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

Article I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.1:

 

Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 1.2:

 

Special Meetings

     1  

Section 1.3:

 

Notice of Meetings

     1  

Section 1.4:

 

Adjournments

     1  

Section 1.5:

 

Quorum

     2  

Section 1.6:

 

Organization

     2  

Section 1.7:

 

Voting; Proxies

     2  

Section 1.8:

 

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

     3  

Section 1.9:

 

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     3  

Section 1.10:

 

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders

     3  

Section 1.11:

 

Inspectors of Elections

     4  

Section 1.12:

 

Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations

     6  

Article II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 2.1:

 

Number; Qualifications

     8  

Section 2.2:

 

Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies

     8  

Section 2.3:

 

Regular Meetings

     8  

Section 2.4:

 

Special Meetings

     8  

Section 2.5:

 

Remote Meetings Permitted

     8  

Section 2.6:

 

Quorum; Vote Required for Action

     9  

Section 2.7:

 

Organization

     9  

Section 2.8:

 

Written Action by Directors

     9  

Section 2.9:

 

Powers

     9  

Section 2.10:

 

Compensation of Directors

     9  

Article III

 

COMMITTEES

     9  

Section 3.1:

 

Committees

     9  

Section 3.2:

 

Committee Rules

     10  

 

i.


Article IV

 

OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.1:

 

Generally

     10  

Section 4.2:

 

Chief Executive Officer

     10  

Section 4.3:

 

Chairperson of the Board and Lead Independent Director

     11  

Section 4.4:

 

President

     11  

Section 4.5:

 

Vice President

     11  

Section 4.6:

 

Chief Financial Officer

     12  

Section 4.7:

 

Treasurer

     12  

Section 4.8:

 

Secretary

     12  

Section 4.9:

 

Delegation of Authority

     12  

Section 4.10:

 

Removal

     12  

Article V

 

STOCK

     12  

Section 5.1:

 

Certificates

     12  

Section 5.2:

 

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates

     12  

Section 5.3:

 

Other Regulations

     13  

Article VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

Section 6.1:

 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

     13  

Section 6.2:

 

Advance of Expenses

     13  

Section 6.3:

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     14  

Section 6.4:

 

Indemnification Contracts

     14  

Section 6.5:

 

Effect of Amendment

     14  

Article VII

 

NOTICES

     14  

Section 7.1:

 

Notice

     14  

Section 7.2:

 

Waiver of Notice

     15  

Article VIII

 

INTERESTED DIRECTORS

     15  

Section 8.1:

 

Interested Directors; Quorum

     15  

Article IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     16  

Section 9.1:

 

Fiscal Year

     16  

Section 9.2:

 

Seal

     16  

Section 9.3:

 

Form of Records

     16  

Section 9.4:

 

Reliance Upon Books and Records

     16  

Section 9.5:

 

Certificate of Incorporation Governs

     16  

Section 9.6:

 

Severability

     16  

Article X

 

AMENDMENT

     17  

Section 10.1:

 

Amendments

     17  

 

ii.


BYLAWS OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

A Delaware Corporation

As Adopted October 28, 2016

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1: Annual Meetings . Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2: Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the holders of shares of the Corporation that are entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders at such meeting, or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine.

Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1(b) of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.4: Adjournments . The chair of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The chair shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a

 

1.


notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 1.5: Quorum . At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except if otherwise required by applicable law. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.

Section 1.6: Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board of Directors may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director (as defined below), or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.11 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the provisions of Section 1.8 of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless such is demanded at the meeting before voting begins by a stockholder or stockholders holding shares representing at least one percent (1%) of the votes entitled to vote at such meeting, or by such stockholder’s or stockholders’ proxy; provided, however, that an election of directors shall be by written ballot if demand is so made by any stockholder at the meeting before voting begins. If a vote is to be taken by written ballot, then each such ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as the chairperson of the meeting deems appropriate and, if authorized by the Board of Directors, the ballot may be submitted by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided

 

2.


by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote thereon that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.

Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 1.10: Action by Written Consent of Stockholders .

(a) Procedure . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in the manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above.

 

3.


(b) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board· of Directors of the Corporation.

(c) Notice of Consent . Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented thereto in writing and, who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting, if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as required by law. In the case of a Certificate of Action (as defined below), if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, such notice shall be given prior to filing of the certificate in question. If the action which is consented to requires the filing of a certificate under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ Certificate of Action ”), then if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, the certificate so filed shall state that written stockholder consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and that written notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting as described herein has been given as provided in such section.

Section 1.11: Inspectors of Elections .

(a) Applicability . Unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the following provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (i) listed on a national securities exchange; (ii) authorized for quotation on an automated

 

4.


interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (iii) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.11 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Appointment . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

(c) Inspector’s Oath . Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

(d) Duties of Inspectors . At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

(e) Opening and Closing of Polls . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the inspectors at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

(f) Determinations . In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with Section 212(c)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

 

5.


Section 1.12: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations .

(a) Annual Meeting of Stockholders .

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.12, who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of subparagraph (a)(i) of this Section 1.12, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventy fifth (75th) .day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (except in the case of the 2003 annual meeting, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by subparagraph (b) of this Section 1.12); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, and (2) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Section 1.12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least seventy five (75) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s

 

6.


annual meeting (or, if the annual meeting is held more than thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, at least seventy five (75) days prior to such annual meeting), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Section 1.12 shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

(c) General .

(i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 1.12, the term “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules

 

7.


and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members. The initial number of directors shall be two (2), and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall initially consist of the person or persons elected by the incorporator or named in the Corporation’s initial Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding: (i) any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors and (ii) any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors to be elected by all stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by the stockholders, by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 2.3: Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.4: Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, the President or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such

 

8.


committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.7: Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or in such person’s absence by the Lead Independent Director, or, in such person’s absence by the President, or in such person’s absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8: Written Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, respectively. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 2.9: Powers . The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors . Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

Section 3.1: Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any

 

9.


such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 3.2: Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1: Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and/or a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers, including a Chairperson of the Board of Directors and/or Chief Financial Officer, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. All officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint officers other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer; provided , further , that the if the Chairperson is not an independent director, one of the independent directors shall be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“ Lead Independent Directo r ”). Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor is elected and qualified or until such person’s earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

(a) To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

(b) To preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

 

10.


(c) To call meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the Board of Directors has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board and Lead Independent Director . The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular meetings of the Board of Directors and serve as chairperson of such meetings in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4: President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management the control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.5: Vice President . Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or

 

11.


her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer.

Section 4.7: Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.8: Secretary . The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.9: Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 4.10: Removal . Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1: Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative,

 

12.


to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 5.3: Other Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (the “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. As used herein, the term the “Reincorporated Predecessor” means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.

Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such a director or officer in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the Delaware General Corporation Law then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and provided, further, that the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such

 

13.


person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

Section 6.5: Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1: Notice . (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1(b) below) or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, telex,· overnight express courier, mailgram or facsimile. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (i) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (ii) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (iii) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (iv) in the case of delivery via telegram, telex, mailgram, or facsimile, when dispatched.

(b) Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to

 

14.


deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

(c) An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

ARTICLE VIII

INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section 8.1: Interested Directors; Quorum . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction

 

15.


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1: Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9.2: Seal . The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 9.3: Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, or any other information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.4: Reliance Upon Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

Section 9.6: Severability . If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.


ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT

Section 10.1: Amendments . Stockholders of the Corporation holding a majority of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws. To the extent provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, except insofar as Bylaws adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise provide.

 

17.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I 

   OFFICES      1  

Section 1.

  

Registered Office

     1  

Section 2.

  

Other Offices

     1  

ARTICLE II

   CORPORATE SEAL      1  

Section 3.

   Corporate Seal      1  

ARTICLE III

   STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1  

Section 4.

  

Place of Meetings

     1  

Section 5.

  

Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 6.

  

Special Meetings

     5  

Section 7.

  

Notice of Meetings

     6  

Section 8.

  

Quorum

     7  

Section 9.

  

Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     7  

Section 10.

  

Voting Rights

     8  

Section 11.

  

Joint Owners of Stock

     8  

Section 12.

  

List of Stockholders

     8  

Section 13.

  

Action Without Meeting

     8  

Section 14.

  

Organization

     9  

ARTICLE IV

   DIRECTORS      9  

Section 15.

  

Number and Term of Office

     9  

Section 16.

  

Powers

     9  

Section 17.

  

Classes of Directors.

     9  

Section 18.

  

Vacancies

     10  

Section 19.

  

Resignation

     10  

Section 20.

  

Removal

     11  

Section 21.

  

Meetings

     11  

Section 22.

  

Quorum and Voting

     12  

Section 23.

  

Action Without Meeting

     12  

Section 24.

  

Fees and Compensation

     12  

Section 25.

  

Committees

     12  

Section 26.

  

Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director

     14  

Section 27.

  

Organization

     15  

ARTICLE V

   OFFICERS      15  

Section 28.

  

Officers Designated

     15  

Section 29.

  

Tenure and Duties of Officers

     15  

Section 30.

  

Delegation of Authority

     17  

Section 31.

  

Resignations

     17  

Section 32.

  

Removal

     17  

ARTICLE VI

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      18  

Section 33.

  

Execution of Corporate Instruments

     18  

Section 34.

  

Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation

     18  

ARTICLE VII

   SHARES OF STOCK      18  

Section 35.

  

Form and Execution of Certificates

     18  

Section 36.

  

Lost Certificates

     19  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 37.

  

Transfers

     19  

Section 38.

  

Fixing Record Dates

     19  

Section 39.

  

Registered Stockholders

     20  

ARTICLE VIII

   OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      20  

Section 40.

  

Execution of Other Securities

     20  

ARTICLE IX

   DIVIDENDS      20  

Section 41.

  

Declaration of Dividends

     20  

Section 42.

  

Dividend Reserve

     20  

ARTICLE X

   FISCAL YEAR      21  

Section 43.

  

Fiscal Year

     21  

ARTICLE XI

   INDEMNIFICATION      21  

Section 44.

  

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     21  

ARTICLE XII

   NOTICES      24  

Section 45.

  

Notices

     24  

ARTICLE XIII

   AMENDMENTS      25  

Section 46.

        25  

ARTICLE XIV

   LOANS TO OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES      26  

Section 47.

  

Loans to Officers and employees

     26  

 

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AQUANTIA CORP.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section  1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be established and maintained at the office of Incorporating Services, Ltd. in the City of Dover, in the County of Kent, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation, or other such person or entity as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, shall be the registered agent of the corporation.

Section  2. Other Offices . The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section  3. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section  4. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

-1-


Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely

 

-2-


basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the open of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the open of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of such Derivative Transactions.

 

-3-


(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws

 

-4-


shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”);

(ii) Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(iii) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

-5-


(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section  7. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by

 

-6-


electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his, her or its attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section  8. Quorum . At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute, or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section  9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-7-


Section  10. Voting Rights . For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section  11. Joint Owners of Stock . If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section  12. List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section  13. Action Without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

-8-


Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or President shall act as chairperson. The Chairperson of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section  15. Number . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  16. Powers . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  17. Classes of Directors.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, immediately following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and new Class I directors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and new Class II directors (which, for the avoidance of

 

-9-


doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and new Class III directors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same individuals who previously served in such class) shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include some or all of the individuals who previously served as directors).

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided that, whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section  19. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the resignation shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

-10-


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or outside the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

-11-


(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided that , at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section  23. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section  24. Fees and Compensation . Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Audit Committee. The Board of Directors shall appoint an Audit Committee consisting of three (3) or more members of the Board of Directors, who shall meet the standards required of directors serving on such committee required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) and Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, in either

 

-12-


case to the extent then applicable to the corporation. The Audit Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, in respect of such matters as may be set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, in the form adopted, and as may amended from time to time, by the Board.

(b) Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors shall appoint a Compensation Committee consisting of two (2) or more members of the Board of Directors, who shall meet the standards required of directors serving on such committee by the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10C-1 promulgated under the 1934 Act, and, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall each qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under Section 16 of the 1934 Act and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in each case to the extent then applicable to the corporation. The Compensation Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, in respect of such matters as may be set forth in the Compensation Committee Charter, in the form adopted, and as may amended from time to time, by the Board.

(c) Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board of Directors shall appoint a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consisting of two (2) or more members of the Board of Directors, who shall meet the standards required of directors serving on such committee by the rules of the NYSE. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, in respect of such matters as may be set forth in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, in the form adopted, and as may amended from time to time, by the Board.

(d) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(e) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

-13-


(f) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) through (c) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(g) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section  26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director.

(a) The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(b) The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairperson is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, shall be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“ Lead Independent Directo r”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular meetings of the Board of Directors and serve as chairperson of such meetings in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board

 

-14-


of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

Section  27. Organization . At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is not then serving or absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section  28. Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of

 

-15-


the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also

 

-16-


perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section  30. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section  31. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section  32. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

-17-


ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section  33. Execution of Corporate Instruments . The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section  34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation . All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section  35. Form and Execution of Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

-18-


Section  36. Lost Certificates . A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-19-


Section  39. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section  40. Execution of Other Securities . All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section  41. Declaration of Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section  42. Dividend Reserve . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

-20-


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section  43. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers . The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “ officers ” shall refer to “officers” as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding; provided that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

-21-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

-22-


(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article XI of these Bylaws, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or

 

-23-


agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws provided that, other than notice which is delivered personally, notice shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

-24-


(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section  46. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-  2 3 %) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

-25-


ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

Section  47. Loans to Officers and Employees . Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-26-

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

 

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.00001 Certificate Number ZQ00000000 Shares * * 000000 ****************** * * * 000000 ***************** **** 000000 **************** ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 ************** AQUANTIA CORP. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. MR. Alexander David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS. **** Mr. Alexander SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Mr. Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP XXXXXX XX X is the owner of THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Aquantia Corp. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Chief Executive Officer DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, Secretary By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 00.1,000,000 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678901234512345678 Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total. 1234567890/1234567890 111 1234567890/1234567890 222 1234567890/1234567890 333 1234567890/1234567890 444 1234567890/1234567890 555 1234567890/1234567890 666 Total Transaction 7


LOGO

 

. AQUANTIA CORP. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -............................................Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN—as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -............................................Custodian (until age ................................) and not as tenants in common (Cust) .............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 25, 2015, by and among Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Investors ”).

A. Certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Stock ”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Stock ”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Stock ”) and/or Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Series G Stock ”) issued by the Company to such Prior Investors pursuant to a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 13, 2005 (the “ Series A Agreement ”), a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, as amended (the “ Series B Agreement ”), a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2009 (the “ Series D Agreement ”), a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2011, as amended (the “ Series E Agreement ”), a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012, as amended (the “ Series F Agreement ”) and a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2014 (the “ Series G Agreement ”), respectively, each by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, and have also been granted certain rights under an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Prior Investors dated January 30, 2014, as amended (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”).

B. Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively, the “ Pinnacle Entities ”) hold warrants to purchase Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series D Stock, Series F Stock and Series G Stock (the “ Pinnacle Warrants ”) pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated March 18, 2008, as amended on November 11, 2009, in the case of Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series D Stock, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2013, in the case of Series F Stock, and that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 16, 2014, in the case of Series G Stock.

C. Intel Capital Corporation (“ Intel ”) holds a warrant (the “ Series C-1 Warrant ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Series C-1 Stock ”), issued by the Company pursuant to a Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated January 15, 2009 (the “ Series C and Series C-1 Agreement ”) and has been granted certain rights under the Prior Rights Agreement.

D. Certain of the Investors have agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company has agreed to sell to the Investors, shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock (the “ Series H Stock ,” together with the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock, the Series C-1 Stock, the Series D Stock, the Series E Stock, the Series F Stock and the Series G Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated of even date herewith by and among the Company and certain of the


Investors, as amended from time to time (the “ Series H Agreement ,” and together with the Series A Agreement, the Series B Agreement, the Series C and Series C-1 Agreement, the Series D Agreement, the Series E Agreement, the Series F Agreement and the Series G Agreement, the “ Purchase Agreements ”). The Series H Agreement provides that the Investors shall be granted certain information and registration rights and rights of first refusal, all as more fully set forth herein.

E. The Company and the Prior Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate and replace their rights and obligations under the Prior Rights Agreement with the rights set forth in this Agreement. Section 5.2 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that the Prior Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and Investors holding shares of Preferred Stock and/or Conversion Stock (as defined therein) representing and/or convertible into at least a majority of all the Investors’ Shares (as defined therein), and the undersigned parties to this Agreement hold a sufficient number of shares to meet these requirements. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement amend and supersede the Prior Rights Agreement and that the Prior Rights Agreement shall be terminated upon execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Information Rights .

1.1 Periodic Financial Information . The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor holds at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) issued or issuable upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (including shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Series C-1 Warrant) (collectively, the “ Conversion Stock ”) the Company will:

(a) Annual Reports . Furnish to such Investor, as soon as practicable and in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, a consolidated statement of operations and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures from the Company’s previous fiscal year (if any), all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied and audited by nationally recognized independent certified public accountants.

(b) Monthly Reports . Furnish to such Investor as soon as practicable, and in any case within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, monthly unaudited financial statements, including an unaudited balance sheet, an unaudited statement of operations and an unaudited statement of cash flows, together with a comparison on a quarterly basis to the Company’s operating plan and budget, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied, except as disclosed therein, with the exception that no notes need to be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

2


(c) Annual Budget . Furnish to such Investor (i) as soon as practicable and in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual operating plan and budget, prepared on a quarterly basis, for the next immediate fiscal year, and (ii) to the extent requested by such Investor, and as soon as reasonably practicable following the fiscal year end, a report comparing the annual budget to the financial statements of such fiscal year. The Company shall also furnish to such Investor, within a reasonable time of its preparation, amendments to the annual budget, if any.

(d) Quarterly Capitalization Table . Furnish to such Investor as soon as practicable, and in any case within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a copy of the Company’s capitalization table certified to be correct by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or other executive officer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as set forth in Section 1.4 below, the Company shall be under no obligation to furnish any of the information or materials described in Subsections 1.1(a), (b), (c) and (d) above to any Investor, which the Board of Directors of the Company, in its reasonable judgment, deems to be a competitor of the Company (where for such purposes, venture capital firms, banks and other financial institutions that do not directly operate competitive businesses shall not be deemed a competitor of the Company), except that the Company will continue to provide such Investor with any information regarding the Company that is necessary for such Investor’s compliance with its financial reporting obligations.

1.2 Confidentiality . Each Investor that is not otherwise bound by a separate non-disclosure agreement agrees to hold all information received pursuant to this Section 1 (so long as such information is not in the public domain through no fault of the Investor) in confidence, and not to use or disclose any of such information to any third party, except (i) to the extent such information may be made publicly available by the Company, (ii) as required to be disclosed pursuant to any partnership or similar agreement of any Investor’s investment fund; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality from a third party who had the right to disclose such information; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law. Each such Investor that is bound by a separate non-disclosure agreement agrees that such non-disclosure agreement shall apply to the information received by such Investor pursuant to this Section 1.

1.3 Inspection Rights . The Company shall permit each Investor holding at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Conversion Stock, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as set forth in Section 1.4 below, the Company shall be under no obligation to provide the inspection rights described in this Section 1.3 to any Investor, which the Board of Directors of the Company, in its reasonable judgment, deems to be a competitor of the Company (where for such purposes, venture capital firms, banks and other financial institutions that do not directly operate competitive businesses shall not be deemed a competitor of the Company), except that the Company will continue to provide such Investor with access to any information regarding the Company that is necessary for such Investor’s compliance with its financial reporting obligations.

 

3


1.4 Termination of Certain Rights . The Company’s obligations to Investors under Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above will terminate upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The Company’s obligations to any Investor under Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above will terminate with respect to such Investor upon such Investor being deemed by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its reasonable judgment, to be a competitor of the Company (where for such purposes, venture capital firms, banks and other financial institutions that do not directly operate competitive businesses shall not be deemed a competitor of the Company), except that such Company obligations to such Investor will continue with respect to any information regarding the Company that is necessary for such Investor’s compliance with its financial reporting obligations.

2. Registration Rights .

2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 2:

(a) Registration . The terms “ register ,” “ registration ” and “ registered ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b) Registrable Securities . The term “Registrable Securities” means:

(1) all shares of Conversion Stock issued or issuable upon conversion and/or exercise of the Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreements or pursuant to the Series C-1 Warrant , as such Purchase Agreements and Series C-1 Warrant may hereafter be amended from time to time;

(2) any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued) (i) as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, all such shares of Conversion Stock described in clause (1) of this subsection (b); excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 2 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities with respect to which, pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, the holders are no longer entitled to registration rights pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 hereof;

(3) any shares of Common Stock or Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any other securities acquired by the Investors pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement or by any other means; and

(4) all the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Series D Stock and Series F Stock issued upon exercise of Pinnacle Warrants, provided , however , that the Pinnacle Entities are not Initiating Holders for purposes of Section 2.2 of this Agreement with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Pinnacle Warrants and the Conversion Stock issuable upon conversion thereof.

(c) Registrable Securities Then Outstanding . The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Conversion Stock which are Registrable Securities that are then (1) issued and outstanding or (2) issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of then outstanding and then exercisable and qualifying options, warrants or convertible securities.

 

4


(d) Holder . The term “ Holder ” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights set forth herein have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of shares of Preferred Stock convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that the Company shall in no event be obligated to register shares of Preferred Stock and that Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates.

(e) Form S-3 . The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(f) SEC . The term “ SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.2 Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of three (3) years from the date hereof, or six (6) months after the effective date of the first underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ IPO ”), a written request from the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days after the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (the “ Request Notice ”) to all Holders, and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such Holders to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice, subject only to the limitations of this Section 2; provided that the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request must either (i) be at least twenty percent (20%) of all Registrable Securities then outstanding or (ii) have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

(b) Underwriting . If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 2.2 (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any

 

 

5


Holder to include his, her, or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company and acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations . The Company is obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 in which all Registrable Securities requested to be registered are included and such registrations have been deemed effective.

(d) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(e) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2, including without limitation all registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions) shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it is declared effective) of any registration and qualification fees and all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of

 

6


a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 (in which case such right shall be forfeited by all Holders of Registrable Securities); provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their demand registration rights pursuant to this Section 2.2.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 of this Agreement or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first , to the Company, second to Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities each such Holder has requested to be included in the registration, and third to any stockholder of the

 

7


Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided , however , that the right of the underwriters to exclude Registrable Securities from the registration and underwriting as described above shall be restricted so that (i) no Registrable Securities shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting unless all other securities held by the stockholders of the Company are similarly excluded and (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such registration is not reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares included in the registration, except for a registration relating to the Company’s IPO, from which all Registrable Securities may be excluded. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice, given in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof, to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least twenty (20) days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, corporation or limited liability company, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders and affiliated funds of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration made pursuant to this Section 2.3, including without limitation all registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions) shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it goes effective) of any registration and qualification fees and all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company will do the following:

(a) Notice . Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities.

(b) Registration . As soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

 

8


(1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering;

(2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000);

(3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement no more than once during any twelve (12) month period for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4;

(4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, excluding any registrations from which any Registrable Securities of the Holders have been excluded; or

(5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(c) Expenses . Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 2.4 as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders for such registration. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.4 (excluding underwriters’ or brokers’ discounts and commissions), including without limitation all filing, registration and qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders and counsel for the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it goes effective) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering.

(d) Not Demand Registration . Form S-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 2.2 above.

2.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

9


(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (x) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (y) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (x) and (y) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), in the registration statement.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement and, in connection with any registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.4 above, use reasonable, diligent efforts to timely file all reports required under the 1934 Act in order to maintain the right to continue to use such Form and to maintain such registration in effect.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration.

(d) Use reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting hereby agrees to also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

10


(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. As promptly as practicable thereafter, the Company will prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the appropriate Holders and managing underwriter(s), if any, an amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus in order to cause such registration statement or prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and will furnish such copies thereof as the Holders or any underwriters may reasonably request.

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

2.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, members, stockholders, agents and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, the “ Violations ” and, individually, a “ Violation ”):

(1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; or

 

11


(2) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(3) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement.

The Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer, member, stockholder, agent or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, within three months after a request for reimbursement has been received by the Company, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities, under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, stockholders, directors, agents or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner, member, stockholder, agent, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration. Each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, member, stockholder, agent, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action within three months after a request for reimbursement has been received by the indemnifying Holder; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.8(b) in respect of any and all Violations shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violations arise.

 

12


(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party with respect to such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in the proportion that is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement; and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Conflict with Underwriting Agreement . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement will control; provided , however , that the failure of the underwriting agreement to address a provision addressed in this agreement shall not be such a conflict.

(f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation,

 

13


shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell, otherwise transfer or dispose of, any Registrable Securities or other shares of stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or if required by such underwriter(s), such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter(s) to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within 18 days prior to or after the date that is 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed 210 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering); provided , however , that:

(a) the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.9 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement;

(b) such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering but not to Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such registration statement;

(c) (i) all officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock) and (ii) all holders of equity securities representing 1% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (assuming conversion or exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities), enter into similar agreements; and

(d) any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of such agreement by the Company or representatives of the underwriters shall apply to all of the Company’s stockholders on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of shares held by each stockholder, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

For purposes of this Section 2.9, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other shares of stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Each Holder further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within any reasonable timeframe so requested.

 

14


2.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) Use reasonable, diligent efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

2.11 Termination of the Company’s Obligations . The Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 2.2 through 2.4 with respect to: (a) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than five (5) years after the closing date of the Company’s IPO; or (b) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a three (3) month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company has completed its IPO and such Holder holds less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (assuming conversion or exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities for such purposes).

2.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.2 or 2.3 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included, or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 2.2(a).

 

15


3. Right of First Refusal .

3.1 General . Each Holder (as defined in Section 2.1(d)) and any party to whom such Holder’s rights under this Section 3 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 5.1(b) (each such Holder or assignee being hereinafter referred to as a “ Rights Holder ”) has the right of first refusal to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below), of all (or any part) of any New Securities (as defined in Section 3.2) that the Company may from time to time issue after the date of this Agreement, provided , however , such Rights Holder shall have no right to purchase any such New Securities if such Rights Holder cannot demonstrate to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such Rights Holder is at the time of the proposed issuance of such New Securities an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. A Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” for purposes of this right of first refusal is the ratio of (a) the number of Registrable Securities as to which such Rights Holder is the Holder (and/or is deemed to be the Holder under Section 2.1(d), excluding any then unvested Registrable Securities for such purpose), to (b) a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the sum of (1) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (excluding any then unvested shares of Common Stock for such purpose) plus (2) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company are then convertible plus (3) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which all then outstanding options and warrants are then exercisable (excluding any then unvested options for such purpose). Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, each Rights Holder shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners, members, affiliates and persons and entities under common investment management in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

3.2 New Securities . “ New Securities ” shall mean any Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into such Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the term “New Securities” does not include:

(a) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

(b) any securities issued in connection with a Common Stock Event (as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation); and

(c) any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same), issued or issuable hereafter that are approved by the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, as being excluded from the definition of “New Securities”.

3.3 Procedures . In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give to each Rights Holder a written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “ Notice ”), describing the type of New Securities and the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities given in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof. Each Rights Holder shall have twenty (20) days from the

 

16


date such Notice is effective, as determined pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof based upon the manner or method of notice, to agree in writing to purchase up to such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (not to exceed such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share). If any Rights Holder fails to so agree in writing within such twenty (20) day period to purchase such Rights Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of an offering of New Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Holder ”), then such Nonpurchasing Holder shall forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of his Pro Rata Share of such New Securities that he, she or it did not so agree to purchase and the Company shall promptly give each Rights Holder who has timely agreed to purchase his full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (a “ Purchasing Holder ”) written notice of the failure of any Nonpurchasing Holder to purchase such Nonpurchasing Rights Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (the “ Overallotment Notice ”). Each Purchasing Holder shall have a right of overallotment such that such Purchasing Holder may agree to purchase a portion of the Nonpurchasing Holders’ unpurchased Pro Rata Shares of such offering on a pro rata basis according to the relative Pro Rata Shares of the Purchasing Holders, at any time within five (5) days after receiving the Overallotment Notice.

3.4 Failure to Exercise . In the event that the Rights Holders fail to exercise in full the right of first refusal within such twenty (20) plus five (5) day period, then the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the New Securities with respect to which the Rights Holders’ rights of first refusal hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s Notice to the Rights Holders. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold the New Securities within such ninety (90) day period, then the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Rights Holders pursuant to this Section 3.

3.5 Termination . This right of first refusal shall terminate (a) immediately prior to the effective time of the Company’s IPO, or (b) upon the consummation of a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in the Restated Certificate), provided , however , that such Change of Control has been approved by the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.

4. Covenants of the Parties .

4.1 Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the directors elected solely by the holders of Preferred Stock), after the date of this Agreement all shares of Common Stock or options to purchase Common Stock issued to any employee pursuant to any benefit, bonus or incentive plan or agreement will vest with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares or options on the one-year anniversary following the date of issuance (or, with respect to an employee’s initial grant, on the one-year anniversary following the date of such employee’s commencement date with the Company), with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares or options to vest monthly over the next three (3) years (provided in each case so long as such employee remains employed by the Company) and on such other terms and conditions approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. In the event that the Company’s Board of Directors approves an option or

 

17


other equity award that allows any employee to purchase unvested shares of Common Stock, then such employee shall be bound by an agreement granting the Company the right to repurchase the unvested shares for the original purchase price in the event that the employee’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, subject to release of such repurchase right upon the vesting schedule approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

4.2 True Books and Records . The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

4.3 Reservation of Common Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

4.4 Visitation Rights . For as long as Pinnacle Entities holds any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise or conversion of any security of the Company, the Company shall allow one representative designated by the Pinnacle Entities to attend all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, which the Company provides to its Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential information or for other similar reasons. The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged or confidential nature of such information shall be final and binding. As a condition to such visitation rights, the representative shall enter into a non-disclosure agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

4.5 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

4.6 Key Man Life Insurance . The Company shall obtain and maintain key man life insurance policies on the Company’s senior management as designated by the Board of Directors, each in the amount of $2,000,000, the proceeds of which are payable to the Company, and shall maintain such insurance as long as the insureds are affiliated with the Company in a management capacity. The Company hereby agrees that it shall not assign, borrow against or pledge such policies.

4.7 Russian Design Center . The Company shall establish a design center (the “ Design Center ”) in Russia before the end of calendar year 2012 in accordance with the Russian Investment Plan attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B and shall ensure that the Design Center always complies with the provisions of the Russian Investment plan. The Company and Rusnano

 

18


acknowledge that the Company’s failure to establish the Design Center in accordance with this Section 4.7 will cause Rusnano damages and losses of types and in amounts which are impossible to compute and ascertain with certainty as a basis for recovery by Rusnano of actual damages, and that liquidated damages represent a fair, reasonable and appropriate estimate thereof. Accordingly, in lieu of any damages for such breach and as the sole remedy to Rusnano for any breach of this Section 4.7, the Company and Rusnano agree that in the event of any Material Breach (as defined below) by the Company, liquidated damages in the amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) shall be assessed and paid by the Company to Rusnano no later than 20 business days from the date of such Material Breach, without Rusnano being required to present any evidence of the amount or character of actual damages sustained by reason thereof; provided that in no event shall the total damages owed under this Section 4.7 exceed the amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Such liquidated damages are intended to represent estimated actual damages and are not intended as a penalty, and the Company shall pay them to Rusnano. The parties agree that no Investor, other than Rusnano, shall have any right pursuant to this Section 4.7 and that the covenants set forth in this Section 4.7 are being made by the Company solely for the benefit of Rusnano. For purposes of this Section 4.7, a “ Material Breach ” shall be deemed to occur if and only if (i) a Russian subsidiary from which the Design Center will operate has not been created by December 31, 2012, (ii) by the end of the 3 year period starting from the date of establishment of the Russian subsidiary the Company has not made aggregate investments in the Russian subsidiary that owns the Design Center of at least $3,000,000 in cash, or (iii) if by the earlier of (x) 3 year anniversary of the date the Design Center is established and (y) December 31, 2015, the Russian subsidiary has not hired at least 11 engineers for the purposes of the fulfillment of the Russian Investment Plan.

4.8 Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided , however , that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

4.9 Termination . The covenants set forth in Section 4 (other than Section 4.7, which shall only terminate in accordance with the Russian Investment Plan) shall terminate (a) immediately prior to the effective time of the Company’s IPO, or (b) the consummation of a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

 

19


5. Assignment and Amendment .

5.1 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

(a) Information Rights . The rights of an Investor under Section  1 hereof may be assigned only to a party who acquires from an Investor (or an Investor’s permitted assigns) at least that minimum number of shares of Preferred Stock and/or an equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Conversion Stock described in Section 1.1 or 1.3 hereof, respectively; provided that any such assignee of such rights is not deemed by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its reasonable judgment, to be a competitor of the Company (where for such purposes, venture capital firms, banks and other financial institutions that do not directly operate competitive businesses shall not be deemed a competitor of the Company); provided further that any Holder may assign information rights to a partner, member, retired partner, former member, stockholder or affiliate of such Holder without restriction as to the minimum share requirement set forth above; provided further , that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 5.

(b) Registration Rights . The registration rights of a Holder under Section 2 hereof may be assigned only to a party who acquires at least 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreements or pursuant to the Series C-1 Warrant (or, if a lesser amount, all shares of Preferred Stock held by a Holder) and/or an equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of Registrable Securities issued upon conversion thereof (unless the Company waives such minimum share requirement); provided , however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name and address of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; provided further , that any such assignee of such rights is not deemed by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its reasonable judgment, to be a competitor of the Company (where for such purposes, venture capital firms, banks and other financial institutions that do not directly operate competitive businesses shall not be deemed a competitor of the Company); provided further , that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 5; and provided further , that any Holder may assign registration rights to a partner, member, retired partner, former member, stockholder or affiliate of such Holder without restriction as to the minimum share requirement set forth above.

5.2 Amendment and Waiver of Rights . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the (i) Company and (ii) Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding shares of Preferred Stock and/or Conversion Stock representing and/or convertible into at least a majority of all the Investors’ Shares (as defined below); provided , that if (A) any amendment or waiver would have the effect of waiving the rights of Intel (as defined below), Rusnano, Xilinx, Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. or Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P. to purchase securities as set forth in Section 3 (other than regarding securities carved out of the definition of New Securities as of the date hereof), (B) such party did not consent to such amendment or

 

20


waiver, and (C) any one or more other Rights Holder(s) actually participate(s) in an issuance of such securities, then Intel, Rusnano, Xilinx, Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. or Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., as the case may be, shall be permitted to participate in such issuance in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 notwithstanding such purported amendment or waiver; ; provided , further , that Section 4.4 may not be amended or waived without the written consent of the Pinnacle Entities; provided , further , that any amendment or waiver of Section 4.7 or Exhibit B hereto shall require the written consent of Rusnano; provided , further , that any amendment or waiver of Section 4.8 shall require the written consent of GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.; provided , further , any amendment or waiver of Intel’s or Rusnano’s rights in Section 6.14(b) shall require the written consent of Intel or Rusnano, as the case may be, and any amendment or waiver of Intel’s or GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.’s rights in Section 6.14(c) shall require the written consent of Intel or GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., as the case may be; provided , further , that any amendment or waiver of any of the foregoing provisos related to Intel, Rusnano, Xilinx, Inc. GLOBAL FOUNDREIS U.S. Inc. or Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., or of this proviso, shall require the written consent of Intel, Rusnano, Xilinx, Inc. GLOBAL FOUNDREIS U.S. Inc. or Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., as the case may be; and provided , further , any amendment, termination or waiver that would reduce or eliminate any right or benefit to an Investor hereunder in manner that is different and disproportionate from any other Investor holding the same series of Preferred Stock will require separate approval of such Investor. As used herein, the term “ Investors’ Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreements plus all then outstanding shares of Conversion Stock that were issued upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreements. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.2 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company.

6. General Provisions.

6.1 Notices . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile if during regular business hours at the recipient’s location (or if after business hours, the next business day), addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or seven (7) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number as follows, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto as follows:

 

21


(a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s respective address as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

(b) if to the Company, marked “Attention: Chief Executive Officer”, at Aquantia Corp., 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035, with a copy to Cooley LLP, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, attention: Babak Yaghmaie, Esq.

6.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein, together with all the Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

6.3 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. The parties agree that any action brought by any party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the Northern District of California.

6.4 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

6.5 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

6.6 Successors And Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

6.7 Titles and Headings . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

22


6.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6.9 Costs And Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

6.10 Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, stock dividend, recapitalization or the like of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, stock dividend, recapitalization or the like.

6.11 Aggregation of Stock . All shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.12 Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

6.13 Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic communication with originals to follow to Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” as soon as possible after the Closing and upon such delivery the facsimile signature, including in portable document format, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. The failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the nonreceipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Agreement.

6.14 Confidentiality .

(a) Disclosure of Financing Terms . Each party acknowledges that the terms and conditions (collectively, the “ Financing Terms ”) of this Agreement, the Series H Agreement, Series G Agreement, the Series F Agreement, the Series E Agreement, the Series D Agreement, the Series C and Series C-1 Agreement, the Series C-1 Warrant, each of the Related Agreements (as defined in the Series C and Series C-1 Agreement, the Series E Agreement, the Series F Agreement, the Series G Agreement and the Series H Agreement), the Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 13, 2009 by and between the Company and Intel (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), and all exhibits, restatements and amendments hereto and thereto (collectively, the “ Financing Agreements ”), including their existence, shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by it to any third party except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.14.

 

23


(b) Press Releases . No announcement regarding the Financing Terms or any Investor under any of the Repurchase Agreement, Series C and Series C-1 Agreement, Series D Agreement, the Series E Agreement, the Series F Agreement, the Series G Agreement or the Series H Agreement in a press release, conference, advertisement, announcement, professional or trade publication, mass marketing materials or otherwise to the general public may be made without the prior written consent of the Company, Intel and, with respect to the Series F Agreement only, Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”; provided , however , that with the consent of the Company, and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Investors, the Financing Terms of the Series H Agreement and names of Investors participating in the Series H investment may be announced and such would not require Intel’s written consent.

(c) Permitted Disclosures . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may disclose any of the Financing Terms to its current or bona fide prospective acquirors and investors, directors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys (and, in the case of an Investor, such Investor’s partners and members), in each case only where such persons or entities are under nondisclosure obligations customary for such applicable acquirors, investors, partners, members, directors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys, and Intel (together with Intel Corporation and Intel Corporation’s other direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, “ Intel Entities ”) may disclose its investment (either directly or indirectly through any Intel Entity) in the Company and the Financing Terms (excluding any Financing Terms that are specific to an Investor other than Intel, to the extent not already publicly disclosed by the Company or such other Investor) to third parties or to the public at its sole discretion and, if it does so, the other parties hereto shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement or disclosure by any Intel Entity. Additionally, upon receipt of prior written consent of the Company, GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. may disclose its investment (either directly or indirectly through any affiliate) in the Company and the Financing Terms (excluding any Financing Terms that are specific to an Investor other than GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc., to the extent not already publicly disclosed by the Company or such other Investor) to third parties or to the public and, if it does so, the other parties hereto shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement or disclosure by GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

(d) Legally Compelled Disclosure . In the event that any party is requested or becomes legally compelled (including without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations) to disclose the existence of any of the Financing Terms, or the Financing Agreements, in contravention of the provisions of this Section 6.14, such party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall provide the other parties (the “ Non-Disclosing Parties ”) with prompt written notice of that fact before such disclosure and will use its reasonable efforts to fully cooperate with the Non-Disclosing Parties to seek a protective order, confidential treatment, or other appropriate remedy with respect to the disclosure. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish for disclosure only that portion of the information which is legally required and shall exercise its reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party and to the maximum extent possible under law. The Disclosing Party agrees that it will provide the Non-Disclosing Parties with drafts of any documents, press releases or other filings in which the Disclosing Party

 

24


is required to disclose any of the Financing Agreements or Financing Terms or any other confidential information subject to the terms of this Section 6.14 at least five (5) business days prior to the filing or disclosure thereof, and that it will make any changes to such materials as requested by any Non-Disclosing Party to the extent permitted by law or any rules and regulations of the SEC or the Russian Federation, as applicable. If confidential treatment is requested by any Non-Disclosing Party, the Disclosing Party agrees to file such a request on such Non-Disclosing Party’s behalf and use its reasonable efforts in responding to any SEC or other governmental entity’s comments to pursue assurance that confidential treatment will be granted, in both cases fully cooperating with such Non-Disclosing Party (including, without limitation, providing such Non-Disclosing Party with the opportunity to review and comment on the request and the responses to any such SEC comments). The Disclosing Party will not file any Financing Agreement with any governmental authority or any regulatory body, or disclose the identity of any Non-Disclosing Party or any other Financing Terms in any filing except as permitted above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be permitted, without notice to the Non- Disclosing Parties, to disclose in connection with the filing of a Form D Notice of Exempt Offering of Securities with the applicable governmental authorities, the aggregate amount of securities sold pursuant to the Series D Agreement so long as such disclosure does not include the identity of any Non-Disclosing Party.

(e) Tax Treatment and Confidentiality . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party hereto (and each employee, representative, or other agent of each party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction contemplated in the Financing Agreements and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any party except to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws. This authorization is not intended to permit disclosure of any other information or any portion of any materials to the extent not related to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction, including but not limited to, (i) the identities of participants or potential participants in the transaction, (ii) the existence or status of any negotiations, (iii) any pricing or financial information (except to the extent such pricing or financial information is related to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction), or (iv) any other term or detail not relevant to the tax treatment or the tax structure of the transaction. The parties to this Agreement have no knowledge or reason to know that a disclosure related to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction contemplated in the Financing Agreements is otherwise limited.

(f) Other Information . The provisions of this Section 6.14 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, the provisions of any separate nondisclosure agreement executed by any of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements. Disclosures and exchanges of confidential information between the Company and Intel Entities (including, without limitation, any exchanges of information with any Intel board observer) shall be governed by the terms of the Corporate Non-Disclosure Agreement No. 4043669, dated as of January 6, 2005, executed by the Company and Intel (the “ CNDA ”); provided, however, that the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that Confidential Information (as defined in the CNDA) shall include any oral disclosure made during any of the Company’s board of directors meetings (including all committees thereof) for those portions of such meetings where Intel’s board observer was in attendance, as such attendance is documented in the minutes of the applicable meeting, and provided further, however, that the Intel Entities

 

25


shall be responsible to the Company for any liability that such individual would have had such individual been a party to the CNDA. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company agrees that neither the confidentiality provision set forth in Section 1.2 of this Agreement nor any similar confidentiality obligation or restriction contained in any of the Financing Agreements (except for this Section 6.14) shall be binding upon the Intel Entities.

(g) Notices . All notices required under this Section 6.14 shall be made pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

COMPANY:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. SERIES H AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
PHILIPPE AND BEATRICE DELANSAY FAMILY TRUST

UNDER DECLARATION OF TRUST DATED

DECEMBER 8, 2000

By:  

/s/ Philippe Delansay and Beatrice Delansay

  Philippe Delansay and Beatrice Delansay, Trustees
FARAJOLLAH AALAEI LIVING TRUST DATED JANUARY 14, 2000
By:  

/s/ Farajollah Aalaei

  Farajollah Aalaei
By:  

/s/ Susan Akbarpour

  Susan Akbarpour

/s/ Ramin Shirani

Ramin Shirani

 

Ramin Farjadrad

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. SERIES H AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY “RUSNANO”
By:  

/s/ Yuri A. Udaltsov

Name:   Yuri A. Udaltsov
Title:   Deputy Chairman of the Management Board of Management company, RUSNANO LLC acting on the basis of power of attorney dated 4th of February 2015.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
LSVP VI TRUST
By: Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC, its Liquidating Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVP VI-A TRUST
By: Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC, its Liquidating Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVP VI CAYMAN TRUST
By: Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC, its Liquidating Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVPE VI TRUST
By: Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC, its Liquidating Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVPE VI-A TRUST
By: Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC, its Liquidating Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
GREYLOCK XI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Greylock XI GP Limited Partnership, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XI-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Greylock XI GP Limited Partnership, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XI PRINCIPALS LLC
By: Greylock Management Corporation, Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Treasurer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

PINNACLE VENTURES I-A (Q), L.P.

PINNACLE VENTURES I-B, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES I AFFILIATES, L.P.
By:   By: Pinnacle Ventures Management I, L.L.C.,
          their general partner
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PINNACLE VENTURES II-A, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-B, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-C, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-R, L.P.
By:   By: Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C.,
          their general partner
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I-O, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I AFFILIATES, L.P.
By:   By: Pinnacle Ventures Equity Management I, L.L.C.,
          their general partner
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :  
NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 13, L.P.
By:   NEA Partners 13, L.P., its general partner
By:   NEA 13 GP, LTD, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

  Louis S. Citron, Chief Legal Officer
NEA VENTURES 2009, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

  , Vice President
  Louis S. Citron  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.
By:  

/s/ Marco Chisari

Name:   Marco Chisari
Title:   Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and M&A

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. SERIES H AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTORS :
WALDEN RIVERWOOD VENTURES, L.P.
By: Walden Riverwood GP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. SERIES H AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

STOCKHOLDERS :
FAMILY TRUST OF FARSHAD SHAKIB AND SEPIDEH SHAKIB
By:  

/s/ F. Shakib

Name:   F. Shakib
Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
DEP AQ, L.P.
By: DEP GP, L.P., its general partner
By: DEP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Ivy Dodes

Name:   Ivy Dodes
Title:   Vice President

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Hilton Romanski

Name:   Hilton Romanski
Title:   SVP & CTSO

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on 7/22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
Ramiar Shirani
By:  

/s/ Ramiar Shirani

Name:   Ramiar Shirani
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Mathew Zaheri

Name:   Mathew Zaheri
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Shahin Hedayat

Name:   Shahin Hedayat IRA
Title:   Raymond James Custodian

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on 7/22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Hamid Nikravesh & Raquel Nikravesh

Name:   Hamid Nikravesh & Raquel Nikravesh
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[    ] IRA Services Trust Company CFBO [Behzad Kashani] [IRA 510865] (TAX ID: 26-2627205)                      ]
By:  

/s/ Behzad Kashani

Name:  

[IRA Services Trust Company CFBO

[Behzad Kashani] [IRA 510865][TAX ID: 26-2627205]]

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowled gement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Ali Shirani

Name: Ali Shirani
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015. as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Gholam Reza Sisakhti        /s/ Farahnaz Maniei

Name:   Gholam Reza Sisakhti & Farahnaz Maniei
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Homer Soliemannjad

Name: Homer Soliemannjad
Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
[                ]
By:  

/s/ Farshad Haghighi

Name: Farshad Haghighi
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name: Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                    ]

 

By:  

/s/ R. Shirani

Name:   Reza Shirani
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                    ]

 

By:  

/s/ Mansour Shirani

Name:   Mansour Shirani
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith. Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                    ]

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Daniel

Name:   Andrew Daniel
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                    ]

 

By:  

/s/ Shahin Rohani

Name:   Shahin Rohani
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[m.n.]

 

By:  

/s/ Mastaneh N. Farsio

Name:   Mastaneh N. Farsio
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investor’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ) , by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Ackowledegement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a)  agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

Hooshang Defaii Living Trust

 

By:  

/s/ Hooshang Defaii

Name:   Hooshang Defaii Living Trust
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                    ]

 

By:  

/s/ Heshmat Shirani

Name:   Heshmat Shirani
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on July 22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                ]

 

By:  

/s/ Hassan Parsa

Name:   Hassan Parsa
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on 7/22, 2015, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[AM]

 

By:  

/s/ Abdy Moshrefi

Name:   Abdy Moshrefi
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on 7/22, 2015, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement , dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring shares of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Series H Preferred Stock Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015, as amended, and in accordance therewith, Holder shall become shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

[                ]

 

By:  

/s/ Jafar Fini

Name:   Jafar Fini
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed effective as of January 22, 2016 by each of the undersigned (each, a “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 2015 (as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its stockholders. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, each Holder agrees as follows.

1.1 Acknowledgement . Each Holder acknowledges that it is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”), and after such transfer, such Holder shall be considered an “Investor” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Each Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.9 , and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if such Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to each Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below such Holder’s signature hereto.

[ Signature Page Follows. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Adoption Agreement as of the date first written above.

HOLDER:

WRV II, L.P.

By: WRV GP II, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   Director

 

Address:   c/o Walden International
           One California Street, Suite 2800
           San Francisco, CA 94111

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

A QUANTIA C ORP .

 

By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Aquantia Corp. IRA Adoption Agreement (WRV)]


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on December 19, 2016, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

 

HOLDER:
CANVELAS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

/s/ Rauf Shakhmamedov

Name:   Rauf Shakhmamedov
Title:  

Director

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts: Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Aquan, LLC

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Hing Wong

Name:   Hing Wong
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Paxion Capital, LP

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Duncan Robertson

Name:   Duncan Robertson
Title:   CFO

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “ Holde r ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1 . 2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Sam Srinivasan

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Sam Srinivasan

Name:   Sam Srinivasan
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an ‘‘Investor” tor all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Dr. Lakshmi Srinivasan

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Dr. Lakshmi Srinivasan

Name:   Dr. Lakshmi Srinivasan
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

A & E Investment LLC

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Teresa Smith Revovable Trust

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Teresa Smith, Trustee

Name:  

Teresa Smith

Title:   Trustee

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement. Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice. Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.    

 

HOLDER:

Jean Wong

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Jean Wong

Name:   Jean Wong
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Monjeri Investments

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Member

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinde r ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

FARAJOLLAH AALAEI 2000 IRREVOCABLE TRUST

(PRINT NAME)

By:  

/s/ Reza Sistakhti

Name:   Reza Sistakhti
Title:   Trustee

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement. Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Steve Fu

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Steve Fu

Name:   Steve Fu
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Mark Voll

(PRINT NAME)

By:  

/s/ Mark Voll

Name:   Mark Voll
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

MATHEW ZAHERI

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Mathew Zaheri

Name:   Mathew Zaheri
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinde r ”) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investers’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investers, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopt the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Family Trust of Farshad

Shakib and Sepideh Shakib

FARSHAD SHAKIB

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Farshad Shakib

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this Joinder ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the Holder ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “ Stock ”) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder, Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

GHOLAM REZA SISAKHTI

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Gholam Reza Sisakhti

Name:   Gholam Reza Sisakhti
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Hassan Parsa

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Hassan Parsa

Name:   Hassan Parsa
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows;

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Shahin and Shirin Hedayat Family Trust

(PRINT NAME)

By:  

/s/ Shahin Hedayat

Name:   SHAHIN HEDAYAT
Title:   Trustee

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

HOMER SOLIEMANNJAD

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Homer Soliemannjad

Name:   HOMER SOLIEMANNJAD
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ) , by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

MANDAVA FAMILY TRUST

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Surendra Babu Mandava

Name:   SURENDRA BABU MANDAVA
Title:   TRUSTEE

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith. Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

FARSHAD HAGHIGHI

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Farshad Haghighi

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Davood Yazdani

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Davood Yazdani

Name:   DAVOOD YAZDANI
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

YUNG ADVISORY LLC

(PRINT NAME)

By:  

/s/ Robert Yung

Name:   ROBERT YUNG
Title:   PARTNER

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors” Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ). by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder. Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith. Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

BALAJI BAKTHAVATCHALAM

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Balaji Bakthavatchalam

Name:   BALAJI BAKTHAVATCHALAM
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company”) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice. Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Paul H. Saunders

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Paul H. Saunders

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Paul H. Saunders Jr.

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Paul H. Saunders Jr.

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

Ying Pan

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Ying Pan

Name:   YING PAN
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:
Mohsen Farjadrad & Mehri Ayenehchi Revocable Living Trust

 

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Farjadrad/Ayenehchi

Name:   Mohsen Farjadrad/Mehri Ayenehchi
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder” ) is executed on August 25, 2017, by the undersigned (the “Holder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (the “Agreement” ), by and among Aquantia Corp. (the “Company” ) and certain of its investors, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder, Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Stock” ) and the acquisition of the Stock requires the Holder to become a party to, be bound by and obtain the benefit of and the rights and restrictions of the Agreement. In accordance therewith, Holder shall become a party to the Agreement as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. This Joinder shall be deemed to constitute a counterpart signature page to the Agreement.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

1.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Joinder Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

 

GUI E PENG

 

(PRINT NAME)
By:  

/s/ Gui E Peng

Name:   GUI E PENG
Title:  

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

NAME AND ADDRESS

Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”

LSVP VI TRUST 2200

LSVP VI-A TRUST

LSVP VI CAYMAN TRUST

LSVPE VI TRUST

LSVPE VI-A TRUST

Greylock XI Limited Partnership

Greylock XI-A Limited Partnership

Greylock XI Principals LLC

VentureTech Alliance Fund II, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures I-A (Q), L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures I-B, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures I Affiliates, L.P.

 

A-1


Pinnacle Ventures II-A, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures II-B, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures II-C, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures II-R, L.P.130

Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I-O, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures Equity Fund I Affiliates, L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures I-A (Q), L.P.

Pinnacle Ventures II Equity Holdings, L.L.C.

Stephen F. Dreyer

Richard Taborek, Sr.

Thomas J. Riordan

Rona Holding LLC

Cameron Bahar

Raymond A. Bahar

Amidzad Partners LLC

Mansour Shirani

Reza Shirani

 

A-2


Scot Parnell

Alex Schlegel

Daniel Schlegel

John Spensieri

Dan Klausmeier

F&W Investments

F&W Investments L.L.C – Series 2007

Cisco Systems, Inc.

Intel Capital Corporation

New Enterprise Associates 13, L.P.

NEA Ventures 2009, Limited Partnership

 

A-3


LSI Corporation

NetLogic Microsystems, Inc.

Sheri R. Amiri

Rafi Bamdad

GC&H Investments, LLC

Babak Yaghmaie

Mahshid Marsh

Soheila Soheil

Odrison Investments Limited

Michelle Shirani

Ariadna Trading Inc.

Ramiar Shirani

Xilinx, Inc.

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

Walden Riverwood Ventures L.P.

A&E Investment, LLC

Epping Investment Holdings LLC 70

 

A-4


Right Chance, Inc.

WRV II, L.P.

Family Trust of Farshad Shakib and Sepideh Shakib

DEP AQ, L.P.

Mathew Zaheri

Shahin Hedayat IRA

Hamid Nikravesh & Raquel Nikravesh

[IRA Trust Company CFBO [Behzad Kashani][IRA 510865][Tax ID: 26-2627205]]

Ali Shirani

Shahin Rohani

Gholam Reza Sisakhti & Farahnaz Manig

Homer Soleimannejad

Farshad Haghighi

Reza Shirani

Mansour Shirani

Hooshang Defaii Living Trust

Canvelas International Inc.

 

A-5


Heshmat Shirani

Mastaneh N. Farsio

Andrew Daniel

Hassan Parsa

Abdy Moshrefi

Jafar Fini

Aquan LLC

Paxion Capital, LP

Sam Srinivasan

Dr. Lakshmi Srinivasan

Teresa Smith Revocable Trust

Jean Wong

Monjeri Investment

Farajollah Aalaei 2000 Irrevocable Trust

Steve Fu

Gholam Reza Sisakhti

Shahin and Shirin Hedayat Family Trust

Mandava Family Trust

Davood Yazdani

 

A-6


Balaji Bakthavatchalam

Yung Advisory LLC

Paul H. Saunders

Paul H. Saunders, Jr.

Ying Pan

The Mohsen Farjadrad and Mehri Ayenehchi Revocable Living Trust

Gui E Peng

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Aquantia Corp.’s (the “Company”) Russian Design Center (“RDC”) Investment Plan

Following the date hereof but prior to December 31, 2012, the Company undertakes to form a subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”) in St Petersburg Russia which will operate the RDC. The objective of the RDC is to expand the Company’s research and development team in specific areas of Integrated Circuit design expertise complementing the Company’s existing design center in California, specifically in the following areas: Chip Integration & CAD, Firmware / DSP and Applications software.

In order to operate the RDC, the Subsidiary will lease office space and is expected to require the installation and sourcing of various office equipment, IT hardware infrastructure (consistent with planned operations of RDC), as well as various software and tools licenses. In addition, the Company undertakes to hire Integrated Circuit design engineers for the Subsidiary in accordance with the following schedule (4 engineers by the end of year 1 following opening of RDC, 3 additional engineers by the end of year 2 (7 in total by end of year 2), 4 additional engineers by the end of year 3 (11 in total by end of year 3)).

The Company undertakes to hire staff at RDC with the specific areas of IC design expertise as follows:

 

    Chip Integration & CAD

 

    Responsible for “back-end” chip design

 

    Headcount of 1 at end of year 1 following opening of RDC, headcount of 2 at end of year 2, headcount of 3 at end of year 3

 

    Firmware / DSP

 

    Responsible for software development related to the firmware of the chip or DSP algorithms

 

    Headcount of 2 at end of year 1 following opening of RDC, headcount of 3 at end of year 2, headcount of 4 at end of year 3

 

    Applications software

 

    Responsible for software development on layer-2+ type of components

 

    Headcount of 1 at end of year 1 following opening of RDC, headcount of 2 at end of year 2, headcount of 4 at end of year 3

The Company’s preliminary estimates of the initial costs in connection with establishment of the Subsidiary’s operations and purchasing and installing IT hardware infrastructure and equipment for the Subsidiary, will be approximately $50,000. The RDC will be financed by the Company through monthly fund transfer following its opening.

In order to accelerate the launch of operations at the RDC, the Company has entered into a non-binding MOU with Milandr.

The Company undertakes:

 

B-1


1. To transfer funds to the Subsidiary to an account of the Subsidiary at a bank acceptable to Rusnano;

 

2. To prepare a budget for the Subsidiary annually, which includes quarterly budget periods;

 

3. To (or to cause the Subsidiary’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to) provide Rusnano with quarterly reports on the Subsidiary’s use of funds, within 40 days of the end of each fiscal quarter; and

 

4. To permit Rusnano representatives (for so long as it owns any shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock), at Rusnano’s expense, to visit and inspect the Subsidiary’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Subsidiary’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times agreed to by Rusnano and the Company (and in any event, subject to at least 48 hour advance notice by Rusnano to the Company), it being understood that the confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 1.2 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Right Agreement which this Exhibit B is a part of shall be applicable to all information received by Rusnano pursuant to this Exhibit B (subject to the exceptions set forth therein).

 

B-2


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of January 22, 2016, by and among Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the Company” ), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A attached to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as defined below) (the Investors ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2015 (as the same may be amended, modified or amended and restated from time to time, Investors’ Rights Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, any provision thereof may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the (i) Company and (ii) Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding shares of Preferred Stock and/or Conversion Stock representing and/or convertible into at least a majority of all the Investors’ Shares (the Requisite Investors”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the Company’s execution of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned constitute the Requisite Holders and desire to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment. The definition of “Registrable Securities” set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following clause (5) immediately following clause (4) of Section 2.1(b):

“(5) all shares of Common Stock held by WRV II, L.P. provided , however , that WRV II, L.P. may not be an Initiating Holder for purposes of Section 2.2 of this Agreement.”

2. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

3. Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws


4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[Signature pages follow. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei
Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

Ramin Shirani

/s/ Ramin Shirani            


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.
By:  

/s/ Marco Chisari

Name:   MARCO CHISARI
Title:   SVP, Head of M&A and Corp Dev.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

GREYLOCK XI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   Greylock XI GP Limited Partnership, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XI-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   Greylock XI GP Limited Partnership, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XI PRINCIPALS LLC
By:   Greylock Management Corporation, Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Donald A. Sullivan

  Donald A. Sullivan
Title:   Treasurer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

LSVP VI TRUST
By:   Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher J. Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVP VI-A TRUST
By:   Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher J. Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVP VI CAYMAN TRUST
By:   Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher J. Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVPE VI TRUST
By:   Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher J. Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory
LSVPE VI-A TRUST
By:   Lightspeed Trustee VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Schaepe

Name:   Christopher J. Schaepe
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 13, L.P.
By:   NEA Partners 13, L.P., its general partner
By:   NEA 13 GP, LTD, its general partner
By:   /s/ Louis A. Citron , Director
NEA VENTURES 2009, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   /s/ Louis A. Citron , Vice President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

PINNACLE VENTURES I-A (Q), L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES I-B, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES I AFFILIATES, L.P.
By:  

By: Pinnacle Ventures Management I, L.L.C.,

their general partner

By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
PINNACLE VENTURES II-A, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-B, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-C, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES II-R, L.P.
By:   By: Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C.,
         their general partner
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I-O, L.P.
PINNACLE VENTURES EQUITY FUND I AFFILIATES, L.P.
By:   By: Pinnacle Ventures Equity Management I, L.L.C.,
  their general partner
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

Name:   Robert N. Savoie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY “RUSNANO”
By:    /s/ Yury A. Udaltsov                                        
Name: Yury A. Udaltsov
Title: Deputy Chairman of the Management Board of Management company, RUSNANO LLC acting on the basis of power of attorney dated 4 th of February 2015.

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF DIRECTOR & OFFICER

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                                      , 2017, between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

B. Although the furnishing of liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require the Company to indemnify the executive officers and directors of the Company and empower the Company to indemnify other officers, employees and agents as authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

C. The uncertainties relating to liability insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

D. The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and


G. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified; and

H. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations which Indemnitee and such other entities and/or organizations intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board and/or as an officer of the Company.

I. This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety any previous Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and the Indemnitee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or a director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section  l(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section  1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section  1(b) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section  1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

2


(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section  1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of

 

3


Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by

 

4


Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section  5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section  6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) unless a Change in Control has occurred: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and (ii) if a Change in Control has occurred, then by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section  6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section  6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section  13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as

 

5


Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section  6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section  6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section  6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section  6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section  6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section  6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not

 

6


materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section  6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

7


7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section  6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section  5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section  6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section  7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section  6(b) .

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section  7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his or her behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section  13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection

 

8


with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of Board or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have in the future certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or

 

9


to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Secondary Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;

 

10


(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section  16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(d) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in the last paragraph of this Section 9 below);

(e) a final judgment or other final adjudication is made that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination);

(f) in connection with any claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement); or

(g) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of this Section 9, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this

 

11


Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section  7 hereof) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

12


(c) “ Change in Control ” means the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (excluding any changes in the voting power solely resulting from any conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock);

(ii) Change in Board. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition of Change in Control) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

(d) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(e) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

13


(f) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(g) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(i) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(j) “ Person ” for purposes of the definition of Beneficial Owner and Change in Control set forth above, shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(k) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or

 

14


investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section  7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

(l) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

 

15


(b) To the Company at:

Aquantia Corp.

105E Tasman Dr.

San Jose, California 95134

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:    
      Name:    
      Title:    

 

INDEMNITEE
 

 

Name:

 

Address:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Exhibit 10.2

AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

As Adopted on October 14, 2004

1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options and Restricted Stock. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 22 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this plan which do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 17 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be Forty-Seven Million Eight Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Six (47,856,656) Shares or such lesser number of Shares as permitted by applicable law. Subject to Sections 2.2, 5.10 and 17 hereof, Shares subject to Awards previously granted will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (i) cease to be subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option, other than due to exercise of such Option; (ii) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but the Shares subject to such Award are forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; or (iii) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (i) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (ii) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and (iii) the Purchase Prices of and number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable

 

1


securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee.

3. ELIGIBILITY . ISOs (as defined in Section 5 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 5 hereof) and Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION .

4.1 Committee Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

(c) approve persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;

(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

(h) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

(j) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(k) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan; and

(l) extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date.

4.2 Committee Discretion . Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its

 

2


sole discretion either (i) at the time of grant of the Award, or (ii) subject to Section 5.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided such officer or officers are members of the Board.

5. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

5.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

5.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 11 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as provided herein, to the extent section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code is intended to apply, each Participant who is not an officer, director or consultant of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall have the right to exercise an Option granted hereunder at the rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

5.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; provided that (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO will not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (ii) the Exercise Price of any Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

5.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (i) the number of Shares being purchased, (ii) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under

 

3


such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (iii) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement together with payment in full of the Exercise Price, and any applicable taxes, for the number of Shares being purchased.

5.6 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 17 and 18 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

(a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(b) If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(c) If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

5.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are

 

4


exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 18 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 5.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

5.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed One Hundred Sixty-Three Million (163,000,000) Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

6.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

6.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and will be at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated, except in the case of a sale to a Ten Percent Stockholder, in which case the Purchase Price will be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

6.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11 hereof or such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

5


7. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES .

7.1 Payment . Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

(b) by surrender of shares that: (i) either (A) have been owned by Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (B) were obtained by Participant in the public market and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests;

(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid (i) imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code and (ii) variable accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 44 to APB No. 25; provided, however, that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares;

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

(e) with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists:

(i) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(ii) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(f) by any combination of the foregoing.

7.2 Loan Guarantees . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to assist the Participant in paying for Shares purchased under this Plan by authorizing a guarantee by the Company of a third-party loan to the Participant.

 

6


8. WITHHOLDING TAXES .

8.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

8.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

9. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP .

9.1 Voting and Dividends . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased pursuant to Section 11 hereof. To the extent required, the Company will comply with Section 260.140.1 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations with respect to the voting rights of Common Stock.

9.2 Financial Statements . The Company will provide financial statements to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Awards outstanding, or as otherwise required under Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants when issuance of Awards is limited to key employees whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. TRANSFERABILITY . Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative.

 

7


11. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

11.1 Right of First Refusal . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, unless otherwise not permitted by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

11.2 Right of Repurchase . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time within the later of ninety (90) days after the Participant’s Termination Date and the date the Participant purchases Shares under the Plan at the Participant’s Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, provided that to the extent Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code is intended to apply, unless the Participant is an officer, director or consultant of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, such right of repurchase lapses at the rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from: (a) the date of grant of the Option or (b) in the case of Restricted Stock, the date the Participant purchases the Shares.

12. CERTIFICATES . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

13. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares set forth in Section 11 hereof, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

14. EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS . The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, shares of Common Stock of the Company (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

 

8


15. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this plan which do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (i) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (ii) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

16. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

17. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

17.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor or Acquiring Company . In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions (each, a “ combination transaction ”)) in which the Company is a constituent corporation or is a party if, as a result of such combination transaction, the voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction ( other than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder”, as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving corporation of such combination transaction (or such surviving corporation’s parent corporation if the surviving corporation is owned by the parent corporation) that, immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, together possess at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder; or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, that is followed by the distribution of the proceeds to the Company’s stockholders, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor or acquiring corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders of the Company (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor or acquiring corporation may also substitute by issuing, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar

 

9


shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to the Participant than those which applied to such outstanding Shares immediately prior to such transaction described in this Section 17.1. For purposes of this Section 17.1, an “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder or stockholders of the Company that (i) merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls a majority of another corporation that merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Section 17.1, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, the vesting of such Awards will accelerate and the Awards will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Awards are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

17.2 Other Treatment of Awards . Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 17.1 hereof, any outstanding Awards will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or sale of assets.

17.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award or (ii) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

18. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL . This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”). This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (i) no Option may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (ii) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (iii) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any Award shall be canceled and any purchase of Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (iv) Awards granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not timely approved by stockholders shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

19. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of stockholder approval. This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

10


20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. Subject to Section 5.9 hereof, the Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code or the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans.

21. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

22. DEFINITIONS . As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

Award ” means any award under this Plan, including any Option or Restricted Stock Award.

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, including the Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” means Termination because of (i) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (ii) the Participant’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (iii) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participant’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant, (iv) Participant’s disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (v) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

11


Committee ” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

Company ” means Aquantia Corp., or any successor corporation.

Participant shall have been “Constructively Terminated” in the event that Participant terminates the employment or consultantcy of Participant with the surviving company in a Change of Control as a result of the surviving company in a combination transaction (i) materially changing the type of services Participant is required to provide to the surviving company from those Participant had been providing to the Company prior to such combination transaction, (ii) reducing Participant’s level of base compensation (including base salary and benefits) other than as a part of a comparable reduction applicable to other similarly-situated employees generally or (iii) requiring Participant to relocate more than seventy-five (75) miles in order to continue to provide services to the surviving company in a combination transaction.

Disability ” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

Exercise Price ” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, its closing price on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Board may determine); or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

Plan ” means this Aquantia Corp. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

12


Purchase Price ” means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock.

Restricted Stock ” means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award.

Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 17 hereof, and any successor security.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company’s Board and issued and promulgated in writing. In the case of any Participant on (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave or (iii) an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”).

Unvested Shares ” means “ Unvested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement.

Vested Shares ” means “ Vested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement.

 

13


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant as specified in each Participant’s individual EASi Admin account by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value, of the Company set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account as Total Option Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option; Vesting . This Option shall not be exercisable with respect to any of the Shares until 181 days after the Date of Grant , at which time all of the Shares shall be exercisable, although the Shares issued upon exercise of the Option will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and Repurchase Options set forth in Sections 7, 9 and 10 below. As of the Date of Grant, none of the Shares are vested. Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or to any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company,          of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest and this Option shall become exercisable for such Shares on the First Vesting Date set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account ; and thereafter on the date as specified in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account of each succeeding calendar month after the First Vesting Date, the Shares will become vested as to                  of the Shares until the Shares are vested with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares. If application of the vesting percentage causes a fractional share, such share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share for each month except for the last month in such vesting period, at the end of which last month this Option shall become vested with respect to the full remainder of the Shares. Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Participant without the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, Options for Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) will not be exercisable on or after Participant’s Termination Date.

2.2 Definitions . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Vested Shares. ” Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Unvested Shares.

2.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent

 

14


(and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date, and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. The Option may not be exercised as to fewer than one hundred (100) Shares unless it is exercised as to all Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check), or where permitted by law:

 

  (a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

  (b)

by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that (i) either (A) have been owned by Participant and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with

 

15


  respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by Participant in the open public market; and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests;

 

  (c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

 

  (d) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

 

  (e) by any combination of the foregoing.

4.4 Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Participant must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Participant may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Participant by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. RESERVED .

Section 5 is Reserved.

6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

7. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “ immediate family ” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

8. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT . In connection with any registration of the Company’s securities, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public

 

16


offering of the Company’s securities, Participant shall not exercise the Option or engage in any other transaction with respect to any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

9. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase Participant’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Participant is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation Participant’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

10. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Vested Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

11. ADJUSTMENTS . In the event that the number of outstanding Shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then the Exercise Price of and number of Shares subject to the Option shall be proportionately adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

12. TAX CONSEQUENCES . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal and California tax consequences of grant and exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

12.1 Grant of Option . Grant of the Option is generally not a taxable event. However, options granted at a discount from fair market value may be considered “deferred compensation” subject to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The Company has made a good faith determination that the Exercise Price of the Option is not less than the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option as of the Date of Grant. It is possible, however, that the Internal Revenue Service could challenge this determination and assert that the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option was greater on the Date of Grant than the Exercise Price determined by the Company, which could result in immediate income tax upon the vesting of the Option (whether or not exercised) and a 20% tax penalty. The Company gives no assurance that such adverse tax consequences will not occur and specifically assumes no responsibility therefor. By accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges that any tax liability or other adverse tax consequences to Participant resulting from the grant of the Option shall be the responsibility of, and shall be entirely borne by, Participant.

12.2 Exercise of Option . There may be a regular federal and California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Vested Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Participant is a current or former

 

17


employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. To the extent that the Shares were exercised prior to vesting coincident with the filing of a Section 83(b) election, the amount taxed will be based upon the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Unvested Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

12.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain.

(b) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Participant’s compensation or collect from the Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

14. INTERPRETATION . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Participant shall be in writing and addressed to Participant at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: (i) personal delivery; (ii) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or (iv) one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile, rapifax or telecopier.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its right to purchase Shares under the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

18. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

18


19. ACCEPTANCE . Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

20. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

21. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of this Agreement, based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party, is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision through good faith negotiations.

22. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Agreement.

23. TAX MATTERS . PARTICIPANT AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT BE HELD LIABLE IN THE EVENT THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE DOES NOT EQUAL THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF A SHARE OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK. PARTICIPANT AGREES TO HOLD HARMLESS THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY FOR ALL MATTERS RELATED TO THE FOREGOING.

 

19


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant as specified in each Participant’s individual EASi Admin account 3 by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value, of the Company set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account as Total Option Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option . As of the Date of Grant,                      of the Shares are                  vested, and the Option is          exercisable for                  (100%) of the Shares.

2.2 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent

 

20


and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. The Option may not be exercised as to fewer than one hundred (100) Shares unless it is exercised as to all Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check), or where permitted by law:

 

  (a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

  (b) by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that (i) either (A) have been owned by Participant and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by Participant in the open public market; and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests;

 

  (c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

 

  (d) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

 

  (e) by any combination of the foregoing.

4.4 Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Participant must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Participant may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Participant by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. RESERVED . Section 5 is Reserved.

6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or

 

21


the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

7. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (senior), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

8. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT . In connection with any registration of the Company’s securities, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Participant shall not exercise the Option or engage in any other transaction with respect to any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

9. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

10. ADJUSTMENTS . In the event that the number of outstanding Shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then the Exercise Price of and number of Shares subject to the Option shall be proportionately adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

11. TAX CONSEQUENCES . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal and California tax consequences of grant and exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

11.1 Grant of Option . Grant of the Option is generally not a taxable event. However, options granted at a discount from fair market value may be considered “deferred compensation” subject to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The Company has made a good faith determination that the Exercise Price of the Option is not less than the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option as of the Date of Grant. It is possible, however, that the Internal Revenue Service could challenge this determination and assert that

 

22


the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option was greater on the Date of Grant than the Exercise Price determined by the Company, which could result in immediate income tax upon the vesting of the Option (whether or not exercised) and a 20% tax penalty. The Company gives no assurance that such adverse tax consequences will not occur and specifically assumes no responsibility therefor. By accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges that any tax liability or other adverse tax consequences to Participant resulting from the grant of the Option shall be the responsibility of, and shall be entirely borne by, Participant.

11.2 Exercise of Option . There may be a regular federal and California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of grant and exercise over the Exercise Price. If Participant is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

11.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain.

(b) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Participant’s compensation or collect from the Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

12. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

13. INTERPRETATION . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Participant shall be in writing and addressed to Participant at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: (i) personal delivery; (ii) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or (iv) one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile, rapifax or telecopier.

 

23


16. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its right to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

17. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

18. ACCEPTANCE . Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

19. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

20. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of this Agreement, based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party, is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision through good faith negotiations.

21. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Agreement.

22. TAX MATTERS . PARTICIPANT AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT BE HELD LIABLE IN THE EVENT THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE DOES NOT EQUAL THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF A SHARE OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK. PARTICIPANT AGREES TO HOLD HARMLESS THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY FOR ALL MATTERS RELATED TO THE FOREGOING.

 

24


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (as specified in each Participant’s individual EASi Admin account) by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

23. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (“ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value, of the Company as described in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account, as Total Option Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. As designated in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account, the Option is intended to qualify as an “ incentive stock option ” (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

24. Exercise Period .

24.1 Exercise Period of Option; Vesting . This Option shall not be exercisable with respect to any of the Shares until 181 days after the Date of Grant , at which time all of the Shares shall be exercisable, although the Shares issued upon exercise of the Option will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and Repurchase Options set forth in Sections 7, 9 and 10 below. As of the Date of Grant, none of the Shares are vested. Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or to any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option will become vested with respect to                  of the Shares on the First Vesting Date set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account ; and thereafter on the date as specified in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account of each succeeding calendar month after the First Vesting Date, the Shares will become vested as to                  of the Shares until the Shares are vested with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares. If application of the vesting percentage causes a fractional share, such share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share for each month except for the last month in such vesting period, at the end of which last month this Option shall become vested with respect to the full remainder of the Shares. Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Participant without the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, Options for Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) will not be exercisable on or after Participant’s Termination Date.

24.2 Definitions . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Vested Shares. ” Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Unvested Shares.

24.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in Participant’s individual EASi Admin account or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan.

 

25


25. Termination .

25.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

25.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

25.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date, and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

25.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

26. Manner of Exercise .

26.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

26.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. The Option may not be exercised as to fewer than one hundred (100) Shares unless it is exercised as to all Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

26.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check), or where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

26


(b) by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that (i) either (A) have been owned by Participant and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by Participant in the open public market; and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests;

(c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

(d) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

(e) by any combination of the foregoing.

26.4 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

27. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Option Shares . If Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Option on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to U.S. federal, California and local income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current wages or other compensation payable to Participant.

28. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

29. Nontransferability of Option . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

30. Market Stand-Off Agreement . In connection with any registration of the Company’s securities, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Participant shall not exercise the Option or engage in any other transaction with respect to any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case

 

27


may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

31. Company’s Repurchase Option for Unvested Shares . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase Participant’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Participant is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation Participant’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

32. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Participant without the Company’s prior written consent. Before any Vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Vested Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

33. Adjustments . In the event that the number of outstanding Shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then the Exercise Price of and number of Shares subject to the Option shall be proportionately adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

34. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal and California tax consequences of grant and exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

34.1 Grant of Option . Grant of the Option is generally not a taxable event. However, options granted at a discount from fair market value may be considered “deferred compensation” subject to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. The Company has made a good faith determination that the Exercise Price of the Option is not less than the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option as of the Date of Grant. It is possible, however, that the Internal Revenue Service could challenge this determination and assert that the fair market value of the Shares underlying the Option was greater on the Date of Grant than the Exercise Price determined by the Company, which could result in immediate income tax upon the vesting of the Option (whether or not exercised) and a 20% tax penalty, as well as the loss of ISO status. The Company gives no assurance that such adverse tax consequences will not occur and specifically assumes no responsibility therefor. By accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges that any tax liability or other adverse tax consequences to Participant resulting from the grant of the Option shall be the responsibility of, and shall be entirely borne by, Participant.

34.2 Exercise of Option . There will be no regular U.S. federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Participant to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

28


34.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain and Income on Early Disposition . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under the Option are disposed of within the applicable one (1)-or two (2)-year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. To the extent that the Shares were exercised prior to vesting coincident with the filing of a Section 83(b) election, the amount taxed because of a disqualifying disposition will be based upon the excess, if any, of the fair market value on the date of vesting over the Exercise Price.

(b) Withholding . If Participant disposes of any Vested Shares purchased under the Option within twelve (12) months after the date of purchase pursuant to the exercise of the Option or more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of Participant’s compensation income.

35. Privileges of Stock Ownership . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

36. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

37. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

38. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Participant shall be in writing and addressed to Participant at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: (i) personal delivery; (ii) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or (iv) one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile, rapifax or telecopier.

39. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

29


40. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

41. Acceptance . Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

42. Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

43. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of this Agreement, based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party, is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision through good faith negotiations.

44. Headings . The captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Agreement.

45. Tax Matters . PARTICIPANT AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT BE HELD LIABLE IN THE EVENT THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE DOES NOT EQUAL THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF A SHARE OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK. PARTICIPANT AGREES TO HOLD HARMLESS THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY FOR ALL MATTERS RELATED TO THE FOREGOING.

 

30


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:   

 

Social Security Number:   

 

Address:   

 

Total Number of Shares:   

 

Exercise Price Per Share:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

First Vesting Date:   

 

Expiration Date:   

 

   (Unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)
Type of Stock Option    Nonqualified Stock Option

 

31


1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:

 

 

Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:
[    ]   Individual, as separate property
[    ]   Husband and wife, as community property
[    ]   Joint Tenants
[    ]   Other; please specify:  

 

To assign the Shares to a trust, a stock transfer agreement in the form provided by the Company (the “ Stock Transfer Agreement ”) must be completed and executed.

1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

  [    ] in cash (by check) in the amount of $        , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

 

  [    ] by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $        ;

 

  [    ] by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser, which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares) or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $         per share;

 

  [    ] by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $        .

 

32


2. DELIVERY .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a check, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 .

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 10 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal described in Section 8.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

 

33


4. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws . THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

5. RESTRICTED SECURITIES .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company.

5.3 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradeable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to a market standoff agreement as described in Section 7 of this Exercise Agreement or any similar agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions of Rule 144.

 

34


6. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

8.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or

 

35


otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

8.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

8.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

8.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

8.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

8.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “ Immediate Family ” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or

 

36


consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides; or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above, or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent ” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither is married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they have resided together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

8.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

8.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

9. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

10. ESCROW . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and

 

37


the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

11.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. federal securities laws, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THERE-FROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT FIRST REFUSAL OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS AS¬SIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

38


11.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

11.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

12. TAX CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

12.1 Exercise of Option . There may be a regular U.S. federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

12.2 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain.

(b) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and U.S. federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

14. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement, including its right to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its

 

39


rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. GOVERNING LAW . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

16. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Purchaser shall be in writing and addressed to Purchaser at the address indicated above or to such other address as Purchaser may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, (i) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), (ii) one (1) business day after its deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or (iii) one (1) business day after transmission by rapifax or telecopier.

17. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

18. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement, and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement.

19. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Exercise Agreement.

20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in triplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement in triplicate as of the Effective Date, indicated above.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.     PURCHASER
By:  

 

   

 

      (Signature)

Faraj Aalaei

   

 

(Please print name)     (Please print name)

President & CEO

   
(Please print title)    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

41


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION EARLY EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                                          (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:   

 

Social Security Number:   

 

Address:   

 

  

 

Total Number of Shares:   

 

Exercise Price Per Share:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

First Vesting Date:   

 

Expiration Date:   

 

   (Unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)
Type of Stock Option    Nonqualified Stock Option

1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:

 

 

Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:
[    ]   Individual, as separate property


[    ]   Husband and wife, as community property
[    ]   Joint Tenants
[    ]   Other; please specify:  

 

To assign the Shares to a trust, a stock transfer agreement in the form provided by the Company (the “ Stock Transfer Agreement ”) must be completed and executed.

1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

  [    ] in cash (by check) in the amount of $        , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

 

  [    ] by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $        ;

 

  [    ] by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser, which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares) or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $         per share;

 

  [    ] by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $        .

2. DELIVERY .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a check, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 11 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Repurchase Option and Right of First Refusal described in Sections 8, 9 and 10.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.


3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws . THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.


5. RESTRICTED SECURITIES .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company.

5.3 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradeable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to a market standoff agreement as described in Section 7 of this Exercise Agreement or any similar agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions of Rule 144.

6. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option or the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) both the Company’s Repurchase Option and the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.


7. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of the Stock Option Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Purchaser is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Purchaser’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

8.1 Termination and Termination Date . In case of any dispute as to whether Purchaser is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Purchaser has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

8.2 Exercise of Repurchase Option . At any time within ninety (90) days after Purchaser’s Termination Date (or, in the case of securities issued upon exercise of an Option after Purchaser’s Termination Date, within ninety (90) days after the date of such exercise), the Company, or its assignee, may elect to repurchase any or all the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.

8.3 Calculation of Repurchase Price for Unvested Shares . The Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase from Purchaser (or from Purchaser’s personal representative as the case may be) the Unvested Shares at Purchaser’s Exercise Price, proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan (the “ Repurchase Price ”).

8.4 Payment of Repurchase Price . The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by Purchaser to the Company or such assignee, or by any combination thereof. The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in Section 8.2.

8.5 Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Exercise Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.


9. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent. Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

9.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

9.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

9.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

9.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

9.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.


9.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides; or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above, or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent ” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither is married to anyone else, both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they have resided together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

9.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

9.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as


Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Repurchase Option or Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

11. ESCROW . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal.

12. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

12.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. federal securities laws, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THERE-FROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND


TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT FIRST REFUSAL OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OB-TAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

12.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

12.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

13. TAX CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. IN PARTICULAR, PURCHASER REPRESENTS THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH PURCHASER’S OWN TAX ADVISER CONCERNING THE ADVISABILITY OF FILING A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, WHICH MUST BE FILED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF THE PURCHASE OF SHARES TO BE EFFECTIVE . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES .

13.1 Exercise of Option . There may be a regular U.S. federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Vested Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price,


subject to Section If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

13.2 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(b) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13.3 Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares . With respect to Unvested Shares, which are subject to the Repurchase Option, if an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), within 30 days of the purchase of the Unvested Shares , electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on such purchase, there may be a recognition of taxable income to Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Unvested Shares at the time of purchase over the Exercise Price of the Shares. A Form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit 4 for reference.

14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and U.S. federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement, including its right to purchase Shares under the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

16. GOVERNING LAW . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

17. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Purchaser shall be in writing and addressed to Purchaser at the address indicated above or to such other address as Purchaser may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, (i) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), (ii) one (1) business day after its deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or (iii) one (1) business day after transmission by rapifax or telecopier.


18. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

19. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement, and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement.

20. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Exercise Agreement.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in triplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement in triplicate as of the Effective Date, indicated above.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.     PURCHASER
By:  

 

   

 

      (Signature)

Faraj Aalaei

     
(Please print name)    
     

 

President & CEO

    (Please print name)
(Please print title)      

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                                          (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:  

 

Social Security Number:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:  

 

Exercise Price Per Share:  

 

Date of Grant:  

 

First Vesting Date:  

 

Expiration Date:  

 

  (Unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)
Type of Stock Option   Incentive Stock Option

1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:

 

 

 

  
 

 

  

 

2


Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:

 

  [    ]   Individual, as separate property
  [    ]   Husband and wife, as community property
  [    ]   Joint Tenants
  [    ]   Other; please specify:                                                                                                                                                

1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

  [    ]   in cash (by check) in the amount of $        , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;
  [    ]   by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $        ;
  [    ]   by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser, which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares) or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $         per share;
  [    ]   by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $        .

2. Delivery .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a check, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 .

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 10 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal described in Section 8.

3. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

3


3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. Compliance with Securities Laws .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws . THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFI-CATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

 

4


5. Restricted Securities .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company.

5.3 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradeable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to a market standoff agreement as described in Section 7 of this Exercise Agreement or any similar agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions of Rule 144.

6. Restrictions on Transfers .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

 

5


7. Market Standoff Agreement . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

8.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

8.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

8.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

8.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a

 

6


portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

8.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

8.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “ Immediate Family ” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides; or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above, or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent ” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither is married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they have resided together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

8.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

7


8.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

9. Rights as a Shareholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

10. Escrow . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

11.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. HESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE

 

8


REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED UNDER EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION, AND THE COMPANY MUST BE NOTIFIED IF THE SHARES ARE TO BE TRANSFERRED BEFORE THE LATER OF THE TWO (2)-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE OF GRANT OF THE OPTION OR THE ONE (1)-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTION WAS EXERCISED. THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THESE SHARES MAY RECOGNIZE ORDINARY INCOME IF THE SHARES ARE TRANSFERRED BEFORE SUCH DATE.

11.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

11.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

12. Tax Consequences . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Set forth below is

 

9


a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

12.1 Exercise of Option . There will be no regular U.S. federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

12.2 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain and Income on Early Disposition . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under the Option are disposed of within the applicable one (1)-year or two (2)-year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Withholding . If Purchaser disposes of any Vested Shares purchased under the Option on or before the later of (i) two (2) years after the Date of Grant or (ii) one (1) year after transfer to Purchaser upon exercise of the Option, then the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of Purchaser’s compensation income.

13. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and U.S. federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

14. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Governing Law . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

16. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Purchaser shall be in writing and addressed to Purchaser at the address indicated above or to such other address as Purchaser may designate in writing from time to time

 

10


to the Company. All notices shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, (i) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), (ii) one (1) business day after its deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or (iii) one (1) business day after transmission by rapifax or telecopier.

17. Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

18. Severability . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement, and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement.

19. Headings . The captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Exercise Agreement.

20. Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in triplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement in triplicate as of the Effective Date, indicated above.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.     PURCHASER
By:  

 

   

 

      (Signature)

Faraj Aalaei

   

 

(Please print name)     (Please print name)

President & CEO

   

 

(Please print title)    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

12


AQUANTIA CORP.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION EARLY EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                                      (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:  

 

Social Security Number:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:  

 

Exercise Price Per Share:  

 

Date of Grant:  

 

First Vesting Date:  

 

Expiration Date:  

 

  (Unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)
Type of Stock Option   Incentive Stock Option

1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:

 

 

 

  
 

 

  

 

13


Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:

 

  [    ]    Individual, as separate property
  [    ]    Husband and wife, as community property
  [    ]    Joint Tenants
  [    ]    Other; please specify:                                                                                                                                                

1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

  [    ]    in cash (by check) in the amount of $        , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;
  [    ]    by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $        ;
  [    ]    by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser, which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares) or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $         per share;
  [    ]    by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $        .

2. Delivery .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a check, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 .

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 11 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Repurchase Option and Right of First Refusal described in Sections 8, 9 and 10.

3. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement

 

14


and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. Compliance with Securities Laws .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws . THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFI-CATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

 

15


5. Restricted Securities .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company.

5.3 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradeable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to a market standoff agreement as described in Section 7 of this Exercise Agreement or any similar agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions of Rule 144.

6. Restrictions on Transfers .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option or the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) both the Company’s Repurchase Option and the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

 

16


7. Market Standoff Agreement . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. Company’s Repurchase Option for Unvested Shares . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of the Stock Option Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Purchaser is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Purchaser’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

8.1 Termination and Termination Date . In case of any dispute as to whether Purchaser is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Purchaser has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

8.2 Exercise of Repurchase Option . At any time within ninety (90) days after Purchaser’s Termination Date (or, in the case of securities issued upon exercise of an Option after Purchaser’s Termination Date, within ninety (90) days after the date of such exercise), the Company, or its assignee, may elect to repurchase any or all the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.

8.3 Calculation of Repurchase Price for Unvested Shares . The Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase from Purchaser (or from Purchaser’s personal representative as the case may be) the Unvested Shares at Purchaser’s Exercise Price, proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan (the “ Repurchase Price ”).

8.4 Payment of Repurchase Price . The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by Purchaser to the Company or such assignee, or by any combination thereof. The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in Section 8.2.

8.5 Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Exercise Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

 

17


9. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent. Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

9.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

9.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

9.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

9.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

9.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the .Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder .may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed. Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

18


9.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides; or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above, or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent ” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither is married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they have resided together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

9.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

9.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

10. Rights as a Shareholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes

 

19


of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Repurchase Option or Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

11. Escrow . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal.

12. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

12.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

20


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED UNDER EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION, AND THE COMPANY MUST BE NOTIFIED IF THE SHARES ARE TO BE TRANSFERRED BEFORE THE LATER OF THE TWO (2)-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE OF GRANT OF THE OPTION OR THE ONE (*YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTION WAS EXERCISED. THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THESE SHARES MAY RECOGNIZE ORDINARY INCOME IF THE SHARES ARE TRANSFERRED BEFORE SUCH DATE.

12.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

12.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

13. Tax Consequences . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. IN PARTICULAR, PURCHASER REPRESENTS THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH PURCHASER’S OWN TAX ADVISER CONCERNING THE ADVISABILITY OF FILING A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, WHICH MUST BE FILED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF THE PURCHASE OF SHARES TO BE EFFECTIVE Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

13.1 Exercise of Option . There will be no regular U.S. federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

21


13.2 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Capital Gain and Income on Early Disposition . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under the Option are disposed of within the applicable one (1)-year or two (2)-year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Withholding . If Purchaser disposes of any Vested Shares purchased under the Option on or before the later of (i) two (2) years after the Date of Grant or (ii) one (1) year after transfer to Purchaser upon exercise of the Option, then the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of Purchaser’s compensation income.

13.3 Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares . If an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities) within 30 days of the purchase of Unvested Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on such purchase, then in the event that the Option is exercised early and the Shares are disposed before the later of two (2) years after the Date of Grant or (ii) one (1) year after transfer to Purchaser upon exercise of the Option, there may be a recognition of taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income), measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Unvested Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares. A Form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit 4  for reference.

14. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and U.S. federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

15. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

16. Governing Law . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

17. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Purchaser shall be in writing and addressed to Purchaser at the address indicated above or to such other address as Purchaser may designate in

 

22


writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, (i) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), (ii) one (1) business day after its deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or (iii) one (1) business day after transmission by rapifax or telecopier.

18. Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

19. Severability . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement, and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement.

20. Headings . The captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Exercise Agreement.

21. Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in triplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement in triplicate as of the Effective Date, indicated above.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.     PURCHASER
By:  

 

   

 

      (Signature)

Faraj Aalaei

   

 

(Please print name)     (Please print name)

President & CEO

   
(Please print title)    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AQUANTIA CORP. STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

24

Exhibit 10.3

A QUANTIA C ORP .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  13, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  18, 2015

T ERMINATION D ATE : F EBRUARY  12, 2025

 

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Aquantia Corp. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”) which expired by its terms on October 13, 2014. All Stock Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that remained available for future grants under the Prior Plan prior to the expiration date of the Prior Plan (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) ceased to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve has been added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, with respect to the aggregate number of shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (1) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (2) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (3) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such a share becomes a Returning Share, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1


2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by the Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of the Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent.

 

2


(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3


(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 33,221,654 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) 4,000,000 shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve (2,725,838 shares), plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares (26,495,816 shares) , as such shares become available from time to time. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock),

 

4


such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 33,221,654 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5


5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock

 

6


issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

7


(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date which occurs ninety (90) days following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition,

 

8


unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of days or months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date which occurs 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date which occurs 12 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

9


(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal . The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

 

10


6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

11


(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

12


7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

13


(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant

 

14


to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in a Stock Award Agreement, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Stock Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent a Stock Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are

 

15


hereby incorporated by reference into the Stock Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding a Stock Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Repurchase Limitation . The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

16


(c) Corporate Transactions. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Stock Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Transaction (referred to as the “ Current  Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Transaction.

 

17


(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the time of the Transaction, to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Stock Award), over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, a payment under this Section 9(c)(iv) may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price of a Stock Award. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

18


(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, the Participant’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (ii) the Participant’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (iii) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participant’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an Employee, officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and the Participant, (iv) Participant’s disregard of the policies of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or (v) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

19


(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject  Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

 

20


(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

21


(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is February 13, 2015.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

22


(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(bb) Other Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(cc) Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

23


(ee) Plan ” means this Aquantia Corp. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended.

(ff) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(gg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ll) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(nn) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, or any Other Stock Award.

(oo) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(pp) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

24


(qq) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(rr) Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

 

25


A TTACHMENT I

A QUANTIA C ORP .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to the Grant Package in your individual Certent Admin account 1 (the “ Grant Package ”) and this Option Agreement (this “ Option Agreement ”), Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Package at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Package. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Package (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Package but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Package and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Your option will vest as described in this Section. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Provided you remain in Continuous Service, the shares issuable upon exercise of your option will become vested with respect to 25% of the Shares on the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth in the Grant Package in your individual Certent Admin account; and thereafter on the date as specified in the Grant Package in your individual Certent Admin account of each succeeding calendar month after the First Vesting Date, the shares will become vested as to [1/48 th ] of the Shares until the Shares are vested with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares. If application of the vesting percentage causes a fractional share, such share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share for each month except for the last month in such vesting period, at the end of which last month your option shall become vested with respect to the full remainder of the shares. Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section “( Unvested Shares ”) may not be sold or otherwise transferred by you without the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, you may not exercise your option for Unvested Shares on or after termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Package will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

 

 

1   All specific information pertaining to the Stock Option Grant is accessible to you by logging into the Certent Admin web-based database: http://www.easiadmin.com/site/index.html .

 


3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). Subject to the provisions of your option and after 181 days from the date of the grant, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided , however , that:

a. a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

b. any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

c. you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

d. if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft, wire transfer or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner set forth below:

a. By delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

2


b. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

a. immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

b. three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability, or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided , however , that if during any part of such three-month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further , that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

c. twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

d. twelve (12) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

e. the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Package; and

f. the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

3


If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

a. You may exercise your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise and/or an Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

b. By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, or (ii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

c. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

d. By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided , however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 10(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 10(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

4


10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

a. Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

b. Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

c. Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent. Before any Shares held by you or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

a. Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for

 

5


which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Section.

b. Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

c. Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Board, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

d. Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

e. Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

f. Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “family members” (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family members, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee or

 

6


other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides; or (iii) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.

g. Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

h. Encumbrances on Vested Shares . You may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares that are not Unvested Shares (the “ Vested Shares ”) only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. You may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Shares that are not Unvested Shares.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company will have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option. In addition, the Company will have the right to repurchase all of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option upon termination of your Continuous Service for Cause. Such repurchase will be at the exercise price you paid to acquire the shares and will be effected pursuant to such other terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Company shall determine.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

7


14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

a. At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

b. If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

c. You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Package is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the

 

8


Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

9


A TTACHMENT II

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

S EPARATELY A TTACHED W ITH

G RANT P ACKAGE


A TTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

A QUANTIA C ORP .

105 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Date of Exercise:                                 

This constitutes notice to Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the exercise price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     Incentive  ☐       Nonstatutory  ☐  
Stock option dated:     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Number of Shares as
to which option is
exercised:
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Certificates to be
issued in name of:
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total exercise price:    $ ______________     $ ______________  
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
   $ ______________     $ ______________  
Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 1 ):    $ ______________     $ ______________  
Value of                  Shares delivered herewith:    $ ______________     $ ______________

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Aquantia Corp. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

1   Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option agreement.

 

2


I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

Signature
 

 

Print Name

 

3


A TTACHMENT IV

A QUANTIA C ORP .

E ARLY E XERCISE S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT

UNDER THE 2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

T HIS A GREEMENT is made by and between Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Purchaser ”).

W ITNESSETH :

W HEREAS , Purchaser holds a stock option dated                      to purchase shares of common stock (“ Common Stock ”) of the Company (the “ Option ”) pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”); and

W HEREAS , the Option consists of a Grant Package and an Option Agreement; and

W HEREAS , Purchaser desires to exercise the Option on the terms and conditions contained herein; and

W HEREAS , Purchaser wishes to take advantage of the early exercise provision of the Option and therefore to enter into this Agreement;

N OW , THEREFORE , IT IS AGREED between the parties as follows:

17. I NCORPORATION OF P LAN AND O PTION BY R EFERENCE . This Agreement is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in the Plan and the Option. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and/or the Option and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Option, the terms of the Option shall control. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or the Plan but defined in the Option shall have the same definitions as in the Option.

18. P URCHASE AND S ALE OF C OMMON S TOCK .

a. Agreement to purchase and sell Common Stock . Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser, an aggregate of              (         ) shares of Common Stock at $                 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $                , payable as follows:

 

Cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

   $                   

Value of              shares of Common Stock

   $                   

Total Exercise Price

   $                 


b. Closing . The closing hereunder, including payment for and delivery of the Common Stock, shall occur at the offices of the Company immediately following the execution of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree; provided, however, that if stockholder approval of the Plan is required before the Option may be exercised, then the Option may not be exercised, and the closing shall be delayed, until such stockholder approval is obtained. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within the time limit specified in the Plan, then this Agreement shall be null and void.

19. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

a. Repurchase Option . In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service terminates, then the Company shall have an irrevocable option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of ninety (90) days after said termination (or in the case of shares issued upon exercise of the Option after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise), or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and Purchaser, to repurchase from Purchaser or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, those shares that Purchaser received pursuant to the exercise of the Option that have not as yet vested as of such termination date in accordance with the Vesting Schedule described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement (the “ Unvested Shares ”).

b. Share Repurchase Price . The Company may repurchase all or any of the Unvested Shares at the price equal to Purchaser’s Exercise Price for such shares as indicated on Purchaser’s Grant Package.

20. E XERCISE OF R EPURCHASE O PTION . The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by such person as designated by the Company, and delivered or mailed as provided herein. Such notice shall identify the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased and shall notify Purchaser of the time, place and date for settlement of such purchase, which shall be scheduled by the Company within the term of the Repurchase Option set forth above. The Company shall be entitled to pay for any shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to its Repurchase Option at the Company’s option in cash or by offset against any indebtedness owing to the Company by Purchaser (including without limitation any Promissory Note given in payment for the Common Stock), or by a combination of both. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Common Stock being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the Common Stock being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

21. C APITALIZATION A DJUSTMENTS TO C OMMON S TOCK . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of Common Stock shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option and be included in the word “Common Stock” for all purposes of the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the shares of

 

2


the Common Stock presently subject to the Repurchase Option, but only to the extent the Common Stock is, at the time, covered by such Repurchase Option. While the total Option Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Option Price per share of Common Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

22. C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS . In the event of a Transaction, then the Repurchase Option may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or such successor’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Transaction. To the extent the Repurchase Option remains in effect following such Transaction, it shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Common Stock was at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Option to reflect the Transaction upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate price payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall remain the same.

23. E SCROW OF U NVESTED C OMMON S TOCK . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of the terms of this Agreement and to insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Common Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option herein provided for, Purchaser agrees, at the closing hereunder, to deliver to and deposit with the Secretary of the Company or the Secretary’s designee (“ Escrow Agent ”), as Escrow Agent in this transaction, three (3) stock assignments duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, together with a certificate or certificates evidencing all of the Common Stock subject to the Repurchase Option; said documents are to be held by the Escrow Agent and delivered by said Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in Exhibit B, attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, which instructions also shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent at the closing hereunder.

24. R IGHTS OF P URCHASER . Subject to the provisions of the Option, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares deposited in escrow. Purchaser shall be deemed to be the holder of the shares for purposes of receiving any dividends that may be paid with respect to such shares and for purposes of exercising any voting rights relating to such shares, even if some or all of such shares have not yet vested and been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option.

25. L IMITATIONS ON T RANSFER . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Common Stock while the Common Stock is subject to the Repurchase Option. After any Common Stock has been released from the Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Common Stock except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, the Common Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

 

3


26. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . All certificates representing the Common Stock shall have endorsed thereon legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend which may be required by other agreements between the parties hereto):

a. “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS COMPANY. ANY TRANSFER OR ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF ANY SHARES SUBJECT TO SUCH OPTION IS VOID WITHOUT THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

b. “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

c. “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S).”

d. “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF [AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION/ A NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION] .

e. Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

27. I NVESTMENT R EPRESENTATIONS . In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

a. Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Common Stock. Purchaser is acquiring the Common Stock for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

b. Purchaser understands that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

c. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Common Stock is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Common Stock. Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Common Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Common Stock unless the Common Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

4


d. Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be sold by Purchaser ninety (90) days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144 and the market stand-off provision described in Purchaser’s Stock Option Agreement and Section 12 below.

e. In the event that the sale of the Common Stock does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase, then the Common Stock may be resold by Purchaser in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company, and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after Purchaser has purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

f. Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Common Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public current information requirements of Rule 144 or 701, and that, in such event, Purchaser would be precluded from selling the Common Stock under Rule 144 or 701 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

28. M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . By exercising the Option, Purchaser agrees not to sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by Purchaser, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules or regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing shall prevent the exercise of the Repurchase Option during the Lock-Up Period. Purchaser further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Purchaser’s shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

29. S ECTION  83( b ) E LECTION . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Common Stock and the

 

5


fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Common Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Common Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth above. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Common Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days of the date of purchase. Even if the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Common Stock, the 83(b) Election must be made to avoid income under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser must file an additional copy of such 83(b) Election with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Common Stock hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing an 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the restrictions on the Common Stock. A form of 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit C for reference.

30. R EFUSAL TO T RANSFER . The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares of Common Stock of the Company which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

31. N O E MPLOYMENT R IGHTS . This Agreement is not an employment contract and nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate Purchaser’s employment for any reason at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

32. M ISCELLANEOUS .

a. Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) calendar days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the other party hereto at such party’s address hereinafter set forth on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

b. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set

 

6


forth, be binding upon Purchaser, Purchaser’s successors, and assigns. The Company may assign the Repurchase Option hereunder at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part.

c. Attorneys’ Fees; Specific Performance. Purchaser shall reimburse the Company for all costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the performance of, or protecting its rights under, any part of this Agreement, including reasonable costs of investigation and attorneys’ fees. It is the intention of the parties that the Company, upon exercise of the Repurchase Option and payment for the shares repurchased, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be entitled to receive the Common Stock, in specie, in order to have such Common Stock available for future issuance without dilution of the holdings of other stockholders. Furthermore, it is expressly agreed between the parties that money damages are inadequate to compensate the Company for the Common Stock and that the Company shall, upon proper exercise of the Repurchase Option, be entitled to specific enforcement of its rights to purchase and receive said Common Stock.

d. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The parties agree that any action brought by either party to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be brought in, and each party agrees to, and does hereby, submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, the appropriate state or federal court for the district encompassing the Company’s principal place of business.

e. Further Execution. The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

f. Independent Counsel. Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Cooley LLP , counsel to the Company and that Cooley LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

g. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or revoked, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

h. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

7


i. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of                                      .

 

    A QUANTIA C ORP .
    By    
    Name    
    Title    
    Address:
      105 E. Tasman Drive
      San Jose, CA 95134
     
    Purchaser
Address:      
     

A TTACHMENTS :

 

Exhibit A

     Assignment Separate from Certificate

Exhibit B

     Joint Escrow Instructions

Exhibit C

     83(b) Election

 

8


E XHIBIT A

STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED ,                                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement, dated                      by and between the undersigned and the Company (the “Agreement”),                              (                      ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate
No(s).                           and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary attorney-in-fact to transfer said Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. This Assignment may be used only in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to the undersigned pursuant to the Agreement, and only to the extent that such shares remain subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option under the Agreement.

Dated:                     

 

 

 

(Signature)
 

 

(Print Name)

(I NSTRUCTION : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line. )


E XHIBIT B

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

Secretary

Aquantia Corp.

105 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Dear Sir or Madam:

As Escrow Agent for both Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), and the undersigned purchaser of Common Stock of the Company (“ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated                      to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached as Exhibit C, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company or an assignee shall elect to exercise the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company or its assignee will give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing you are directed (a) to date any stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of Common Stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (which may include suitable acknowledgment of cancellation of indebtedness) of the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as specified in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as the Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities and other property all documents of assignment and/or transfer and all stock certificates necessary or appropriate to make all securities negotiable and complete any transaction herein contemplated.

4. This escrow shall terminate and the shares of stock held hereunder shall be released in full upon the expiration or exercise in full of the Repurchase Option, whichever occurs first.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same


to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if at the time of termination of this escrow you are advised by the Company that the property subject to this escrow is the subject of a pledge or other security agreement, you shall deliver all such property to the pledgeholder or other person designated by the Company.

6. Except as otherwise provided in these Joint Escrow Instructions, your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or their assignees. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree of any court, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be Secretary of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to the Company party. In the event of any such termination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall automatically become the successor Escrow Agent unless the Company shall appoint another successor Escrow Agent, and Purchaser hereby confirms the appointment of such successor as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent to the full extent of your appointment.

12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such dispute shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

2


14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, including delivery by express courier or five days after deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties hereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

C OMPANY :    Aquantia Corp.   
   105 E. Tasman Drive   
   San Jose, CA 95134   
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer   
P URCHASER :   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
E SCROW  A GENT :      Aquantia Corp.   
   105 E. Tasman Drive   
   San Jose, CA 95134   
   Attn: Corporate Secretary   

15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

16. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts (including without limitation the firm of Cooley LLP ) as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder. You may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall be responsible for all fees generated by such legal counsel in connection with your obligations hereunder.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. It is understood and agreed that references to “you” or “your” herein refer to the original Escrow Agent and to any and all successor Escrow Agents. It is understood and agreed that the Company may at any time or from time to time assign its rights under the Agreement and these Joint Escrow Instructions in whole or in part.

18. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied by California courts to contracts made and to be performed entirely in California by residents of that state.

 

3


Very truly yours,
A QUANTIA C ORP .
By    
Title    
P URCHASER :
 

 

E SCROW A GENT :
 

 

Secretary, Aquantia Corp.

 

4


E XHIBIT C

S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

[●], 20     

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

[City, State Zip] 1

 

Re: Election Under Section 83(b)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares. The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.83-2:

 

1. The name, social security number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:
Name:   

 

  
Social Security Number:   

 

  
Address:   

 

  
  

 

  
Taxable year: Calendar year 20      .   

 

2. The property that is the subject of this election: [#] shares of common stock of Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The property was transferred on: [●], 20      .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions: The shares are subject to repurchase at less than their fair market value if the undersigned does not continue to provide services for the Company for a designated period of time. The risk of repurchase lapses over a specified vesting period.

 

5. The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(h)): $[●] per share x [#] shares = $[●].

 

6. For the property transferred, the undersigned paid: $[●] per share x [#] shares = $[●].

 

1   Per Treasury Regulation § 1.83-2(c), the Section 83(b) election must be filed with the IRS office where the person otherwise files his or her tax return. Assuming these are individual taxpayers who would file a Form 1040, see http://www.irs.gov/uac/Where-to-File-Addresses-for--Taxpayers-and--Tax-Professionals-Filing-Form-1040 . Use the address in the row which includes the state in which the service provider lives and in the column entitled “And you ARE NOT enclosing a payment”.


7. The amount to include in gross income is: $[●]. 2

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office with which taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election also will be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed and the transferee of the property, if any. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

[Name]

 

2   This should equal the amount in Item 5 minus the amount in Item 6, and in many cases will be $0.00.

 

2


I NSTRUCTIONS FOR F ILING S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

Attached is a form of election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and an accompanying IRS cover letter. Please fill in your social security number and sign the election and cover letter, then proceed as follows:

 

(a) Make four copies of the completed election form and one copy of the IRS cover letter.

 

(b) Send the original election form and cover letter, the copy of the cover letter, and a self-addressed stamped return envelope to the Internal Revenue Service Center where you would otherwise file your tax return. Even if an address for an Internal Revenue Service Center is already included in the forms below, it is your obligation to verify such address. This can be done by searching for the term “where to file” on www.irs.gov or by calling 1 (800) 829-1040. Sending the election via certified mail, requesting a return receipt, is also recommended.

 

(c) Deliver one copy of the completed election form to Aquantia Corp.

 

(d) Attach one copy of the completed election form to your federal personal income tax return (Form 1040) when you file it for the year of exercise.

 

(e) Attach one copy of the completed election form to your state personal income tax return when you file it for the year of exercise (assuming you file a state income tax return).

 

(f) Retain one copy of the completed election form for your personal permanent records.

Note: An additional copy of the completed election form must be delivered to the transferee (recipient) of the property if the service provider and the transferee are not the same person.

Please note that the election must be filed with the IRS within 30 days of the date of your stock option early exercise. Failure to file within that time will render the election void and you may recognize ordinary taxable income as your vesting restrictions lapse. Aquantia Corp. and its counsel cannot assume responsibility for failure to file the election in a timely manner under any circumstances.


[●], 20     

RETURN SERVICE REQUESTED

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

[City, State Zip]

 

Re: Election Under Section  83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

Dear Sir or Madam:

Enclosed please find an executed form of election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, filed with respect to an interest in Aquantia Corp.

Also enclosed is a copy of this letter and a stamped, self-addressed envelope. Please acknowledge receipt of these materials by marking the copy when received and returning it to the undersigned.

Thank you very much for your assistance.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

[Name]

Enclosures

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE—NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”) , dated for reference purposes only April 3, 2015, is made by and between Kalil Jenab & Tiffany Renee Jenab, Trustees, and James S. Lindsay & Sally K. Lindsay, Trustees, as Tenants in Common (“Lessor”) and Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”) , (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”) .

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 105 E. Tasman Drive/161 Baypoint Parkway , located in the City of San Jose , County of Santa Clara , State of California , with zip code 95134 , as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): Approximately 35,424 rentable square feet of space as shown on Exhibit A . In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises ( “Building” ) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: 117 (3.3/1000 RSF) unreserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6 )

1.3 Term: three (3) years and zero (0) months (“Original Term”) commencing July 1, 2015 (“Commencement Date”) and ending June 30, 2018 (“Expiration Date”) . (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing May 1, 2015 (“Early Possession Date”) . (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $60,220.80 per month (“Base Rent”) , payable on the First Day day of each month commencing July 1, 2015 . (See also Paragraph 4)

 

If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: sixty three & .45 percent (63.45%) (“Lessee’s Share”) . In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $60,220.80 for the period July 1, 2015 through July 31, 2015 .

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $             for the period per month estimate .

(c) Security Deposit: $100,000.00 (“Security Deposit”) . (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $60,220.80 for prepaid rent for July, 2015, payable upon execution.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $160,220.80 .

1.8 Agreed Use: general office and R&D use to the extent allowed under current zoning . (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

Kalil Jenab and Nick Lazzarini, DTZ represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

Jim Maggi, Jimmy Cacho and Dave Vanoncini, Kidder Matthews represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of                      or                     % of the total Base Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 56 ;

 

a site plan depicting the Premises;

 

a site plan depicting the Project;

 

a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project;

 

a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 1 OF 17


  a Work Letter:  
  other (specify):   Exhibit A – Building Floorplan showing Premises
    Exhibit B – List of Tenant Improvements

 

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”) , and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”) , loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls—see Paragraph 7). Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements”) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”) , Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 2 OF 17


2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date. Lessee shall pay for all utilities consumed within the Premises and Lessee’s Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses from and after the dae t Lessor provides written notice to Lessee that the Premises are available for early entry.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”) .

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 3 OF 17


4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition , and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3 and 4.2 During the initial term of this lease, Lessor shall not allocate and include the cost of any HAVC and Roof Membrane Replacement.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. Lessee hereby waves the provisions of California civil Code Section 1950.7 with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 4 OF 17


6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 5 OF 17


6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (i.e. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 6 OF 17


Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease. Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance—Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 7 OF 17


8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage – Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 8 OF 17


and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage – Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense (subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2), in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 9 OF 17


10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 10 OF 17


(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 11 OF 17


computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 12 OF 17


pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices delivered by hand, or transmitted by facsimile transmission or by email shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 13 OF 17


(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Holdover Base Rent shall be calculated on monthly basis. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 14 OF 17


the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b)  the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Additional space adjacent to the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 15 OF 17


(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof),or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ☐ is ☑ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises: ☑ have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessor shall bring all pre-existing ADA issues to compliance. In case any person or government entity claims non-compliance, Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor.

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 16 OF 17


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:                                                                                                    Executed at:                                                                                                                
On:                                                                                                               On:                                                                                                                                  
By LESSOR:      By LESSEE:
Kalil Jenab & Tiffany Renee Jenab, Trustees;      Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation
James S. Lindsey & Sally K.Lindsey, Trustees                                                                                                                                              
       DocuSigned by:             DocuSigned by:
By:  /s/ Kalil Jenab                                                                       By:  /s/ Faraj Aalaei                                                                     
Name Printed: Kalil Jenab      Name Printed: Faraj Aalaei
Title: Trustee      Title: CEO
By:                                                                                                               By:                                                                                                                                  
Name Printed: James Lindsey      Name Printed:                                                                                                            
Title: Trustee      Title:                                                                                                                               

Address: c/o Kalil Jenab, DTZ

     Address:                                                                                                                       

1950 University Avenue, Suite 220

                                                                                                                                             

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

                                                                                                                                             

Telephone: (650) 852-1200

     Telephone: (                                                                                                              

Facsimile: (650) 856-1098

     Facsimile: (                                                                                                               

Email: kalil.jenab@dtz.com

     Email:                                                                                                                            

Email:                                                                                                    

     Email:                                                                                                                            

Federal ID No. N/A

     Federal ID No.                                                                                                           
BROKER:      BROKER:
DTZ      Kidder Matthews
Attn: Nick Lazzarini      Attn: Jim Maggi / Jimmy Cacho / Dave Vanoncini
Title: Managing Director      Title:                                                                                                                               
Address: 300 Santana Row, Fifth Floor     

Address: 10 Almaden Blvd., Suite 550

San Jose, CA 95128     

San Jose, CA 95113

Telephone: (408) 615-3400      Telephone: (408) 970-9400
Facsimile: (408) 615-3444      Facsimile: (408) 970-0648
Email: nick.lazzarini@dtz.com      Email: jmaggi@kiddermatthews.com /
Federal ID No. 00825241      jcacho@kiddermatthews.com /
Broker/Agent BRE License #: 01788935      davev@kiddermatthews.com
     Federal ID No.                                                                                                           
     Broker/Agent BRE License #:                             
    
    

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

© Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

      DS    DS      
      KJ    FA      
                                        
INITIALS    INITIALS 

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-20-11/14E

PAGE 17 OF 17


ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMECIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE — NET

BY AND BETWEEN

KALIL JENAB AND TIFFANY RENEE JENAB, TRUSTEES OF THE JENAB FAMILY TRUST

U/T/D December 11, 1997, and JAMES S. LINDSEY AND SALLY K. LINDSEY, TRUSTEES OF

THE LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004, COLLECTIVELY “LESSOR”

AND

AQUANTIA CORP., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, “LESSEE”

THIS ADDENDUM (this “Addendum” ), dated as of April 3, 2015, is made to the Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net, dated as of even date herewith (as hereby modified and supplemented, the “Lease” ), by and between KALIL JENAB AND TIFFANY RENEE JENAB, TRUSTEES OF THE JENAB FAMILY TRUST U/T/D December 11, 1997, and JAMES S. LINDSEY AND SALLY K. LINDSEY, TRUSTEES OF THE LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004, as Lessor, and AQUANTIA CORP., a Delaware corporation dba Desert Treatment Center, as Lessee, for Premises located at 105 E Tasman Drive/161 Baypointe Parkway, San Jose, California.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby modify, amend and/or supplement the Lease as follows, it being agreed that to the extent of any conflict between the Lease and this Addendum, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control:

 

  50. ANNUAL RENT INCREASES

Base Rent is payable in the following amounts and shall be adjusted as provided below:

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

7/1/15 – 6/30/16:

   $ 60,220.80  

7/1/16 – 6/30/17:

   $ 63,054.72  

7/1/17 – 6/30/18:

   $ 65,888.64  

 

  51. SIGNAGE.

In addition to any Building and/or other signage Lessor may approve pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 34 of the Lease, Lessee shall have the right to use 100% of the existing monument sign at the Project; provided, that Lessee agrees that (i) Lessee’s monument sign panels and other associated costs are at Lessee’s sole expense; (ii) at its sole expense Lessor may expand the monument sign (or replace the same with a larger monument sign), following which Lessee’s signage may comprise up to 66.67% of available monument signage, (iii) Lessee agrees that Lessor may temporarily remove or block monument signage during any period in which Lessor is expanding the same. Lessee’s signage shall be subject to removal at Lessee’s expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

1


  52. TENANT IMPROVEMENT.

Lessor agrees to hire Platinum Builders to accomplish the list of tenant improvements listed in Exhibit B. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the full cost of said tenant improvements less an allowance of $25,000, upon full completion of the improvements.

 

  53. WIRING AND CABLING.

At any time prior to, or within fifteen (15) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Lessor may elect by written notice to Lessee to: (i) retain any or all electrical or telecommunications wiring, cables, risers, mounts, and/or similar installations installed by Lessee (the “Telecommunications Wiring” ); or (ii) remove any or all such Telecommunications Wiring and restore the Premises or other areas within the Building Project to their condition prior to the installation of the Telecommunications Wiring (the “ Wiring Restoration Work” ); and (x) that Lessor shall perform such Wiring Restoration Work at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, using available Security Deposit funds (or, if insufficient, Lessee shall pay all costs therefor within ten (10) days after Lessor’s written demand); or (y) require Lessee to perform the Wiring Restoration Work at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. The provisions of this Article 54 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

  54. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER TO EXPAND PREMISES

In the event that, prior to the Lease Expiration Date or any extensions thereof, Lessor receives a bona-fide offer to lease the adjacent space in the Building or the entire Building from a third party (“ Third-Party Bona-Fide Offer” ), then Lessor shall provide written notice thereof to Lessee (“ Lessor’s Notice” ). Such Lessor’s Notice shall contain a summary of the terms of the Third-Party Bona-Fide Offer. Lessee shall have five (5) business days after receipt of Lessor’s Notice to submit a written lease proposal (“ Lease Proposal” ) to Lessor containing the terms upon which Lessee proposes to lease the subject space from Lessor. If Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree on the business terms of the Lease Proposal within five business days of Lessor’s receipt of the Lease Proposal, Lessor shall be free to lease the subject space to any other party and Lessor shall have no further obligation to negotiate with Lessee and this provision shall be no longer in effect.

 

  55. CALIFORNIA PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE § 25402.10.

If Lessee (or any party claiming by, through or under Lessee) pays directly to the provider for any energy consumed at the Building, Lessee, promptly upon request, shall deliver to Lessor (or, at Lessor’s option, execute and deliver to Lessor an instrument enabling Lessor to obtain from such provider) any data about such consumption that Lessor, in its reasonable judgment, is required to disclose to a prospective buyer, tenant or mortgage lender under California Public Resources Code § 25402.10 or any similar law.

 

  56. AGENT AS OWNER/PRINCIPAL DISCLOSURE: One of the principals of Lessor is a California licensed real estate agent acting as an agent in this transaction.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the date first above written.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED      
LESSOR :     LESSEE :
      AQUANTIA CORP., a Delaware corporation
  DocuSigned by:       DocuSigned by:
By:  

/s/ Kalil Jenab

    By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

  KALIL JENAB, TRUSTEE OF THE JENAB     Title:   CEO
  FAMILY TRUST U/T/D December 11, 1997      
Date:   4/6/2015 | 14:14:49 PT     Date:   4/6/2015 | 14:09:04 PT
  DocuSigned by:      
By:  

/s/ Jemes S. Lindsey, Trustee

     
 

JAMES S. LINDSEY, TRUSTEE OF THE

LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004

     
Date:   4/6/2015 | 14:30:35 PT      

 

4


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

 

Project: Aquantia Relocation   
Location: 105 Tasman San Jose   
Contact: Sreenivas Vaddi    PRELIMINARY BUDGET
Date: Rev 4-03-15   

 

     WORK    COST      DESCRIPTION
00.700    PROJECT MANAGEMENT    $ 5,000.00      MANAGEMENT OF PROJECT
06.100    ROUGH CARPENTRY    $ 3,550.00      CONSTRUCT COVER OVER RELOCATED CHILLER
06.200    FINISH CARPENTRY    $ 5,210.00      10LF P-LAM UPPER & LOWER CABINETS W/ P-LAM COUNTERTOP
08.500    WINDOWS    $ 1,500.00      RELOCATE WINDOWS PROVIDED BY OWNER
09.500    SUSPENDED CEILING    $ 1,263.00      REPAIR SUSPENDED CEILING FOR NEW SEWER LINE IN ATTIC FOR BREAKROOM PLUMBING
09.600    FLOORING    $ —        NO FLOORING
09.700    METAL STUD & DRYWALL    $ 1,654.00      FRAME IN NEW WINDOW
09.900    PAINTING    $ —        UNKNOWN AREAS AT THIS TIME
15.400    PLUMBING    $ 16,291.00      INSTALL DRAINASUARS PUMP & TANK, NEW SINK & HOOKUP FOR DISHWASHER,
15.400    PLUMBING    $ 19,911.00      RELOCATE [E] CHILLER LINES W/ SHUT OFFS/CONNECTIONS//NO VALVES OR OUTLETS SUPPLIED
15.400    PLUMBING    $ 3,000.00      RELOCATE CHILLER INSTALL IN EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT PAD
15.500    FIRE SPRINKLERS    $ —        NO WORK
15.700    HVAC    $ —        NO WORK
16.050    ELECTRICAL    $ 7,500.00      ELECTRICAL FOR RELOCATED CHILLER, (4) NEW CIRCUITS FOR BREAKROOM
   SUBTOTAL    $ 64,879.00     
   INSURANCE    $ 973.19     
   OH&P    $ 5,268.17     
     

 

 

    
   COST    $ 71,120.36     

EXCLUDES ARCHITECTURAL, MEP & FIRE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS OR PERMITS & FEES

ANY & ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY STATED IN ABOVE SCOPE OF WORK

ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS


EXHIBIT B-1 (Chilled Lines Plan)

 

LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMECIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE – NET

BY AND BETWEEN

KALIL JENAB AND TIFFANY RENEE JENAB, TRUSTEES OF THE JENAB FAMILY TRUST

U/T/D December 11, 1997, and JAMES S. LINDSEY AND SALLY K. LINDSEY, TRUSTEES OF

THE LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004, COLLECTIVELY “LESSOR”

AND

AQUANTIA CORP., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, “LESSEE”

THIS FRIST AMEDMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of June  4, 2015, is made to the Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net, dated April 03, 2015 (as hereby modified and supplemented, the “Lease”), by and between KALIL JENAB AND TIFFANY RENEE JENAB, TRUSTEES OF THE JENAB FAMILY TRUST U/T/D December 11, 1997, and JAMES S. LINDSEY AND SALLY K. LINDSEY, TRUSTEES OF THE LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004, as Lessor, and AQUANTIA CORP., a Delaware corporation, as Lessee, for Premises located at 105 E Tasman Drive/161 Baypointe Parkway, San Jose, California.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby modify, amend and/or supplement the Lease as follows, it being agreed that to the extent of any conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall control:

 

  1. PREMISES.

Paragraph 1.2 (a) of the Lease shall be modified to correct the square footage of the Premises to be approximately 36,595 square feet. This modification and increase in square footage shall have no effect whatsoever on the Base Rent and the Rent Schedule listed in Paragraph 50 of the Addendum to the Lease

 

  2. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

Paragraph 52 and Exhibit B of the Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following: Lessee agrees to hire All Bay Contractors to accomplish the list of Tenant Improvements (“TIs”) listed in the attached Exhibit A and illustrated in Exhibit A-1. Lessee agrees to pay All Bay Contractors the full cost of said TIs. Upon completion of TIs, the removal of all Mechanic Liens resulting from the construction of TIs and proof of payment for all TIs, Lessor agrees to provide Lessee with a $25,000 reduction from the rental payment due for the month immediately following the completion of TIs.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED   
LESSOR :    LESSEE :
   AQUANTIA CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:                                                                                                By:  /s/ Linda Reddick                                                          
      KALIL JENAB, TRUSTEE OF THE JENAB   
      FAMILY TRUST U/T/D December 11, 1997    Title:                                                                                        
Date:                                                                                            Date:  2015.06.05                                                                       
By:                                                                                               
      JAMES S. LINDSEY, TRUSTEE OF THE   
      LINDSEY FAMILY TRUST U/T/D May 25, 2004   
Date:                                                                                           

 

 

24


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

Project:    Aquantia Relocation
Site:    105 E. Tasman Dr., San Jose, CA 95134
General Contractor: All Bay Contractors, Inc.

 

WORK

  COST    

Contractor/
Sub-Contractor

  

DESCRIPTION

Project Management,

Insurance, OH&P, Supervision,

General Labor, Project Close

Out, Architect Fees, Progressive

Clean-up

  $ 16,487.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.   
Site Work/Demo:       
  $ 6,058.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Demo Server Room Wall; Demo floor covering in new lobby and breakroom; remove old adhesive; misc demo; Install 19 LF x 10’ chain link fence & gate in “Oven/Chiller” space
Carpentry:   $ 13,481.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Build/install 18’ laminate base cabinets (ADA sink cabinet, microwave base w/2 doors, 6 doors/6 drawers); 20’ laminate countertop w/backsplash; 15’ laminate upper cabinets (8 doors, 2 microwave cabinets w/2 doors ea 36” H)
Doors:   $ 6,219.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Remove/store ofc door & replace w/new single lite French glass door @ ofc off new lobby; relocate door door into Server Room expansion from ofc area; create code compliant vestibule and door swing at new breakroom
Windows:   $ 2,480.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Install Meco shade window covering in new Breakroom
Finishes:       
Framing & Drywall:   $ 2,750.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Patch @ demo; in-fill (1) door opening; (1) new Server Room wall; misc. patching
Tape/Finish:   $ 2,201.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.   
Acoustical Ceilings:   $ 2,719.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Trade access at server room and new IT cubicle area; repair grid access for plumbing in new Breakroom
Carpet installation   $ 2,645.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Shaw Transparent Carpet Tile in new cubile build-up area outside expanded Server Room
LVT installation:   $ 11,365.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Mohawk Style Select in new Lobby (stone look)
LVT installation:   $ 1,300.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Upgrade LVT in new lobby to Mohawk Style-Global (to minimize visual of uneven floor)
LVT installation:   $ 7,802.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Mohawk Style Select in new Breakroom (wood grain)
Paint:   $ 11,931.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    low VOC paints: prime & paint lobby; Breakroom; Boardroom; CEO ofc; Ofc Mgr ofc; old lobby; selected accent walls thruout office and in conference rooms; Mom room; (22) doors and (36) door frames
Mechanical:       
Plumbing:   $ 10,081.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    New Breakroom and Guest Reception in new lobby: new sink in both locations; (2) filtered water dispensers; (1) Ejector pump; (2) Coffee maker connections
Plumbing:   $ 22,051.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Lab: (236) Tees for chilled water; (102) Tees for compressed air
Plumbing:   $ 1,202.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Lab: use new tees & disconnects rather than move from 700 Tasman Dr. location
Fire Protection:   $ 1,548.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Adjust sprinkler heads for new Server Room wall
Alternate:   $ 980.00     All Bay Contractors, Inc.    Relocate reception counter in new lobby; remove/refinish
 

 

 

      
  $ 123,300.00       
 

 

 

      


LOGO

Exhibit 10.5

2016 Executive Bonus Plan

 

 


Objectives of the Executive Bonus Plan

The Executive Bonus Plan is designed to reward:

 

    Aggressive and successful pursuit of revenue.

 

    Aggressive and successful pursuit of gross margins.

 

    Design-wins leading to revenue at targeted accounts.

 

    Where appropriate, progress towards long term strategic objectives as measured through annual MBOs.

Eligible Participants

 

    CEO

 

    CFO

 

    SVP of Engineering

 

    SVP of Sales & Marketing

 

    SVP of Business Development

 

    VP of Operations

 

    SVP of Finance

Eligibility Requirements

 

    Must be a regular full time AQUANTIA employee at the beginning and end of each year.

 

    New hires become eligible immediately and will receive a pro-rated incentive, calculated for a partial year.

 

    Any exceptions to the eligibility status of a new employee must be approved by the CEO and CFO. If the exception is approved, the payout will be calculated on a pro-rata basis.

PLAN IS NOT AN EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

This plan supersedes any and all other Executive Bonus programs, whether oral or written. It may not be altered or amended except in writing as agreed to by the CEO and the CFO. Nothing in this Plan will be interpreted as guaranteeing any period of employment or otherwise interfering with AQUANTIA’s right to terminate any employee. Furthermore, payment under this plan does not necessarily mean that the job performance is satisfactory.


Introduction to the Executive Bonus plan

The executive bonus includes up to four components:

 

    Incentive earned from Sales Revenue and NRE

 

    Incentive earned from achievement of annual gross margin target

 

    Incentive earned from Design Wins, and

 

    Incentive earned from the successful completion of MBOs.

Each participant’s incentive amount is calculated from their Base Salary (Annual rate of pay exclusive of premium payments, bonuses, allowances, incentives, or other awards) and in accordance with their “offer letter” or other adjusted information on file with HR.

Specific annual allocations between the four elements will be at the discretion of the CEO and CFO as a team for the VP of Sales & Marketing. The following are default allocations:

Non Operations Executives

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the incentive for the Non Operations executives shall be divided as follows:

 

    30% based on annual Target incentive for Sales revenue achievement

 

    25% based on annual Target incentive gross margin achievement

 

    25% based on annual Target incentive for total EBITDA achievement

 

    20% based on annual Target incentive for MBO performance. If MBOs are not assigned for a given period, the 20% will be added to either the Target incentive for Sales revenue, the Target incentive for gross margin achievement, the Target incentive for total operating expenses achievement or split between the three at the discretion of the CEO.

VP of Operations

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the incentive for the VP of Operations shall be divided as follows:

 

    30% based on annual Target incentive for Sales revenue achievement

 

    50% based on annual Target incentive for gross margin achievement

 

    20% based on annual Target incentive for MBO performance. If MBOs are not assigned for a given period, the 20% will be added to either the Target incentive for Sales revenue, the Target incentive for gross margin achievement or split between the two at the discretion of the CEO.


Executive Bonus Payout

Executive Bonus Payout requires approval by Aquantia’s Board of Directors and are made at the discretion of the Board.

Revenue Incentive Award

Actual Revenue: All “top line” customer/territory sales revenue contributions (in US$) as measured by AQUANTIA’s revenue recognition guidelines, including:

 

    Product billings.

 

    NRE payments not rebated in the form of product credits or other credits.

 

    Proceeds from sample boards, evaluation kits, software sales and royalties.

 

    Other sources as designated by AQUANTIA CEO and CFO.

 

    Revenue incentive pay out will be paid against a pre-assigned annual revenue quota (Revenue Plan) as defined at the beginning of the fiscal year and based on the AQUANTIA annual plan as committed to the Board of Directors or as defined by the Board of Directors if different from the AQUANTIA annual plan.

 

    The Sales revenue incentive will be calculated and paid on an annual basis.

 

    The Sales revenue incentive payout is capped at 125% Award percentage for the fiscal year.

 

    The Sales revenue incentive payout is a linear function of annual Revenue Plan


    CREDIT MEMOS, REBATES, AND RETURNS

For credit memos or returns, commission will be reversed at the same rate at which the commission was earned. Such credits will be applied against incentives earned in the quarter in which the return or credit is applied.

NON-COMMISSIONABLE PRODUCTS

The following products are not eligible for commissions or quota credit:

 

    Pass-through products

 

    Tax, Duty and other Non-Product charges

N.B. - NRE billings are eligible for commissions in the amount that is not rebated as product credits.

 

2. Gross Margin

 

    Gross margin payout will be paid against a pre-assigned annual gross margin as defined at the beginning of the fiscal year and based on the AQUANTIA annual plan as committed to the Board of Directors or as defined by the Board of Directors if different from the AQUANTIA annual plan.

 

    The gross margin payout will be paid to participant when the actual gross margin is equal to or above 85% of the annual gross margin as defined above.

 

3. EBITDA

 

    EBITDA payout will be paid against a pre-assigned annual operating expense as defined at the beginning of the fiscal year and based on the AQUANTIA annual plan as committed to the Board of Directors or as defined by the Board of Directors if different from the AQUANTIA annual plan.

 

    The operating expense payout will be paid to participant when the actual gross margin is equal to or above 95% of the annual gross margin as defined above.

 

4. MBO Incentive

MBO Incentive will be paid for the successful achievement and fulfillment of a set of written annual Objectives established at the beginning of each fiscal year.

 

    MBO’s are set between each executive and the CEO.


    No payment will be made for an MBO achievement below 80%.

 

    Maximum award for MBO’s is capped at 100%

Exhibit 10.6

April 21, 2016

Mr. Faraj Aalaei

Amended & Restated Employment Agreement

Dear Faraj:

On behalf of Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”), this letter agreement (this “ Agreement ”) amends and restates the employment letter agreement between you and the Company that was effective as of June 22, 2011.

1. Positions. You will continue to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, on a full time basis, reporting to the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). You shall perform such duties and responsibilities as are customarily associated with such position in accordance with the standards of the industry. You will devote substantially all of your working time and attention to the business of the Company and will not, except with the prior approval of the Board, engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (other than those described on Annex I hereto) that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. You will also be expected to comply with and be bound by the Company’s operating policies, procedures and practices that are from time to time in effect during your employment.

2. Base Salary, Bonus, Benefits. Your current base annual salary is $450,000 per year, which is payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Your base salary may be increased by the Board in its sole discretion. You are eligible to earn an annual performance-based bonus with a target amount equal to 50% of your base salary, with the amount earned determined by the Board based on individual and Company performance. In all events, any bonus will be paid not later than March 15 of the year following the year in which your right to such amount became vested. You will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans and policies made available to all full time employees from time to time on the terms and conditions of those plans and policies. All compensation payable to you is subject to applicable payroll deductions and withholdings.

3. Equity Compensation. The Board may make grants of equity awards to you from time to time, in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise requested by you prior to a future date of grant, if the Board makes grants to you in the future, such grants will contain the following terms:

 

    Each option grant will be early exercisable (that is, exercisable, prior to vesting, subject to the Company’s repurchase right);

 

    Each equity award grant will vest monthly, in equal installments, over four years from the grant date, so long as you remain in the continuous service of the Company; and

 

    If you remain employed by the Company through the effective date of a Change of Control, with such term having the meaning set forth below, your then outstanding, but unvested, equity awards, will become fully vested.

 

1


Nothing in this Agreement modifies the terms of any previously granted equity awards, including any awards granted under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, except as expressly set forth herein.

4. Better After-Tax Provision. In the event that it shall be determined that the payments and benefits you may receive in connection with a Change of Control would be subject to the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), then, at your sole discretion, you may cause the Company to solicit shareholder approval of your “parachute payments” in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the underlying regulations, provided that immediately before the Change of Control, none of the Company’s stock is readily tradeable on an established securities market or otherwise. If you do not elect to have the Company solicit such shareholder approval or if any of the Company’s stock is readily tradeable on an established securities market immediately before the Change of Control, your “parachute payments” shall be payable (i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance and other benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by you on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments and benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such payments and benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and you otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon you and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and you shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section. If a reduced amount will give rise to the greater after-tax benefit, the reduction in the payments shall occur in the following order: (a) reduction of cash payments; (b) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (c) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (d) reduction of other benefits paid to you. Within any such category of payments and benefits (that is, (a), (b), (c) or (d)), a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from your equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

5. Employment and Termination. Upon any termination of your employment with the Company, you will receive payment for all unpaid salary and vacation accrued but not used through the date of your termination of employment, and your right to continued participation in

 

2


employee benefits plans and policies will be as determined under the applicable plans and policies and applicable laws. In no way limiting the at-will nature of your employment, we note that:

(a) You may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board at any time for “Good Reason,” as defined below (an “ Involuntary Termination ”);

(b) You may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board at any time in your discretion without Good Reason (“ Voluntary Termination ”);

(c) The Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time following a determination by the Board that there is “Cause,” as defined below, for such termination (“ Termination for Cause ”);

(d) The Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time in the sole discretion of the Board without a determination that there is Cause for such termination (“ Termination without Cause ”); or

(e) Your employment will automatically terminate upon your death or upon your disability as determined by the Board (“ Termination for Death or Disability ”); provided that “disability” shall mean your complete inability to perform your job responsibilities for a period of ninety (90) days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period.

6. Definitions.

(a) Cause ”. As used in this agreement, “ Cause ” means (i) willfully engaging in conduct that is in bad faith and materially injurious to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud, or embezzlement; (ii) failure to perform your duties to the Company (other than as a result of a disability) as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith which is not cured within ninety (90) days after written notice from the Board; (iii) conviction of a felony or a crime causing material harm to the business and affairs of the Company or (iv) a material breach by you of this Agreement, the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreements entered into by you and the Company and failure to cure such breach (to the extent that such breach is capable of cure) within ninety (90) days after written notice from the Board.

(b) Change of Control ”. As used in this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” means (a) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of shares or similar transaction or series of related transactions (each, a “combination transaction”) in which the Company is a constituent corporation or is a party if, as a result of such combination transaction, the voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction (other than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder”, as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving corporation of such combination transaction (or such surviving corporation’s parent corporation if the surviving corporation is owned by the parent corporation) that, immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, together represent at least a majority of the total voting power of all securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if

 

3


applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder; or (b) a sale, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions. For the avoidance of doubt, the sale of equity securities of the Company for the primary purpose of raising additional working capital shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control. For purposes hereof, an “Acquiring Stockholder” means a stockholder or stockholders of the Company that (i) merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls a majority of another corporation that merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Company determines that any of the payments or benefits to you under this Agreement or otherwise that are payable in connection with a Change of Control constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A that may only be paid on a qualifying transaction (that is, the payments and benefits are not otherwise “exempt” under 409A), the foregoing definition of Change of Control shall apply only to the extent the transaction also is “a change in ownership or effective control of a corporation” or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation”, as defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(c) Good Reason ”. As used in this agreement, “ Good Reason ” means a voluntary resignation by you in the event of (1) a reduction in your salary of more than ten percent (excluding pro rata reductions across all executives in the Company), (2) you no longer have the title of President and Chief Executive Officer or their equivalent, (3) a reduction in your responsibilities to less than those typically held by a President and Chief Executive Officer, (4) a relocation of the offices at which you are required to work to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the office at which you previously were required to work or (5) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other agreements entered into by you and the Company and failure to cure such breach (to the extent that such breach is capable of cure) within ninety (90) days after written notice thereof to the Board.

7. Separation Benefits. If at any time (whether before or after a Change of Control) you suffer an Involuntary Termination or a Termination Without Cause (and to be clear, a Termination for Death or Disability shall not constitute a Termination without Cause), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “ Separation from Service ”), then subject to your obligations below (including but not limited to your execution of an effective release and waiver of claims, in the form attached hereto as Annex II, that is effective not later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day following your Separation from Service), you shall be entitled to receive (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”):

 

    an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of your then current base salary, ignoring any decrease in base salary that forms the basis for Good Reason, less all applicable withholdings and deductions, paid over such eighteen (18) month period on the schedule described below (the “ Salary Continuation ”).

 

    acceleration of the vesting of each of your then outstanding compensatory stock grants as of the date of termination as to the number of shares that would have vested in accordance with their applicable vesting schedules if you had been in service for an additional eighteen (18) months as of your termination date (based upon months of service and not the occurrence of corporate events or milestones).

 

    to the extent that you timely elect COBRA coverage under the Company’s health plans, the Company will pay or reimburse you for the cost of your COBRA premiums for a period of up to eighteen (18) months commencing on the first date on which you lose health care coverage as a result of your Separation from Service, provided, however, that the Company’s obligation to pay or reimburse your COBRA premiums will cease immediately in the event that you either become eligible for group health insurance or cease to be eligible for COBRA coverage during such eighteen (18) month period (such period that you are eligible for Company-paid COBRA benefits, the “ COBRA Payment Period ”).

 

4


If at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a taxable cash amount that, on an after-tax basis, is sufficient to obtain the same or equivalent coverage with any such gross-up for taxes paid in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v) (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), for the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period. For clarity, you are not required to elect continued health insurance coverage under COBRA or use this Special Severance Payment to obtain alternative health insurance coverage in order to receive this payment.

The Severance Benefits are conditional upon (a) your continuing to comply with your obligations under your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement and any similar agreement during the period of time in which you are receiving the Severance Benefits; (b) your delivering to the Company an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company in substantially the form set forth on Annex II within sixty (60) days following your Separation from Service; and (c) if you are a member of the Board, your resignation from the Board, to be effective no later than the date of your termination (or such other date as requested by the Board). The Salary Continuation will be paid in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule and will be subject to applicable tax withholdings over the period outlined above following the date of your Separation from Service; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the 60th day following your Separation from Service. On the 60th day following your Separation from Service, the Company will pay you in a lump sum the Salary Continuation and other Severance Benefits (including any Special Severance Payments) that you would have received on or prior to such date under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the 60th day in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the effectiveness of the release, with the balance of the Salary Continuation and other Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

8. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the benefits and payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4),

 

5


1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), your right to receive any installment payments under this letter (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder (including the Severance Benefits) shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this letter, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Code, such payments shall not be provided to you prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of your death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A of the Code without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred.

9. At Will Employment. You will continue to be an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either you or the Company for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without Cause. Any modification or change in your at-will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Board.

10. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. You are obligated to comply with the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement you entered in connection with you hiring. Nothing in this Agreement alters the terms and conditions of that Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.

11. Arbitration. To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any disputes regarding this Agreement, you and the Company agree that any and all claims, disputes or controversies of any nature whatsoever arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement, or its interpretation, enforcement, breach, performance or execution, your employment with the Company, or the termination of such employment, including but not limited to any statutory claims, shall be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Jose, California conducted before a single arbitrator by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successor, under the then applicable JAMS arbitration rules. The parties each acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute, claim or demand through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the

 

6


resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The arbitrator, and not a court, shall also be authorized to determine whether the provisions of this paragraph apply to a dispute, controversy, or claim sought to be resolved in accordance with these arbitration proceedings. The Company shall pay all costs and fees in excess of the amount of court fees that you would be required to incur if the dispute were filed or decided in a court of law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

12. Indemnification. In the event you are made, or threatened to be made, a party to any legal action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that you are or were an employee, director or officer of the Company or serve or served any other corporation owned or controlled by the Company in any capacity at the Company’s request, you shall be indemnified by the Company, and the Company shall pay your related expenses, including, but not limited to, any attorneys’ fees and costs, when and as incurred, all to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) Authority to Enter into Agreement . The Company represents that its Chairman of the Board has due authority to execute and deliver this agreement on behalf of the Company.

(b) Absence of Conflicts . You represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not breach any other agreement as to which you are a party.

(c) Attorneys’ Fees . If a legal action or other proceeding is brought for enforcement of this Agreement because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the successful or prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred, both before and after judgment, in addition to any other relief to which they may be entitled.

(d) Successors . This Agreement is binding on and may be enforced by the Company and its successors and assigns and is binding on and may be enforced by you and your heirs and legal representatives. Any successor to the Company or substantially all of its business (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) will in advance assume in writing and be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(e) Notices . Notices under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or two days after mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Mailed notices to you will be addressed to you at the home address which you have most recently communicated to the Company in writing.

 

7


(f) Amendments; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified or waived except in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company duly authorized by its Board. No waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other breach of this Agreement.

(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement, any Stock Option Agreement (and any related agreement such as a promissory note) between you and the Company, and any indemnification agreement between you and the Company, represents the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of your employment by the Company.

(h) Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to conflict of laws provisions.

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

Please indicate your acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by signing in the place indicated below.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Date:  

April 21, 2016

Accepted:

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Faraj Aalaei
Date:  

April 21, 2016

 

8


April 21, 2016

Annex I

Permitted Competitive Ventures

None.

 

1


Annex II

            ,        

[ DATE ]

Faraj Aalaei

[ADDRESS]

Re:    Terms of Separation

Dear                     :

This letter confirms the agreement (this “ Agreement ”) between you and Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”) concerning the terms of your separation and offers you the Severance Benefits set forth in the amended and restated employment agreement between you and the Company dated April 21, 2016 (the “ Employment Letter Agreement ”) in exchange for a release of claims.

1. Termination. You have terminated your relationship with the Company, effective                     (the “ Termination Date ”).

2. Acknowledgment of Payment of Wages/Expenses. By your signature below, you acknowledge that [ herewith [or] on                     [DATE] ] ,                     we provided you a final paycheck in the amount of                     Dollars ($         ) for all wages, salary, bonuses, reimbursable expenses, accrued but unused vacation and any similar payments due you from Company as of the Termination Date. By signing below, you acknowledge that Company does not owe you any other amounts.

3. Return of Company Property. You hereby represent and warrant to Company that you have returned to Company all real or intangible property or data of Company of any type whatsoever that has been in your possession or control.

4. Confidential Information. You hereby acknowledge that you are bound by the attached Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement dated                     (the “ Employee Invention Agreement ”), and that as a result of your employment with Company you have had access to Company’s Proprietary Information (as defined in the Employee Invention Agreement), that you will hold all Proprietary Information in strictest confidence and that you will not make use of such Proprietary Information on behalf of anyone. You further confirm that you have delivered to Company all documents and data of any nature containing or pertaining to such Proprietary Information and that you have not taken with you any such documents or data or any reproduction thereof.

5. Severance Benefits. Provided you sign this Agreement, allow it to become effective within the time period set forth below, and otherwise observe your obligations set forth in this Agreement and in your Employment Letter Agreement, the Company will provide you with the Severance Benefits as set forth in the Employment Letter Agreement in full satisfaction of its obligations to you under such agreement.

 

1


6. Waiver of Claims.

(a) By You. In consideration for the Severance Benefits offered to you under your Employment Letter Agreement, you hereby release and waive any other claims you may have against Company and its owners, agents, officers, shareholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns (collectively “ Company Releasees ”), whether known or not known, including, without limitation, claims under any employment laws, including, but not limited to, claims of unlawful discharge, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, violation of public policy, defamation, physical injury, emotional distress, claims for vacation pay, bonus pay, profit-sharing, stock awards, termination or severance benefits or other compensation or benefits arising out of your employment or your separation of employment, claims under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act and any other laws and/or regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination, including, without limitation, claims based on age or under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (the “ ADEA ”).

You also acknowledge that (i) the consideration given to you in exchange for the waiver and release in this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled; (ii) you are not releasing any right of indemnification you may have in your capacity as an employee, officer and/or director of the Company pursuant to any express indemnification agreement; (iii) you are not releasing any rights you may have as an owner and/or holder of the Company’s common stock and stock awards; and (iv) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date you sign this Agreement. Excluded from this release are any claims which cannot be waived by law. You are waiving, however, your right to any monetary recovery should any agency, such as the EEOC or DFEH, pursue any claims on your behalf.

(b) By the Company. The Company hereby releases and waives any claims it may have against you, for yourself and on behalf of your spouse, and your predecessors and successors in interest, heirs and assigns (“ Your Releasees ” and, collectively with the Company Releasees, the “ Releasees ”), whether known or not known.

(c) Release of Unknown Claims. By signing below, each party expressly waives any benefits of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which provides as follows:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

2


7. Representations. You hereby represent that you have been paid all compensation owed and for all time worked, you have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which you are eligible pursuant to applicable laws or Company policies, and you have not suffered any work-related injury or illness for which you have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

8. Nondisparagement. You agree that you will not disparage Company Releasees or their products, services, agents, representatives, directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, employees, vendors, affiliates, successors or assigns, or any person acting by, through, under or in concert with any of them, with any written or oral statement. The Company agrees that it will not disparage Your Releasees or any person acting by, through, under or in concert with any of them, with any written or oral statement.

9. Legal and Equitable Remedies. Each party agree that Releasees have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief without prejudice to any other rights or remedies Releasees may have at law or in equity for breach of this Agreement.

10. Attorneys’ Fees. If any action is brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the other party, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled.

11. Confidentiality. The contents, terms and conditions of this Agreement must be kept confidential by you and may not be disclosed except to your accountant or attorneys or pursuant to subpoena or court order. You agree that if you are asked for information concerning this settlement, you will state only that you and Company reached an amicable resolution of any disputes concerning your separation from Company. Any breach of this confidentiality provision shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

12. No Admission of Liability. This Agreement is not and shall not be construed or contended by you to be an admission or evidence of any wrongdoing or liability on the part of Releasees, their representatives, heirs, executors, attorneys, agents, partners, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, successors or assigns. This Agreement shall be afforded the maximum protection allowable under California Evidence Code Section 1152 and/or any other state or Federal provisions of similar effect.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter other than the confidentiality agreement referred to in paragraph 4, above. You acknowledge that neither Releasees nor their agents or attorneys have made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this Agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have executed this Agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained herein.

 

3


14. Modification. It is expressly agreed that this Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any respect except by another written agreement that specifically refers to this agreement, executed by authorized representatives of each of the parties to this Agreement.

15. Review of Separation Agreement/ADEA Waiver. As required by the ADEA, we hereby advise you to consult with your own attorney concerning the terms of this Agreement. You further understand that you may take up to twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement and, by signing below, affirm that you were advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this agreement. You also understand you may revoke this agreement within seven (7) days of signing this document and that the compensation to be paid to you pursuant to your employment agreement will be paid only at the end of that seven (7) day revocation period.

16. Miscellaneous. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified by the court so as to be rendered enforceable. This Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and to be performed entirely within California.

If you agree to abide by the terms outlined in this Agreement, please sign the attached copy and return it to me. I wish you the best in your future endeavors.

 

Sincerely,
AQUANTIA CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

I have read, understand and agree to the terms set forth above:

 

 

    Date:  

 

Faraj Aalaei      

 

4

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

December 10, 2015

Mr. Mark Voll

Offer of Employment by Aquantia Corp

Dear Mark,

I am very pleased to confirm our offer to you of full-time employment with Aquantia Corp. (the “Company”). You will report to Faraj Aalaei, the President and CEO„ in the exempt position of Chief Financial Officer. Your specific duties and responsibilities will be explained to you by your manager.

The terms of our offer and the benefits currently provided by the Company are as follows:

1. Starting Salary . Your starting salary will be Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) per month; when annualized, your salary will be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and ($300,000.00) per year and will be subject to an annual review.

2. Annual Discretionary Bonus Program . Aquantia has established an annual bonus program for all of its employees and executives based on the Company’s targets and individual objectives. Your target annual bonus will be Thirty Five Percent (35%) of your base salary; eligibility requirements will be explained in further detail upon your hire. Employees starting employment after January 1st in a plan year will receive a pro-rated incentive, calculated from the date of hire.

3. Benefits . In addition, you will be eligible to participate in ‘health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plane established by the Company for its employees from time to time. A brief summary of the benefits currently offered is attached to this letter.

Except as provided below, the Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment, as well as any of the terms set forth herein at any time in the future.

4. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you will need to sign the Company’s standard “Employee invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement” as a condition of your employment. We wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to, and we hereby direct you not to, bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or to violate any other obligations you may have to any former employer. During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company. You represent that your signing of this offer letter, agreement(s) concerning stock options granted to you, if any, under the Plan (as defined below) and the Company’s Employee invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement and your commencement of employment with the Company will not violate any agreement currently place between yourself and current or past employers.

 

 

 

Aquantia Corp., 105 E. Tasman Dr., San Jose, CA 95134 • www.aquantia.com


5. Options . We will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that you be granted the opportunity to purchase up to Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand (850,000)  shares of Common Stock of the Company under our 2015 Equity incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date the Board approves such grant. The shares you will be given the opportunity to purchase will vest at the rate of 25% at the end of your first anniversary with the Company, and an additional 2.08333% per month thereafter, so long as you remain employed by the Company:

However: the grant of such options by the Company is subject to the Board’s approval and this promise to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create an obligation on the part of the Company. Further details on the Plan and any specific option grant to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Company’s Board of Directors„

6. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, should you decide to accept our offer, you will be an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or ‘without prior notice and with our without cause: Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective: Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

7. Authorization to Work . Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

8. Arbitration . You and the Company shall submit to mandatory and exclusive binding arbitration of any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof, provided however , that the parties retain their right to, and shall not be prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining equitable relief from a court having Jurisdiction over the parties. Such arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and conducted through the American Arbitration Association in the [State of California, Santa Clara County] before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time, The parties may conduct only essential discovery prior to the hearing, as defined by the AAA arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a- written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based. You shall bear only those costs of arbitration you would otherwise bear had you brought a claim covered by this Agreement in court. Judgment upon the determination or: award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

9. Background Check . This offer is contingent upon a successful employment verification of criminal, education, and employment background. This offer can be rescinded based upon data received in the verification.

10. Acceptance . This offer will remain open until 5:00pm on Tuesday, December 15, 2015 . If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated along with your expected start date and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

 

 

 

Aquantia Corp., 105 E. Tasman Dr., San Jose, CA 95134 • www.aquantia.com


We look forward to the opportunity to welcome you to the Company.

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

      Date signed: December 10, 2015            

I have read and understood this offer letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment offer except as specifically set forth herein:

 

/s/ Mark Voll

     Date signed: December 14, 2015            
(Candidate Name)     
     Expected Start date: January 11, 2016

 

 

 

Aquantia Corp., 105 E. Tasman Dr., San Jose, CA 95134 • www.aquantia.com


LOGO

December 9, 2016

Mr. Mark Voll

70 Morningside Circle

Los Altos, Ca 94022

First Amendment to Offer of Employment by Aquantia Corp.

This First Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Offer of Employment by Aquantia Corp. (the “Company”) between the Company and Mark Voll, dated December 10, 2015 (the “Offer Letter”), is made and entered into as of December 9, 2016, by and between the Company and Mark Voll. The following Sections 7 and 8 are hereby added immediately following Section 6 of the Offer Letter, and Sections 7, 8, 9 and I 0 of the Offer Letter (and any references to such Sections therein) are hereby deemed to be renumbered Sections 9, 10, II and 12, respectively:

7. Severance Benefits .

7.1 Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason After a Change in Control. If your employment ends because of a Covered Termination on or within eighteen ( 18) months after a Change in Control, you will be eligible to receive a lump sum cash severance payment in an amount equal to twelve ( 12) months of your then current base salary (ignoring any reduction in salary that forms the basis for a resignation for Good Reason), Jess any applicable withholdings and deductions, and effective as of your termination date, all of your then-outstanding and unvested compensatory equity awards will become vested. Additionally, you will receive 12 months of COBRA benefits starting from your termination date.

7.2 Payment Terms. As a precondition to receiving any severance benefits as provided in this Section 7, you must sign, and allow to become effective by the 60th day following your Separation from Service, a form of release satisfactory to the Company. You must also continue to comply with all your continuing obligations to the Company under this offer letter and your Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement, and must refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any employment or other business activity which competes with the business of the Company. Your cash severance will be paid in the form of a lump sum payment paid on the 60th day following your Separation from Service.

7.3 Application of 409A . It is intended that each installment of the severance payments provided for in this after letter is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that the severance payments satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and l.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that all or any portion of the severance payments constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code and you are, on your Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in


Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code, the timing of the severance payments shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after your Separation from Service, or (ii) the date of your death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (1) pay you a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance payments that you would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date but for the delay imposed by this paragraph, and (2) begin paying the balance of the severance payments in accordance with the payment schedule set forth above.

8. Definitions . For purposes of this offer letter, capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

8.1 The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute “Cause” for termination:

(a) willful neglect, failure or refusal by you to perform your employment duties (except resulting from your incapacity due to illness) as reasonably directed by the Company; (b) willful misconduct by you in the performance of your employment duties; (c) your indictment for a felony (other than traffic related offense) or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (d) your commission of an act involving personal dishonesty including, but not limited to, an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of Company property; or (e) your material breach of this offer letter or any other agreement between you and the Company, including without limitation, your Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement. The determination of Cause will be made by the Company in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Cause shall not be deemed to exist under clauses (a) or (e) above unless you have been given notice by the Company of the existence of Cause and, if the existence of Cause is reasonably curable, a reasonable opportunity to cure the existence of such Cause. You will only be entitled to one such notice and cure period.

8.2 “ Covered Termination ” means a termination of your employment with the Company, its affiliates and any successor corporation or entity, which termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and which termination is caused either by (a) a termination by the Company (or any successor corporation or entity) without Cause and other than as a result of your death or disability or (b) your resignation for Good Reason.

8.3 “ Good Reason ” means a voluntary resignation by you from all positions you then hold with the Company, its affiliates and any successor corporation or entity in the event of (1) a reduction in your salary of more than ten percent (excluding pro rata reductions across all executives in the Company), which reduction the parties have determined to be a material reduction, (2) your title is materially adversely changed, such that you do not have a title of Chief Financial Officer or its equivalent or any title of superior stature, which change in title is determined by the parties to be a material breach of this Agreement, (3) a material reduction in your responsibilities to less than those typically held by a Chief Financial Officer, which change is determined by the parties to be a material breach of this offer letter agreement, (4) a relocation of the offices that you are required to work to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the office at which you previously were required to work and which results in a material change in the geographic location at which you perform services, or (5) any other material breach by the Company (or any successor corporation or entity) of this Agreement or any other agreements entered into by you and the Company (or any successor corporation or entity) under which you provide services. However, Good Reason shall only exist if you provide written notice to the Company’s Board (or the board of directors of any successor corporation or entity) of any such material adverse change or breach within thirty (30) days after such change or breach first occurs, and the Company (or any successor corporation or entity) fails to cure such change or breach (to the extent that such change or breach is capable of cure)


within ninety (90) days after written notice thereof, and your resignation for Good Reason is effective not later than ninety (90) days after the expiration of such cure period.

8.4 “ Separation from Service ” means your separation from service as provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) without regard to any alternative definitions thereunder.

8.5 “ Change in Control ” means the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the Company’s merger into or consolidation with any other corporation or other entity, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than a majority of the voting power of the corporation or other entity surviving such transaction; provided that, a Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

  Date:   December 13, 2016            
Faraj Aalaei    
Agreed and accepted:    

/s/ Mark Voll

  Date:   December 13, 2016            
Mark Voll    

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

November 18, 2009

Mr. Kamal Dalmia

(sent via email)

Offer of Employment by Aquantia Corp.

Dear Kamal,

I am very pleased to confirm our offer to you of employment with Aquantia Corp. (the “ Company ”). The terms of our offer and the benefits currently provided by the Company are set forth in this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as follows:

1. Position and Starting Salary . You will report to the CEO in the position of Vice President of Sales & Marketing. Your starting salary will be at the rate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00 ) per year , less applicable withholdings and deductions, and it will be subject to an annual review.

2. Annual Bonus . You will be eligible for a performance bonus of Eighty Thousand dollars ( $80,000.00 ) , less applicable withholdings and deductions, which shall be awarded in the Company’s discretion and paid to you annually on your employment anniversary date with the Company, the terms and conditions of which will be agreed upon after your hire date. It will be contingent, in part, upon the obtainment of new design wins that, due to their size and importance, will secure Aquantia’s market dominance. In order to receive a bonus for any particular calendar year, you must remain continuously employed for the entire year (through and including the applicable employment anniversary date). Quarterly advances will be paid to you in anticipation of the completion of annual goals. Such advances are refundable by you to the company if the goals are not met.

3. Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time. A brief summary of the benefits currently offered will be provided to you.

The Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment.

4. Confidentiality . As a condition of your employment with the Company, you will be required to sign and comply with the Company’s standard Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), a copy of which is enclosed. You agree that, as a condition of your employment, you shall not bring with you, or be in the unauthorized possession of, any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or other third party, or violate any lawful obligations you may have to any former employer or other third party. During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree not (a) to engage in or assist any other person to engage in, or (b) prepare to engage in, or assist any other person in preparing to engage in, any employment, business or activity that is competitive


in any manner with the business or proposed business of the Company. You shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing: (i) any outside employment, contracting work or other business activity in which you are currently engaged; or (ii) any outside employment, contracting work, or other business activity in which you propose to engage in the future; and any such disclosure shall be sufficiently specific to enable the Company to determine, in its sole discretion, whether such employment, work or activity is consistent with your obligations hereunder. You hereby represent that the performance of your services as an employee of the Company will not violate any agreement between you and any current or past employer or any other third party.

5. Equity .

5.1 I nitial Options . We will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) that you be granted the opportunity to purchase up to Five Hundred Thousand ( 500,000 )  shares of Common Stock of the Company under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan ( the Plan ”) at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Board on the date the Board approves such grant. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares you will be given the opportunity to purchase will vest upon your completion of one (1) year of continuous service with the Company, and an additional 2.08333% of the shares will vest for each full month of your continuous service thereafter. However, the grant of such options by the Company is subject to the Board’s approval and this promise to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the Company. Your rights and obligations with respect to any such shares will be governed by the Plan and the grant document.

 

5.2 Additional Options . We also will recommend to the Board that you be granted the opportunity to purchase Fifty Thousand (50,000)  shares on the first and second anniversary of your continuous service with the Company (for a total of One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares ) .

6. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, should you decide to accept our offer, you will be an at-will employee of the Company. This means that the employment relationship can be terminated by you or the Company for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice or cause. Your participation in any stock option or benefit program will not alter this at-will relationship, and is not to be regarded as an assurance of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at-will employment status may only occur by means of an express written agreement signed by you and the CEO.

7. Severance Benefits .

7.1 Upon Termination Without Cause .

If the Company terminates your employment without Cause and such termination results in a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any permissible alternative definition of “termination of employment” thereunder) (a “ Covered Termination ”), you will be eligible to receive severance in an amount equal to one (1) year of your above-listed base salary (i.e., $250,000), less applicable withholdings and deductions.

7.2 Upon Termination Without Cause After a Change of Control . Regardless of your length of service, if your employment ends because of a Covered Termination within eighteen (18) months after a Change in Control, you will be eligible to receive severance in an amount equal to one (1) year of your above-listed base salary (i.e., $250,000) plus your annual bonus of $80,000, less any applicable withholdings and deductions, and an additional twelve (12) months of any outstanding unvested shares then held by you shall become vested.


7.3 Payment Terms .

(a) As a precondition to receiving any severance benefits as provided in this Section 7, within forty-five (45) days after the date your employment ends, you must sign and return to the Company a form of release satisfactory to the Company (the “ Release ”) and allow the release to become effective by its terms (such latest possible Release effective date, the “ Release Deadline ”). You must also continue to comply with all your continuing obligations to the Company under this Agreement and your Confidentiality Agreement, and must refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any employment or other business activity which competes with the business of the Company (subject to the terms set forth below). Your cash severance will be paid in the form of continuing base salary payments paid on the Company’s regular payroll schedule beginning on the first regular payroll pay date after the Release Deadline.

(b) You and the Company agree that nothing in this Agreement prevents you from competing with the Company after your employment ends. If you choose to engage in competitive activity during any period time you are scheduled to receive severance payments from the Company, you will cease to be eligible to receive any further severance payments as of the date you commence such activities; provided, however, that you will be entitled to receive prorated severance for the period of time during which you refrain from engaging in competitive activities, and in no event will you receive less than one (1) month of severance pay and you will be entitled to retain any accelerated vesting benefits provided to you, in consideration for entering into the Release.

7.4 Application of 409A . It is intended that each installment of the severance payments provided for in this offer letter agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that the severance payments also satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ 409A ”), provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that all or any portion of the severance payments constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and you are, on your separation from service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Code Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after your separation from service, or (ii) the date of your death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (1) pay you a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance payments that you would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date, and (2) begin paying the balance of the severance payments in accordance with the payment schedule set forth above.

8. Definitions .

8.1 Cause . For purposes of this offer letter agreement, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute “ Cause ” for termination: (a) willful neglect, failure or refusal by you to perform your employment duties (except resulting from your incapacity due to illness) as reasonably directed by the Company; (b) willful misconduct by you in the performance of your employment duties; (c) your indictment for a felony (other than traffic related offense) or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (d) your commission of an act involving personal dishonesty including, but not limited to, an act constituting


misappropriation or embezzlement of Company property; or (e) your material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between you and the Company, including without limitation, the Confidentiality Agreement. The determination of Cause will be made by the Company in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Cause shall not be deemed to exist under clauses (a) or (e) above unless you have been given notice by the Company of the existence of Cause and, if the existence of Cause is reasonably curable, a reasonable opportunity to cure the existence of such Cause. You will only be entitled to one such notice and cure period.

8.2 Change in Control . For purposes of this offer letter agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the Company’s merger into or consolidation with any other corporation or other entity, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than a majority of the voting power of the corporation or other entity surviving such transaction. A Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

9. Authorization to Work . As required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

10. Arbitration . To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise, you and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, execution or interpretation of this offer letter agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment with the Company, shall be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Francisco, California (or in such other location as the parties mutually agree) conducted by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successor, under the then-applicable JAMS Employment Arbitration Rule and Procedures. If JAMS cannot conduct the arbitration for any reason, the arbitration shall be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its then applicable rules governing employment disputes. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company understand that you are waiving the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that you or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ (or AAA, if applicable) arbitration fees in excess of what you would have to pay if the matter were litigated in court. Nothing in this Agreement will prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration. Judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.

11. Background Check . This offer is contingent upon verification of criminal, education, and employment background. This offer can be rescinded based upon data received in the verification.

12. Entire Agreement . This offer letter agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, represents the sole and complete understanding between you and the Company relating to the subject matter hereof. It supersedes and replaces all prior agreements, understandings or representations with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. Except for modifications reserved to the Company’s


discretion herein, the terms of your employment may be amended only through a written instrument signed by you and the CEO. This agreement is to be governed by the laws of the state of California without reference to conflicts of law principles. If any provision contained in this agreement is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this agreement, and such provision will be reformed, construed and enforced so as to render it valid and enforceable consistent with the general intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. No waiver of any right hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing. For purposes of construction of this agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.

13. Acceptance . I hope that you will accept the offer set forth in this Agreement. If so, please sign and date this letter and the enclosed Confidentiality Agreement. Also please indicate your expected start date in the space below, which should be on or before December 1, 2009 , unless we agree otherwise in writing. Please return the signed documents to me. We understand that the expected start date indicated by you below may be moved up to an earlier date, if you advise me accordingly. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me. This offer of employment will remain open until end of day Friday, November 20, 2009 .

We look forward to the opportunity to welcome you to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Faraj Aalaei, CEO
Enclosure (Confidentiality Agreement)

Understood and Agreed : I have read and understood this offer letter Agreement and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment offer except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Kamal Dalmia

   Date signed:                                                  
Kamal Dalmia     
     Expected start date:                                     

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

November 30, 2004

Ramin SHIRANI

Re.: Offer Letter to join Aquantia Corp. as a Co-Founder

Dear Ramin:

I am very pleased to confirm our offer to you of joining Aquantia Corp. as a co-founder, effective upon the closing of our initial debt financing.

On the effective date of your joining Aquantia as a co-founder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement that will offered to you then, you will be granted the opportunity to purchase up to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, at an aggregate purchase price of $15.00 or $0.00001 per Share. The shares you will be given the opportunity to purchase will vest at the rate of 1/4 at the end of your first anniversary with the Company, and an additional 1/48th per month thereafter, so long as you remain employed by the Company. In addition, in the event that you are terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), an additional 25% of the shares shall vest and in the event that your employment is terminated or Constructively Terminated (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) within twelve months of an acquisition of the Company, 50% of the shares on such date of termination shall become vested.

Your starting salary will be $100,000 during the seed phase of our company. This is the same compensation rate being planned for the other co-founders.

This offer will remain open until December 7, 2004. If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

 

1/2


LOGO

We look forward to your joining Aquantia as a co-founder of the company.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Philippe Delansay, CEO

I have read and understood this offer letter and accept the terms set forth herein.

Date signed:

/s/ Ramin Shirani

 

2/2

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of December 16, 2014 (this “ Loan Agreement ”), is entered by and between AQUANTIA CORP. , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”); and PINNACLE VENTURES, L.L.C. as agent (“ Agent ”) for the lenders identified on Schedule 1 hereto (such lenders, together with their respective successors and assigns are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), and the Lenders. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Loan Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in Article 10.

In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article 1. THE LOANS.

Section 1.01 Commitment.

 

  (a) Tranche 1 Commitment . Pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement, the Lenders advanced to Borrower (the “ Tranche 1 Advance ”) on April 5, 2013, a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000). Borrower may prepay the Tranche 1 Advance in accordance with Section 1.02(e)(i).

 

  (b) Tranche 2 Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement, the Lenders agree to advance to Borrower (the “ Tranche 2 Advance ”, and together with the Tranche 1 Advance, each an “ Advance ”) on or within 1 Business Day of Closing, a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of Eight Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,800,000). Borrower may prepay the Tranche 2 Advance in accordance with Section 1.02(e)(ii).

Section 1.02 Interest and Payments .

 

  (a) Interest .

 

  (i) Tranche 1 Advance .

 

  1) From the date of such Advance through December 31, 2014 Borrower shall pay interest in advance on the unpaid principal amount of the Tranche 1 Advance at a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate determined as of the date of such Advance plus nine hundred twenty-five (925) basis points or (B) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%), based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed, such interest to be fixed on the date of such Advance.

 

  2) From January 1, 2015 until such Advance is paid in full Borrower shall pay interest in arrears on the unpaid principal amount of the Tranche 1 Advance at a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate determined as of fifteen (15) days before the date of the applicable payment plus five hundred fifty (550) basis points or (B) eight and 3/4 percent (8.75%), based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed.

 

  (ii) Tranche 2 Advance . Borrower shall pay interest in arrears on the unpaid principal amount of the Tranche 2 Advance from the date of such Advance until such Advance is paid in full at a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate determined as of fifteen (15) days before the date of the applicable payment plus five hundred fifty (550) basis points or (B) eight and 3/4 percent (8.75%), based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed.

 

  (iii) If Borrower pays interest on any Advance which is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of such Advance.


  (b) Payments of Principal and Interest .

 

  (i) Tranche 1 Advance . For the Tranche 1 Advance, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only (payable in advance) on the first Business Day of each month after the Funding Date (each, a “ Payment Date ”) through December 31, 2014 (the “ Tranche 1 Interest Only Period ”). Beginning January 1, 2015, Borrower shall make fifteen (15) monthly payments of interest only (payable in arrears) on each Payment Date (the “ Tranche 1 Additional Interest Only Period ”). Thereafter, Borrower shall make twenty-seven (27) equal payments of principal and interest on each Payment Date until such Advance is paid in full (the “ Tranche 1 Amortization Period ”). The amount of each such payment shall be sufficient to fully amortize the principal and interest due on the applicable Advance over such Tranche 1 Amortization Period.

 

  (ii) Tranche 2 Advance . For the Tranche 2 Advance, Borrower shall make fifteen (15) monthly payments of interest only (payable in arrears) on each Payment Date (the “ Tranche 2 Interest Only Period ”). Thereafter, Borrower shall make twenty-seven (27) equal payments of principal and interest (payable in arrears) on each Payment Date until the Tranche 2 Advance is paid in full (the “ Tranche 2 Amortization Period ”). The amount of each such payment shall be sufficient to fully amortize the principal and interest due on the applicable Tranche 2 Advance over such Tranche 2 Amortization Period.

 

  (iii) Extended Interest-Only Period . If the Performance Milestone is achieved, for the Tranche 1 Advance and Tranche 2 Advance, the Tranche 1 Additional Interest Only Period and the Tranche 2 Interest Only Period shall be extended to eighteen (18) monthly payments, and the Tranche 1 Amortization Period and the Tranche 2 Amortization Period shall be shortened to twenty-four (24) equal payments of principal and interest. The amount of each such payment shall be sufficient to fully amortize the principal and interest due on the applicable Advance over such twenty-four (24) month period.

 

  (c) Interim Interest Payment . For each Advance, unless the Funding Date is a Payment Date, Borrower shall make a payment of interest on the Funding Date for the period from the Funding Date to the first Payment Date.

 

  (d) Final Payment . On July 1, 2018 (the “ Maturity Date ”), Borrower shall pay to Agent, all remaining unpaid principal and accrued interest and all other amounts previously due with respect to all Advances, plus an amount equal to $1,535,100 (the “ Final Payment ”). If the Tranche 1 Advance and the Tranche 2 Advance are fully funded at Closing and are not prepaid prior to the Maturity Date, Agent will credit to Borrower $238,000, such that Borrower’s final payment in full of the Obligations will be reduced by such amount.

 

  (e) Prepayment .

 

  (i) Voluntary Prepayment . Upon seven (7) Business Days’ prior written notice to Agent, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all and not less than all of the Advances, in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amounts Advances, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through and including the date of such prepayment, plus the Final Payment, plus any other amounts then due to Lenders; provided, that if any such Advances are prepaid (i) on or prior to the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 2.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment, and (ii) after the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 1.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment (the “ Voluntary Prepayment Premium ”).

 

-2-


  (ii) Mandatory Prepayment on Change of Control. Upon an acquisition of Borrower by a “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), whether by merger or consolidation, or a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the holders of Borrower’s voting Equity Securities immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions do not hold at least 50% of the voting power of Borrower or any resulting company after such transaction or transactions, or the sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets (a “Change of Control”), Borrower shall prepay the Advances, in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amounts Advances, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through and including the date of such prepayment, plus the Final Payment, plus any other amounts then due to Agent or Lenders; provided, that if any such Advances are prepaid (i) on or prior to the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 2.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment, and (ii) after the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 1.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment (the “ Mandatory Prepayment Premium ”).

 

  (iii) Reduction for Warrant Gain . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.02(e), should the Lenders realize an aggregate minimum return of 300.00% on the Warrants as of the time of any prepayment, then there shall be no Voluntary Prepayment Premium or Mandatory Prepayment Premium payable in connection with such prepayment.

Section 1.02 Use of Proceeds; the Advances and the Notes; Disbursement .

 

  (a) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Advances shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

  (b) The Advances and the Notes . The obligation of Borrower to repay the aggregate unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Advance shall be evidenced by Notes setting forth the principal amount of such Advance and the payments due. Agent shall keep a record of the payments made under each Note on its books which records shall be prima facie evidence of the amounts paid under the Notes absent manifest error. Any failure by Agent to obtain or retain such a Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower to pay amounts due hereunder with respect to an Advance.

 

  (c) Notice and Disbursement . Whenever Borrower desires Lenders to make an Advance, Borrower shall notify Agent in writing at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, which notice shall be irrevocable. Lenders’ obligation to make Advances shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.01(b). Lenders shall have the right to request that Borrower furnish Lenders with such additional information with respect to the Advance as Lenders shall reasonably request. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Loan Agreement, each Lender shall disburse its pro rata portion of each Advance to the account of Borrower as specified in Section 9.06.

Section 1.03 Other Payment Terms .

 

  (a) Place and Manner . All regularly scheduled payments due to the Lenders shall be effected by automatic debit of the appropriate funds from Borrower’s Primary Operating Account. Borrower shall make all other payments due to the Lenders in lawful money of the United States, in immediately available funds, at the address for payments specified in Section 9.06.

 

  (b) Date . Whenever any payment due hereunder shall fall due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

  (c) Default Rate . If any amounts required to be paid by Borrower under this Loan Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (including principal or interest payable on the Advance, any fees or other amounts) remain unpaid after such amounts are due, Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding principal balance hereunder from the date due until such past due amounts are paid in full, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate. All computations of such interest shall be based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed.

 

-3-


  (d) Legal and Due Diligence Costs . Borrower shall reimburse Lender for Lender’s costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees incurred in preparing and negotiating the Transaction Documents and travel expenses incurred in performing due diligence.

 

  (e) Commitment Fee . Agent has received a commitment fee from Borrower in the amount of Five Hundred Thirty Eight Thousand ($538,000) (the “ Commitment Fee ”). The Commitment Fee is fully earned and will be retained by Agent.

 

Article 2. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

Section 2.01 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Agent on behalf of all Lenders a continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Transaction Documents. Such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in Collateral acquired after the date hereof. Notwithstanding termination of this Loan Agreement, Agent’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

Section 2.02 Liabilities Unconditional . Borrower is and shall remain absolutely and unconditionally liable for the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation any deficiency by reason of the failure of the Collateral to satisfy all amounts due to Agent or the Lenders under any Transaction Document.

 

Article 3. CLOSING.

Section 3.01 Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lenders to fund an Advance shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

  (a) Conditions to Closing . Agent shall have received in connection with the Closing in form and substance satisfactory to Agent:

 

  (i) This Loan Agreement, duly executed by Borrower;

 

  (ii) Copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Borrower, of: (A) the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Borrower (as amended to the date of this Loan Agreement), (B) the resolutions adopted by Borrower’s board of directors authorizing the transaction and the documents being executed in connection therewith, and (C) the incumbency of the officers executing this Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents on behalf of Borrower.

 

  (iii) Good Standing Certificate(s) (including tax status if available) with respect to Borrower from Borrower’s state of incorporation and principal place of business, if different, (each) as of a date acceptable to Agent.

 

  (iv) Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 5.06 of this Loan Agreement.

 

  (v) All necessary consents of shareholders and other third parties with respect to the subject matter of the Loan Agreement and the other documents being executed in connection therewith.

 

  (vi) A Warrant Purchase Agreement in the form provided by Agent and agreed to by Borrower, duly executed by Borrower.

 

  (vii) The Warrants to be issued to the designees of the Lenders in forms provided by Agent and agreed to by Borrower, duly executed by Borrower.

 

-4-


  (viii) A Management Rights Agreement in the form provided by Agent and agreed to by Borrower, duly executed by Borrower.

 

  (ix) All other documents as Agent shall have reasonably requested.

 

  (x) A legal opinion of counsel to Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

  (xi) A Subordination Agreement, or an amendment to the existing Subordination Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

  (xii) A landlord waiver in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from each owner of record of real property at which items of Collateral will be located, setting forth the rights of Agent with respect to such items of Collateral.

 

  (xiii) Agreements sufficient to perfect a security interest in Borrower’s deposit accounts and securities accounts as required under Section 5.20, executed by each applicable bank or other financial institution, in form reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

  (b) Conditions to Funding of Each Advance . Prior to the funding of each Advance, the following conditions with respect to such Advance shall have been satisfied by Borrower or waived by Agent:

 

  (i) Borrower shall have executed and delivered a Note in the form of Exhibit A prepared by Agent setting forth the terms of the Advance.

 

  (ii) No Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

  (iii) In Agent’s sole discretion, no event or condition shall exist that has had or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (iv) The representations and warranties contained in this Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Borrower is a party shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on the date of funding of the Advance and the items listed on any schedule shall be reasonably acceptable to Agent, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

  (v) Each of the Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect.

 

  (vi) Borrower shall have provided to Agent such documents, instruments and agreements, including financing statements or amendments to financing statements, as Agent shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Agent.

 

Article 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER.

Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that:

Section 4.01 Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.02 Authority . The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of each Transaction Document to be executed by Borrower and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of Borrower and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of Borrower.

 

-5-


Section 4.03 Enforceability . Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by Borrower has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

Section 4.04 Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by Borrower of the Transaction Documents executed by Borrower and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (i) violate any Requirement of Law applicable to Borrower; (ii) violate any provision of, or result in the breach or the acceleration of, or entitle any other Person to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both), any material Contractual Obligation of Borrower; or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property, asset or revenue of Borrower (except such Liens as may be created in favor of Agent pursuant to this Loan Agreement or the other Transaction Documents).

Section 4.05 Approvals . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person (including, without limitation, the shareholders of any Person) is required in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents executed by Borrower and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except for such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings that have already been obtained.

Section 4.06 No Violation or Default . None of Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiaries is in violation of or in default with respect to (i) any Requirement of Law; or (ii) any Contractual Obligation (nor is there any waiver in effect which, if not in effect, would result in such a violation or default), where, in each case, such violation or default, individually, or together with all such violations or defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither Borrower nor Borrower’s Subsidiaries (A) has violated any Environmental Laws, (B) has any liability under any Environmental Laws or (C) has received notice or other communication of an investigation or is under investigation by any Governmental Authority having authority to enforce Environmental Laws, where such violation, liability or investigation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4.07 Litigation . No actions (including, without limitation, derivative actions), suits, proceedings or investigations are pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiaries at law or in equity in any court or before any other Governmental Authority which if adversely determined (i) could reasonably be expected (alone or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) seeks to enjoin, either directly or indirectly, the execution, delivery or performance by Borrower of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Section 4.08 Title . Borrower has good and marketable title to all Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens. Borrower has no other deposit accounts or securities accounts, other than the deposit accounts and securities accounts described in Schedule 2 . Except as described in Schedule 2 , the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as at a warehouse). All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Section 4.09 Financial Statements . The Financial Statements of Borrower which have been delivered to Agent (i) are in accordance with the books and records of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which have been maintained in accordance with good business practice; (ii) have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles except for Intel contract accounting and warrant valuation; and (iii) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Borrower as of the dates presented therein and the results of operations, changes in financial positions or cash flows, as the case may be, for the periods presented therein. As of the date hereof, none of Borrower or any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries has any contingent obligations, liability for taxes or other outstanding obligations which are material in the aggregate

 

-6-


and required to be disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except as disclosed in the most recent audited Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) furnished by Borrower to Agent prior to the date hereof.

Section 4.10 Taxes . Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns or extensions therefor that are required to be filed by it except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and Borrower’s Subsidiaries have paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes which have or may have become due pursuant to said returns or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, which are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) have been provided or which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if unpaid.

Section 4.11 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes . Neither Borrower nor Borrower’s Subsidiaries and none of their properties is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiaries is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.12 No Material Adverse Effect . No event has occurred since December 31, 2012 and no condition exists (excluding general economic conditions) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.13 First Priority . Assuming the timely effecting of appropriate actions such as entry into deposit account control agreements and filing of financing statements covering the Collateral, the security interest granted hereby constitutes a first priority security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens.

Section 4.14 Principal Place of Business . Borrower is incorporated in the jurisdiction stated in the first sentence of this Loan Agreement, and the office where Borrower will keep all records and files regarding the Collateral is set forth in Section 9.07. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2 , Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof. All Borrower’s Inventory and Equipment is located only at the locations set forth in Section 9.07 or on Schedule 2 or at such other locations as are permitted under Section 5.12.

Section 4.15 Intellectual Property . Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property created by Borrower, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. No part of the Intellectual Property created by Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property created by Borrower violates the rights or any third party.

Section 4.16 Investments . Borrower does not own any Investments in any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

 

Article 5. COVENANTS OF BORROWER.

While any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) or unfunded Commitments remain outstanding:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements . Borrower shall provide to Agent the financial statements specified in this Section 5.01, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments and Intel contract accounting and warrant valuation); provided , however , that after the effective

 

-7-


date of the initial registration statement covering a public offering of Borrower’s securities, Borrower shall only be required to deliver those financial statements required to be filed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, to be provided as soon as practicable and no less frequently than quarterly.

 

  (a) As soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month), an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month and unaudited statements of income or loss, retained earnings or deficit, cash flows and capital structure of Borrower for such month, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to fairly present in all material respects the data reflected therein.

 

  (b) As soon as practicable (and in any event upon the earlier of (i) two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of each fiscal year or (ii) the date of delivery to the holders of Borrower’s voting Equity Securities), audited balance sheets as of the end of such year (consolidated if applicable), and related statements of income or loss, retained earnings or deficit, cash flows and capital structure of Borrower for such year, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, and accompanied by an audit report and unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Borrower.

Section 5.02 Other Information . Borrower shall promptly provide to Agent: (a) within thirty (30) days after the end of each board meeting, copies of all board packages delivered to its board of directors in connection with board meetings or otherwise, (b) notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which suits or proceedings if decided adversely to Borrower could reasonably be expected to result in costs or damages to Borrower of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (c) notice of any Default, Event of Default, Event of Loss, or any matter which has resulted or may result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) any additional information (including but not limited to tax returns, income statements, balance sheets, and names of principal creditors) as Agent shall reasonably request which is necessary to evaluate Borrower’s continuing financial obligations.

Section 5.03 Corporate Identity . Borrower shall notify Agent in writing thirty (30) days prior to any change in Borrower’s principal place of business or chief executive office and any change of Borrower’s name, identity or corporate structure.

Section 5.04 Reserved .

Section 5.05 Authorization for Automated Clearinghouse Funds Transfer . Borrower shall (i) authorize Agent to initiate debit entries to Borrower’s account specified in Section 9.06 (“ Borrower’s Primary Operating Account ”) through Automated Clearinghouse (“ ACH ”) transfers, in order to satisfy regularly scheduled payments of principal, interest and fees; (ii) provide Agent at least thirty (30) days notice of any change in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account; and (iii) grant Agent any additional authorizations necessary to begin ACH debits from a new account which becomes Borrower’s Primary Operating Account.

Section 5.06 Insurance . Borrower shall, at its own expense, maintain the following types of insurance, with companies with an A-5 Best rating or better, in amounts acceptable to Agent:

 

  (a) All Risk . “All risk” insurance against loss or damage to the Collateral. The deductible shall not exceed $25,000. The policy shall name Agent as sole loss payee with respect to the Collateral, shall not be invalidated by any action of or breach of warranty by Borrower of any provision thereof and shall waive subrogation against Agent.

 

  (b) General Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability insurance (including contractual liability, products liability and completed operations coverages) reasonably satisfactory to Agent. The limit of liability shall be at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, and $2,000,000 in the aggregate, of commercial general liability insurance and $10,000,000 in excess liability insurance. The policy(ies) shall name Agent as additional insured in the full amount of Borrower’s liability coverage limits (or the coverage limits of any successor to Borrower or such successor’s parent which is providing coverage), be primary and without contribution as respects any insurance carried by Agent and contain cross liability and severability of interest clauses.

 

  (c) Other Insurance . Such other insurance against risks of loss and with terms as shall be reasonably required by Agent.

 

-8-


All policies of insurance shall provide that Agent shall be given thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of coverage. This notice provision shall be without qualification. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Agent, certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Agent that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

Section 5.07 Taxes and Other Liabilities . Borrower shall pay all Indebtedness when due; pay all material Taxes and other governmental or regulator assessments before delinquency or before any penalty attaches thereto, except as may be contested in good faith by the appropriate procedures and for which Borrower shall maintain appropriate reserves; and timely file all required tax returns or extensions therefor.

Section 5.08 Title . Borrower shall promptly notify Agent in writing of any event which materially affects the value of the Collateral, the ability of Borrower or Agent to dispose of the Collateral, or the rights or remedies of Agent in relation thereto, including, but not limited to, the levy of any legal process against the Collateral. Upon request by Agent, Borrower shall deliver to Agent any and all evidence of ownership of, and certificates of title to, any and all of the Equipment.

Section 5.09 Further Identification of Collateral . Borrower shall promptly advise Agent of any material change in the composition of the Collateral. Borrower shall furnish to Agent from time to time such statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

Section 5.10 Good Repair . Borrower shall keep and maintain all Collateral in good operating condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear, make all necessary repairs thereto and replacement of parts thereof so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved in all material respects; and Borrower shall keep books and records with respect to the Collateral, including maintenance records, which are complete and accurate in all material respects.

Section 5.11 Loss; Damage; Destruction and Seizure .

 

  (a) If while payment Obligations are outstanding any item of Collateral is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or seized by a Governmental Authority (an “ Event of Loss ”), then, at Borrower’s option, either (i) Agent shall receive from the proceeds of insurance maintained pursuant to Section 5.06, from any award paid by the seizing Governmental Authority or, to the extent not received from the proceeds of insurance or award or both, from Borrower, on or before the next scheduled Payment Date succeeding such Event of Loss, an amount equal to the replacement value of the item of Collateral subject to the Event of Loss which shall be held as additional Collateral for the Advance, or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may use any such proceeds to purchase an item of Collateral to replace the item of Collateral which was subject to the Event of Loss and such replacement Collateral shall become part of the Collateral. On the date of receipt by Agent of the amount specified hereinabove with respect to each such item of Collateral subject to an Event of Loss, the provisions of this Loan Agreement shall terminate as to such Collateral. Pending Borrower’s election of the options set forth above, any proceeds of insurance maintained by Borrower with respect to the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.06 and received by Borrower shall be paid to Agent promptly upon their receipt by Borrower. If any proceeds of insurance or awards received from Governmental Authorities are in excess of the amount owed under this Section 5.11(a), Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount in excess of the amount to be held by Agent.

 

  (b)

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any proceeds of insurance maintained pursuant to Section 5.06 received by Agent or Borrower with respect to an item of Collateral the

 

-9-


  repair of which is practicable shall, at the election of Borrower, be applied either to the repair or replacement of such Collateral or, upon Agent’s receipt of evidence of the repair or replacement of the Collateral reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to the reimbursement of Borrower for the cost of such repair or replacement. All replacement parts and equipment acquired by Borrower in replacement of Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall immediately become part of the Collateral upon acquisition by Borrower. Borrower shall take such actions and provide such documentation as may be reasonably requested by Agent to protect and preserve Agent’s first priority security interest and otherwise to avoid any impairment of Agent’s rights under the Transaction Documents, in connection with such repair or replacement.

Section 5.12 Collateral Control . Borrower shall not (i) terminate, waive or release any material right with respect to any Collateral, or (ii) remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address specified in Section 9.07, the locations specified on Schedule 2 , or such other address agreed to in writing by Agent, provided that Borrower may remove or relocate Equipment to another location, so long as such location at all times contains less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in Borrower’s assets or property.

Section 5.13 Liens; No Disposition of Collateral . Borrower shall not (i) in any way hypothecate or create or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of its or its Subsidiaries’ property, except for Permitted Liens, (ii) permit the inclusion in any contract to which it or a Subsidiary becomes a party of any provisions that could restrict or invalidate the creation of a security interest in any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s property, or (iii) sell, transfer, assign, pledge, collaterally assign, exchange, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, a “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, other than Transfers: (A) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (B) of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (C) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment, (D) of other assets not to exceed $250,000 in aggregate during any calendar year, or (E) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments.

Section 5.14 Mergers and Acquisitions . Without the prior written consent of Agent (provided that such written consent shall not be required if all of the Obligations hereunder are prepaid in accordance with Section 1.02(e)(ii)), Borrower shall not be acquired by any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), whether by merger or consolidation, or through a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the holders of Borrower’s voting Equity Securities do not hold at least 50% of the voting power of Borrower or any resulting Person after such transaction or transactions, or through the sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

Section 5.15 Distributions . Prior to the effective date of the initial registration statement covering a public offering of Borrower’s securities, without the prior written consent of Agent, Borrower shall not (i) pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed in any calendar year $100,000); (iii) return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided , however , Borrower may declare dividends payable solely in common stock and Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof.

Section 5.16 Indebtedness . Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

Section 5.17 Investments . Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person other than Permitted Investments; or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

 

-10-


Section 5.18 Transactions with Affiliates . Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower, or such Subsidiary, than would be obtained in an arms’ length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any transaction between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or between any Subsidiaries that is not otherwise prohibited by this Loan Agreement, (ii) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (iii) compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into or maintained in the ordinary course of business, (iv) unsecured debt financings from Borrower’s investors so long as such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt, and (v) sales of equity securities that are not prohibited by Section 5.14.

Section 5.19 Indebtedness Payments . Borrower shall not (i) prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Loan Agreement or the Subordination Agreement) or any lease obligations, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness (other than the Advances) or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any Indebtedness to officers, directors or shareholders.

Section 5.20 Accounts . Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, maintain any deposit accounts or securities accounts except accounts with respect to which Agent has obtained an agreement with the bank or other financial institution sufficient to perfect a security interest in such deposit accounts or securities accounts, provided that Borrower may maintain accounts at Silicon Valley Bank account numbers 8800060588 and 3300975070 to secure corporate credit cards so long as the balance does not exceed $50,000 at any time.

 

Article 6. PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL BY AGENT.

Should Borrower fail or refuse to make any payment, perform or observe any other covenant, condition or obligation, or take any other action which Borrower is obligated under any Transaction Document to make, perform, observe, take or do at the time or in the manner provided in any Transaction Document, then at Agent’s sole and absolute discretion, without notice to or demand upon Borrower and without releasing Borrower from any obligation, covenant or condition in any Transaction Document, Agent may make, perform, observe, take or do the same in such manner and to such extent as Agent may deem necessary to protect its security interest in or the value of the Collateral. In furtherance of the foregoing rights, Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Agent (which appointment is coupled with an interest), the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name (i) to perform (but Agent shall not be obligated to and shall incur no liability to Borrower or any third party for failure to perform) any act which Borrower is obligated by this Loan Agreement to perform, (ii) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 2.01 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Agent were Borrower itself, (iii) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into Agent’s possession or under Agent’s control, (iv) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral, (v) in Agent’s discretion, to file any claim or take any other action or institute proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Agent in and to the Collateral, and (vi) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Agent were the outright owner of the Collateral; provided , however , that the power of attorney herein granted shall be exercisable only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default unless in Agent’s reasonable opinion immediate action is necessary to preserve or protect the Collateral. Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent upon demand for all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, which Agent may incur while acting as Borrower’s attorney in fact or otherwise under this Article 6, all of which costs and expenses are included within the Obligations.

 

-11-


Article 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Section 7.01 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under the Transaction Documents:

 

  (a) Failure to Pay . Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal, interest or other payment required under the terms of this Loan Agreement or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within three (3) Business Days of the receipt of Agent’s written notice that payment was not made when due; or

 

  (b) Insurance . Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant set forth in Section 5.06 and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) Business Days after written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent; or

 

  (c) Breaches of Other Covenants . Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform or observe (i) any of the terms, covenants or agreements contained in Sections 5.03, 5.05, or 5.11 through 5.20 hereof or (ii) any other term, covenant, or agreement contained in any Transaction Document (other than the other Events of Default specified in this Article 7) and such failure remains unremedied for the earlier of twenty (20) days from (x) the date on which the Agent has given the Borrower written notice of such failure and (y) the date on which any officer of the Borrower became aware of such failure; or

 

  (d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certificate, or other statement (financial or otherwise) made or furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in writing in connection with this Loan Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or as an inducement to Agent or Lenders to enter into the Transaction Documents, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

 

  (e) Other Payment Obligations . (i) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment when due under the terms of any Indebtedness to be paid by such Person (excluding this Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents but including any other Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Agent or any Lender) and such failure shall continue beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement, term or condition contained in any such Indebtedness, and the effect of such failure or default is to cause, or permit the holder or holders thereof to cause Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more to become due prior to its stated date of maturity, or (ii) an event of default shall occur under the Senior Loan Agreement evidencing Borrower’s indebtedness permitted under clause (xi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and such event of default is not cured within any applicable grace period provided therein; or

 

  (f) Material Adverse Effect . A circumstance has occurred that has a Material Adverse Effect. In determining whether such circumstance has occurred for the purpose of this Section 7.01(f), Agent’s primary, though not sole, consideration will be whether Borrower has or will have sufficient cash resources to repay the Obligations as and when due. Agent recognizes that, as a pre-profit company, Borrower’s cash resources will decline over time, and Borrower will periodically require additional infusions of equity capital. The clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Agent’s good faith judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable is the most significant criterion Agent shall consider in making any such determination; or

 

  (g)

Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (v) cease to be Solvent (which shall be determined in Agent’s reasonable discretion in consultation

 

-12-


  with an accounting firm of recognized national standing; provided that in the event that Agent cannot get an accounting firm of recognized national standing to provide such analysis as described in the definition of Solvent then Agent shall be entitled to consult with an independent third party valuation firm or financial institution), (vi) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vii) take any action for the purpose of affecting any of the foregoing; or

 

  (h) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within thirty (30) days of commencement; or

 

  (i) Judgments . A final judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and such judgment, writ, or similar process shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within thirty (30) days after issue or levy; or

 

  (j) Transaction Documents . Any Transaction Document or any material term thereof shall cease to be, or be asserted by Borrower not to be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms or if the Liens of Agent in the Collateral shall cease to be or shall not be valid, first priority perfected Liens (excepting Permitted Liens) or Borrower shall assert that such Liens are not valid, first priority and perfected Liens (excepting Permitted Liens).

 

Article 8. AGENT’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

Section 8.01 Rights of Agent upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Sections 7.01(g) and 7.01(h)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Agent may, by written notice to Borrower, declare all outstanding Obligations, including, without limitation, the noncancelable obligation to make each payment scheduled to be made under Section 1.02 including any prepayment fee which would otherwise come due upon payment at such time under 1.02(e), payable by Borrower hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 7.01(g) and 7.01(h), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations, including, without limitation, the noncancelable obligation to make each payment scheduled to be made under Sections 1.02 including any prepayment fee which would otherwise come due upon payment at such time under 1.02(e), payable by Borrower hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 8.02 Rights Regarding Collateral . Borrower agrees that when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lenders or Agent, on behalf of Lenders, shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law and, in addition to and without limiting the foregoing, Lenders or Agent may, at the election of Lenders, exercise any one or more or all, and in any order, of the remedies herein set forth, including the following: (i) Agent or Lenders, personally or by agents or attorneys, shall have the right (subject to compliance with any applicable mandatory legal requirements) to require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place to be designated by Agent in California or to take

 

-13-


immediate possession of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, and for that purpose may pursue the same wherever it may be found, and may enter any premises of Borrower, with or without notice, demand, process of law or legal procedure, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and search for, take possession of, remove, keep and store the same, or use and operate or lease the same until sold; (ii) Agent or Lenders may, if at the time such action may be lawful and always subject to compliance with any mandatory legal requirements, either with or without taking possession and either before or after taking possession, without instituting any legal proceedings whatsoever, having first given notice of such sale by registered or certified mail to Borrower once at least ten (10) days prior to the date of such sale, and having first given any other notice which may be required by law, sell and dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at a private sale or at public auction, to the highest bidder, in one lot as an entirety or in separate lots, and either for cash or on credit and on such terms as Lenders may determine, and at any place (whether or not it be the location of the Collateral or any part thereof) designated in the notice referred to above. Agent and its agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.02, to use, without charge, Borrower’s intellectual property that remains embedded or contained in the Collateral, including without limitation, labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided , however , such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Agent’s or Lenders’ exercise of their remedies hereunder. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any such sale or sales may be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale or sales, or for any such adjourned sale or sales, without further published notice, and Borrower, Agent, Lenders, or the holder or holders of the Notes, or of any interest therein, may bid and become the purchaser at any such sale; and (iii) Agent or Lenders may proceed to protect and enforce this Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by suit or suits or proceedings in equity, at law or in bankruptcy, and whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein contained or in execution or aid of any power herein granted; or for foreclosure hereunder, or for the appointment of a receiver or receivers for any real property security or any part thereof, or for the recovery of judgment for the Obligations or for the enforcement of any other proper, legal or equitable remedy available under applicable law. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Agent a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Agent’s or Lenders’ rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise.

Section 8.03 Agent’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, neither Agent nor Lenders shall in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner of fashion from any cause other than Agent’s or such Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) any diminution in the value thereof; or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

Section 8.04 Applicat i on of Collateral Proceeds . The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Agent at the time of, or received by Agent after, the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder) shall be paid to and applied as follows: (i) First, to the payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Agent or Lenders; (ii) Second, to the payment to Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Advance Percentages of the amounts then owing or unpaid on the Notes, including each payment scheduled to be made under Sections 1.02 including any prepayment fee which would otherwise come due upon payment at such time under 1.02(e) of this Loan Agreement; (iii) Third, to the payment of other amounts then payable to Agent or Lenders under any of the Transaction Documents; and (iv) Fourth, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Borrower, its successors and assigns, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lenders ratably for application to the payments of amounts due to the other Lenders.

 

-14-


Section 8.05 Reinstatement of Rights . If Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Loan Agreement or any other Transaction Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Agent shall be restored to its former position and its rights hereunder with respect to the property subject to the security interest created under this Loan Agreement shall be reinstated.

Section 8.06 Agency for Perfection . Each Lender hereby appoints Agent and each other Lender as agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting the security interests in and liens upon the Collateral in assets which, in accordance with the California Uniform Commercial Code, can be perfected only by possession or control (or where the security interest of a secured party with possession or control has priority over the security interest of another secured party) and Agent and each Lender hereby acknowledges that it holds possession or control of any such Collateral for the benefit of the Agent as secured party. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to the Agent or in accordance with the Agent’s instructions. Borrower by its execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement hereby consents to the foregoing.

 

Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS.

Section 9.01 Modifications, Amendments or Waivers . The provisions of any Transaction Document may be modified, amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by the parties thereto.

Section 9.02 No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies; Writing Required . No delay or failure of Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall affect or operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or remedy. The rights and remedies hereunder of Agent and the Lenders are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of Agent or any Lender of any breach or default under this Loan Agreement or any such waiver of any provision or condition of this Loan Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only in the specified instance and to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

Section 9.03 Reimbursement . Borrower shall reimburse Agent and the Lenders for all costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements expended or incurred in any arbitration, mediation, judicial reference, legal action or otherwise in connection with (i) the amendment and enforcement of the Transaction Documents, including without limitation during any workout, attempted workout and/or in connection with the rendering of legal advice as to Agent’s or Lenders’ rights, remedies and obligations under the Transaction Documents, (ii) collecting any sum which becomes due Agent or Lender under any Transaction Document, (iii) any proceeding for declaratory relief, any counterclaim to any proceeding, or any appeal, or (v) the protection, preservation or enforcement of any rights of Agent or Lender. For the purpose of this section, attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation, fees incurred in connection with the following: (1) contempt proceedings; (2) discovery, (3) any motion, proceeding or other activity of any kind in connection with an insolvency proceeding; (4) garnishment, levy, and debtor and third party examinations; and (5) post-judgment motions and proceedings of any kind, including without limitation, any activity taken to collect or enforce any judgment. All of the foregoing costs and expenses shall be payable by Borrower upon demand by Agent, and if not paid within thirty (30) days of presentation of invoices shall bear interest at the highest applicable Default Rate.

Section 9.04 Indemnification . Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Agent and the Lenders for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Agent and the Lenders, from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Transaction Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Agent and the Lenders

 

-15-


and their permitted assigns, each of Agent’s, Lenders’ or their permitted assigns’ partners, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, servants, agents and employees harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such indemnified party in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of applicable governmental authorities), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “ Claim ”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Advance, including acquisition, use, ownership, operation, possession, control, storage, return or condition of any item of Equipment constituting Collateral (regardless of whether such item of Equipment is at the time in the possession of Borrower), the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Loan Agreement or any other Transaction Document. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of Equipment constituting Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials from any item of Equipment financed by an Advance or constituting Collateral, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, or (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort; provided , however , that Borrower shall not indemnify Agent or any Lender for any liability incurred by such Person as a direct and sole result of that Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Loan Agreement. Upon Agent’s written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Agent or any Lender and its permitted assigns, each of Agent’s, Lenders’ or their permitted assigns’ partners, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, servants, agents and employees against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 9.04. Borrower shall not settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Agent or any Lender without first obtaining such Person’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The obligations in this Section 9.04 shall survive payment of all other Obligations until all applicable statute of limitation periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Agent or Lenders have run. All amounts owing under this Section 9.04 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

Section 9.05 Limitation on Damages . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LOAN AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM AGENT OR ANY LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

Section 9.06 Disbursements and Payments .

 

  (a) Disbursements . Lenders shall disburse each Advance to Borrower according to the following account and wire transfer instructions:

Credit:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Account Number:

ABA Routing Number:

Reference:

 

-16-


  (b) Regularly Scheduled Payments . All regularly scheduled payments due to Agent shall be effected by automatic debit of the appropriate funds from Borrower’s primary operating account set forth below:

Account Holder:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Account Number:

ABA Routing Number:

 

  (c) Other Payments . All payments to Agent other than regularly scheduled payments may be made via wire transfer as follows:

Wire Transfer Payment

Credit:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Account Number:

ABA Routing Number:

Reference:

Section 9.07 Notices . All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Loan Agreement shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by email) shall be delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or by prepaid facsimile or personally delivered to the respective parties, as follows:

 

  Borrower:   AQUANTIA CORP.
    Telephone:
    Telecopier:
    Attention: Faraj Aalaei, President and CEO
  Agent:   PINNACLE VENTURES, L.L.C.
    Telephone:
    Telecopier:
    Email:
    Attention: Chief Operating Officer

or in accordance with any subsequent written direction from either party to the other. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be effective when received; or in the case of delivery by messenger or overnight delivery service, when left at the appropriate address.

Section 9.08 Lenders and Allocations of Advances . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Lender severally commits to make such Lender’s Advance Percentage of each Advance. No Lender shall have liability for the commitment to make Advances of any other Lender. Borrower agrees that by notice to Borrower, Agent may reallocate the Advance Percentages among the Lenders or among the Lenders and other investment funds affiliated with Agent. Whether or not specified in any provision of this Loan Agreement, all references to Agent in this Loan Agreement shall mean Agent for the benefit of the Lenders unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 9.09 Severability . If any provision of any Transaction Document is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, the remainder of such Transaction Document and all other Transaction Documents, or the application of such provision to different Persons or circumstances or in different jurisdictions, shall not be affected thereby.

 

-17-


Section 9.10 Reliance by Agent and the Lenders . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and have been relied upon by Agent and the Lenders, notwithstanding investigation by Agent.

Section 9.11 No Set-Offs by Borrower . All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

Section 9.12 Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Borrower contained herein or made in writing in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the making of Advances hereunder, the granting of security and the issuance of the Notes.

Section 9.13 Confidentiality . Agent and the Lenders agree to hold non-public information received in confidence and shall not disclose such information to third parties except to their employees, members, partners or the partners of its affiliated investment funds, their lenders, and professional advisors to the foregoing, including attorneys and accountants, and others under a similar duty of confidentiality, and as Agent may deem necessary in its reasonable judgment to satisfy its legal obligations or to enforce Agent’s or Lenders’ rights under any Transaction Document. Borrower acknowledges that Lenders may issue press releases, advertisements, and other promotional materials, either in print or on Lenders’ website(s), describing any successful outcome of services provided on Borrower’s behalf. Borrower agrees that Lenders shall have the right to identify Borrower by name and use Borrower’s corporate logo in those materials, solely for marketing purposes.

Section 9.14 Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver . THIS LOAN AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA. BORROWER, AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

Section 9.15 Successors and Assigns . This Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, all future holders of the Notes, Borrower and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights hereunder or thereunder or any interest herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent. Agent or Lenders may assign all or any portion of their rights hereunder and under one or more Notes to any of its affiliated investment funds or to any one or more financial institutions or funds or an agent or trustee for such financial institutions or funds (an “ Assignee ”) and may sell to any of its affiliated investment funds or to any one or more financial institutions or funds or an agent or trustee for such financial institutions or funds (a “ Participant ”) participation interests in Agent’s or Lenders’ rights hereunder and under one or more Notes. Agent and the Lenders may disclose the Transaction Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary to any potential Assignee or Participant, provided that such Assignee or Participant agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information.

Section 9.16 Counterparts . This Loan Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.17 Further Assurances . Borrower will, at its own expense, from time to time do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every further acts, deeds, conveyances, transfers and assurances, and all financing and continuation statements and similar notices, reasonably necessary or proper for the perfection of the security interest being herein provided for in the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

-18-


Section 9.18 Entire Agreement . This Loan Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement of Borrower, Agent and the Lenders and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

Section 9.19 Notice of Equity Rounds . Borrower agrees that it shall notify Agent promptly upon the execution by Borrower of a term sheet or letter of intent setting forth the terms and conditions of any round of private equity financing and in any event within five (5) days of such execution.

Section 9.20 Termination . Upon payment in full of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and, if any unfunded Commitment remains available to Borrower, Agent’s receipt of Borrower’s written request to terminate such Commitment, the Loan Agreement and the security interests granted herein and any unfunded Commitment shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Borrower, provided that Section 9.19 shall survive and shall not be affected by any such termination.

Section 9.21 Amendment and Restatement . This Loan Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Original Loan Agreement. Nothing herein shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations of Borrower outstanding under the Original Loan Agreement, which obligations shall remain in full force and effect, except to the extent that the terms thereof are modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith.

 

Article 10. DEFINITIONS.

All terms defined in the Code shall have the respective meanings specified in the Code. In addition, for purposes of this Loan Agreement the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Advance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of this Loan Agreement.

Advance Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to a Lender, the percentage of each Advance specified opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 hereto.

Affiliate ” shall mean any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of another entity, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Persons or any Affiliate of such Persons and each of such Person’s officers, directors, members, joint venturers or partners. When used with respect to a Lender, Affiliate shall also include any Affiliate of Agent.

Borrower’s Books ” shall mean all of Borrower’s books and records including without limitation: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

Borrower’s Primary Operating Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.05 of this Loan Agreement.

Business Day ” shall mean any day on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in San Francisco, California.

Closing ” shall mean the date, time and place as the parties may agree for the execution of this Loan Agreement.

Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the state of California.

Collateral ” shall mean property described on Exhibit B attached hereto.

Commitment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of this Loan Agreement.

 

-19-


Contractual Obligation ” of any Person shall mean, any indenture, note, security, deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, lease, guaranty, instrument, contract, agreement or other form of obligation or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound.

Copyrights ” shall mean any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

Default ” shall mean any event or circumstance not yet constituting an Event of Default but which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of any period of time or both, would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an interest rate per annum equal to five percent (5%) in excess of the rate per annum otherwise applicable on such date.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state or other jurisdiction within the United States.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all Requirements of Law relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all Requirements of Law, pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation, and remediation of emissions, discharges, releases, or threatened releases of hazardous materials, chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials, or wastes, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature; and (ii) all Requirements of Law pertaining to the protection of the health and safety of employees or the public.

Equipment ” shall mean all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

Equity Securities ” of any Person shall mean (i) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (ii) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 7 of this Loan Agreement.

Event of Loss ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.11(a) of this Loan Agreement.

Financial Statements ” shall mean, with respect to any accounting period for any Person, statements of operations, retained earnings and cash flow of such Person for such period, and balance sheets of such Person as of the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year if such period is less than a full fiscal year or, if such period is a full fiscal year, corresponding figures from the preceding fiscal year, all prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except in the case of unaudited Financial Statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments. Unless otherwise indicated, each reference to Financial Statements of any Person shall be deemed to refer to Financial Statements prepared on a consolidated basis.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” shall mean any date on which an Advance is made to or on account of Borrower under this Loan Agreement.

 

-20-


Governmental Authority ” shall mean any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing, or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Governmental Rule ” shall mean any law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order, code interpretation, judgment, decree, directive, guidelines, policy or similar form of decision of any Governmental Authority.

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean and include the aggregate amount of, without duplication (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), (iv) all obligations under capital leases of such Person, (v) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (vi) all guaranties of such Person of the obligations of another Person, (vii) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement upon an event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (viii) net exposure under any interest rate swap, currency swap, forward, cap, floor or other similar contract that is not entered to in connection with a bona fide hedging operation that provides offsetting benefits to such Person, which agreements shall be marked to market on a current basis, and (ix) all reimbursement and other payment obligations, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit.

Intellectual Property shall mean : (i) Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, and Mask Works; (ii) any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; (iii) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; (iv) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; (v) all licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, or Mask Works, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use; (vi) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents or Mask Works; and (vii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

Inventory ” shall mean all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or at any time hereafter owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including such inventory as is temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, any Person.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance in, of, or on such property or the income therefrom, including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under a conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement, or any agreement to provide any of the foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement or similar instrument under the Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

Loan Agreement ” shall mean this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-21-


Management Rights Agreement ” shall mean a management rights agreement entered into by Borrower and Agent contemporaneously with the execution of this Loan Agreement.

Mask Works ” shall mean all mask works or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or hereafter acquired.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower and its Subsidiaries to pay or perform the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to avoid an Event of Default under any Transaction Document; or (iii) the rights and remedies of any Lender under this Loan Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any related document, instrument or agreement.

Note ” shall mean a promissory note or notes of Borrower substantially in the forms attached as Exhibit A hereto.

Obligations ” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, and obligations, including, without limitation, the non-cancelable obligation to make each payment scheduled to be made under Sections 1.02 including any prepayment fee which would otherwise come due upon payment under 1.02(d) or 1.02(e), howsoever arising, owed by Borrower to Lenders of every kind and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and whether or not for the payment of money), now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Loan Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by Borrower hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Obligations” shall not include Borrower’s obligations, liabilities or duties under the Warrant or Warrant Purchase Agreement.

Original Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2013, by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

Patents ” shall mean all patents, patent applications and like protections, including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(b) of this Loan Agreement.

Performance Milestone ” means (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) during the twelve month period ending December 31, 2015, Borrower shall have achieved (i) 80% of its forecasted revenue, and (ii) 80% of its forecasted operating income (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case based on a plan approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and delivered to Agent by January 31, 2015 which plan shall be acceptable to Agent and consistent with prior plans presented to Agent, and in all cases subject to confirmatory review (but not a formal audit) by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall mean: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lenders arising under this Loan Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (ii) Indebtedness existing at Closing and disclosed on Schedule 2 ; (iii) Indebtedness secured by a lien described in clause (vi)(A) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided (A) such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness, (B) such Indebtedness does not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate at any given time, and (C) the holder of such Indebtedness agrees to waive any rights of set off, if applicable, such holder may have with respect to such Indebtedness in the deposit or investment accounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on terms reasonably satisfactory to Agent; (iv) Subordinated Debt; (v) Indebtedness incurred for the acquisition of supplies or inventory on normal trade credit; (vi) Borrower guaranties of Subsidiaries’ real property lease obligations or letter of credit obligations that perform a guaranty

 

-22-


function for Subsidiaries’ real property lease obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000; (vii) credit card balances in an amount not to exceed $50,000; (viii) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (ix) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors and with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (x) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000 at any time outstanding; (xi) Indebtedness owed under the Senior Loan Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of up to the lesser of (A) $11,500,000 and (B) a borrowing base based on up to 80% of Borrower’s eligible accounts receivable and up to 50% of Borrower’s eligible purchase orders, as each are deemed eligible by the senior lender in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement; and (xii) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (i) through (x) above.

Permitted Investments shall mean: (i) Investments existing at Closing disclosed on Schedule 2 ; (ii) (A) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (B) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (C) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein; (iii) temporary advances to cover incidental expenses in the ordinary course of business; (iv) investments in joint ventures, strategic alliances, licensing and similar arrangements customary in Borrower’s industry and which do not require Borrower to assume or otherwise become liable for the obligations of any third party not directly related to or arising out of such arrangement or require Borrower to transfer ownership of non-cash assets to such joint venture or other entity; (v) Investments consisting of (A) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $50,000 and (B) non-cash loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or arrangements approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (vi) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and (vii) Investments where the sole consideration is Borrower’s common stock; (viii) Investments consisting of notes receivable or, prepaid royalties and other credit obligations to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in newly-formed Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each such Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount necessary for the payment of operational expenses of any such Subsidiaries in accordance with Borrower’s most recent operating plan as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and (ii) $3,750,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, or as otherwise approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (xii) additional Investments that do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate.

Permitted Liens ” shall mean and include: (i) Liens in favor of Agent; (ii) Liens existing at Closing and disclosed on Schedule 2 ; (iii) other Liens subordinated to the Liens in favor of Agent; (iv) first priority liens in favor of Silicon Valley Bank or another depository bank of Borrower on certificates of deposit not to exceed $50,000 securing business credit cards that are permitted pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; (v) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords (and deposits with landlords and with financing parties providing letters of credit to act as real property lease deposits permitted under clause (vi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable; (v) leases or subleases and licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Liens (A) upon or in any Equipment which was acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a capital lease or to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Equipment, or (B) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment; (vii) bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on

 

-23-


deposits made in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (ix) Liens for taxes or other Taxes not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable; (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xi) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; (xii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (xi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that such Liens are only permitted to the extent that they are only on property on which Agent has a perfected security interest; (xiii) the rights of licensors under licenses to Borrower; (xiv) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Agent has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; (xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities using as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; and (xvi) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a Governmental Authority.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal dated as of the applicable Funding Date.

Requirement of Law ” applicable to any Person shall mean (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents of such Person, (ii) any Governmental Rule applicable to such Person, (iii) any license, permit, approval or other authorization granted by any Governmental Authority to or for the benefit of such Person and (iv) any judgment, decision or determination of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Senior Loan Agreement ” shall mean (i) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2012, between Borrower and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended as of the date hereof, or (ii) a replacement loan agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent, between Borrower and another senior lender reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being agreed that Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and its affiliated funds are acceptable to Agent), in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Subordination Agreement; provided that no such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification shall modify the provisions (including the definitions included therein) relating to the borrowing base, eligible accounts receivable, eligible purchase orders or the advance rates with respect thereto, without Agent’s prior written consent.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature in accordance with their terms.

Subordination Agreement ” shall mean (i) that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as April 5, 2013, by and between Agent and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended as of the date hereof, or (ii) a replacement subordination agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent, by and between Borrower and another senior lender reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being agreed that Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and its affiliated funds are acceptable to Agent), in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-24-


Subordinated Debt ” shall mean any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated to the debt owing by Borrower to Lenders on terms acceptable to Lenders (and identified as being such by Borrower and Lenders).

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding equity securities having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries, (ii) any partnership, joint venture, or other association of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity interest having the power to vote, direct or control the management of such partnership, joint venture or other association is at the time owned and controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of the other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other subsidiaries and (iii) any other Person included in the financial statements of such Person on a consolidated basis. Any reference to a Subsidiary without designation of the ownership of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to refer to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Tax or Taxes shall mean any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, including interest, penalties, additions to tax and any similar liabilities with respect thereto; except that, in the case of a Lender, there shall be excluded (i) taxes that are imposed on the overall net income or net profits (including franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) (a) by the United States, (b) by any other Governmental Authority under the laws of which such Lender is organized or has its principal office or maintains its applicable lending office, or (c) by any jurisdiction solely as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender and such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, any of the Transaction Documents), and (ii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which such Lender is located.

Trademarks ” shall mean any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Management Rights Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Warrants and the other documents executed in connection herewith.

Warrant ” shall mean a warrant or warrants to purchase capital stock of the Borrower issued by Borrower to an Affiliate of Lenders pursuant to a Warrant Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the execution of this Loan Agreement.

Warrant Purchase Agreement ” shall mean a warrant purchase agreement under which a Warrant is issued entered into by Borrower and an Affiliate of Lenders contemporaneously with the execution of this Loan Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-25-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Loan Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGENT:     BORROWER:
PINNACLE VENTURES, L.L.C.,     AQUANTIA CORP.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

    By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Robert N. Savoie     Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   President and CEO
LENDERS:      

PINNACLE VENTURES II-A (SUB), L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-B, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-C, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-R (SUB), L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     
By:  

Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C.,

their general partner

     
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

     
Name:   Robert N. Savoie      
Title:   Chief Financial Officer      

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

 

Lender

   Advance Percentage  

PINNACLE VENTURES II-A (SUB), L.P.

     2

PINNACLE VENTURES II-B, L.P.

     84

PINNACLE VENTURES II-C, L.P.

     7

PINNACLE VENTURES II-R (SUB), L.P.

     7

Total

     100.00
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 2

 

Other Names:    None
Deposit and Securities Accounts:    Silicon Valley Bank checking account #
   SVB Asset Management account #
   SVB Certificate of Deposit account #
   SVB Cash Collateral account #
   Citibank account #
   UniCredit Bank account #
Other Collateral Locations:    Amkor Advanced Technology Taiwan (Test and Assembly)
   KYEC Taiwan (Test and Assembly)
   ISE (Test and Assembly)
   ASE (Test and Assembly)
   JSI Shipping (Hong Kong) (Shipping Warehouse)
Existing Indebtedness:    None.
Existing Investments:    Investments in the equity interest of:
   Aquantia Semiconductor India Private Limited
   Aquantia Rus Limited Liability Company
   Novin IP, Inc.
   Aquantia B.V. – (in process of formation)
Existing Liens:    None.


EXHIBIT A-1

T RANCHE 1 A MENDED AND R ESTATED S ECURED P ROMISSORY N OTE

 

$15,000,000    Dated: December 16, 2014

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AQUANTIA CORP. (“Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. (“Agent”) for the account of the Lenders the principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) or such lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Advance made by Agent on the date hereof to Borrower pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement referred to below (the “Loan Agreement”), plus all payments arising under Sections 1.02(b) (excluding the portion of the payments representing the original principal amount), 1.02(c), 1.02(d) and 1.02(e) of the Loan Agreement with respect to such Advance, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

Payments under this Note shall be made as follows (subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 1.02(a) and 1.02(b)):

 

Interim Payment on Funding Date:    $135,416.67
20 monthly payments on the first Business Day of each Month after the Funding Date    $156,250.00, commencing May 1, 2013
15 monthly payments on the first Business Day of each Month after the Funding Date    $109,375.00, commencing February 1, 2015
27 monthly payments on the first Business Day of each Month after the Funding Date    $614,052.84, commencing May 1, 2016
Final Payment    $967,500.00, on July 1, 2018

All other payments due under this Note or under the Loan Agreement shall be payable as and when specified in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2014, between Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time). This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Advance, interest on the Advance, premium, if any, and all other amounts due Agent and Lenders under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

This Note amends, re-evidences, restates and supersedes in full, but shall not constitute a novation or an accord and satisfaction of, the outstanding indebtedness owed under that certain Secured Promissory Note, dated April 5, 2013, in an original principal amount of $15,000,000, made by Borrower in favor of Agent.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Agent or any Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of

 

A-1


Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due. This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

A-3


EXHIBIT A-2

T RANCHE 2 S ECURED P ROMISSORY N OTE

 

$8,800,000    Dated: December 16, 2014

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AQUANTIA CORP. (“Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. (“Agent”) for the account of the Lenders the principal amount of Eight Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,800,000) or such lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Advance made by Agent on the date hereof to Borrower pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement referred to below (the “Loan Agreement”), plus all payments arising under Sections 1.02(b) (excluding the portion of the payments representing the original principal amount), 1.02(c), 1.02(d) and 1.02(e) of the Loan Agreement with respect to such Advance, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

Payments under this Note shall be made as follows (subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 1.02(a) and 1.02(b)):

 

Interim Payment:    $34,222.22, on January 1, 2015
15 monthly payments on the first Business Day of each Month after the Funding Date    $64,166.67, commencing February, 1, 2015
27 monthly payments on the first Business Day of each Month after the Funding Date    $360,244.33, commencing May 1, 2016
Final Payment    $567,600.00, on July 1, 2018

All other payments due under this Note or under the Loan Agreement shall be payable as and when specified in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2014, between Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time). This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Advance, interest on the Advance, premium, if any, and all other amounts due Agent and Lenders under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Agent or any Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due. This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

AQUANTIA CORP.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

The Collateral shall consist of all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in and to the following:

(a) All goods and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles, and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights, general intangibles, health care insurance receivables, payment intangibles and commercial tort claims, now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letter of credit rights, supporting obligations, certificates of deposit, instruments, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, tangible chattel paper and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing; and

(f) Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and the proceeds thereof.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not be deemed to include any of the following:

 

  (i) accounts at Silicon Valley Bank account numbers                  and                  to secure corporate credit cards so long as he balance does not exceed $50,000 at any time;

 

  (ii) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.

 

  (iii) any copyrights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protection in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, now owned or hereafter acquired; any patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, license rights and agreements and confidential information, now owned or hereafter acquired; or any claims for damage by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), except that the Collateral shall include (A) the proceeds of all the Intellectual Property that are accounts, (i.e. accounts receivable) of Borrower, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment, and (B) if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such accounts and general intangibles of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date of Closing, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Agent’s security interest in such accounts and general intangibles of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; and

 

  (iv) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under a real property lease to the extent Borrower is prohibited under such real property lease from encumbering such interest, but only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law (after giving effect to Sections 9407 and 9408 of the California Uniform Commercial Code).


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 30, 2015, is entered into by and among AQUANTIA CORP. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. as agent (“ Agent ”) for each of the lenders that is a signatory to this Amendment (individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and the Lenders.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Agent and the Lenders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Loan Agreement and, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

2. DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby.

3. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT .

(a) Section 1.02(e)(ii) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) Mandatory Prepayment on Change of Control . Upon an acquisition of Borrower by a “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), whether by merger or consolidation, or a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the holders of Borrower’s voting Equity Securities immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions do not hold at least 50% of the voting power of Borrower or any resulting company after such transaction or transactions, or the sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets, or the sale or issuance by Borrower of new shares of Preferred Stock of Borrower to investors, none of whom are current investors in Borrower, and such new shares of Preferred Stock are senior to all existing Preferred Stock and Common Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, and the aggregate liquidation preference of the new shares of Preferred Stock is more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate liquidation preference of all shares of Preferred Stock of Borrower (each, a “ Change of Control ”; provided, however, an initial public offering of Borrower’s stock shall not constitute a Change of Control), Borrower shall prepay the Advances, in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amounts Advances, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through and including the date of such prepayment, plus the Final Payment, plus any other amounts then due to Agent or Lenders; provided, that if any such Advances are prepaid (i) on or prior to the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 2.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment, and (ii) after the date that is 2 years after Closing, there will be a 1.0% premium on the outstanding principal amount payable in conjunction with the prepayment (the “ Mandatory Prepayment Premium ”).”


(b) Section 5.19 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Section 5.19 Indebtedness Payments . Borrower shall not (i) prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Loan Agreement, the Senior Loan Agreement or the Subordination Agreement) or any lease obligations, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness (other than the Advances) or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any Indebtedness to officers, directors or shareholders.”

(c) Section 5.20 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Section 5.20 Accounts . Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, maintain any deposit accounts or securities accounts except accounts with respect to which Agent has obtained an agreement with the bank or other financial institution or, so long as Senior Agent is maintaining control on behalf of itself and Agent, with the Senior Agent sufficient to perfect a security interest in such deposit accounts or securities accounts, provided that Borrower may maintain accounts at Silicon Valley Bank account numbers 8800060588 and 3300943451 to secure corporate credit cards so long as the balance does not exceed $50,000 at any time.”

(d) A new Section 5.21 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement immediately after Section 5.20 thereof as follows:

5.21 Senior Loan Agreement .

(a) Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Agent, enter into any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to the Senior Loan Agreement that (i) modifies the provisions (including the definitions included therein) specifically relating to the borrowing base, eligible accounts receivable, eligible purchase orders or the advance rates with respect thereto, (ii) eliminates the borrowing base from the Senior Loan Agreement or (iii) adds any facility for advances not based on the borrowing base, other than Protective Advances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to amend the Senior Loan Agreement without the consent of Agent solely to amend the eligibility requirements (i) with respect to eligible accounts receivable and eligible purchase orders, to include additional specific customers under any section that references a list of specific customers and (ii) with respect to eligible accounts receivable, to increase the number of days that an eligible account may be outstanding to up to 120 days from the original invoice date.

(b) Borrower shall provide written notice to Agent within three (3) Business Days of entering into any amendment, restatement, supplement or modification of the Senior Loan Agreement.”

(e) Section 7.01(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Breaches of Other Covenants . Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform or observe (i) any of the terms, covenants or agreements contained in Sections 5.03, 5.05, or 5.11 through 5.21 hereof or (ii) any other term, covenant, or agreement contained in any Transaction Document (other than the other Events of Default specified in this Article 7) and such failure remains unremedied for the earlier of twenty (20) days from (x) the date on which the Agent has given the Borrower written notice of such failure and (y) the date on which any officer of the Borrower became aware of such failure; or”


(f) A new Section 9.22 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement immediately after Section 9.21 thereof as follows:

Section 9.22 Subordination . This Loan Agreement is subject to the terms and provisions of the Subordination Agreement and Agent and the Lenders shall be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any conflict arises between the terms of this Loan Agreement and the terms of the Subordination Agreement, the terms of the Subordination Agreement shall govern and control.”

(g) Clause (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Article 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(xi) Indebtedness owed under the Senior Loan Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of up to the lesser of (A) $12,500,000 (inclusive of the amount of any Protective Advances), and (B) a borrowing base under which fundings are based on up to 80% of Borrower’s eligible accounts receivable and up to 50% of Borrower’s eligible purchase orders, as each are deemed eligible by the senior lender in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement, plus the amount of any Protective Advances; and”

(h) The definition of “Permitted Liens” set forth in Article 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“‘ Permitted Liens ’ shall mean and include: (i) Liens in favor of Agent; (ii) Liens existing at Closing and disclosed on Schedule 2 ; (iii) other Liens subordinated to the Liens in favor of Agent; (iv) first priority liens in favor of Silicon Valley Bank or another depository bank of Borrower on certificates of deposit not to exceed $50,000 securing business credit cards that are permitted pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; (v) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, vendors, and landlords (and deposits with landlords and with financing parties providing letters of credit to act as real property lease deposits permitted under clause (vi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable; (vi) leases or subleases and licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vii) Liens (A) upon or in any Equipment which was acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a capital lease or to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Equipment, or (B) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment; (viii) bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (x) Liens for taxes or other Taxes not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being contested in good faith, provided provision is made to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent for the eventual payment thereof if subsequently found payable; (xi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xii) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; (xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (xi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that such Liens are only permitted to the extent that they are only on property on which Agent has a perfected security interest; (xiv) the rights of licensors under licenses to Borrower; (xv) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Agent has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and (xvi) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, provided that


any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.”

(i) The following definitions set forth in Article 10 of the Loan Agreement are hereby added in alphabetical order or amended and restated in their entirety, as applicable, as follows:

“‘ Protective Advance’ means additional advances in an aggregate principal amount of up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) made after the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Senior Loan Agreement which are extended (i) for the purpose of repairing, protecting, preserving, or preparing for sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of the Borrower or the Collateral or any portion thereof or (ii) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement.”

“‘ Senior Agent ’ shall mean the agent of the lenders under the Senior Loan Agreement.”

“‘ Senior Loan Agreement ’ shall mean (i) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015, between Borrower and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (or its permitted successors and assigns), or (ii) a replacement loan agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent, between Borrower and another senior lender reasonably acceptable to Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Subordination Agreement; provided that no such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification shall modify the provisions (including the definitions included therein) specifically relating to the borrowing base, eligible accounts receivable, eligible purchase orders or the advance rates with respect thereto, without Agent’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to amend the Senior Loan Agreement without the consent of Agent solely to amend the eligibility requirements (i) with respect to eligible accounts receivable and eligible purchase orders, to include additional specific customers under any section that references a list of specific customers and (ii) with respect to eligible accounts receivable, to increase the number of days that an eligible account may be outstanding to up to 120 days from the original invoice date.”

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. (a) Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(i) It has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Amendment and the performance by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party (i) have been duly approved by all necessary action on the part of Borrower and no other proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions on the part of Borrower; and (ii) are not in contravention of (A) any Requirement of Law applicable to Borrower; or (B) any provision of any material Contractual Obligation of Borrower;

(ii) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower. This Amendment and each Transaction Document to which it is a party is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, and is in full force and effect except as such validity and enforceability is limited by the laws of insolvency and bankruptcy, laws affecting creditors’ rights and principles of equity applicable hereto;

(iii) No actions (including, without limitation, derivative actions), suits, proceedings or investigations are pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiaries at law or in equity in any court or before any other Governmental Authority which if adversely determined (i) could reasonably be expected (alone or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) seek to enjoin, either directly or indirectly, the execution, delivery or performance by Borrower of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby;


(iv) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment; and

(v) The representations and warranties in the Loan Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date).

5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO AMENDMENT . The satisfaction of each of the following shall constitute conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment and each and every provision hereof:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment duly executed by the parties hereto, and the same shall be in full force and effect;

(b) Agent shall have received a copy of all necessary consents of shareholders of Borrower and other third parties with respect to the subject matter this Amendment and the other documents being executed in connection herewith;

(c) Agent shall have received (i) a true and correct copy of the final, executed Senior Loan Agreement between Borrower and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and (ii) the duly executed Subordination Agreement between Agent and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(d) The representations and warranties in this Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date); and

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment.

6. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

7. ENTIRE AMENDMENT; EFFECT OF AMENDMENT . This Amendment, and the terms and provisions hereof, constitute the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements relating to the subject matter hereof. Except for the amendments to the Loan Agreement expressly set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Loan Agreement and other Transaction Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. To the extent any terms or provisions of this Amendment conflict with those of the Loan Agreement or other Transaction Documents, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control. This Amendment is a Transaction Document.

8. COUNTERPARTS; TELECOPY EXECUTION . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Amendment, but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.


9. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Transaction Documents to the “Loan Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

[ Signature page follows. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

AGENT:     BORROWER:
PINNACLE VENTURES, L.L.C.,     AQUANTIA CORP.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

    By:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Name:   Robert N. Savoie     Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   Chief Operating Officer     Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
LENDERS:      

PINNACLE VENTURES II-A (SUB), L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-B, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-C, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     

PINNACLE VENTURES II-R (SUB), L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     
By:   Pinnacle Ventures Management II, L.L.C.,      
  their general partner      
By:  

/s/ Robert N. Savoie

     
Name:   Robert N. Savoie      
Title:   Chief Financial Officer      

Exhibit 10.11

Execution Version

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and dated as of January 30, 2015 and is entered into by and between AQUANTIA CORP., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower has requested Lender to make available to Borrower a revolving facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to Eleven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($11,500,000) (the “Revolving Loan”); and

B. Lender is willing to make the Revolving Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Agent and Lender agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Unless otherwise defined herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

“A/R Advance” means a Revolving Loan Advance for which Borrower has requested the Borrowing Base calculation to be based on Eligible Accounts.

“Account Control Agreement(s)” means any agreement entered into by and among the Agent, Borrower and a third party bank or other institution (including a Securities Intermediary) in which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or an account holding Investment Property and which perfects Agent’s first priority security interest in the subject account or accounts, subject to Permitted Liens.

“ACH Authorization” means the ACH Debit Authorization Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit I.

“Advance(s)” means a Revolving Loan Advance.

“Advance Date” means the funding date of any Advance.

“Advance Request” means a request for an Advance submitted by Borrower to Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A.


“Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, restated or modified from time to time.

“Assignee” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.13.

“Bookings” shall mean contracts for Borrower Products for which revenue (determined in accordance with GAAP) has yet to be booked but will be booked in accordance with such contract within the next 12 months.

“Borrower” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Borrower Products” means all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology currently being designed, manufactured or sold by Borrower or which Borrower intends to sell, license, or distribute in the future including any products or service offerings under development, collectively, together with all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology that have been sold, licensed or distributed by Borrower since its incorporation.

“Borrowing Base” means, unless otherwise provided herein, up to (i) 80% of Eligible Accounts, with respect to A/R Advances, and (ii) 50% of Eligible Purchase Orders, with respect to P/O Advances.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a borrowing base certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are closed for business.

“Cash” means all cash and liquid funds.

“Change in Control” means any (i) reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower or any Subsidiary, sale or exchange of outstanding shares (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower or any Subsidiary in which the holders of Borrower or Subsidiary’s outstanding shares immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent of such surviving entity if such surviving entity is wholly owned by such parent), in each case without regard to whether Borrower or Subsidiary is the surviving entity, or (ii) sale or issuance by Borrower of new shares of Preferred Stock of Borrower to investors, none of whom are current investors in Borrower, and such new shares of Preferred Stock are senior to all existing Preferred Stock and Common Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, and the aggregate liquidation preference of the new shares of Preferred Stock is more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate liquidation preference of all shares of Preferred Stock of Borrower; provided, however, an Initial Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.


“Claims” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.10.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Collateral” means the property described in Section 3.

“Commitment Fee” means $60,000, which fee is due to Lender on or prior to the Closing Date, and shall be deemed fully earned on such date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement.

“Common Stock” means the Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Borrower.

“Confidential Information” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.12.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or of any other country.

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business. Agent reserves the right at any following the completion of an audit or field examination of Borrowers Accounts receivable the results of which reflect a material change to


the make-up of Borrower’s Accounts receivable from the make-up of Borrower’s Accounts receivable on or prior to the Closing Date of most recent audit or field examination, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith credit judgment upon providing Borrower five (5) days’ prior written notice of such new criteria. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

(a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within 60 days of invoice date; provided, however, that up to ten percent (10%) of the Eligible Accounts may be Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within 60 days (but no later than within 90 days) of the original invoice date;

(b) Accounts owing by an account debtor (other than any Tier 1 Customer), including its affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed 30% of all Accounts, to the extent those obligations exceed that percentage, except as approved by Agent;

(c) Accounts owing by an account debtor, including its affiliates, 25% of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within 60 days of invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing by an account debtor (other than any Tier 1 Customer or any Person listed on Schedule 1D) that does not have its principal place of business in the United States of America or Canada, except as approved by Agent;

(e) Accounts owing by an account debtor that Borrower owes money, goods and/or services or is otherwise obligated, but only to the extent of the potential amount owed;

(f) Accounts arising out of deferred revenue, and Accounts any portion of which arise out of deferred revenue, but only with respect to such portion arising out of deferred revenue;

(g) Accounts owing by an affiliate of Borrower;

(h) Accounts that are the obligation of an account debtor that is the United States government or a political subdivision thereof, or any state, county or municipality or department, agency or instrumentality thereof unless Agent, in its sole discretion, has agreed to the contrary in writing and Borrower, if necessary or desirable, has complied with respect to such obligation with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, or any applicable state, county or municipal law restricting assignment thereof;

(i) Accounts that arise with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on-delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor is or may be conditional;

(j) Accounts (i) upon which Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever or (ii) as to which Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the account debtor through judicial process; and

(k) Accounts the collection of which Agent determines in its good faith credit judgment to be doubtful.


“Eligible Purchase Orders” means purchase orders for Borrower Products substantially in form and substance as provided in Exhibit J or otherwise acceptable to Agent, arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, that have been submitted to Agent. Agent reserves the right at any time following the completion of an audit or field examination of Borrower’s purchase orders for Borrower Products the results of which reflect a material change to the make-up of Borrower’s purchase orders for Borrower Products from the make-up of Borrower’s purchase orders for Borrower Products on or prior to the Closing Date of most recent audit or field examination, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith credit judgment upon providing Borrower five (5) days’ prior written notice of such new criteria. Should qualifying purchase orders be canceled, they shall no longer be considered Eligible Purchase Orders or be considered eligible for inclusion in the Borrowing Base. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent, Eligible Purchase Orders shall not include the following:

(a) purchase orders with a delivery date more than four months from the date of the purchase order; provided, however, that such purchase order shall cease to be excluded from the definition of “Eligible Purchase Orders” from the time that Borrower receives a bona fide purchase order which is to be placed with Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited (TSMC), GlobalFoundries U.S. Inc. or GlobalFoundries Singapore PTE. LTD. if (i) the purchase order is from a Tier 1 Customer, (ii) Borrower has a contracted Bookings backlog representing more than ninety percent (90%) of its forecasted revenue forecast for the next three calendar months, and (iii) the delivery date is less than six months from the date of the purchase order; and

(b) purchase orders which are cancelable pursuant to their terms or at the election of any Person; provided, however, that the following cancelable purchase orders shall not be excluded: (i) purchase orders from Tier 1 Customers where Borrower’s chips are Mission Critical to its customer’s announced product lines; and (ii) purchase orders for non-Tier 1 Customers representing up to twenty percent (20%) of Eligible Purchase Orders.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchase orders for Borrower Products from a Person listed on Schedule 1D shall be considered Eligible Purchase Orders.

“Equity Milestone” means Borrower has received, in a principal amount of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), net proceeds from a bona fide equity financing from investors and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, after January [    ], 2015, but no later than June 30, 2015, subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.


“Excluded Property” means any property, right or asset held by the Borrower to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property, except to the extent that the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under Section 9406, 9407, 9408 or 9409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the United States Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; provided, however, that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as such prohibition, breach, default or termination is no longer applicable or is waived, and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of the Collateral that does not result in such consequences.

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

“Facility Charge” means sixth-tenths of one percent (0.60%) of the Maximum Revolving Loan Amount.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.1.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state or other jurisdiction within the United States of America.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means indebtedness of any kind, including (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade credit entered into in the ordinary course of business due within sixty (60) days), including reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Section 6.3.

“Initial Public Offering” means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of Borrower’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; trade secrets and inventions; mask works; Borrower’s applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and Borrower’s goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, together with Borrower’s rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.


“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interests) of or in any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person or the acquisition of all, or substantially all, of the assets of another Person.

“Joinder Agreements” means for each Domestic Subsidiary, a completed and executed Joinder Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Lender” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Liabilities” has the meaning given to it in Section 6.3.

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature of a security interest.

“Loan” means the Advances made under this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the ACH Authorization, the Account Control Agreements, the Joinder Agreements, all UCC Financing Statements, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, and the Share Pledge and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (ii) the ability of Borrower to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or the ability of Agent or Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations; or (iii) the Collateral or Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

“Maximum Revolving Loan Amount” means Eleven Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($11,500,000).

“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3.

“Mission Critical” means the Borrower’s products are essential and irreplaceable with any other vendors’ products and have been designed into its customers announced products

“Note(s)” means a Revolving Note.


“P/O Advance” means a Revolving Loan Advance for which Borrower has requested the Borrowing Base calculation be based on Eligible Purchase Orders.

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Patents” means all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States of America or in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States of America or any other country.

“Perfection Certificate” means a Perfection Certificate executed by the Borrower and delivered to Agent, dated as of the Closing Date.

“Performance Milestone” means (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) during the twelve month period ending June 30, 2016, Borrower shall have achieved (i) 80% of its forecasted revenue, and (ii) 80% of its forecasted operating income, in each case based on a plan approved by Borrower’s board of directors and delivered to Agent by January 31, 2015, which plan shall be acceptable to Agent and consistent with prior plans presented to Agent, and in all cases subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lender or Agent arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is disclosed in Schedule 1A; (iii) Indebtedness of up to $500,000 outstanding at any time secured by a Lien described in clauses (vii) and (xi) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the Equipment financed with such Indebtedness; (iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with corporate credit cards; (v) Indebtedness that also constitutes a Permitted Investment; (vi) Subordinated Indebtedness, provided that the Subordinated Indebtedness owed to Pinnacle Ventures L.L.C. or any affiliate shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount of $23,800,000, shall be subject to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 16, 2014 as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, without any other amendment, restatement or modification, unless consented to by Agent; (vii) reimbursement obligations in connection with guaranties of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ real property lease obligations or letters of credit that are secured by cash or cash equivalents and issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding, (viii) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business, (ix) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $100,000 at any time outstanding, and (x) extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.


“Permitted Investment” means: (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1B; (ii) (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) certificates of deposit issued by any bank with assets of at least $500,000,000 maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (d) money market accounts; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, or consultants of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements at the original issuance price of such securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases; (iv) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers; (v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vi) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; (vii) Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (viii) Investments consisting of travel advances and relocation loans in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each newly-formed Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount necessary for the payment of three (3) months of operational expenses of any such Subsidiary in accordance with Borrower’s most recent operating plan as approved by Borrower’s board of directors and (b) $2,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, or as otherwise approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (xii) Investments consisting of Deposit Accounts or securities accounts subject to compliance with Section 7.12; and (xiii) additional Investments that do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate.

“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Agent or Lender; (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1C; (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, that Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP; (iv) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided, that the payment thereof is not yet required; (v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (vi) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under worker’s


compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vii) Liens on Equipment or software or other intellectual property constituting purchase money Liens and Liens in connection with capital leases securing Indebtedness permitted in clause (iii) of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (viii) Liens incurred in connection with Subordinated Indebtedness; (ix) leasehold interests in leases or subleases and licenses granted in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the licensor; (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due; (xi) Liens securing the payment of financed insurance premiums that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due, provided that such Liens extend only to the insurance policies so financed and all money due Borrower thereunder (including the return of premiums and dividends) and not to any other property or assets; (xii) statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights as to deposits of cash and securities in favor of banks, other depository institutions and brokerage firms; (xiii) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business so long as they do not materially impair the value or marketability of the related property; (xiv) Liens on cash or cash equivalents securing obligations permitted under clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and (xv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above; provided, that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase.

“Permitted Transfers” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property or a Lien on any Collateral or Intellectual Property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States of America in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment at fair market value in the ordinary course of business, (iv) Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments, and (v) other transfers of assets having a fair market value of not more than $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, other entity or government.

“Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.1(m).

“Preferred Stock” means at any given time any equity security issued by Borrower that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to Borrower’s Common Stock.


“Prime Rate” means the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

“Publicity Materials” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.18.

“Receivables” means (i) all of Borrower’s Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter-of-Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.

“Required Lenders” means at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the total Revolving Loan Advances then outstanding.

“Revolving Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1.

“Revolving Interest Rate” means, for any day, (x) with respect to A/R Advances, the greater of (I) the Prime Rate plus 2.95%, and (II) 6.20%; and (y) with respect to P/O Advances, the greater of (I) the Prime Rate plus 3.95%, and (II) 7.20%.

“Revolving Loan” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Revolving Loan Advance” means any Revolving Loan funds advanced under this Agreement.

“Revolving Loan Draw Period” means any time up to and including February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if both of Performance Milestone and Equity Milestone are achieved, then February 1, 2018.

“Revolving Loan Maturity Date” means February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if both Performance Milestone and Equity Milestone are achieved, then February 1, 2018.

“Revolving Note” means a Promissory Note in substantially the form of Exhibit B.

“Rights to Payment” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.1.

“Secured Obligations” means Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any Loan Document (but excluding the Warrant), including any obligation to pay any amount now owing or later arising.

“Share Pledge” means that certain Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender and dated as of the Closing Date.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature in accordance with their terms.


“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

“Subsequent Financing” means the closing of any Borrower financing which becomes effective after the Closing Date and results in aggregate proceeds to Borrower of at least $10,000,000.

“Subsidiary” means an entity, whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or otherwise, in which Borrower owns or controls 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities, including each entity listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

“Tier 1 Customer” means Intel Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Dell Inc., Aruba Networks, Inc., Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Trademarks” means all trademarks (registered, common law or otherwise) and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States of America, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, then the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

“Warrant” means any warrant entered into in connection with the Loan, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents, terms that are used herein or in the other Loan Documents and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.


SECTION 2. THE LOAN

2.1 Revolving Loan.

(a) Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may draw Revolving Loan Advances during the Revolving Loan Draw Period in an aggregate principal amount of up to the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Revolving Loan Amount, provided Borrower shall (i) request a Revolving Loan Advance of not less than $5,000,000 be made on the Closing Date, and (ii) after the Closing Date, request only two (2) such Revolving Loan Advances per month, and each Revolving Loan Advance shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or if the amount available to be borrowed under the Maximum Revolving Loan Amount is less than $1,000,000, then such lesser amount. Revolving Loan Advances may be repaid and reborrowed at any time, without premium or penalty. If the aggregate Revolving Loan Advances at any time exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Revolving Loan Amount, Borrower shall repay the amount of that excess to Lender within three (3) Business Days. For the avoidance of doubt, both A/R Advances and P/O Advances may be borrowed, including on the same request, up to the Maximum Revolving Loan Amount.

(b) Advance Request. To obtain an Advance, Borrower shall complete, sign and deliver an Advance Request (at least three (3) Business Days before the Advance Date other than the Advance obtained on the Closing Date), specifying whether the Advance will be in the form of an A/R Advance and/or a P/O Advance, and Borrowing Base to Agent. Lender shall severally (and not jointly) fund the Revolving Loan Advance in an amount not to exceed its respective Revolving Commitment in the manner requested by the Advance Request provided that each of the conditions precedent to such Revolving Loan Advance is satisfied as of the requested Advance Date.

(c) Interest. The principal balance of the Revolving Loan shall bear interest thereon from the initial Revolving Loan Advance Date, calculated at the floating Revolving Interest Rate per annum based upon a year consisting of 360 days and payable for the actual number of days elapsed.

(d) Payment. Borrower will pay interest on each Revolving Loan Advance on the first Business Day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. The entire principal balance of the Revolving Loan and all accrued interest and fees on or relating to the Revolving Loan shall be repaid in full on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Revolving Loan Advance.

2.2 [RESERVED]


2.3 Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the parties’ intent not to contract for, charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum rate permissible by law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of California shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of interest on commercial loans) (the “Maximum Rate”). If a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that Borrower has actually paid to Lender an amount of interest in excess of the amount that would have been payable if all of the Secured Obligations had at all times borne interest at the Maximum Rate, then such excess interest actually paid by Borrower shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of the Secured Obligations consisting of the outstanding principal; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Lender’s accrued interest, costs, expenses, professional fees and any other Secured Obligations; and third, after all Secured Obligations are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower.

2.4 Default Interest. In the event any payment is not paid on the scheduled payment date, an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the past due amount shall be payable on demand. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c) plus five percent (5%) per annum. In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.4, as applicable.

2.5 Prepayment. At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date upon a Change in Control.

2.6 End of Term Charge. On the earliest to occur of (i) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender a charge of $304,750. Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, it shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Closing Date.

2.7 Revolving Loan Renewal Fee. On each of (i) March 1, 2016, and (ii) March 1, 2017 (provided that the Revolving Loan Maturity Date has been extended to February 1, 2018), Borrower shall pay to Lender a renewal fee with respect to the Revolving Loan of $46,000.

2.8 Notes. If so requested by Lender by written notice to Borrower, then Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an Assignee of Lender pursuant to Section 11.13) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence Lender’s Loans.

2.9 Pro Rata Treatment. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Revolving Loan Advances shall be made pro rata according to the Revolving Commitments of the relevant Lender.


SECTION 3. SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Borrower grants to Agent a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following personal property whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) Receivables; (b) Equipment; (c) Fixtures; (d) General Intangibles (other than Intellectual Property); (e) Inventory; (f) Investment Property (but excluding thirty-five percent (35%) of the capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary that constitutes a Permitted Investment); (g) Deposit Accounts; (h) Cash; (i) Goods; and all other tangible and intangible (other than Intellectual Property) personal property of Borrower whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and any of Borrower’s property in the possession or under the control of Agent; and, to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing; provided , however, that the Collateral shall include all Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a United States Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date of this Agreement, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Agent’s security interest in the Rights to Payment. Upon payment in full of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and the expiration or termination of the Revolving Commitment, Agent shall release its Lien on and security interest in the Collateral and such Lien shall terminate and be released and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

3.2 Notwithstanding the broad grant of the security interest set forth in Section 3.1, above, the Collateral shall not include (i) any Excluded Property, (ii) accounts at Silicon Valley Bank account numbers 8800060588 and 3300975070 to secure corporate credit cards so long as the balance does not exceed $50,000 at any time, or (iii) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN

The obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are subject to the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

4.1 Initial Advance. On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the following:

(a) Subject to Section 7.20, executed originals of the Loan Documents, Account Control Agreements, a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel, and all other documents and instruments reasonably required by Agent to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby or to create and perfect the Liens of Agent with respect to all Collateral, in all cases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent;


(b) certified copy of resolutions of Borrower’s board of directors evidencing approval of (i) the Loan and other transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents; and (ii) the Warrant and transactions evidenced thereby;

(c) certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws, as amended through the Closing Date, of Borrower;

(d) a certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which it does business and where the failure to be qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) payment of the Facility Charge and Commitment Fee and reimbursement of Agent’s and Lender’s current expenses reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement, which amounts may be deducted from the initial Advance;

(l) a duly executed payoff letter from Silicon Valley Bank, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent; and

(m) a duly executed intercreditor agreement by and between Agent and Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., acknowledged by Borrower, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent (the “Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement”); and

(f) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2 All Advances. On each Advance Date:

(a) Agent shall have received (i) an Advance Request for the relevant Advance as required by Section 2.1(b), each duly executed by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) any other documents Agent may reasonably request.

(b) (i) The representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement and in the Warrant shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and (ii) all the information in the Perfection Certificate shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(c) Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) Each Advance Request shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

4.3 No Default. As of the Closing Date and each Advance Date, (i) no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default and (ii) no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.


SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

Borrower represents and warrants that:

5.1 Corporate Status. Borrower is a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or location of its properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower’s present name, former names (if any), locations, place of formation, tax identification number, organizational identification number and other information are correctly set forth in Exhibit C, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice (including any Compliance Certificate) provided to Agent after the Closing Date.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower owns the Collateral and the Intellectual Property, free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has the power and authority to grant to Agent a Lien in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations.

5.3 Consents. Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, and Borrower’s execution of the Warrant, (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Borrower, (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) do not violate any provisions of Borrower’s Certificate or Articles of Incorporation (as applicable), bylaws, or any, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower is subject and (iv) except as described on Schedule 5.3, do not violate any contract or agreement or require the consent or approval of any other Person which has not already been obtained. The individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents and the Warrant are duly authorized to do so.

5.4 Material Adverse Effect. No event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing. Borrower is not aware of any event likely to occur that is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


5.5 Actions Before Governmental Authorities. Except as described on Schedule 5.5, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its property.

5.6 Laws. Borrower is not in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any manner under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

5.7 Information Correct and Current. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished, by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading at the time such statement was made or deemed made. Additionally, any and all financial or business projections provided by Borrower to Agent, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, shall be (i) provided in good faith and based on the most current data and information available to Borrower, and (ii) the most current of such projections provided to Borrower’s board of directors.

5.8 Tax Matters. Except as described on Schedule 5.8, (a) Borrower has filed all federal, state and local tax returns that it is required to file, (b) Borrower has duly paid or fully reserved for all taxes or installments thereof (including any interest or penalties) as and when due, which have or may become due pursuant to such returns, and (c) Borrower has paid or fully reserved for any tax assessment received by Borrower for the three (3) years preceding the Closing Date, if any (including any taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings).

5.9 Intellectual Property Claims. Borrower is the sole owner of, or otherwise has the right to use, the Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.9, (i) each of the material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, (ii) no material part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and (iii) no claim has been made to Borrower that any material part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party. Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete list of each of Borrower’s Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights, and material agreements under which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from third parties (other than shrink-wrap software licenses), together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date. Borrower is not in material breach of, nor has Borrower failed to perform any material obligations under, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no third party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform any material obligations thereunder.


5.10 Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.10, Borrower has, or in the case of any proposed business, will have, all material rights with respect to Intellectual Property necessary in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted by Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in the case of Licenses, except for restrictions that are unenforceable under Division 9 of the UCC, Borrower has the right, to the extent required to operate Borrower’s business, to freely transfer, license or assign Intellectual Property without condition, restriction or payment of any kind (other than license payments in the ordinary course of business) to any third party, and Borrower owns or has the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all software development tools, library functions, compilers and all other third-party software and other items that are used in the design, development, promotion, sale, license, manufacture, import, export, use or distribution of Borrower Products.

5.11 Borrower Products. Except as described on Schedule 5.11, no Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or Borrower Product has been or is subject to any actual or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, proceeding (including any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any corresponding foreign office or agency) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner Borrower’s use, transfer or licensing thereof or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability thereof. There is no decree, order, judgment, agreement, stipulation, arbitral award or other provision entered into in connection with any litigation or proceeding that obligates Borrower to grant licenses or ownership interest in any future Intellectual Property related to the operation or conduct of the business of Borrower or Borrower Products. Borrower has not received any written notice or claim, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, oral notice or claim, challenging or questioning Borrower’s ownership in any Intellectual Property (or written notice of any claim challenging or questioning the ownership in any licensed Intellectual Property of the owner thereof) or suggesting that any third party has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, is there a reasonable basis for any such claim. Neither Borrower’s use of its Intellectual Property nor the production and sale of Borrower Products infringes the Intellectual Property or other rights of others.

5.12 Financial Accounts. Exhibit E, as may be updated by the Borrower in a written notice provided to Agent after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Deposit Accounts and (b) all institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an account holding Investment Property, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

5.13 Employee Loans. Except for Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (viii) of the definition thereof or on Schedule 5.13, Borrower has no outstanding loans to any employee, officer or director of the Borrower nor has Borrower guaranteed the payment of any loan made to an employee, officer or director of the Borrower by a third party.


5.14 Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.14 annexed hereto. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 5.14, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice provided after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary.

5.15 Eligible Accounts and Eligible Purchase Orders. For any Eligible Account or Eligible Purchase Order in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts or Eligible Purchase Orders are and shall be true and correct (except for any good faith immaterial errors promptly corrected when discovered) and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account or Eligible Purchase Order shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account debtor whose Accounts are an Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts or Eligible Purchase Orders are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 6. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Coverage. Borrower shall cause to be carried and maintained commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence form, against risks customarily insured against in Borrower’s line of business. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability per the terms of the indemnification agreement found in Section 6.3. Borrower must maintain a minimum of $1,000,000 for each occurrence, and $2,000,000 in the aggregate, of commercial general liability insurance and $10,000,000 in excess liability insurance. Borrower has and agrees to maintain a minimum of $3,000,000 in the aggregate of directors’ and officers’ insurance. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), Borrower shall also cause to be carried and maintained insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral, provided that such insurance may be subject to standard exceptions and deductibles.

6.2 Certificates. Subject to Section 7.20(a) Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance that evidence Borrower’s compliance with its insurance obligations in Section 6.1 and the obligations contained in this Section 6.2. Borrower’s insurance certificate shall state Agent is an additional insured for commercial general liability, a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, subject to the insurer’s approval, and a loss payee for property insurance and additional insured for liability insurance for any future liability or property insurance that Borrower may acquire from such insurer. Attached to the certificates of insurance will be additional insured


endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) advance written notice to Agent of cancellation or any other change adverse to Agent’s interests. Any failure of Agent to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Agent’s rights, all of which are reserved.

6.3 Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent, Lender and their officers, directors, employees, agents, in-house attorneys, representatives and shareholders (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal) (collectively, “Liabilities”), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases Liabilities to the extent resulting solely from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower agrees to pay, and to save Agent and Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of Agent or Lender) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or this Agreement. In no event shall any Indemnified Person be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings).

SECTION 7. COVENANTS OF BORROWER

Borrower agrees as follows:

7.1 Financial Reports. Borrower shall furnish to Agent the financial statements and reports listed hereinafter (the “Financial Statements”):

(a) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 30 days) after the end of each month, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, (ii) that they are subject to normal year end adjustments, and (iii) they do not contain certain non-cash items that are customarily included in quarterly and annual financial statements;


(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days) after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such calendar quarter (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, and (ii) that they are subject to normal year end adjustments; as well as the most recent capitalization table for Borrower if there were any changes from the last capitalization table provided, including the weighted average exercise price of employee stock options;

(c) as soon as practicable (and in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days) after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, certified by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent (accountants of recognized national standing and Borrower’s existing accountants are deemed acceptable to Agent), accompanied by any management report from such accountants;

(d) together with the monthly and quarterly financial statements required pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b), as applicable, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit F attaching, so long as the Revolving Loan is outstanding, a Borrowing Base Certificate;

(e) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 7 days) after the end of each month, a report showing agings of Accounts receivable and Accounts payable;

(f) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case may be, copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports that Borrower has made available to holders of its Preferred Stock and copies of any regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements that Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or any national securities exchange;

(g) at the same time and in the same manner as it gives to its directors, copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that Borrower provides to its directors in connection with meetings of the board of directors, and within 30 days after each such meeting, minutes of such meeting, provided that in all cases Borrower may exclude confidential compensation information, attorney/client privileged communications, matters that present a direct conflict of interest to Agent or any Lender, such as a take-out financing proposal, and executive session materials; and

(h) financial and business projections promptly following their approval by Borrower’s board of directors, and in any event, within 30 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, as well as budgets, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent.


Borrower shall not (without the consent of Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP or (b) fiscal years or fiscal quarters. The fiscal year of Borrower shall end on December 31.

The executed Compliance Certificate may be sent via facsimile to Agent at (650) 473-9194 or via e-mail to tpandjiris@htgc.com. All Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be sent via e-mail to financialstatements@herculestech.com with a copy to tpandjiris@htgc.com provided, that if e-mail is not available or sending such Financial Statements via e-mail is not possible, they shall be sent via facsimile to Agent at: (866) 468-8916, attention Chief Credit Officer.

7.2 Management Rights. Borrower shall permit any representative that Agent or Lender authorizes, including its attorneys and accountants, to inspect the Collateral and examine and make copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours; provided that, such inspection and examination shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred. In addition, any such representative shall have the right to meet with management and officers of Borrower to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, Agent or Lender shall be entitled at reasonable times and intervals to consult with and advise the management and officers of Borrower concerning significant business issues affecting Borrower. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Borrower’s business operations. The parties intend that the rights granted Agent and Lender shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation by Agent or Lender with respect to any business issues shall not be deemed to give Agent or Lender, nor be deemed an exercise by Agent or Lender of, control over Borrower’s management or policies.

7.3 Further Assurances. Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Agent, any financing statements, security agreements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, or other documents to perfect or give the highest priority to Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Borrower shall from time to time procure any instruments or documents as may be reasonably requested by Agent, and take all further action that may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and protect the Liens granted hereby and thereby. In addition, and for such purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to execute and deliver on behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in Agent’s name or in the name of Agent as agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrower. Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower’s title to the Collateral and Agent’s Lien thereon against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower or Agent other than Permitted Liens.


7.4 Indebtedness. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except for the Secured Obligations, the conversion of Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion. Borrower shall not make any payment on or in connection with the Subordinated Debt (as defined in the Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement) other than scheduled payments pursuant to the terms of the documents governing such Indebtedness as in effect on the Closing Date.

7.5 Collateral. Borrower shall at all times keep the Collateral, the Intellectual Property and all other property and assets used in Borrower’s business or in which Borrower now or hereafter holds any interest free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, the Intellectual Property, such other property and assets, or any Liens thereon, provided however, that the Collateral and such other property and assets may be subject to Permitted Liens except that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property except for Permitted Liens described in clause (ix) of the definition thereof. Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries to protect and defend such Subsidiary’s title to its assets from and against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to such Subsidiary, and Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries at all times to keep such Subsidiary’s property and assets free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens, provided however, that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property except for Permitted Liens described in clause (ix) of the definition thereof), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting such Subsidiary’s assets. Borrower shall not agree with any Person other than Agent or Lender not to encumber its property.

7.6 Investments. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

7.7 Distributions. Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, (a) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other equity interest other than (i) pursuant to employee, director or consultant stock purchase or repurchase plans or other similar agreements, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or equity interest, and (ii) the conversion of any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefor (as long as no dividend in cash or other payment in cash is made in connection thereto), or (b) declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other equity interest, except that a Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower and Borrower may pay dividends solely in Common Stock, or (c) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate or (d) waive, release or forgive any Indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate.


7.8 Transfers. Except for Permitted Transfers, Borrower shall not voluntarily or involuntarily transfer, sell, lease, license, lend or in any other manner convey any equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of its assets.

7.9 Mergers or Acquisitions. Borrower shall not merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of (a) a Subsidiary which is not a Borrower into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or (b) a Borrower into another Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person.

7.10 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay when due all taxes, fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed against Borrower, Agent, Lender (excluding taxes on Agent’s or Lender’s net income or any taxes assessed on Agent or Lender that are not related to the transactions in connection with the Loan Documents) or the Collateral or upon Borrower’s ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Borrower’s rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

7.11 Corporate Changes. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall change its corporate name, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Agent. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower shall suffer a Change in Control; provided, however, that Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may suffer a Change in Control so long as in connection with such Change in Control the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full in cash. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to Agent; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States of America. Neither Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (w) worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment, (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to $250,000 in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless (i) it has provided prompt written notice to Agent, (ii) such relocation is within the continental United States of America, and (iii) if such relocation is to a third party bailee, it has delivered a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent. No Foreign Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (w) worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment, (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to $250,000 in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless it has provided prompt written notice to Agent.


7.12 Deposit Accounts. Subject to Section 7.20(d), neither Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary shall maintain any Deposit Accounts, or accounts holding Investment Property, except with respect to which Agent has an Account Control Agreement; provided that, upon any Borrower’s opening of a new Deposit Account that is subject to an Account Control Agreement in favor of Agent, Agent hereby agrees to permit such Borrower to close any other account that has been replaced by such new Deposit Account upon written request from such Borrower and immediately following all funds in such former account have been transferred to a Deposit Account that is subject to an Account Control Agreement in favor of Agent.

7.13 Borrower shall notify Agent of each Subsidiary formed subsequent to the Closing Date and, within 15 days of formation, shall cause any such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Agent a Joinder Agreement.

7.14 Borrower shall notify Agent promptly of any event or circumstance which to Borrower’s knowledge would cause Agent to consider any then existing Account as no longer constituting an Eligible Account.

7.15 Notification of Event of Default. Borrower shall notify Agent immediately of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default under the Subordinated Debt (as defined in the Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement), such notice to be sent via facsimile to Agent.

7.16 [RESERVED]

7.17 Compromise of Agreements. With respect to Accounts with a combined value in excess of twenty percent (20%) of all of Borrower’s Accounts then outstanding, Borrower shall not (a) grant any material extension of the time of payment thereof, (b) to any material extent, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, (c) release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or (d) allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon other than trade discounts granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business of Borrower.

7.18 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Revolving Loan shall be used solely to refinance the Borrower’s existing senior Indebtedness and as working capital, to finance purchase orders, Inventory, or Accounts receivable.

7.19 Borrower shall not amend any document governing the Subordinated Debt (as defined in the Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement) or agree to any consent or waiver under such documents without the approval of Agent.

7.20 Post-Closing Obligations:

(a) Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance and additional insured endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 hereto, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, within ten (10) days of the Closing Date.


(b) Borrower shall deliver to Agent within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date all certificates or other instruments representing or evidencing any Pledged Interests (as defined in the Share Pledge) in Aquantia India Semiconductor Private Limited, accompanied by appropriate duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment (including, without limitation, stock powers) in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

(c) Borrower shall file all necessary documentation with the State of California necessary to dissolve Novin IP, Inc. within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date.

(d) Borrower shall deliver to Agent within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date an executed Account Control Agreement among U.S. Bank, N.A., SVB Asset Management, Borrower and Agent with respect to account number 19-SV291.

SECTION 8. RIGHT TO INVEST

8.1 Lender or its Assignee or nominee shall have the right, in its discretion, to participate in any Subsequent Financing in an amount of up to $1,000,000 on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others participating in any such Subsequent Financing.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

9.1 Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on the due date; provided, however, that an Event of Default shall not occur on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error of Agent or any Lender if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment within three (3) Business Days following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay; or

9.2 Covenants. Borrower breaches or defaults in the performance of any covenant or Secured Obligation under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, and (a) with respect to a default under any covenant under this Agreement (other than under Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.15 and 7.19), any other Loan Document or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, such default continues for more than ten (10) days after the earlier of the date on which (i) Agent or Lender has given notice of such default to Borrower and (ii) Borrower has actual knowledge of such default or (b) with respect to a default under any of Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.15 and 7.19, the occurrence of such default; or

9.3 Material Adverse Effect. A circumstance has occurred that has a Material Adverse Effect. In determining whether such circumstance has occurred for the purpose of this Section 9.3, Agent’s primary, though not sole, consideration will be whether Borrower has or will have sufficient cash resources to repay the Secured Obligations as and when due. Agent recognizes that, as a pre-profit company, Borrower’s cash resources will


decline over time, and Borrower will periodically require additional infusions of equity capital. The clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Agent’s good faith judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Secured Obligations as they become due and payable is the most significant criterion Agent shall consider in making any such determination; or

9.4 Representations. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or in the Warrant shall have been false or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

9.5 Insolvency. (A) Borrower (i) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) shall be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, or shall cease to be Solvent (which shall be determined in Agent’s reasonable discretion in consultation with an accounting firm of recognized national standing; provided that in the event that Agent cannot get an accounting firm of recognized national standing to provide such analysis as described in the definition of Solvent then Agent shall be entitled to consult with an independent third party valuation firm or financial institution); or (iii) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; or (iv) shall file any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances; or (v) shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (i.e., 33-1/3% or more) of the assets or property of Borrower; or (vi) shall cease operations of its business as its business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of its employees; or (vii) Borrower or its directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi); or (B) either (i) thirty (30) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against Borrower seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of Borrower being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) Borrower shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against Borrower in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or (v) thirty (30) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of Borrower without such appointment being vacated; or

9.6 Attachments; Judgments. Any portion of Borrower’s assets is attached or seized, or a levy is filed against any such assets, or a judgment or judgments is/are entered for the payment of money, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $250,000 (not covered by independent third party insurance as to which such liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier as of the date of such attachment, seizure, levy or entry of judgment and such judgment remains unsatisfied, unvacated or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof), or Borrower is enjoined or in any way prevented by court order from conducting any part of its business; or

9.7 Other Obligations. The occurrence of any default (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any unmatured default under the documents governing the Subordinated Debt (as defined in the Pinnacle Intercreditor Agreement) under any agreement or obligation of Borrower involving any Indebtedness in excess of $250,000.


SECTION 10. REMEDIES

10.1 General. Upon and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.5, all of the Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and made due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act), (ii) Agent may, at its option, sign and file in Borrower’s name any and all collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents it deems necessary or appropriate to perfect or protect the repayment of the Secured Obligations, and in furtherance thereof, Borrower hereby grants Agent an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, and (iii) Agent may notify any of Borrower’s account debtors to make payment directly to Agent, compromise the amount of any such account on Borrower’s behalf and endorse Agent’s name without recourse on any such payment for deposit directly to Agent’s account. Agent may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. All Agent’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

10.2 Collection; Foreclosure. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agent may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as Agent may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Agent may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent that is reasonably convenient to Agent and Borrower. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Agent in the following order of priorities:

First, to Agent and Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Agent’s and Lender’s costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses as described in Section 11.11;

Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the Secured Obligations (including principal, interest, and the default rate interest), in such order and priority as Agent may choose in its sole discretion; and

Finally, after the full, final, and indefeasible payment in Cash of all of the Secured Obligations, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.


Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

10.3 No Waiver. Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower expressly waives all rights, if any, to require Agent to marshal any Collateral.

10.4 Cumulative Remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Agent.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent and duration of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

11.2 Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication (including the delivery of Financial Statements) that is required, contemplated, or permitted under the Loan Documents or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by facsimile or hand delivery or delivery by an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

  (a) If to Agent:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention:

Facsimile:

Telephone:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

LATHAM & WATKINS LLP

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:


  (b) If to Lender:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: 1

Facsimile:

Telephone:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

LATHAM & WATKINS LLP

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

 

  (c) If to Borrower:

Aquantia Corp.

Attention:

Facsimile:

Telephone:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

COOLEY LLP

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

11.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including Agent’s revised proposal letters dated November 1, 2014 and January 7, 2015).

(b) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.3(b). The Required Lenders and Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the


Agent and the Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.3(b) without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release a Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11.17 without the written consent of the Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Borrower, the Lender, the Agent and all future holders of the Loans.

11.4 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.5 No Waiver. The powers conferred upon Agent and Lender by this Agreement are solely to protect its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission or delay by Agent or Lender at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Agent or Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Agent or Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.

11.6 Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the benefit of Agent and Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Sections 11.11 and 11.17 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, and the indemnity obligations of Borrower in Section 6.3 shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.


11.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not assign its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without Agent’s express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Agent and Lender may assign, transfer, or endorse its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without prior notice to Borrower, and all of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s and Lender’s successors and assigns.

11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated and delivered to Agent and Lender in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Agent and Lender in the State of California. Payment to Agent and Lender by Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of California. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings (to the extent that the reference requirement of Section 11.10 is not applicable) arising in or under or related to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 11.2, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 11.2. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

11.10 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial / Judicial Reference.

(a) Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert Person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE OR BY AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Agent, Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the


relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, tort, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document.

(b) If the waiver of jury trial set forth in Section 11.10(a) is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

(c) In the event Claims are to be resolved by judicial reference, either party may seek from a court identified in Section 11.9, any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

11.11 Professional Fees. Borrower promises to pay Agent’s and Lender’s fees and expenses necessary to finalize the loan documentation, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees, UCC searches, filing costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, Borrower promises to pay any and all reasonable attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of in-house counsel) incurred by Agent and Lender after the Closing Date in connection with or related to: (a) the Loan; (b) the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Loan; (c) the amendment or modification of the Loan Documents; (d) any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents; (e) the protection, preservation, audit, field exam, sale, lease, liquidation, or disposition of Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; (f) any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to Borrower or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and (g) any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to Borrower, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, including representing Agent or Lender in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Borrower’s estate, and any appeal or review thereof.

11.12 Confidentiality. Agent and Lender acknowledge that certain items of Collateral and information provided to Agent and Lender by Borrower are confidential and proprietary information of Borrower, if and to the extent such information either (x) is marked as confidential by Borrower at the time of disclosure, or (y) should reasonably be understood to be confidential (the “Confidential Information”). Accordingly, Agent and Lender agree that any Confidential Information it may obtain in the course of acquiring, administering, or perfecting Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall not be disclosed to any other Person or entity in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Borrower, except that Agent and Lender may disclose any such information: (a) to its own directors, officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other professional advisors and to its affiliates if Agent or Lender in their sole


discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information in connection with such party’s responsibilities in connection with the Loan or this Agreement and, provided that such recipient of such Confidential Information either (i) agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this paragraph or (ii) is otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions that reasonably protect against the disclosure of Confidential Information; (b) if such information is generally available to the public at the time of disclosure to Agent or Lender as a result of Agent or Lender failing to comply with the other provisions of this Section 11.12; (c) if required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any governmental authority having or claiming to have jurisdiction over Agent or Lender; (d) if required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, to the extent permitted or deemed advisable by Agent’s or Lender’s counsel; (e) to comply with any legal requirement or law applicable to Agent or Lender; (f) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, including Agent’s sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral after default; (g) to any participant or Assignee of Agent or Lender or any prospective participant or Assignee; provided, that such participant or Assignee or prospective participant or Assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Section prior to disclosure; or (h) otherwise with the prior consent of Borrower; provided, that any disclosure made in violation of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of Borrower or any of its affiliates or any guarantor under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

11.13 Assignment of Rights. Borrower acknowledges and understands that Agent or Lender may sell and assign all or part of its interest hereunder and under the Loan Documents to any Person or entity (an “Assignee”). After such assignment the term “Agent” or “Lender” as used in the Loan Documents shall mean and include such Assignee, and such Assignee shall be vested with all rights, powers and remedies of Agent and Lender hereunder with respect to the interest so assigned; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, Agent and Lender shall retain all rights, powers and remedies hereby given. No such assignment by Agent or Lender shall relieve Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder. Lender agrees that in the event of any transfer by it of the Note(s)(if any), it will endorse thereon a notation as to the portion of the principal of the Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and as to the date to which interest shall have been last paid thereon.

11.14 Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, if Borrower becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower’s assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Agent or Lender. The Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations and Collateral security shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Agent, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Agent, Lender or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment,


performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Agent or Lender in Cash.

11.15 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries. No provisions of the Loan Documents are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any third-party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any Person other than Agent, Lender and Borrower unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as otherwise so provided, all provisions of the Loan Documents will be personal and solely among Agent, the Lender and the Borrower.

11.17 Agency.

(a) Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its respective Revolving Commitment (based upon the total outstanding Revolving Commitment) in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.17, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each such Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.


(d) Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not:

 

  (i) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (ii) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Lender, provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

  (iii) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(e) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lender or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

(g) Reliance by Agent. Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, or refraining to act, upon, any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to Agent and conforming to the requirements of the Loan Agreement or any of the other


Loan Documents. Agent may consult with counsel, and any opinion or legal advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, not taken or suffered by Agent hereunder or under any Loan Documents in accordance therewith. Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction. Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers granted to Agent by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents at the request or direction of Lenders unless Agent shall have been provided by Lender with adequate security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

11.18 Publicity. None of the parties hereto nor any of its respective member businesses and affiliates shall, without the other parties’ prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), publicize or use (a) the other party’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among the parties hereto), logo or hyperlink to such other parties’ web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “Publicity Materials”); (b) the names of officers of such other parties in the Publicity Materials; and (c) such other parties’ name, Trademarks, servicemarks in any news release concerning such party; provided however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such consent shall be required to the extent (i) necessary to comply with the requests of any regulators, legal requirements or laws applicable to such party, and (B) in compliance with Section 11.12.

11.19 Multiple Borrowers.

(a) Borrower’s Agent. Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoints Aquantia Corp. as its agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of the Revolving Loan and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from the Agent or any Lender. The Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for the Revolving Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by the Company, whether in its own name or on behalf of one or more of the other Borrowers, and the Agent shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.

(b) Waivers. Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) any right to require the Agent to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or Deposit Accounts held by or maintained with the Agent or any Indebtedness of the Agent or any Lender to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy the Agent or any Lender may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any


guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, with respect to all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of the Agent or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any other person or any Secured Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of the Agent to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Secured Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding. Until all of the Secured Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of any Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the Secured Obligations. If any claim is ever made upon the Agent for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by the Agent in payment of or on account of any of the Secured Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and the Agent repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Agent or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by the Agent with any such claimant (including without limitation the any other Borrower), then and in any such event, each Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon such Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Secured Obligations, or any release of any of the Secured Obligations, and each Borrower shall be and remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by the Agent or any Lender, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Secured Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which any Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal doctrine.

(c) Consents. Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, the Agent may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in its sole and absolute discretion: (i) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment,


discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Secured Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other Person in respect of any or all of the Secured Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Secured Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Secured Obligations, or on which the Agent at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or co-signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any Indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as the Agent determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is part of the Secured Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. Each Borrower further consents and agrees that the Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations.

(d) Independent Liability. Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against such Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by Agent. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and such Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as such Borrower may desire, and such Borrower is not relying upon or expecting the Agent to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in the Agent’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

(e) Subordination. All Indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Secured Obligations and the Borrower holding the Indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Agent to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Agent and Lender have duly executed and delivered this Loan and Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
Aquantia Corp.
Signature:  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

Print Name:  

Faraj Aalaei

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

AGENT:
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Michael L. Butler

Print Name:  

Michael L. Butler

Title:  

General Counsel

LENDER:
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Michael L. Butler

Print Name:  

Michael L. Butler

Title:  

General Counsel


Table of Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A:    Advance Request
   Attachment to Advance Request
Exhibit B:    Revolving Note
Exhibit C:    Name, Locations, and Other Information for Borrower
Exhibit D:    Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Exhibit E:    Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts
Exhibit F:    Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G:    Joinder Agreement
Exhibit H:    Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit I:    ACH Debit Authorization Agreement
Exhibit J:    Form of Purchase Order
Schedule 1    Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.1    Commitments
Schedule 1A    Existing Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 1B    Existing Permitted Investments
Schedule 1C    Existing Permitted Liens
Schedule 1D    Eligible Customers and Contract Manufacturers
Schedule 5.3    Consents, Etc.
Schedule 5.5    Actions Before Governmental Authorities
Schedule 5.8    Tax Matters
Schedule 5.9    Intellectual Property Claims
Schedule 5.10    Intellectual Property
Schedule 5.11    Borrower Products
Schedule 5.13    Employee Loans
Schedule 5.14    Capitalization


EXHIBIT A

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To:    Agent:    Date:                    , 20[    ]
  

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Attn:

     

Aquantia Corp. (“Borrower”) hereby requests from Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (“Lender”) an Advance of a [DESCRIBE LOAN TYPE] in the amount of                      Dollars ($            ) on                  ,          (the “Advance Date”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender dated as of January [    ], 2015 (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”). Capitalized words and other terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used with the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

Please:

 

  (a)      Issue a check payable to Borrower  

 

  
      

or

    
  (b)      Wire Funds to Borrower’s account  

 

  

 

 Bank:  

 

 
 Address:  

 

 
 ABA Number:  

 

 
 Account Number:  

 

 
 Account Name:  

 

 

Borrower represents that the conditions precedent to the Advance set forth in the Agreement are satisfied and shall be satisfied upon the making of such Advance, including but not limited to: (i) that no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing; (ii) that the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement and in the Warrant are and shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; (iii) that Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed; and (iv) that as of the Advance Date, no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Agent has the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and, based upon such review in its reasonable business judgment, Lender may decline to fund the requested Advance.


Borrower hereby represents that Borrower’s corporate status and locations have not changed since the date of the Agreement or, if the Attachment to this Advance Request is completed, are as set forth in the Attachment to this Advance Request.

Borrower agrees to notify Agent promptly before the funding of the Loan if any of the matters which have been represented above shall not be true and correct on the Advance Date and if Agent has received no such notice before the Advance Date then the statements set forth above shall be deemed to have been made and shall be deemed to be true and correct as of the Advance Date.

Executed as of [                ], 20[    ].

 

BORROWER:
AQUANTIA CORP.
SIGNATURE:  

 

TITLE:  

 

PRINT NAME:  

 


ATTACHMENT TO ADVANCE REQUEST

Dated:                     

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status is as follows:

 

Name:    Aquantia Corp.
Type of organization:    Corporation
State of organization:    Delaware
Organization file number:   

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of its current locations are as follows:


EXHIBIT B

SECURED REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$    ,000,000    Advance Date:                  , 20[    ]
   Maturity Date: [                ], 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Aquantia Corp., a Delaware corporation, for itself and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation or the holder of this Note (the “Lender”) at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Revolving Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of [                    ] Dollars ($[    ],000,000) or such other principal amount as Lender has advanced to Borrower, together with interest at a floating rate equal to the Revolving Interest Rate (as defined in the Loan Agreement) per annum based upon a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days in each month.

This Promissory Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2015, by and among Borrower, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Agent”) and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms and conditions thereof. All payments shall be made in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Promissory Note.

Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law. Borrower agrees to make all payments under this Promissory Note without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

BORROWER:     AQUANTIA CORP.
    By:
    Title:


EXHIBIT C

NAME, LOCATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR BORROWER

1. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status as of the Closing Date is as follows:

 

Name:    Aquantia Corp.
Type of organization:    Corporation
State of organization:    Delaware
Organization file number:   

2. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that for five (5) years prior to the Closing Date, Borrower did not do business under any other name or organization or form except the following:

Name: N/A

Used during dates of: N/A

Type of Organization: N/A

State of organization: N/A

Organization file Number: N/A

Borrower’s fiscal year ends on December 31

Borrower’s federal employer tax identification number is:

3. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that its chief executive office is located at 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas CA 95035, USA.


EXHIBIT D

BORROWER’S PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

ISSUED PATENTS

 

PPG No.

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Country

  

Title

  

Inventor(s)

AQUA.P102C1    8,284,007    09-Oct-2012    United States of
America
   MAGNETIC PACKAGE FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM    Langner, Paul; Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin; Martinson, Jerry; Gandy, Thomas Wayne
AQUA.P103C1    8,625,704    Jan-7-2014    United States of
America
   REJECTING RF INTERFERENCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS    Sedarat, Hossein; Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P105C1    8,320,411    27-Nov-2012    United States of
America
   FAST RETRAINING FOR TRANSCEIVERS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS    Sedarat, Hossein; Langner, Paul; Shirani, Ramin; Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P106CIP1    8,442,099    14-May-2013    United States of
America
   CROSSTALK CANCELLATION FOR A COMMON-MODE CHANNEL    Sedarat, Hossein
AQUA.P108C1    8,854,986    10/7/2014    United States of
America
   ENERGY EFFICIENT ETHERNET (EEE) WITH 10GBASE-T STRUCTURES    Paul Langner, Hossein Sedarat
AQUA.P108C2    8,675,504    3/18/2014    United States of
America
   ENERGY EFFICIENT ETHERNET (EEE) WITH 10GBASE-T STRUCTURES    Paul Langner, Hossein Sedarat
AQUA.P109    8,611,451    17-Dec-2013    United States of
America
   PRECODER COEFFICIENT OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS    Sedarat, Hossein
AQUA.P110    8,659,986    25-Feb-14    United States of
America
   CROSSTALK CANCELLATION FOR A MULTIPORT ETHERNET SYSTEM    Jerold Martinson, PaulLangner, Hossein Sedarat
AQUA.P114    6,794,946    21-Sep-2004    United States of
America
   FREQUENCY ACQUISITION FOR DATA RECOVERY LOOPS    Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P115    7,167,517    23-Jan-2007    United States of
America
   ANALOG N-TAP FIR RECEIVER EQUALIZER    Farjadrad, Ramin; Lee, Thomas H.
AQUA.P116    7,333,578    19-Feb-2008    United States of
America
   LINEAR DATA RECOVERY PHASE DETECTOR    Farjadrad, Ramin; Horowitz, Mark
AQUA.P117    7,221,196    22-May-2007    United States of
America
   LOW-POWER LOW-VOLTAGE MULTI-LEVEL VARIABLE-RESISTOR LINE DRIVER    Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P117CIP1    7,528,629    05-May-2009    United States of
America
   LOW-POWER LOW-VOLTAGE MULTI-LEVEL VARIABLE-RESISTOR LINE DRIVER    Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P117CIP2    7,532,048    12-May-2009    United States of
America
   MULTI-LEVEL VARIABLE-RESISTOR LINE DRIVER    Shirani, Ramin; Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P118    7,583,724    01-Sep-2009    United States of
America
   LOW-POWER MIXED-MODE ECHO/CROSSTALK CANCELLATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS    Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P120    7,739,558    15-Jun-2010    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECTIFYING ERRORS IN THE PRESENCE OF KNOWN TRAPPING SETS IN ITERATIVE DECODERS AND EXPEDITED BIT ERROR RATE TESTING    Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P124    8,279,783    02-Oct-2012    United States of
America
   LINEAR-EQUIVALENT ECHO AND NEXT CANCELLERS FOR TOMLINSON-HARASHIMA PRECODING (THP) SYSTEMS    Bates, Stephen; Sedarat, Hossein
AQUA.P125    7,589,567    15-Sep-2009    United States of
America
   COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR CURRENT SOURCE CHANNEL- LENGTH MODULATION    Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P127    7,818,649    19-Oct-2010    United States of
America
   EFFICIENT MESSAGE PASSING SCHEME OF ITERATIVE ERROR CORRECTING DECODERS    Farjadrad, Ramin; Benyamin, Saied
AQUA.P128    7,706,434    27-Apr-2010    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CANCELLING INTERFERENCE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM    Farjadrad, Ramin; Behtash, Saman
AQUA.P129    7,577,891    18-Aug-2009    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDING DECODING TIME IN AN ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT CODEWORD PIPELINING    Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P130    7,663,412    16-Feb-2010    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LEAKAGE CURRENT COMPENSATION IN ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS    Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P131    7,669,106    23-Feb-2010    United States of
America
   OPTIMIZATION OF LOW DENSITY PARITY CHECK (LDPC) BUILDING BLOCKS USING MULTI-INPUT GILBERT CELLS    Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P132    7,805,642    28-Sep-2010    United States of
America
   LOW POWER ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT DATA PIPELINING AND VOLTAGE SCALING    Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P133    7,797,613    14-Sep-2010    United States of
America
   DIGITAL IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ENHANCED MINSUM ALGORITHM FOR ERROR CORRECTION IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS    Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P136C1    8,234,536    31-Jul-2012    United States of
America
   ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT DATA PIPELINING AND TIME- INTERLEAVED PROCESSING    Farjadrad, Ramin; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P137C1    8,281,210    02-Oct-2012    United States of
America
   OPTIMIZED CORRECTION FACTOR FOR LOW-POWER MIN-SUM LOW DENSITY PARITY CHECK DECODER (LDPC)    Shirani, Ramin; Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P141    7,675,450    09-Mar-2010    United States of
America
   DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC) FOR HIGH FREQUENCY AND HIGH RESOLUTION ENVIRONMENTS    Tabatabaie, Ali; Farjadrad, Ramin
AQUA.P146    8,020,070    13-Sep-2011    United States of
America
   TRAPPING SET DECODING FOR TRANSMISSION FRAMES    Langner, Paul; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P146CIP1    8,196,016    05-Jun-2012    United States of
America
   TRAPPING SET DECODING FOR TRANSMISSION FRAMES    Langner, Paul; Shirani, Ramin
AQUA.P147    8,098,768    17-Jan-2012    United States of
America
   COMPENSATION OF ETHERNET TRANSMIT BASELINE WANDER    Langner, Paul; Sedarat, Hossein; Gandy, Thomas Wayne


AQUA.P148C1      8,156,359       10-Apr-2012    United States of
America
   LOW-POWER IDLE MODE FOR NETWORK TRANSCEIVER    Sedarat, Hossein; Barkan, Ozdal; Woodruff, William
AQUA.P149      8,724,678       5/19/2014    United States of
America
   ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE REDUCTION IN WIRELINE APPLICATIONS USING DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL COMPENSATION    Ramin Farjadrad, MichaelBrown
AQUA.P149CIP1      8,891,595       11/18/2014    United States of
America
   ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE REDUCTION IN WIRELINE APPLICATIONS USING DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL COMPENSATION    Ramin Farjadrad, MichaelBrown
AQUA.P150      8,891,383       11/18/2014    United States of
America
   HIGH-SPEED ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER CALIBRATION WITH ECHO CANCELLER REUSE    FadiSaibi, Hossein Sedarat, Ramin Farjadrad
AQUA.P161C1      8,861,663       10/14/2014    United States of
America
   CORRELATED NOISE CANCELLER FOR HIGH-SPEED ETHERNET RECEIVERS    Hossein Sedarat
AQUA.P178      7,227,883       05-Jun-2007    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178C1      7,362,791       22-Apr-2008    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178CIP1      7,366,231       29-Apr-2008    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178CIP1 CN      0580018010       26-May-2010    China (Peoples
Republic)
   SUB-BLOCK DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178CIP1J P      4796051       05-Aug-2011    Japan    SUB-BLOCK DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178CIP1 TW      I360305       11-Mar-2012    Taiwan    SUB-BLOCK DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PR    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P178TW      1377814       21-Nov-2012    Taiwan    A METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay; Cohen, Eran
AQUA.P180      7,466,746       16-Dec-2008    United States of
America
   SINGLE AMPLIFIER PRESAMPLE PROCESSING CIRCUITRY    Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P180TW      I338464       01-Mar-2011    Taiwan    SINGLE AMPLIFIER PRESAMPLE PROCESSING CIRCUITRY    Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P181      7,747,923       29-Jun-2010    United States of
America
   LOW-POWER RECEIVER DECODING    Dabiri, Dariush; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P181TW      1371929       01-Sep-2012    Taiwan    METHOD OF A TRANSCEIVER DECODING AN ETHERNET SIGNAL AND ETHERNET SYSTEM    Dabiri, Dariush; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P183      7,461,328       02-Dec-2008    United States of
America
   EFFICIENT DECODING    Dabiri, Dariush; Barot, Nitin
AQUA.P183CIP1      7,634,710       15-Dec-2009    United States of
America
   EFFICIENT DECODING    Dabiri, Dariush; Barot, Nitin
AQUA.P183CIP1 D1      8,234,550       31-Jul-2012    United States of
America
   EFFICIENT DECODING    Dabiri, Dariush; Barot, Nitin
AQUA.P184      7,720,015       18-May-2010    United States of
America
   RECEIVER ADC CLOCK DELAY BASED ON ECHO SIGNALS    Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P184TW      1323983       21-Apr-2010    Taiwan    RECEIVER ADC CLOCK DELAY BASED ON ECHO SIGNALS    Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P185      7,782,852       24-Aug-2010    United States of
America
   MULTIPLE MODULATION RATE 10GBASE-T TRANSMISSION    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay
AQUA.P185TW      I337020       01-Feb-2011    Taiwan    MULTIPLE MODULATION RATE 10GBASE-T TRANSMISSION    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay
AQUA.P186      7,646,699       12-Jan-2010    United States of
America
   TRANSCEIVER POWER BACKOFF    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay
AQUA.P186TW      I326176       11-Jun-2010    Taiwan    TRANSCEIVER POWER BACKOFF    Tellado, Jose; Kasturia, Sanjay
AQUA.P189      8,279,912       02-Oct-2012    United States of
America
   TRANCEIVER NON-LINEARITY CANCELLATION    Dabiri, Dariush; Tellado, Jose; Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P189TW      I351199       21-Oct-2011    Taiwan    TRANSCEIVER NON-LINEARITY CANCELLATION    Dabiri, Dariush; Tellado, Jose; Gupta, Sandeep Kumar
AQUA.P190      7,860,020       28-Dec-2010    United States of
America
   MASTER/SLAVE TRANSCEIVER POWER BACK-OFF    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P190C1      8,520,562       27-Aug-2013    United States of
America
   MASTER/SLAVE TRANSCEIVER POWER BACK-OFF    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P190C2      8,804,582       8/12/2014    United States of
America
   MASTER/SLAVE TRANSCEIVER POWER BACK-OFF    Dimitry Taich, Jose Tellado
AQUA.P191      7,782,929       24-Aug-2010    United States of
America
   MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL TRANSCEIVER    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P191TW      I355150       21-Dec-2011    Taiwan    MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL TRANSCEIVER    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P192      7,729,464       01-Jun-2010    United States of
America
   AIDING SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN MASTER AND SLAVE TRANSCEIVERS    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P193      7,957,456       07-Jun-2011    United States of
America
   SELECTION OF FILTER COEFFICIENTS FOR TRANCEIVER NON- LINEARITY SIGNAL CANCELLATION    Dabiri, Dariush; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P193TW      1368392       11-Jul-2012    Taiwan    SELECTION OF FILTER COEFFICIENTS FOR TRANSCEIVER NON-LINEARITY SIGNAL CANCELLATION   
AQUA.P194      8,416,719       09-Apr-2013    United States of
America
   GENERATING AN ESTIMATED NON-LINEAR ECHO SIGNAL    Dabiri, Dariush
AQUA.P195      7,881,330       01-Feb-2011    United States of
America
   CONTROLLING ACTIVATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY OF DATA PORTS OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P195C1      8,885,662       11-Nov-2014    United States of
America
   CONTROLLING ACTIVATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY OF DATA PORTS OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM    Taich, Dimitry; Tellado, Jose
AQUA.P196      8,321,708       27-Nov-2012    United States of
America
   INTERFACING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) WITH A LOW-POWER PHYSICAL LAYER (PHY) CONTROL    Dring, John; Tellado, Jose; Taich, Dimitry
AQUA.P197      8,295,214       23-Oct-2012    United States of
America
   REDUCING TRANSMIT SIGNAL COMPONENTS OF A RECEIVE SIGNAL OF A TRANSCEIVER    Chandra, Gaurav; Malkin, Moshe; Dabiri, Dariush
AQUA.P199      8,792,597       7/29/2014    United States of
America
   REDUCING ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE IN A RECEIVE SIGNAL WITH AN ANALOG CORRECTION SIGNAL    Mosche Malkin, Jose Tellado
AQUA200      8,254,490       28-Aug-2012    United States of
America
   REDUCING TRANSMIT SIGNAL COMPONENTS OF A RECEIVE SIGNAL OF A TRANSCEIVER USING A SHARED DAC ARCHITECTURE    Chandra, Gaurav
AQUA201      8,804,793       12-Aug-2014    United States of
America
   METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST LINK RECOVERY    Wu, Jiangfeng; Tellado, Jose; Dring, John; Ferdosi, Nima
AQUA203      8,804,794       12-Aug-2014    United States of
America
   ADJUSTABLE LATENCY TRANSCEIVER PROCESSING    Malkin, Moshe; Tellado, Jose; McCarthy, Frank
AQUA204      8,804,798       12-Aug-2014    United States of
America
   TRANSCEIVER SPECTRUM CONTROL FOR CROSS-TALK MITIGATION    Malkin, Moshe; Tellado, Jose


PENDING PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

PPG No.

  

App. No.

 

Filing Date

  

Country

AQUA.P103C2    13/965,635   8/13/2013    United States of America
AQUA.P104C1    12/604,323   10/22/2009    United States of America
AQUA.P106C1    12/563,938   9/21/2009    United States of America
AQUA.P111    13/039,099   3/2/2011    United States of America
AQUA.P163    13/625,820   9/24/2012    United States of America
AQUA.P166    13/268,236   10/7/2011    United States of America
AQUA.P168    13/346,534   1/9/2012    United States of America
AQUA.P169    13/413,029   3/6/2012    United States of America
AQUA.P174    13/523,826   6/14/2012    United States ofAmerica
AQUA.P175    13/966,208   8/13/2013    United States of America
AQUA.P176    13/671,132   11/7/2012    United States of America
AQUA.P198    12/789,728   5/28/2010    United States of America
AQUA.P205    13/398,748   2/16/2012    United States of America
AQUA.P209    14/030,317   9/18/2013    United States of America
AQUA.P210    14/459,260   8/13/2014    United States of America
AQUA.P211    14/180,082   2/13/2014    United States of America


EXPIRED MATTERS

 

PPG No.

  

App. No.

  

Filing Date

  

Country

  

Title

AQUA.P102P    61/173,394    4/28/2009    United States of America    MAGNETIC PACKAGE FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
AQUA.P103P    61/153,440    2/18/2009    United States of America    REJECTING RF INTERFERENCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
AQUA.P104P    61/141,640    12/30/2008    United States of America    A COMMON MODE DETECTOR FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
AQUA.P104P1    61/141,639    12/30/2008    United States of America    A COMMON MODE DETECTOR FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
AQUA.P105P    61/148,112    1/29/2009    United States of America    FAST RETRAINING FOR TRANSCEIVERS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
AQUA.P106P    61/099,979       United States of America    INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN 10GBASE-T AND OTHER MULTI CHANNEL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
AQUA.P109P    61/453,215    3/16/2011    United States of America    PRECODER COEFFICIENT OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
AQUA.P111P    61/310,096       United States of America    CRC-8 FRAME CORRECTION
AQUA.P120P    60/692,897    6/22/2005    United States of America    APPLICATION OF NOISE BIASING TOWARD EXPEDITED BIT ERROR RATE TESTING
AQUA.P121P    60/680,913       United States of America    OPTIMIZATION OF LDPC BUILDING BLOCKS USING ALTERNATING MIRRORED GILBERT CELLS
AQUA.P122P    60/680,906       United States of America    IMPROVED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION TECHNIQUE USING A SINGLE-VCO CDR ARCHITECTURE WITH DUAL TRACKING CAPABILITY
AQUA.P123P    60/705,962       United States of America    OPTIMIZATION OF LDPC BUILDING BLOCKS USING ALTERNATING MIRRORED GILBERT CELLS
AQUA.P124P    60/708,015    8/12/2005    United States of America    LINEAR-EQUIVALENT ECHO CANCELLER FOR TOMLIMSON-HARASHIMA PRECODING (THP) SYSTEMS
AQUA.P125P    60/710,421    8/22/2005    United States of America    COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR CURRENT SOURCE CHANNEL-LENGTH MODULATION
AQUA.P126P    60/710,964       United States of America    MIXED-MODE ECHO CANCELLATION ARCHITECTURE FOR 10GBASE-T/ANALOG ECHO CANCELLATION CONSIDERATIONS
AQUA.P127P    60/740,816    11/30/2005    United States of America    HIGH EFFICIENT MESSAGE PASSING SCHEME FOR ITERATIVE ERROR CORRECTING DECODERS
AQUA.P128P    60/671,814    4/15/2005    United States of America    RECEIVER MIXED-SIGNAL ARCHITECTURE FOR 10GBASE-T IEEE 802.3
AQUA.P129P    60/685,481    5/27/2005    United States of America    EXTENSION OF DECODING TIME IN ITERATIVE ERROR CORRECTING DECODERS USING INPUT CODEWORD PIPELINING
AQUA.P129WO    PCT/US06/20900    5/26/2006    United States ofAmerica    METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDING DECODING TIME IN AN ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT CODEWORD
AQUA.P130P    60/689,501    6/10/2005    United States of America    WIDE RANGE SUBTHRESHOLD CURRENT MIRRORING
AQUA.P131P    60/671,820    4/15/2005    United States of America    OPTIMIZATION OF LDPC BUILDING BLOCKS USING MULTI-INPUT GILBERT CELLS
AQUA.P132P    60/774,906    2/17/2006    United States of America    LOW POWER ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT DATA PIPELINING AND VOLTAGE SCALING
AQUA.P133P    60/776,026    2/22/2006    United States of America    DIGITAL IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ENHANCED MINSUM ALGORITHM FOR ERROR CORRECTION IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS
AQUA.P136P    60/819,101    7/7/2006    United States of America    ITERATIVE DECODER USING INPUT DATA PIPELINING AND TIME INTERLEAVED PROCESSING
AQUA.P137P    60/819,056    7/7/2006    United States of America    OPTIMIZED CORRECTION FACTOR FOR LOW POWER MIN SUM LOW DENSITY PARITY CHECK DECODER (LDPC)
AQUA.P138P    60/886,619    1/24/2007    United States of America    DENA BOOST FILTER AND PGA
AQUA.P139P    60/886,500    1/24/2007    United States of America    DENA BOOST FILTER AND PGA
AQUA.P140P    60/888,881       United States of America    MAGNETICS DROOP COMPENSATION FOR 10G/1G PHYS
AQUA.P141P    60/943,828    6/13/2007    United States of America    D/A CONVERTER
AQUA.P142P    61/168,071       United States of America    ON-CHIP LINEAR REGULATOR WITH PULSED CONTROL
AQUA.P143P    60/970,210       United States of America    OPTIMIZATION OF LOGIC BLOCKS FOR SPEED AND LEAKAGE USING MULTI-Vth DEVICES
AQUA.P144P    61/152,237       United States ofAmerica    A CABLE EMULATOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR TESTING OF COMMUNICATION TRANSCEIVERS
AQUA.P145P    61/168,078       United States of America    DIGITAL ON-CHIP LINEAR REGULATOR
AQUA.P146P    60/992,457    12/5/2007    United States of America    TRAPPING SET DECODER FOR THE IEEE 10GBASE-T LDPC CODE
AQUA.P147P    61/027,766    2/11/2008    United States of America    100BASE-TX ETHERNET, TRANSMIT BASELINE WANDER COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE
AQUA.P148P    61/051,293    5/7/2008    United States of America    EXTENDED LOW-POWER IDLE (XLPI) FOR 10GBASE-T ENERGY-EFFICIENT ETHERNET
AQUA.P149P    61/349,492    5/28/2010    United States of America    ELECTROMAGNETIC EMISSION REDUCTION IN WIRELINE APPLICATIONS USING DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL IMBALANCING
AQUA.P150P    61/359,577    6/29/2010    United States of America    ANALOG FRONT-END AUTOMATED CALIBRATION AND SCREENING USING ECHO CANCELLERS
AQUA.P151P    61/360,606    7/1/2010    United States of America    VARIABLE RESISTOR VOLTAGE DRIVER WITH SELF-NOISE COMPENSATION CIRCUIT
AQUA.P152P    61/224,299       United States of America    A LOW-VOLTAGE INDUCTIVE-COUPLED VOLTAGE DRIVER
AQUA.P162P    61/435,180    1/21/2011    United States of America    METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE FILTERING RATE CONTROL
AQUA.P167P    61/544,839    10/7/2011    United States of America    METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNIFIED DATA TRANSMISSION OF HIGH DEFINITION MEDIA INTERFACES USING HIGH SPEED ETHERNET
AQUA.P175P1    61/682,694    8/13/2012    United States of America    SUB-RATE CODES WITHIN THE 10GBASE-T FRAME STRUCTURE
AQUA.P178CIP1WO    PCT/US05/08921    3/18/2005    United States of America    SUB-BLOCK DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING
AQUA.P178WO    PCT/US04/35351    10/19/2004    United States of America    A METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOMAIN TRANSFORMATION MULTIPLE SIGNAL PROCESSING
AQUA.P180WO    PCT/US06/21177    5/31/2006    United States of America    SINGLE AMPLIFIER PRESAMPLE PROCESSING CIRCUITRY
AQUA.P181WO    PCT/US05/29597    8/17/2005    United States of America    LOW POWER RECEIVER DECODING
AQUA.P183WO    PCT/US06/10626    3/23/2006    United States of America    EFFICIENT DECODING
AQUA.P185WO    PCT/US06/39485    10/10/2006    United States of America    MULTIPLE MODULATION RATE 10GBASE-T TRANSMISSION
AQUA.P186WO    PCT/US06/47241    12/12/2006    United States of America    TRANSCEIVER POWER BACKOFF
AQUA.P187P1    60/752,729       United States of America    TRANSMISSION PRE-CODING
AQUA.P188WO1    PCT/US07/04179    2/13/2007    United States of America    AUTO-SEQUENCING TRANSMISSION SPEED OF A DATA PORT
AQUA.P191WO    PCT/US07/74102    7/23/2007    United States of America    MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL TRANSCEIVER
AQUA.P193WO    PCT/US08/57215    3/17/2008    United States of America    SELECTION OF FILTER COEFFICIENTS FOR TRANCEIVER NON-LINEARITY SIGNAL CANCELLATION
AQUA.P201P1    61/364,893    7/16/2010    United States of America    METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST LINK RECOVERY
AQUA.P202P1    61/381,911       United States of America    FULL DUPLEX 10GBASE-T TRANSMITTER HYBRID WITH SFDR < -65DBC OVER 400MHZ IN 40NM CMOS
AQUA.P210P2    61/944,829    2/26/2014    United States of America    HIGH-SPEED ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER WITH SUB-RATE MODES
AQUA.P210P    61/865,810    8/14/2013    United States of America    HIGH-SPEED ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER WITH SUB-RATE MODES


TRADEMARKS:

 

     Serial Number    Reg. Number    Word Mark    Check Status    Live/Dead
1    86387031       NBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
2    86261566       AQRATE ALLIANCE    TSDR    LIVE
3    86320145       NEXTGENBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
4    86320137       NEXTGBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
5    86320125       MULTIGBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
6    86320110       MULTIGIGBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
7    86320101       NGBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
8    86320094       MGBASE-T    TSDR    LIVE
9    86261411       AQRATE COMPLIANT    TSDR    LIVE
10    86261408       AQRATE CERTIFIED    TSDR    LIVE
11    85603923    4568772    AQRATE    TSDR    LIVE
12    85588669    4467084    UNLEASH YOUR BANDWIDTH    TSDR    LIVE
13    77745609    3728162    AQUANTIA    TSDR    LIVE

MATERIAL INBOUND LICENSES:

 

  1. Mysticom Inc. Technology License Agreement

 

  2. Special Purpose License and Maintenance Agreement (“SPLA”), Software License and Maintenance Agreement (“SLMA”) and Cadence Limited License and Maintenance Agreement (“CLLA”) with Cadence Design Systems, Inc.

 

  3. Tensilica, Inc . License Agreement

 

  4. ARM Artisan Physical IP End User License Agreement

 

  5. Synopsys, Inc. License Agreement

 

  6. Gennum Corporation (Snowbush) Core License Agreement

 

  7. Ramin Farjadrad Sublicense Agreements

 

  8. Anadec GmbH Agreement

 

  9. Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd . Library Usage Agreement

 

  10. Posedge, Inc. IP Core License Agreement

 

  11. MorethanIP License Agreement

 

  12. PLX Technology, Inc. Patent License and Purchase Option Agreement

 

  13. Berkeley Design Automation, Inc. Software License Agreement

 

  14. Helic Agreement

 

  15. Virage Logic Corporation Master License Agreement


  16. Northwest Logic IP Core License Agreement

 

  17. VSemi Agreement

 

  18. Mentor Graphics Agreement

 

  19. Aragio Agreement

 

  20. Anadec Agreement

 

  21. Mellanox Technologies, Ltd. License Agreement

 

  22. Magma Design Automation Inc. Software License Agreement

 

  23. ICScape, Inc. License Agreement

 

  24. IC Manag e Software License Agreement

 

  25. Apache Design, Inc. Software License Agreement


EXHIBIT E

BORROWER’S DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

Deposit Accounts

 

Institution Name and Address

  

Account Number

  

Average Balance in Account

  

Name of Account
Owner

Silicon Valley Bank          Aquantia Corp.
Citibank         

Aquantia

 

Semiconductor India Private Limited

Securities Accounts

 

Institution Name and Address

  

Account Number

  

Average Balance in Account

  

Name of Account Owner

SVB Asset Management          Aquantia Corp.


EXHIBIT F

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT G

JOINDER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT H

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT I

ACH DEBIT AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF PURCHASE ORDER

See Attached.


LOGO

WebPO Print Page https://supplier.intel.com/epo/app/webPOPrint.aspx?pos=3000877105…
Intel Confidential
intel
PO#: 3000877105 Type: Standard PO
Change Order:
Buyer:
INTEL CORPORATION PO Type: New
2200 Mission College Blvd. SC4.203 PO Generation Date: 03 Nov 2014
PO Box: 58119 PO Original Date: 03 Nov 2014
SANTA CLARA CA 95052
US
VAT Reg:
Currency: US Dollar
Seller: Terms: 30 Days Net
AQUANTIA CORP **Do not insure**
700 Tasman Dr **Intel will not reimburse**
Milpitas CA 95035-7456
UNITED STATES Confirmed Phone:
Confirmed Date:
Bill To:
INTEL COPORATION
HILLSBORO Contact: OFSFAB West
ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Contact Phone: 877-811-2574
P.O. BOX 1000 Contact Email: N/A
HILLSBORO OR 97123
USA
** UNLESS NOTED IN THE LINE DETAIL PLEASE FOLLOW
** THE FOLLOWING SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS:
Ship To: Intel Coproration
17 Motzkin Street
Tirat Hacarmel, 3902656
ISRAEL
Line Number Intel Number Supplier Item Number Unit Price Requested Qty U/M Requested Line Amt
Line Status Outstanding Qty
00001 38.00 1000 EA 38,000.00
New 1000.0000
Description: CPVL DP FCBGA 19x19mm EZX557-AT2
1 of 2 11/4/2014 8:09 AM


LOGO

WebPO Print Page https://supplier.intel.com/epo/app/webPOPrint.aspx?pos=3000877105...
Please follow the table supplied that references specific grade unit
requirement and quantities.
Contact Name: Yael Zuri
Email: YAEL.ZURI@INTEL.COM
Phone Number: +972 73 325 3859
Required Date: 03 Nov 2014 Factory ID:
Promised Date: Machine IT Location:
Machine:
FOB/FRT: FCA Intel Dock
INCO terms: FCA
Shipping Condition:
Shipping Instruction:
Disclaimer: Intel requires you to use Intel routing guide solely to obtain carrier and service level assignments for shipments tendered by or on behalf of you and for no other purpose. Intel routing guide can be viewed at http://supplier.intel.com/routingGuide/app/Index.aspx
Total Purchase Order Value: 38,000.00
This document confirms the purchase order from Intel. Only the terms and conditions contained in this PO apply. Any additional or conflicting terms and conditions on quotations of acknowledgement from the Seller are hereby rejected. The acceptance of items delivered hereunder by Intel shall not be acceptance of terms and conditions of the supplier.
************************************************************
* INVOICE INFORMATION
* INTEL WILL REMIT PAYMENT TO THE SUPPLIES NAME AND
* ADDRESS LISTED BELOW WITHOUT REGARD TO THE REMIT-TO
* INSTRUCTIONS ON THE INVOICE. CONTACT THE INTEL
* BUYER TO MAKE NECESSARY CORRECTIONS
************************************************************
AQUANTIA CORP
700 Tasman Dr
Milpitas, CA 95035-7456
USA
INTEL CORPORATIONS APPROVALS
OFSFAB West
877-811-2574
Intel Confidential N/A
2 of 2 11/4/2014 8:09AM


LOGO

CISCO SYSTEMSR
Vendor AQUANTIA CORPORATION
700 TASMAN DR
MILIPTAS, CA 95035
United States
SHIP TO
Cisco Systems India Private Limited
Divyasree Chambers, Wing B
#11, O’Shaughnessy Road Akkithimanahalli, Bangalore, 560 027
India
BILL TO
Cisco Systems Inc.
Accounts Payable
PO Box # 696024
San Antonio, TX 78269
United States
Purchase Order
PURCHASE ORDER REVISION PAGE
US202019418 0 1
THIS PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER MUST APPEAR ON ALL
DATE OF ORD 02-DEC-14 BUYE S Lin
DATE OF REVIS BUYER
CUSTOMER ACC
5852536
VENDOR NO.
409156
PAYMENT TERMS
NET 30
FREIGHT TERMS
PREPAY&BILL
F.O.B.
Destination
SHIP VIA
CONFIRM TO / TELEPHONE
REQUESTOR / DELIVER TO
Jebaraj, Jebakumar Samuel
LINE PART NUMBER / DESCRIPTION DELIVERY DATE QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE EXTENSION TAX
1 PR 201509342 VE project SakeCR (AA94HK) Q2FY15 spend Green Apple 15-102016-01 AQUANTIA B1 PHY P/N: AQR205-B1-EG-Y 02-DEC-14 2.00 EACH 60 120.00 N
Delivery date shown is date due on CISCO’S dock.
Resale # SR BHA 19-718623
Seller agrees to comply with all applicable laws including, if appropriate. Executive Order 11246, as amended, 38 USC 2012 of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act of 1974 and Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the regulations at 41 CFR Parts 60-1 through 60-60, 60-250, and 60-741. Total 120.00
CONFIRMING ORDER - DO NOT DUPLICATE
Please mark P.O. number on outside of shipping carton AUTHORIZED SIGNATUR
CISCO 002 Rev. 5/99


SCHEDULE 1

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

  

Date of Formation

Aquantia Corp.    Delaware    January 27, 2004
Novin IP, Inc.    California    Subsidiary due to Merger 03/19/2005
Aquantia Semiconductor India Private Limited    India    September 9, 2011
Aquantia Rus Limited Liability Company    Russia    December 26, 2012
Aquantia B.V.    Netherlands    December 12, 2014


SCHEDULE 1.1

COMMITMENTS

 

LENDER

   REVOLVING COMMITMENT  

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

   $ 11,500,000   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL COMMITMENTS

   $ 11,500,000   
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 1A

PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

 

Name of Holder of

Lien/Encumbrance

  

Description of Property Encumbered

  

Name of

Company/Subsidiary

Faraj Aalaei ($175,000)    Deferred Bonus    Aquantia Corp.


SCHEDULE 1B

EXISTING PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

  

Date of Formation

Aquantia Corp.    Delaware    January 27, 2004
Novin IP, Inc.    California    Subsidiary due to Merger 03/19/2005
Aquantia Semiconductor India Private Limited    India    September 9, 2011
Aquantia Rus Limited Liability Company    Russia    December 26, 2012
Aquantia B.V.    Netherlands    December 12, 2014


SCHEDULE 1C

EXISTING PERMITTED LIENS

 

Name of Holder of Lien/Encumbrance

  

Description of Property Encumbered

  

Name of Company/Subsidiary

Regency Tasman Holdings, LLC Deposit (Cash Deposit of $29,022.40)    Leased Property from the lessor    Aquantia Corp.
India Building lease Deposit (Approx. $70,809)    Leased Property from the lessor    Aquantia Semiconductor India Private Limited
Cash Deposit with SVB for LOC       Aquantia Corp.


SCHEDULE 1D

ELIGIBLE CUSTOMERS AND CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS

Customers/Contract Manufacturers

 

¨ Arista Networks, Inc.

 

¨ Aruba Networks, Inc.

 

¨ ASUSTek Computer Inc.

 

¨ Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.

 

¨ Cisco Systems, Inc.

 

¨ Dell Inc.

 

¨ Hewlett-Packard Company

 

¨ IBM Corporation – The International Business Machines Corporation

 

¨ Intel Corporation

 

¨ Juniper Networks, Inc.

 

¨ Oracle Corporation

 

¨ Qualcomm Incorporated

 

¨ Accton Technology Corporation

 

¨ Flextronics MFG (H.K.) LTD

 

¨ Global Foundries

 

¨ HON HAI PRECISION INDUSTRY CO., LTD.
  Foxconn Technology Group

 

¨ Jabil Circuit, Inc.

 

¨ NANNING FUGUI PRECISION INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.


SCHEDULE 5.3

CONSENTS

None.


SCHEDULE 5.5

ACTIONS BEFORE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES

 

Action

  

Description

  

Name of Company/Subsidiary

Assessment Appeal filed November 20, 2014    Santa Clara County (Property Tax) Fully accrued (2011 – 2013 Estimated at $38k if appeal lost)    Aquantia Corp.


SCHEDULE 5.8

TAX MATTERS

 

Action

  

Description

  

Name of Company/Subsidiary

Assessment Appeal filed November 20, 2014    Santa Clara County (Property Tax) Fully accrued (2011 – 2013 Estimated at $38k if appeal lost)    Aquantia Corp.


SCHEDULE 5.9

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY CLAIMS

None.


SCHEDULE 5.10

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PATENTS

Licenses and permits from others: (Agreements to be attached separately)

 

  1. Mysticom Inc. Technology License Agreement

 

  2. Special Purpose License and Maintenance Agreement (“SPLA”), Software License and Maintenance Agreement (“SLMA”) and Cadence Limited License and Maintenance Agreement (“CLLA”) with Cadence Design Systems, Inc.

 

  3. Tensilica, Inc . License Agreement

 

  4. ARM Artisan Physical IP End User License Agreement

 

  5. Synopsys, Inc. License Agreement

 

  6. Gennum Corporation (Snowbush) Core License Agreement

 

  7. Ramin Farjadrad Sublicense Agreements

 

  8. Anadec GmbH Agreement

 

  9. Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd . Library Usage Agreement

 

  10. Posedge, Inc. IP Core License Agreement

 

  11. MorethanIP License Agreement

 

  12. PLX Technology, Inc. Patent License and Purchase Option Agreement

 

  13. Berkeley Design Automation, Inc. Software License Agreement

 

  14. Helic Agreement

 

  15. Virage Logic Corporation Master License Agreement

 

  16. Northwest Logic IP Core License Agreement

 

  17. VSemi Agreement

 

  18. Mentor Graphics Agreement

 

  19. Aragio Agreement

 

  20. Anadec Agreement

 

  21. Mellanox Technologies, Ltd. License Agreement

 

  22. Magma Design Automation Inc. Software License Agreement

 

  23. ICScape, Inc. License Agreement

 

  24. IC Manage Software License Agreement

 

  25. Apache Design, Inc . Software License Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.11

BORROWER PRODUCTS

None.


SCHEDULE 5.13

EMPLOYEE LOANS

In connection with the exercise of certain stock options, Faraj Aalaei issued the Company a $1,130,521.98 Secured Promissory Note, dated June 22, 2009, as amended June 22, 2011, in a principal amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.

In connection with the exercise of certain stock options, Faraj Aalaei issued the Company a $626,028.70 Secured Promissory Note, dated February 18, 2010, as amended June 22, 2011, in a principal amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.

In connection with the exercise of certain stock options, Ramin Shirani issued the Company a $219,128.07 Secured Promissory Note, dated June 22, 2009, in a principal amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.

In connection with the exercise of certain stock options, Ramin Shirani issued the Company a $36,300.00 Secured Promissory Note, dated March 18, 2010, in a principal amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.

In connection with the exercise of certain stock options, Ramin Shirani issued the Company a $57,099.46 Secured Promissory Note, dated November 15, 2010, in a principal amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.


SCHEDULE 5.14

CAPITALIZATION

CAPITALIZATION TABLE:


Cap Table as of December 31, 2014

 

Name

   Total FD Shares      FD %  
Preferred Stock      

NEA

     33,575,147         14.40

Rusnano

     28,336,859         12.15

Pinnacle Ventures

     27,986,975         12.00

Greylock

     20,698,117         8.88

Lightspeed Venture Partners

     18,199,241         7.80

Other Investors

     12,408,234         5.32

NetL

     8,075,371         3.46

Cisco Systems, Inc.

     6,462,714         2.77

Xilinx

     5,239,516         2.25

Intel Capital Corporation

     5,115,623         2.19

Lip-Bu Tan

     4,821,850         2.07

VTA Fund II, LP

     4,597,698         1.97

Global Foundries

     2,692,321         1.15
Common Stock      

Common Stock Issued

     25,640,002         11.00

Common Stock Warrants

     121,513         0.05

Options

     

Outstanding Options

     26,495,816         11.36

Available Pool

     2,725,838         1.17

Total

     233,192,835         100


fully diluted shares

 

Current Capitalization Table    As of December,
2014
    % Fully Diluted  

Preferred Stock

    

Series A Preferred Stock

     18,329,516        7.86

Series A Warrants

     334,998        0.14

Series B Preferred Stock

     12,049,428        5.17

Series B Warrants

     31,973        0.01

Series C Preferred Stock

     1,000,000        0.43

Series C Warrants

     3,665,238        1.57

Series D Preferred Stock

     57,172,304        24.52

Series D Warrants

     825,334        0.35

Series E Preferred Stock

     26,438,711        11.34

Series F Preferred Stock

     43,103,440        18.48

Series F Warrants

     646,552        0.28

Series G Warrants

     640,129        0.27

Series G Preferred Stock

     13,972,043        5.99
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     178,209,665        76.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock

    

Common Stock Pool

     29,856,656        12.80

Less issued RSPAs

     (113,500     -0.05

Increase in the Pool

     18,000,000        7.72

Common Stock Option Pool

     47,743,156        20.47

Less Options Granted r(51,619,923)

     -22.14  

Plus Options Forfeited

     6,531,730        2.80

Common Stock Repurchased

     70,875        0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock Pool Reserve (unallocated)

     2,725,838        1.17

Common Stock Issued

     25,640,002        11.00

Options Outstanding

     26,495,816        11.36

Common Warrant

     121,513        0.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54,983,169        23.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fully-diluted capitalization

     233,192,835        100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock Authorized

     256,100,000        256,100,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

E XHIBIT 10.12

[*]  = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT FOR 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET PHYSICAL LAYER DEVICES

Agreement #: ___________________

Effective Date:                     1/15/2009

Expiration Date:                    1/15/2019

CNDA #:                      4043669

 

BUYER : Intel Corporation (and all Intel Subsidiaries and Affiliates, hereinafter “ Buyer ” or “ Intel ”).
     2200 Mission College Blvd
     Santa Clara, CA 95054-1549

 

SUPPLIER : Aquantia Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Supplier ” or “ Aquantia ”),
     700 Tasman Drive
     Milpitas, CA 95035
     Tel 408.228.8300

 

Addenda attached hereto and   x    Terms and Conditions of Purchase Agreement Services
incorporated herein by reference   x    A. Statement of Work
(Mark “X” where applicable):   x    B. Performance Standards
  x    C. Supplemental Provisions (Quality)
  x    D. Protection of Intel’s Assets

Recitals

This Master Purchase Agreement for 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Devices (“Agreement”) is intended by Buyer and Supplier to provide the governing terms and conditions under which:

 

1.

Buyer may procure Items consisting of specific types and amounts of 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Devices from Supplier at various times over the term of the Agreement.

2. Supplier will perform custom work for Buyer relative to the Items.

This Agreement shall support an unlimited number of Project Statements over its term, each of which will specify the unit pricing, scope of work, and performance standards of a specific type of 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Device that Buyer intends to purchase from Supplier. Such Project Statements shall be compiled into Addendum A and referenced in consecutive order (e.g., Project Statement #1 of Addendum A, Project Statement #2 of Addendum A, etc.). All Purchase Orders issued to Supplier by Buyer during the term of this Agreement shall be governed only by the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement notwithstanding any preprinted terms and conditions on Supplier’s acknowledgment or Buyer’s Purchase Order. Any additional or different terms in Supplier’s documents are hereby deemed to be material alterations and notice of objection to and rejection of them is hereby given by Buyer. Any additional or different terms in Buyer’s documents are hereby deemed to be material alterations and notice of objection to and rejection of them is hereby given by Supplier. When Buyer is a subsidiary of Intel, the obligations of the parties run between such subsidiary and the Supplier, and not between Intel Corporation and the Supplier, but any breach by such Intel Subsidiary shall be deemed a breach by Intel Corporation itself.

 

INTEL     AQUANTIA CORPORATION
Signature:   /s/ Tom Swinford     Signature:   /s/ Phil Delansay
Printed Name:   Tom Swinford     Printed Name:   Phil Delansay
Title:   VP and GM, LAN Access Davison     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   1/15/2009     Date:   January 15, 2009


Terms and Conditions of Purchase Agreement — Goods

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

A.

“Hazardous Materials” are or contain dangerous goods, chemicals, contaminants, substances, pollutants, or any other materials that are defined as hazardous by relevant local, state, national, or international law, regulations, and standards.

B.

“Items” means the goods that Supplier is to provide to Buyer as set forth on Addendum A. Any Custom Item shall be indicated by an asterisk (*) on Addendum A or shall otherwise be noted as a Custom Item.

C.

“Purchase Order” is Buyer’s document setting forth specific line Items ordered and Release information.

D.

“Release” means Buyer’s authorization to Supplier to ship in accordance with the Buyer’s Purchase Order, and authorizing Supplier to ship a definite quantity of Items on a specified schedule. The Release is contained in the Purchase Order sent to Supplier.

Definitions E through S are added by Addendum C

T.

Subsidiary ” of a party is an Affiliate Controlled by such party directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

U.

“Control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by”, and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

2.

TERM OF AGREEMENT

A.

The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue to the Expiration Date (stated on the signature page).

B.

At Buyer’s option, Items may be scheduled for delivery up to six (6) months following expiration of this Agreement.

 

3.

PRICING

A.

The pricing for Items provided under this Agreement is set forth on Addendum A. At Buyer’s request, such pricing may be modified pursuant to periodic negotiations between the parties. Notwithstanding such periodic negotiations, under no circumstances shall such negotiated price exceed the price ceiling or price reduction schedule set forth on Addendum A for a period of 18 months from the effective date of the latest negotiated price.

B.

Paragraph reserved

C.

Paragraph reserved

D.

Paragraph reserved

E.

All applicable taxes, including but not limited to sales/use taxes, transaction privilege taxes, value-added taxes (VAT), general services taxes (GST), gross receipts taxes, and other charges such as duties, customs, tariffs, imposts, and government imposed surcharges shall be stated separately on Supplier’s invoice and shall be paid by Buyer to Supplier. Supplier shall remit all such charges to the appropriate tax authority unless Buyer provides sufficient proof of tax exemption acceptable to the taxing authorities in lieu of paying certain taxes. In the event that Buyer is prohibited by law from making payments to Supplier unless Buyer deducts or withholds taxes and remits such taxes to the local taxing jurisdiction, then Buyer shall duly withhold such taxes and shall pay to Supplier the remaining net amount after the taxes have been withheld. Buyer shall not reimburse Supplier for the amount of such taxes withheld. When property is delivered and/or services are provided or the benefit of services occurs within jurisdictions in which Supplier collection and remittance of taxes is required by law, Supplier shall have sole responsibility for payment of said taxes to the appropriate tax authorities. In the event Supplier does not collect tax from Buyer, and is subsequently audited by any tax authority, liability of Buyer will be limited to the tax assessment, with no reimbursement for penalty or interest charges, unless the penalty or interest charges result from submission of invalid information by Buyer. Each party is responsible for its own

 

respective income taxes or taxes based upon net revenues, including but not limited to business and occupation taxes.

F.

Additional costs, except those described on Addendum A, will not be reimbursed without Buyer’s prior written approval.

 

4.

INVOICING AND PAYMENT

A.

Prompt payment discounts will be computed from the latest of: [*]. Payment is made when Buyer’s check is mailed or EDI funds transfer initiated. Buyer shall make payment within [*] of Buyer’s receipt of the proper original invoice or Buyer’s receipt of Items, whichever is later.

B.

Original invoices or packing lists shall be submitted and shall include: purchase agreement number from the Purchase Order, Purchase Order number, line Item number, Release number, part number, complete bill to address, description of items, quantities, unit price, extended totals, and any applicable taxes or other charges. All costs forwarded to Buyer for reimbursement of expenses agreed under the terms of this Agreement shall be net of any reclaimable Value Added Taxes (“VAT”) incurred on such expenses. Buyer’s payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Items.

C.

Supplier agrees to invoice Buyer no later than [*] after shipment of Items. Buyer will not be obligated to make payment against any invoices submitted after such period.

 

5.

TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

A.

Buyer may terminate this Agreement or any Purchase Order or Release issued, or any part thereof, at any time for its sole convenience by giving written notice of termination to Supplier. Upon Supplier’s receipt of such notice, Supplier shall, unless otherwise specified in such notice, immediately stop all work hereunder and give prompt written notice to and cause all of its suppliers or subcontractors to cease all related work.

B.

Any claim for termination charges for Custom Items, along with a summary of all mitigation efforts, must be submitted to Buyer in writing within [*] after receipt of Buyer’s termination notice.

C.

Supplier’s claim may include the net cost of custom work in process scheduled to be delivered within fifty-six (56) days and that must be scrapped due to the termination. Supplier shall, wherever possible, place such custom work in process in its inventory and sell it to other customers. In no event shall such claim exceed the total price for the Items terminated. Upon payment of Supplier’s claim. Buyer shall be entitled to all work and materials paid for.

D.

Before assuming any payment obligation under this section, Buyer may inspect Supplier’s work in process and audit (in accordance with Section 14 “Retentions and Audit”) all relevant documents.

E.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, failure to meet the delivery date(s) in the Purchase Order shall allow Buyer to terminate the order for the Item and/or any subsequent Releases in the Purchase Order without any liability whether the Purchase Order was for standard or custom Items.

 

5A.

TERMINATION FOR BREACH

  

If either party commits a material breach of any obligation hereunder, the other party may, at its option, terminate this Agreement or the affected Purchase Order or Release by [*] written notice to the breaching party. Such notice shall state the breach upon which termination is based. Notwithstanding such notice, termination shall not occur if such breach is cured within the notice period.

 

6.

CONTINGENCIES

    

Neither party shall be responsible for its failure to perform due to causes beyond its reasonable control, such as acts of God, fire, theft, war, riot, embargoes or acts of civil or military authorities. If delivery is to be delayed by such contingencies, Supplier shall promptly notify Buyer in writing and Buyer may either: (i) extend time of performance; or (ii) terminate all or part of the uncompleted portion of the Purchase Order at no cost to Buyer if the scheduled shipment date is at least 56 days after the cancellation date.

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


7.

DELIVERY, RELEASES, AND SCHEDULING

A.

Buyer shall provide monthly, no later than the 15th day of each month, a non-binding [*] month rolling order forecast specifying the anticipated number of Items expected to be ordered. The non-binding [*] month forecast shall be provided to the Aquantia Account Manager or his/her designee. Any forecasts provided by Buyer are for planning purposes only and do not constitute a Release or other commitment by Buyer.

B.

Supplier shall notify Buyer in writing within [*] of receipt of Buyer’s Purchase Order if Supplier is unable to make any scheduled delivery and shall state the reasons therefore. The absence of such notice constitutes acceptance of the Purchase Order and commitment to the Release terms.

C.

Supplier shall deliver Items per the Release schedule and Buyer may return non-conforming shipments at Supplier’s risk and expense.

D.

Buyer may reschedule any Release in whole or in part prior to the Release date at no additional charge. Buyer shall inform Supplier of the new delivery date so long as the delivery date under the rescheduled Release is within [*] of the original date.

E.

Buyer may place any portion of a Release on hold by notice that shall take effect immediately upon receipt. Releases placed on hold will be rescheduled or terminated in accordance with Section 5 within a reasonable time

F.

Buyer shall have no obligation with respect to the purchase of Items under this Agreement until such Items are specified in an issued Purchase Order that contains specific Release dates for specific Items.

G.

If for any reason Supplier discontinues the manufacture of any Custom Item during the term of this Agreement or within [*] after the final delivery under this Agreement, Supplier shall give Buyer at least [*] prior written notice of such Item discontinuance during which time Buyer shall have the option to place a final Release for such Items for delivery to Buyer within an agreed upon period. If any warranty return claims are made for such discontinued Items, then such returns will be subject to the warranty provisions in Section 8.

 

8.

ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY

A.

Buyer may inspect and test all Items at reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and upon reasonable notice during Supplier’s and Supplier’s manufacturing vendor’s’ normal business hours. If any inspection or test is made on Supplier’s premises, Supplier shall provide reasonable facilities and assistance for the safety and convenience of Buyer’s inspectors in such manner as shall not unreasonably hinder or delay Supplier’s performance. All Items shall be received subject to Buyer’s inspection, testing, approval, and acceptance at Buyer’s premises notwithstanding any inspection or testing at Supplier’s premises or any prior payment for such Items. Quoted pricing is FCA Aquantia Shipping Dock. Items subject to return may be returned to Supplier at Supplier’s risk and expense and, at Buyer’s request, shall be promptly replaced, refunded or credited according to the procedures provided herein below.

B.

Supplier makes the following warranties regarding items furnished hereunder, which warranties shall survive any delivery, inspection, acceptance, payment, or resale of the Items:

  (i)

Items will not infringe any 3 rd party’s intellectual property rights, and the sole remedy for a breach of this warranty is as stated in Section 13 “Intellectual Property Indemnification”;

  (ii)

Supplier has the necessary right, title, and interest to provide said Items to Buyer, and the Items will be free of liens and encumbrances.

  (iii)

Items are new and of the grade and quality specified;

  (iv)

Items are free from defects in workmanship and material, substantially conform to all samples, drawings, descriptions, and specifications furnished or published in non-draft form by Supplier, and to any other agreed-to specifications, and the sole remedy for a breach of this warranty as stated in Paragraph C of this Section;

  (v)

Items conform to the manufacturing quality provisions set

 

forth in Addendum B and the sole remedy for a breach of this warranty is as stated in Paragraph C of this Section;

    

Buyer makes the following warranties regarding intellectual property and technology furnished to Supplier: The intellectual property and technology will not infringe any party’s intellectual property rights, and the sole remedy for a breach of this warranty is as stated in Section 13 “Intellectual Property Indemnification”.

C.

If Supplier breaches any of the foregoing warranties stated above in (iv) or (v), or Items are otherwise defective or non-conforming, during a period of three (3) years after Buyer’s acceptance of Items, Supplier shall, at Buyer’s option, promptly rescreen, repair, replace, or refund the amount paid for such Items. Replaced Items are warranted for ninety (90) days or the balance of the original warranty period, whichever is longer. Supplier shall bear the cost of shipping for the return of defective or non-conforming items to Supplier and shall bear the risk of loss of all defective or non-conforming Items while in transit.

D.

Warranties Exclusive .

    

(1) Sole Remedy :    Buyer’s sole remedy for breach of the express warranties above shall be rescreen, replacement, or refund or credit of the purchase price as specified above, at Buyer’s option. To the fullest extent allowed by law, the warranties and remedies set forth in this agreement are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties or conditions, express or implied, either in fact or by operation of law statutory or otherwise, including but not limited to warranties, terms or conditions of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, satisfactory quality, particular purpose, satisfactory quality, correspondence with description, non-infringement and accuracy of information generated, all of which are expressly disclaimed. Aquantia’s warranties herein run only to Buyer and are not extended to any third parties, which for the avoidance of doubt, includes any agents or resellers of Buyer items and end users. Aquantia neither assumes nor authorizes any other person to assume for it. Any other liability in connection with the sale, installation, maintenance or use of the items.

    

(2) No Aquantia Defect .    Aquantia shall not be liable under the warranties set forth in Section 8.B.(iv) or (v) if its testing and examination clearly establish that the alleged defect in the item does not exist or was caused by Buyer’s, end users’ or any third person’s misuse, negligence, improper installation or improper testing, attempts to repair by accident, fire, lightning or other cause beyond Aquantia’s control and such was the cause of the breach of such express warranty. Aquantia shall not be liable under the warranties set forth in Section 8.B(iv) or (v) if it can clearly establish such any defect or non-conformance is caused by an intellectual property provided by Buyer.

    

(3) Buyer Responsibilities .    Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is solely responsible for the selection of the Items, their ability to achieve the results Buyer intends, their use with any hardware, software, peripherals or any system, and the performance that Buyer, Buyer’s customers and end users obtain from using them. Buyer alone shall assume any and all warranty obligations with customers and end users for each Buyer product that incorporates the Items, and Buyer has no authority to obligate Aquantia in any way under each such warranty.

E.

RMA Policy and Procedures. The parties will agree to mutually acceptable RMA policy and procedures.

8A. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A.

No Non-Direct Damages - Limitation A party’s liability hereunder shall be limited to direct, objectively measurable damages. In no event shall either part have any liability for any indirect or speculative damages (including, without limiting the foregoing, punitive, consequential, incidental and special damages) including, but not limited to, loss of profits, irrespective of whether the party has advance notice of the possibility of any such damages. The parties agree that the foregoing limits shall not apply to breaches of the confidential obligations set forth in [*] or claims arising from death, bodily injury, or property damage.

 

9.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS/ IDENTIFICATION/ERRATA

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


A.

Supplier shall not modify the specifications for items without Buyer’s written consent. Supplier shall notify Buyer at least [*] in advance of any changes in the manufacturing process.

B.

Supplier shall cooperate with Buyer to provide configuration control and traceability systems for Items supplied hereunder.

C.

Supplier shall provide Buyer with an errata list for each Item and Shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of any new errata with respect to the Items.

 

10.

PACKING AND SHIPMENT

A.

All Items shall be prepared for shipment in a manner that, (i) follows good commercial practice; (ii) is acceptable to common carriers for shipment at the lowest rate; and (iii) is adequate to ensure safe arrival. Supplier shall mark all containers with necessary lifting, handling and shipping information, Purchase Order number, date of shipment, and the names of the Buyer and Supplier. Buyer shall notify Supplier of the method of shipment and expected delivery date. If no instructions are given, Supplier shall select the most cost effective carrier, given the time constraints known to Supplier. Subject to Paragraph 7(C), Supplier shall ship only the quantity of Items specified in the Release. Buyer may return at Supplier’s expense any Items in excess of the quantity stated in the Release or retain such Items, as instructed by Buyer.

B.

As directed by Buyer, freight shall be either managed by Supplier or Buyer in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

    

(i) For Supplier Managed Freight: Seller agrees that all Items shall be shipped Free Carrier, Seller’s Dock (FCA: Seller’s Dock, Inco terms 2000). Buyer shall notify Seller of the method of shipment. If no instructions are given, Seller shall select the most cost effective carrier based upon Buyer’s required delivery date.

    

(ii) For Buyer Managed Freight: All items shall be shipped Free Carrier, Supplier’s designated factory dock or distribution center dock (FCA: Supplier’s designated factory dock or distribution center dock, Inco terms 2000). Risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon delivery of items to Buyer’s agent at the shipping point.

C.

Hazardous Materials Freight: Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 10.B. to the contrary, and regardless of the freight terms listed on any Purchase Order, all Items that are Hazardous Materials/Dangerous Goods and are regulated in transportation by international, federal, state or local law shall be shipped Delivered Duty Paid, Buyer’s Dock (DDP: Buyer’s Point of Use; Inco terms 2000) for non free trade zone factory sites or Delivered Duty Unpaid, Buyer’s Dock (DDU: Buyer’s point of use, Inco terms 2000) for free trade zone factory sales. Title and risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon delivery of Items to Buyer’s point of use at the Buyer factory site designated in the Release.

 

11.

OWNERSHIP AND BAILMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

    

Any specifications, drawings, schematics, technical information, data, tools, dies, patterns, masks, gauges, test equipment, and other materials furnished or paid for by Buyer shall: (i) be kept confidential; (ii) remain or become Buyer’s property; (iii) be used by Supplier exclusively for Buyer’s orders; (iv) be clearly marked as Buyer’s property and segregated when not in use; (v) be kept in good working condition at Supplier’s expense; and (vi) be shipped to Buyer promptly on demand.

 

12.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY

A.

During the course of this Agreement, either party may have or may be provided access to the other’s confidential information and materials. Provided such information or materials are marked in a manner reasonably intended to make the recipient aware, or the recipient is sent written notice within forty-eight (48) hours of disclosure, that the information or materials are “Confidential”, each party agrees to maintain such information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the CNDA referenced on the signature page of this Agreement or any applicable separate nondisclosure agreement between Buyer and Supplier. In the absence of a CNDA or other written agreement, at a minimum each party agrees to maintain such information in confidence and

 

limit disclosure on a need to know basis, to take all reasonable precautions to prevent unauthorized disclosure, and to treat such information as it treats its own information of a similar nature, until the information becomes rightfully available to the public through no fault of the non disclosing party. Supplier’s employees who access Buyer’s facilities may be required to sign a separate non-disclosure agreement prior to admittance to Buyer’s facilities (referred to in Addendum D as “Unescorted Access Application forms”). Supplier shall not use any of the confidential information created for Buyer other than for Buyer.

B.

The parties agree that neither will disclose the existence of this Agreement or relationship (other than under NDA after delivery of working samples of Items), nor any of the details of this Agreement at any time, to any third party without the specific, written consent of the other, which may not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. If disclosure of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof is required by applicable law, rule, or regulation, or is compelled by a court or governmental agency, authority, or body, such as annual reports or S1 Filings: (i) the parties shall use all legitimate and legal means available to minimize the disclosure to third parties of the content of the Agreement, including without limitation seeking a confidential treatment request or protective order; (ii) the party compelled to make disclosure shall (if reasonably possible) inform the other party at least ten (10) business days (i.e., not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on that banks are not open for business in the geographic area in that the non-disclosing party’s principal office is located) in advance of the disclosure, and (iii) the party compelled to make disclosure shall give the other party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the disclosure, and any request for confidential treatment or a protective order pertaining thereto, prior to making such disclosure. However, the parties may disclose this Agreement in confidence to their respective legal counsel, accountants, bankers and financing sources as necessary in connection with obtaining services from such third parties; and to investors or potential investors who are under an obligation of confidentiality at least as restrictive as that contained in the CNDA. Neither party may use the other party’s name or trademarks in any type of advertisement materials, web sites, press releases, interviews, articles, brochures, business cards, project reference or client listings without the other’s written consent, which may not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. For Intel, a request for such consent should be addressed to the Director of Corporate Purchasing and/or the Vice President of Materials, and for Supplier, a request for such consent should be addressed to the General Counsel,

C.

The obligations stated in this Section 12 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement

 

13.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION

(1)

Defense by Aquantia .    Aquantia shall, at its own expense, defend or settle any suit or proceeding ( “Claim” ) that is instituted against Buyer to the extent that such claim alleges that any Item sold by Aquantia hereunder infringes any duly issued patent or copyright or misappropriates any trade secret and shall pay all damages awarded therein against Buyer or agreed upon in settlement by Aquantia. Buyer shall (a) give Aquantia reasonable notice in writing of any such Claim or threat thereof, (b) permit Aquantia sole control, through counsel of Aquantia’ choice, to defend and/or settle such Claim. Subject to Supplier’s right to control the defense and any settlement, Buyer may in addition have separate legal counsel participate in the defense on Buyer’s behalf at Buyer’s own expense. Finally, Supplier shall review with Buyer all proposed settlements and Buyer shall have the right to reject any proposed final settlements, such right of rejection being exercised only where the settlement would require Buyer to grant any rights or licenses under Buyer’s intellectual property rights or would cause other non-monetary impact to Intel.

(2)

When Not Applicable .    The above provision shall not apply to and Aquantia shall have no liability or obligation for any

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


 

infringement to the extent attributed to: (a) any modification, servicing or addition made to the Item by anyone other than Aquantia or by a third party without Aquantia’s permission but only to the extent such infringement was caused by such modification, servicing or addition, (b) the use of the Item as a part of or in combination with any devices, parts or software not provided by Aquantia but only to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such modification, (c) the use of such Item to practice any method or process which does not occur within the Item, but only to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such use (d) compliance with Buyer’s detailed specifications to the extent that Aquantia does not have any discretion in the implementation of such specifications, but only to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such compliance, (e) incorporation into the Item or use in the manufacturing process of any technology provided by Buyer, to the extent such technology is required by Buyer to be so incorporated or used but only to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such incorporation or use.

(3)

Aquantia Options . If the use or sale of any Item purchased from Aquantia is enjoined, Aquantia shall, at Buyer’s option and at Aquantia’s expense: (a) procure for Buyer the right to use, sell, offer to sell or import such Item, (b) substitute a functionally equivalent, non-infringing unit of the Item; or (c) modify such Item so that it no longer infringes but is substantially equivalent in functionality; or refund to Buyer the amount paid for any Items returned to Supplier or destroyed. Aquantia shall in no event be obligated to accept new orders for Items that are or may be subject to a claim of infringement covered under this Article.

(4)     Buyer shall defend, indemnify, and hold Supplier harmless from any costs or expenses arising from a claim of infringement by a third party, where Buyer furnishes and requires Supplier to use detailed specifications for the process of manufacturing the Item(s), or provides any intellectual property or technology which Supplier (or any third party acting on behalf of Supplier) incorporates into the Item or uses in the manufacturing process, and such infringement claim would not have occurred but for complying with such detailed specifications or incorporating or using such Buyer intellectual property or technology. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall have no liability to Supplier hereunder, if Supplier knows, or through the exercise of reasonable due diligence should have known, that the required manufacturing specification(s) infringe or potentially infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. Buyer shall also defend, indemnify, and hold Supplier harmless from any costs or expenses arising from a claim of infringement by a third party resulting from (a) any modification, servicing or addition made to the Item by anyone other than Aquantia, (b) the use of the Item as a part of or in combination with any devices, parts or software not provided by Aquantia, or (c) the use of such Item to practice any method or process which does not occur wholly within the Item.

(5)     The foregoing and the warranties stated in Paragraph 8(B) state the entire set of obligations and remedies flowing between Buyer and Supplier arising from any claim brought by a third party regarding infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights, including but not limited to patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret rights, and is in lieu of and replaces any and all other express implied or statutory warranties, terms, or conditions regarding infringement and misappropriation

 

14.

RECORDS AND AUDIT

Supplier shall maintain complete and accurate records for the Items provided under this Agreement for a period of three (3) years after delivery of such Items. Buyer reserves the right to have Supplier’s records inspected and audited no more than once per calendar year to ensure compliance with the financial terms of this Agreement. At Buyer’s option or upon Supplier’s written demand, such audit will be performed by an independent third party at Buyer’s expense. Any third-party auditor must execute a nondisclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to Supplier with regard to all materials inspected by the auditor. However, if

Supplier is found not to be complying with the financial terms of this Agreement in any material way (more than 3% of the audited value during the audited period) Supplier shall reimburse Buyer for all reasonable costs associated with the audit, along with any discrepancies discovered, within thirty (30) days after completion of the audit. The results of such audit shall be kept confidential by the auditor and, if conducted by a third party, only Supplier’s failures to abide by the obligations of this Agreement shall be reported to Buyer, and the auditor will report the full details of the audit to Supplier.

 

15. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A.         If Items or any services provided hereunder include Hazardous Materials, Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier and its personnel providing services to Buyer understand the nature of and hazards associated with the design and/or service of Items including handling, transportation, and use of such Hazardous Materials, as applicable to Supplier. Prior to causing Hazardous Materials to be on Buyer’s properly, Supplier shall obtain written approval from Buyer’s Site Environmental/Health/Safety organization. Supplier will be responsible for and indemnify Buyer from any liability to any third party (including governmental agencies) resulting from the actions of Supplier or its contractors in connection with: (i) providing such Hazardous Materials to Buyer; and/or (ii) the use of such Hazardous Materials in providing services to Buyer.

B.         Supplier will timely provide Buyer with material safety data sheets and any other documentation reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding Hazardous Materials.

C.

Supplier hereby certifies that Items supplied to Buyer comply with all applicable requirements of Buyer’s Environmental Product Content Specification for Suppliers and Outsourced Manufacturers (Spec number BS-MTN-0001, available at http://supplier.intel.com/ehs/environmental.htm).

 

16.

CUSTOMS CLEARANCE

    

Upon Buyer’s request, Supplier will promptly provide Buyer with a statement of origin for all Items and with applicable customs documentation for Items wholly or partially manufactured outside of the country of import. Buyer shall also be the importer of record and is responsible for fulfilling quota terms, obtaining import licenses, paying import license or permit fees, duties and customs fees, and any other governmental or import taxes or fees, and preparing and submitting all required documentation in connection with importing the Items.

 

17.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND INTEL CODES OF CONDUCT

    

A.         Supplier shall comply with all national, state, and local laws and regulations governing the manufacture, transportation, import, export, and/or sale of Items and/or the performance of services in the course of performing its obligations under this Agreement. In the United States, these may include, but are not limited to, Department of Commerce, including U.S. Export Administration regulations, Securities Exchange Commission, Environmental Protection Agency, and Department of Transportation regulations applicable to Hazardous Materials. Neither Supplier nor any of its Subsidiaries will export/re-export any technical data, process, or product, or service provided by Buyer, directly or indirectly (including the release of controlled technology to foreign nationals from controlled countries), to any country for which the United States government or any agency thereof requires an export license or other government approval without first obtaining such license. Neither party shall export, either directly or indirectly, any Product, service or technical data or system incorporating such Items without first obtaining any required license or other approval from the U.S. Department of Commerce or any other agency or department of the United States Government. In the event any Product is exported from the United States or re-exported from a foreign destination by either Party, that Party shall ensure that the distribution and export/re-export or import of the Product is in compliance with all laws, regulations, orders, or other restrictions of the U.S.

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


 

Export Administration Regulations and the appropriate foreign government. Both parties agree that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries will export/re-export any technical data, process, Product, or service directly or indirectly, to any country for which the United States government or any agency thereof or the foreign government from where it is shipping requires an export license, or other governmental approval, without first obtaining such license or approval.

    

A current list of “Controlled Countries” can be found at http://www.bxa.doc.gov .

B.

Supplier represents and agrees that it is in compliance with Executive Order 11246 and implementing Equal Employment Opportunity regulations, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act as amended by the Veterans Employment Opportunities Act of 1998 (to include: Vietnam-era Veterans and other Veterans who served on active duty during a war or campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized), and the Immigration Act of 1987, unless exempted or inapplicable.

C.

Supplier shall comply with all applicable laws regarding non-discrimination in terms and conditions of employment, payment of minimum wage and legally mandated employee benefits and compliance with mandated work hours. Supplier shall comply with all applicable laws regarding employment of underage or child labor and shall not employ children under the age of 16. Buyer agrees not to include any discriminatory statements or requirements in contracts or other documents related to the sale or use of the Items or products that include the Items.

D.

Supplier agrees to fully comply with Buyer’s Code of Conduct and Electronic Industries Supply Chain Code of Conduct (EICC) as set forth at supplier.intel.com.

 

18.

MERGER, MODIFICATION, WAIVER, REMEDIES, AND SEVERABILITY

A.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between Buyer and Supplier with respect to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, dealings and negotiations, oral or written. No modification, alteration, or amendment shall be effective unless made in writing, dated and signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties.

B.

Failure of either party to enforce compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such provision unless accompanied by a clear written statement that such provision is waived. No waiver of any breach hereof shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

C.

Each party’s rights and remedies herein are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or in equity.

D.

If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, a modeled provision shall be substituted which carries out as nearly as possible the original intent of the parties, and such determination shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions unless either party determines in its reasonable discretion that the court’s determination causes this Agreement to fail in any of its essential purposes.

 

19.

ASSIGNMENT

    

Buyer may assign or delegate its rights and/or obligations or any part thereof under this Agreement to any or all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Otherwise, neither party may assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other. Buyer may cancel this Agreement for cause should Supplier attempt to make an unauthorized assignment of any right or obligation arising hereunder. For purposes of this Section 19, the acquisition, merger, consolidation, or change in control of Supplier or any assignment by operation of law shall be deemed an assignment that requires Buyer’s written consent.

20.

APPLICABLE LAW

    

This Agreement is to be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding its conflict of laws provisions. The provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

21.

HEADINGS

    

The headings provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting or construing this Agreement.

 

22.

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

    

Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that failure to perform certain obligations undertaken in connection with this Agreement would cause irreparable damage, and that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy in such event. The parties further agree that failure to comply with obligations regarding confidential information are such obligations. Accordingly, it is agreed that, in addition to any other remedy to which the non breaching party may be entitled, at law or in equity, the non breaching party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement, and to seek an order of specific performance to compel performance of such obligations in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

23.

NOTICES

    

Notices shall be given in writing by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier, or facsimile provided that a confirmation of receipt is obtained. All notices shall be deemed to have been given and received on the earlier of actual delivery (except that faxes sent on a non-business day will be deemed received on the next business day) or three (3) days from the date of deposit with overnight courier, to the address set forth below or to such other address as a Party has notified the other Party in writing. Unless Buyer notifies Supplier of a change, all notices to Buyer regarding this Agreement shall be sent to Buyer’s Materials General Counsel and to the Buyer’s Materials Representative, all at the address on the signature page of this Agreement. If to Aquantia:

 

    

Aquantia Corporation

    

Attention. Legal Department

    

700 Tasman Drive

    

Milpitas, CA 95035

    

USA

    

Telephone 408.228.8300

 

24.

PRIVACY

A.

This provision applies to both online and offline Personal Information. However, the exchange of employee information in the normal course of business shall not be considered Personal Information, and the parties do not anticipate the sharing of personal information under this Agreement.

B.

‘‘Personal Information” is defined as any information that can be used to identify, contact or locate a person outside of that person’s business affiliation as it pertains to this Agreement. This includes any information which is linked to Personal Information, or from which other Personal Information can easily be derived.

C.

If Buyer transmits any Personal information to Supplier, Supplier warrants that Supplier shall not transfer such Personal Information to any third party or use it for any purpose other than as described in this Agreement.

D.

If Supplier obtains Personal Information in the course of performance of services for Buyer, Supplier warrants that Supplier shall not transfer such Personal Information to any third party or use it for any purpose other than as described in this Agreement.

E.

Supplier shall permanently delete all Personal Information within thirty (30) days after the Personal Information is no longer being actively used in fulfilling Supplier’s obligations to Buyer under this Agreement, unless otherwise required by local law or regulation.

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


F.

If Supplier contracts with its Affiliates, subcontractors or other third parties for performance of all or part of this Agreement, Supplier must require such third parties to agree in writing with the same, or substantially similar, Privacy and Data Security provisions as those contained in this Agreement.

G.

Supplier shall take all measures necessary to ensure the security of Supplier’s data, as described in the Data Security provision (Section 25) of this Agreement. Further, Supplier shall comply with the current online Privacy Alliance’s privacy guidelines (available at http://www.privacyalliance.org/ ).

 

25.

DATA SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

A.

Logical Controls: All systems containing Intel Confidential information will have strong access control mechanisms in place. Each system user must have a unique identifier and password combination. There must be control methods for securely granting and revoking access to these systems.

B.

Physical Controls: Server and mass storage systems storing Intel Classified information must be housed in a physically secure location with access controls to the granularity of the user (e.g. card access controlled room) and with 24x7 intrusion detection systems in place (e.g. a monitored perimeter alarm system). Access control audit trails must be maintained sufficient to support an investigation.

C.

Intrusion Detection/Response: For systems and networks containing Intel Classified material, mechanisms and controls must be in place to detect security breaches and to properly respond to a breach.

D.

Data Destruction: Electronic portable media (e.g. CD’s, hard drives, floppy disks, ZIP drives) which contained Intel Classified information must be disposed of in a secure manner (e.g. disk wipe to DOD 5220.22M standard, degauss or physical destruction). Hard copies of Intel Classified information must be disposed of by cross cut shredding or other secure destruction methods

 

26.

ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS

A.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this section, by on or about June 30, 2009 the parties expect to accept electronic records and electronic signatures as such terms are defined in the U.S. Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) relating to transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

B.

In connection with system-to-system implementations if electronic transactions are enabled:

  (i)

The parties will implement the particular transaction sets and/or message specifications mutually agreed upon by the parties. Each party’s implementation will comply with applicable standards (e.g., applicable ANSI standards or Rosetta Net Pips), except as otherwise mutually agreed.

  (ii)

Where applicable standards require that the receiving party issue a notice to the other confirming message receipt, such notice will not constitute a binding acceptance or acknowledgement of anything more than mere receipt. In the event that any element of an applicable standard conflicts with a provision of this Agreement, the provision of this Agreement will control.

  (iii)

If a party has adopted an electronic identifier (e.g. a digital signature), the other party is entitled to rely on the authenticity of messages signed by or otherwise associated with such electronic identifier unless and until notified otherwise by the adopter.

C.

Either party may use a third party service provider in connection with e-business activities (e.g., to route or translate EDI or XML messages, or to host web based services). The party contracting with a service provider must require that such service provider (a) use information disclosed to or learned by such service provider in connection with providing services solely for the purpose of providing the applicable services, and (b) not disclose such information to any third party. Either party may begin to use or may change a service provider upon reasonable prior written notice to the other party. Each party will be liable for the acts or omissions of its service provider in connection with activities contemplated by this Agreement.

27.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

    

All disputes arising directly under the express terms of this Agreement or the grounds for termination thereof shall be resolved as follows: The senior management of both parties shall meet to attempt to resolve such disputes. If the disputes cannot be resolved by the senior management, either party may make a written demand for formal dispute resolution and specify therein the scope of the dispute. Within thirty (30) days after such written notification, the parties agree to meet for one (1) day with an impartial mediator and consider dispute resolution alternatives other than litigation, including referral to the National Patent Board or JAMS for arbitration. If an alternative method of dispute resolution is not agreed upon within thirty (30) days after the one day mediation, either party may begin litigation proceedings.

 

28.

SURVIVAL

    

The provisions of Sections 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, and paragraph 4C shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. In addition, any right or legal obligation of a party contained in any Addendum or Amendment, that by its express term or nature would reasonably extend for a period beyond the term of the Agreement, shall also survive the termination of the Agreement for such extended period.

 

29.

NEW DEVELOPMENTS [Added by Addendum C]

 

30.

TRANSFER EVENT [Added by Addendum C]

 

31.

[Intentionally omitted]

 

32.

INTERPRETATION [Added by Addendum C]

 

33.

SUPPLY LINE PROTECTION (SLP) [Added by Addendum C]

 

34.

[Intentionally omitted]

 

35.

CAPACITY UPSIDE [Added by Addendum C]

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

M ASTER P URCHASE A GREEMENT FOR 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET PHYSICAL LAYER DEVICES

AND

P ROJECT S TATEMENT #1 – [*] P RODUCT

This Amendment No. 1 (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of September 22, 2009 (“Effective Date”), by and between Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Aquantia Corporation (“Aquantia”) for the purpose of amending the Master Purchase Agreement for 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Devices between Intel and Aquantia effective January 15, 2009 (“Master Agreement”) and its Project Statement #1 – [*] Product dated as of January 15, 2009 (the “Project Statement”) (the Master Agreement and the Project Statement are referred to collectively as the “Agreement”).

Whereas , the Project Statement provides for the development of the [*] Product which incorporates Intel’s 10GbE duel MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual PHY, and also provides for a limited license to Aquantia to make, use and sell such product (referred to as the “Aquantia Product”) [*] as provided in the Project Statement and in the Master Agreement;

Whereas , Aquantia wishes to appoint another entity as a second source for Aquantia products, and accordingly, Aquantia wishes to have certain rights under the Agreement extended to such entity acting as Aquantia’s second source and/or clarified, and Intel agrees to such extensions and clarifications pursuant to the terms of this Amendment:

Now, therefore , in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.             Effect of Amendment . Except as amended by this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings specified in the Agreement.

2.             Amendments.

(a)           In the Project Statement, the definition of “Aquantia Product” is hereby amended to read as follows:

8.1.2 “ Aquantia Product ” means [*]. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Project Statement, references to “[*] Product” in this Project Statement shall not be construed as including a reference to the Aquantia Product.

(c)           A new definition is hereby added to Section 8.1 of the Project Statement as follows:

8.1.11 “ Second Source ” means a third party, approved by Intel, with whom Aquantia enters into an agreement under which such third party will act as a second source for Aquantia’s customers with respect to the Aquantia Products, which products may be marketed and sold under the branding and marks of such third party.

(d)           Section 8.3.3 of the Project Statement is revised to add “(except as provided below)” after “non-sublicensable”.

(e)           Section 8.3.3.4 is revised to read as follows:

8.3.3.4 to make and have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the Aquantia Products, and, upon consent of Intel to sublicense the foregoing rights to the Second Source.

(f)           Section 8.4 of the Project Statement is amended to read as follows:

8.4 Have Made Rights. For purposes of exercising its have made rights granted under Section 8.3.3.2 and 8.3.3.4 of this Project Statement (Licensing), Aquantia (and, for the purpose of exercising its sublicense rights under Section 8.3.3.4, its Second Source) may deliver Intel Technology delivered to Aquantia by Intel only to those subcontractors approved in advance in

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


writing by Intel subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 3.(a) of this Amendment.

3.             Consent for Second Source . Intel hereby approves [*] as a Second Source under the following terms and conditions:

(a)           Disclosure of Intel Confidential Information. Intel hereby consents to the disclosure of the Intel Confidential Information set forth in Addendum A attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof. Such disclosure shall be made under an agreement of confidentiality at least as comprehensive as the agreement applicable to each such item of Intel Confidential Information (e.g., the CNDA or any other applicable confidentiality agreement). Aquantia shall be liable to Intel for any breach of such agreement of confidentiality by the Second Source and any such agreement shall name Intel as a third party beneficiary.

(b)           Consent to Sublicense: Intel hereby consents to the sublicense under Section 8.3.3.4 to [*] under the following terms and conditions:

(i)            Aquantia to disable [*] for the Aquantia Product [*].

(ii)            Mask Works made from [*] are defined as [*] will be identified by a [*].

(iii)            Except as described in section 3 (d) below, [*] will not order, nor have access to, [*] for the Aquantia Product and [*] will purchase wafers from [*] based on [*].

(iv)          For Second Source Aquantia Product, [*] to manage subcon Assembly/Test suppliers.

(v)          The sublicense is limited solely to [*] providing second source services to Aquantia customers and markets as defined in and under the terms and conditions of the second source agreement between Aquantia and [*] (“Second Source Agreement”).

(vi)            The sublicense shall terminate immediately upon termination of the Second Source Agreement for any reason, provided that, after termination of the Second Source Agreement, the sublicense to [*] shall continue solely to the extent necessary to allow [*] to provide a last time buy if required under the Second Source Agreement (“Continuing Rights”).

(c)           Delivery of Intel Technology. Subject to Section 3(a) above, Aquantia may deliver the Intel Technology set forth in Exhibit A to [*] solely for the use by [*] in the performance of the Second Source Agreement. [*] shall return all Intel Technology to Aquantia upon the termination of the Second Source Agreement and expiration of Continuing Rights.

(d)           Use of [*]. In the event 1) [*] is unable to fulfill its obligations to supply Aquantia Product under the Second Source Agreement due to [*] which is uncured after [*] notice; and 2) Aquantia is unable or unwilling (other than due to breach of agreement by [*] or [*]) to make the [*] or a suitable replacement available to [*] for the purpose of enabling [*] to supply [*] under the Second Source Agreement, [*] may, at its sole expense procure a replacement set of [*]. [*] shall transfer ownership of the [*] to Intel [*]. Upon ownership transference of the replacement [*] to Intel, Intel shall license [*] to use the [*] to build wafers and sell Aquantia Product to [*] solely to the extent necessary for [*] go fulfill its obligations to [*] under the Second Source Agreement [*]. Intel will not [*]. Intel shall maintain the [*] as Aquantia Confidential Information under the CNDA between the parties.

4.             Miscellaneous . The parties mutually acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall he governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law provisions thereof. This Amendment represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and representations by the parties and no waiver, modification or amendment shall be valid unless it is set forth in writing and signed by both parties. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and when so executed and delivered shall have the same force and effect as though all signatures appeared on one document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.

 

INTEL CORPORATION     AQUANTIA CORPORATION
By:   /s/Tom Swinford     By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei
Name:   Tom Swinford     Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   VP and GM, LAN Access Division     Title:   CEO

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Addendum A

Intel Confidential Information and Intel Technology to be Disclosed to [*].

1 - Existence of a business relationship between Aquantia and Intel as it relates to [*].

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


A MENDMENT N O . 2 TO

M ASTER P URCHASE A GREEMENT FOR 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET PHYSICAL LAYER DEVICES

AND

P ROJECT S TATEMENT #1 – [*] P RODUCT

This Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of Dec 15, 2011 (“Effective Date”), by and between Intel Corporation (“Intel” ) and Aquantia Corporation (“Aquantia”) for the purpose of amending the Master Purchase Agreement for 10 Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer Devices between Intel and Aquantia effective January 15, 2009 (“Master Agreement”) and its Project Statement #1 – [*] Product dated as of January 15, 2009 (the “Project Statement”) (the Master Agreement and the Project Statement are referred to collectively as the “Agreement”).

Whereas , the Project Statement provides for the development of the [*] Product which incorporates Intel’s 10GbE duel MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual PHY, and also provides for a limited license to Aquantia to make, use and sell such product (referred to as the “Aquantia Product”) [*] as provided in the Project Statement and in the Master Agreement;

Whereas , Aquantia wishes to appoint another entity as a second source for Aquantia products, and accordingly, Aquantia wishes to have certain rights under the Agreement extended to such entity acting as Aquantia’s second source and/or clarified, and Intel agrees to such extensions and clarifications pursuant to the terms of this Amendment;

Now , therefore , in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Effect of Amendment . Except as amended by this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings specified in the Agreement.

2. Consent for Second Source . Intel hereby approves [*] as a Second Source under the following terms and conditions:

(a)        Disclosure of Intel Confidential Information. Intel hereby consents to the disclosure of the Intel Confidential Information set forth in Addendum A attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof. Such disclosure shall be made under an agreement of confidentiality at least as comprehensive as the agreement applicable to each such item of Intel Confidential Information (e.g., the CNDA or any other applicable confidentiality agreement). Aquantia shall be liable to Intel for any breach of such agreement of confidentiality by the Second Source and any such agreement shall name Intel as a third party beneficiary.

(b)        Consent to Sublicense: Intel hereby consents to the sublicense under Section 8.3.3.4 to [*] – under the following terms and conditions:

(i)         Aquantia to disable [*] for the Aquantia Product [*].

(ii)        Mask Works made from [*] are defined as [*] will be identified by a [*].

(iii)        Except as described in section 3 (d) below, [*] will not order, nor have access to, [*] for the Aquantia Product, and [*] will purchase wafers from [*] based on [*].

(iv)         For Second Source Aquantia Product, [*] to manage subcon Assembly/Test suppliers.

(v)         The sublicense is limited solely to [*] providing second source services to Aquantia customers and markets as defined in and under the terms and conditions of the second source agreement between Aquantia and [*] (“Second Source Agreement”)

(vi)         The sublicense shall terminate immediately upon termination of the Second Source Agreement for any reason, provided that, after termination of the Second Source Agreement, the sublicense to [*] shall continue solely to the extent necessary to allow [*] to provide a last time buy if required under the Second Source Agreement (“Continuing Rights”).

(c)        Delivery of Intel Technology. Subject to Section 3(a) above, Aquantia may deliver the Intel Technology set forth in Exhibit A to [*] solely for the use by [*] in the performance of the Second Source Agreement.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


[*] shall return all Intel Technology to Aquantia upon the termination of the Second Source Agreement and expiration of Continuing Rights.

(d)        Use of [*]. In the event 1) [*] is unable to fulfill its obligations to supply Aquantia Product under the Second Source Agreement due to the [*] which is uncured after [*] notice; and 2) Aquantia is unable or unwilling (other than due to breach of agreement by [*] or [*]) to make the [*] or a suitable replacement available to [*] for the purpose of enabling [*] to enable [*] to supply [*] under the Second Source Agreement, [*] may, at its sole expense procure a replacement set of [*]. [*] shall transfer ownership of the [*] to Intel [*]. Upon ownership transference of the replacement [*] to Intel, Intel shall license [*] to use the [*] to build wafers and sell Aquantia Product to [*] solely to the extent necessary for [*] go fulfill its obligations to [*] under the Second Source Agreement [*]. Intel will not [*]. Intel shall maintain the [*] as Aquantia Confidential Information under the CNDA between the parties.

3.           Miscellaneous . The parties mutually acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law provisions thereof. This Amendment represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and representations by the parties and no waiver, modification or amendment shall be valid unless it is set forth in writing and signed by both parties. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and when so executed and delivered shall have the same force and effect as though all signatures appeared on one document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


INTEL CORPORATION     AQUANTIA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Tom Swinford     By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei
Name:   Tom Swinford     Name:   Faraj Aalaei
Title:   VP, IAG & GM, CNG     Title:   CEO

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #1 — [*] PRODUCT

 

 

 

1. INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Project Statement #1 (“Project Statement”) shall be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement” as Attachment Number #1. For purposes of this Project Statement #1, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated December 15, as amended to-date. The purpose of this Project Statement #1 is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia will develop and deliver a 10GbE dual MAC/PHY device (“[*] Product”). The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #1 shall be January 15, 2009.

Any changes to the specifications of [*] Product that are set forth in this Project Statement #1 must be agreed to by the Parties in writing.

 

2. DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Aquantia will combine Intel’s 10GbE dual MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual PHY to create the [*] Product on [*] 40nm process. Intel’s dual MAC will be delivered as [*] with Aquantia performing [*] in order to deliver [*] devices to Intel. [*] Product is a custom item.

 

3. PRICING

3.1.           In Sample and/or Prototype Units . Upon availability and prior to [*] (or other dates subsequently agreed to by the Parties) Intel may purchase sample or prototype units of [*] Product from Aquantia as follows:

All sample and/or prototype units, regardless of spin (e.g., A0, A1, A2): Aquantia will provide the first 200 samples to Intel at no cost. Intel may purchase additional samples at Aquantia’s “Standard Cost”. “Standard Cost” is defined as [*].

3.2.           [*] Units

3.2.1.      Purchase Price

 

      

3.2.1.1. Intel may purchase [*] at the pricing specified below following its delivery to Aquantia of Intel’s written confirmation that [*] Product has received [*]. Following such notice Intel shall pay Aquantia [*] units delivered to it in keeping with the purchase order terms specified in Sections 3 and 4 of the Master Purchase Agreement. The [*] relevant to any given purchase order shall be the applicable [*] stated in the table below [*] plus [*], calculated as follows:

 

      

[*].

 

      

3.2.1.2. For the purpose of this Section 3.2, the [*] is defined as [*]. The [*] will be [*] by Intel [*].

3.2.2.     [*]

 

      

3.2.2.1. Given that the [*] used in the formula stated in 3.2.1.1 has [*] for [*]:

 

      

a)          For each [*].

 

      

b)          [*] determined in Section 3.2.2.1a) above [*].

 

      

c)          [*] under Section 3.2.1. The difference shall be [*].

 

      

d)          In conjunction with the [*], Intel shall provide Aquantia with [*]. For clarification, this does not require the [*]. This report shall be treated as Intel Confidential Information under Section 12 of the Agreement.

 

    

3.2.3.     For the purpose of this Section 3.2 units sold to Intel customers shall include units sold directly by Intel or its distributors to its customers as well as units incorporated by or on behalf of Intel into one or more Intel product(s), such as [*] and sold to an Intel customer. In the latter case, the [*] shall be deemed to be the [*]. For example [*].

 

     The [*] is listed in the [*] below

[*] Schedule

 

Date    1H 2011    2H 2011    1H 2012    2H 2012    2013+

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Any changes in the UPC shall be as mutually agreed by the Parties.

[*].

 

4.

PREPAYMENT, NRE AND EXCHANGE OPTION

4.1.           Prepayment: Intel shall prepay $4,000,000 to Aquantia which will be applied towards [*]. This prepayment shall be fully refundable at Intel’s discretion after January 1, 2010.

 

     Prepaid Payment Schedule:

 

Due on:

 

  

[*]

 

Payment

 

  

$4,000,000

 

Aquantia shall invoice Intel for the foregoing prepayment [*] prior to the payment due date set forth in the table above. Intel shall remit payment on or before the payment due date set forth above, which shall be within [*] of Intel’s receipt of Aquantia’s invoice.

4.2.           NRE: Intel shall pay Aquantia for non-recurring engineering expenses (“NRE”) associated with the development of [*]. Intel’s total NRE payment to Aquantia for [*] Product shall be $4,000,000. This includes [*].

 

      

If [*] are necessary then [*].

 

      

[*].

 

    

NRE Payment Schedule:

 

Due on:

 

  

[*]

 

Payment

 

  

$4,000,000

 

4.3.           Aquantia shall invoice Intel for the foregoing NRE payment at least [*] prior to the payment due date set forth in the table above. Intel shall remit payment on or before the payment due date set forth above, which shall be within [*] of Intel’s receipt of Aquantia’s invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing NRE payment [*].

 

5. DEFINITIONS

 

1000BASE-CX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard for short haul copper (up to 25m).
1000BASE-LX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using long wavelength (1300nm) laser, typically over Single mode Fiber.
1000BASE-SX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using short wavelength (850nm) laser, typically over Multi-mode Fiber.
1000BASE-T   IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet Standard Physical Layer definition for long haul copper (up to 100m) over 4 pair of Category 5 balanced copper cabling.
802.3   IEEE standard that defines CSMA/CD and 10BASE-T.
802.3ab   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-T.
802.3u   IEEE standard that defines 100BASE-TX.
802.3z   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-CX, 1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-SX.
A0   A0 is used to indicate the first revision of the silicon. If the next revision only changes metal layer, the number increments (e.g. A1). If all (or most) layers change, the letter increments and the number resets to zero (e.g. B0).
AFE   Analog Front End that converts digital signals to analog for input and output on physical interface.
AoL   Alert-on-LAN.
ASF   Alerting Standards Form.
BRD   The library format for Cadence Allegro PCB designs
CSMA/CD   Carrier Sense Multiple Access / Collision Detect. This is the type of bus protocol implemented by 802.3 Ethernet.
CTE   Cold Temperature Elimination — a method to eliminate the need of testing at cold temperature at high volume production, while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.
DAC   Dual Address Cycle.
DB   The library format of Synopsys synthesis libraries.
DFT   Design For Testability.
DMA   Direct Memory Access.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


DRC   Design Rule Check.
DSP   Digital Signal Processor.
EEPROM   Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory.
EEE   Energy Efficient Ethernet
GMAC   Gigabit MAC.
GMII   Gigabit Media Independent Interface.
GPIO   General Purpose Input/Output. This is a software controllable input/output pin/pad.
HDL   Hardware Description Language.
HSPICE   Industry standard models for package, analog, circuit simulation.
IAS   Integration Architecture Specification – is the overall system specification for Barton Hills-LM/LC and will be the reference point for all functions and features.
IBIS   An industry standard simulation / signal characterization model of IOs.
IO   Input/Output. Typically refers to a silicon pin/pad.
LOM   LAN-on-Motherboard.
LVS   Layout Versus Schematic.
MAC   Media Access Controller. The name of the logic that implements the 802.3 CSMA/CD standard.
MAC Controller   The logic that provides the MAC function along with DMA and a host interface (e.g. PCI).
MII   Media Independent Interface.
Modelsim   Model Technology’s HDL simulator product.
PCI-Express   Third Generation high performance I/O bus implemented with serial, point-to-point type interconnect for communication between two devices at current data-rate of 2.5 Gbits/sec. AIso known as “PCIE”.
PDT   Intel and AQUANTIA Joint Program Development Team.
PHY   Physical Layer Device. The device/block that implements the AFE.
PPS & PRQ   There are two qualification levels designed to meet Intel’s and its customers’ product introduction and production ramp needs, Pre-Production Samples (PPS) and Production Release Qualification (PRQ). PPS supports the unique and varied demands our businesses have in shipping limited quantities of customer qualification samples. At PRQ, Intel’s objective is to ship unlimited quantity of commercial products that meet the Q&R requirements and are supported by the applicable Intel warranty agreements.
PXE   Pre-boot execution Environment.
RAM   Random Access Memory.
SDF   Standard Delay Format.
SerDes   Serializer-Deserializer connection used in Backplane – connection using high speed serial electrical interface, based on IEEE – 1000BaseT-CX; or Fiber interface, IEEE 1000BaseT LX/SX.
SKU   Stock Keeping Unit.
SPEF   Standard Parasitic Exchange Format
Synopsys   Synthesis tool company. www.synopsys.com
TBI   Ten Bit Interface.
UTP   Unshielded Twisted Pair.
VCS   Synopsys’s HDL simulator product.
Verilog   An industry standard HDL language.
WfM 2.0   Wired for Management 2.0 specification: an Intel initiative to improve manageability of desktop, mobile and server systems, decreasing total cost of ownership.
WoL   Wake on LAN: An IBM trademarked term, used in place of Remote Wake Up, which describes the capability of remotely bringing a PC from a low to a high power state.
ZOBI   Zero-Hours-Burn-In a method to eliminate the need of burn-in at high volume production while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.

 

6. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Parties agree to assign dedicated project managers, engineering managers, and other personnel to this project as specified below. The project managers will exercise overall project responsibility for their respective Party:

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Program and Engineering Project Managers

 

Party    Name    Title    Phone #    Email

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

In addition, when applicable, both Parties agree to assign cross-functional team members to the [*] Product project. These members will include employees of each Party representing, but not limited to, the following functions or disciplines:

Analog Engineering (IO cells, PHY, and noise analysis)

Applications Engineering

Board Engineering

CAD Engineering (Layout, DRC)

Customer Support

Digital Engineering (ASIC and CMOS micro-architecture)

Software Engineering

Foundry Support

Manufacturing Test Engineering

Marketing

Operations

Packaging Engineering

Product Engineering

Production Operations and Document Control

Quality & Reliability Engineering

Silicon Validation

 

7. TERMINATION

7.1.          [*] Product Project cancellation by Intel for convenience:

Any other section of the Agreement notwithstanding, Intel may terminate this Project Statement for convenience at any time by written notice to Aquantia In lieu of any claim for termination charges provided in Sections 5.B and 5.C of the Agreement, Intel shall pay to Aquantia the remaining unpaid NRE payments under the NRE payment table in Section 4.

7.2.          [*] Product project cancellation by Aquantia for convenience:

Aquantia may not terminate this Project Statement for convenience.

 

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND MARKING

8.1.          Definitions

8.1.1. “Aquantia Field of Use ” means (a) physical layer (“PHY”) technology for Ethernet networking technologies, circuit design, modeling and process design methodologies, programs and flows that do not fall within the Intel Field of Use and are not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information; (b) dynamic back biasing technology that does not fall within the Intel Field of Use and is not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information, and (c) additional technology, if any, expressly identified in the Project Statement.

8.1.2. “Aquantia Product means [*].

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


    

8.1.3.        “Background IP ” means all Intellectual Property and Patents belonging to or controlled by either Party, (i) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement or (ii) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired independently of the Agreement or not as part of the approved Project Statement.

 

    

8.1.4.       “Intel Field of Use ” means (a) media access controller (“MAC”) technology for Ethernet networking technologies; (b) technology related to manufacturing, metrology, testing, inspection, architecture, functionality and/or power management of (i) Processors, (ii) Chipsets and (iv) Intel processor based motherboards; and (c) additional technology, if any, expressly identified in an applicable Project Statement.

 

    

8.1.5.       “Intellectual Property ” means any and all intellectual property rights including all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) procedures, designs, inventions, and discoveries; (ii) works of authorship, copyrights and other rights in works of authorship; (iii) mask work rights, and (iv) know-how, show-how and trade secrets on a world wide basis, but excluding all Patents issued or issuable thereon, and all trademarks, trade names, or other forms of corporate or product identification.

 

    

8.1.6.       “Patents ” means all classes or types of patents (including, without limitation, originals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, reexaminations, or reissues), and applications for these classes or types of patent rights in all countries of the world (collectively, “Patent Rights”) that are owned or controlled by the applicable Party during the term of the Agreement.

 

    

8.1.7.       “Patent Prosecution ” means (i) preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications (of all types), (ii) maintaining any Patents, and (iii) managing interference, reexamination or opposition proceedings relating to the foregoing.

 

    

8.1.8.       “Project ” means the development of [*] Product during the term of this Project Statement as part of an approved Project Statement.

 

    

8.1.9.       “Project IP ” means all Intellectual Property and Patents developed or conceived under this Project Statement by one Party or both Parties as part of an approved Project Statement to develop [*] Products. Project IP does not include the Background IP of either Party.

 

    

8.1.10.       “[*] Product ” means a product consisting of a single integrated circuit of the integration of Intel’s 10GbE dual MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual PHY described in the approved Project Statement to create [*] Product on [*] 40nm process.

 

8.2.

Intellectual Property and Patent Ownership

 

    

8.2.1.       Background IP . As between the Parties, Intel shall have exclusive ownership of Intel’s Background IP, and Aquantia shall have exclusive ownership of Aquantia’s Background IP.

 

    

8.2.2.       Project IP

 

      

8.2.2.1.      Any and all Project IP, other than mask work rights, that falls within the Intel Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, shall be owned solely by Intel (“Intel Owned IP”). Aquantia hereby assigns to Intel all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Aquantia pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Intel Field of Use.

 

      

8.2.2.2.     Any and all Project IP that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, and all mask work rights that are part of the Project IP, shall be owned solely by Aquantia (“Aquantia Owned IP”). Intel hereby assigns to Aquantia all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Intel pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use.

 

      

8.2.2.3.     Any Project IP that does not fall within either the Intel Field of Use or the Aquantia Field of Use that is solely conceived by employees of one Party as part of the Project without any contribution, individually or jointly, of employees of the other Party shall be owned solely by the Party whose employees conceived such Project IP.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


      

8.2.2.4. Any Project IP that does not fall within either the Intel Field of Use or the Aquantia Field of Use that is jointly conceived by employees of both parties as part of the Project (“Joint Out-of-Field Project IP”) shall be jointly owned.

 

      

8.2.2.5. Subject to the licenses granted in this Project Statement and upon the expressed written approval of the other Party, either Party may at its sole expense file a Patent and carry out Patent Prosecution on any Joint Out-of-Field Project IP and the non-filing Party will assign and hereby does assign to the filing Party all of its ownership interest in such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP and agrees to execute further instruments necessary for Patent Prosecution as reasonably requested by the filing Party.

 

      

8.2.2.6. In the event either Party is unable to obtain the expressed written approval of the other Party pursuant to Section 8.2.2.5 of this Project Statement, such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP will be kept as a jointly-owned trade secret.

 

    

8.2.3.     Maskworks

 

      

8.2.3.1. Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 of this Project Statement notwithstanding, Aquantia shall own the mask works for the Aquantia Product and [*] Product (each referred to as “Mask Works”)

 

      

8.2.3.2. The Mask Works may include trade secrets of Intel. In addition and not in lieu of any obligation of confidentiality imposed by the Agreement with respect to Intel Confidential Information, Aquantia will not disclose or otherwise make any part of Mask Works available, in any form, to any person other than Aquantia employees whose job performance requires such access consistent with the exercise of Aquantia’s licenses under Section 8.3.3 of this Project Statement. Aquantia agrees to instruct all such employees on these obligations with respect to use, copying, protection, and confidentiality of Mask Works.

 

      

8.2.3.3. Upon written consent by Intel, Aquantia may deliver the Mask Works to Aquantia subcontractors approved by Intel in writing for the purpose of exercising Aquantia’s rights under Section 8.3.3 of this Project Statement under an obligation of confidentiality at least as protective as that set forth in Section 12 of the Agreement. In the event of the termination of the Agreement, except for breach by Aquantia, pursuant to Aquantia exercising its rights under Section 8.3.3.4 Aquantia may deliver the Mask Works to a mask or wafer fabrication subcontractor approved by Intel in writing, provided Aquantia complies with the conditions in Section 8.5 below. Intel consents to the Mask Works being provided to [*].

 

      

8.2.3.4. Aquantia may not assign, sublicense, lease, or in any other way transfer or disclose Mask Works to any third party or reproduce or distribute any part of the Mask Works except as expressly provided in this Project Statement.

 

    

8.2.4.     GDSII files

 

      

8.2.4.1. Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 of this Project Statement notwithstanding, Aquantia and Intel shall jointly own the GDSII files for the [*] Product. Section 8.6 defines Intel’s right to use the GDSII files to exercise Intel’s make and have made rights for [*] Product.

 

      

8.2.4.2. Each Party shall protect the GDSII files to the same extent as it protects its own similar Intellectual Property. Because the GSDII files contain confidential information of both parties, each Party shall maintain the GDSII files as confidential information of the other Party subject to Section 12 of the Agreement as well as Section 8.6 below

 

8.3.

Licensing

 

    

8.3.1.     Aquantia grant to Intel. Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia hereby grants to Intel a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sublicensable (except as expressly provided herein), irrevocable, worldwide license under Project IP and Aquantia Background IP used in the development of the [*] Product to:

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


      

8.3.1.1. use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product;

 

      

8.3.1.2. disclose (subject to Section 12 of the Agreement), use, copy, have copied, modify and have modified Intellectual Property delivered to Intel by Aquantia as part of a Project Statement solely for the purposes of design validation, bug evaluation and repair of designs using [*] Product;

 

      

8.3.1.3. use [*] Product, and to use, make, have made, sell, offer to sell and import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product. Intel shall further have the right to extend to direct or indirect customers of Intel a license under all of Aquantia’s Patent rights in the [*] Product to use, sell, offer to sell or import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product,

 

    

8.3.2.     API License . In addition to the licenses set forth above, Aquantia further grants to Intel a royalty free, non-exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to copy, display, perform, create derivative works and distribute Aquantia’s API software which will be provided in both object and source code form and which is more fully described in Attachment #2.

 

    

8.3.3.     Intel grant to Aquantia . Subject to the terms of the Agreement and for the term of the Agreement, Intel hereby grants to Aquantia a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sublicensable, irrevocable (except for breach of the Agreement by Aquantia), worldwide license under Project IP and Intel Background IP used in the development of the [*] Product to:

 

      

8.3.3.1. internally use, copy and have copied the technology delivered to Aquantia by Intel as part of a Project Statement solely for the purposes of developing and supporting the [*] Product as specified in an approved Project Statement solely for the benefit of Intel;

 

      

8.3.3.2. make, have made (subject to Section 8.5 (Consent for Aquantia Products) the [*] Products solely for the benefit of Intel; and

 

      

8.3.3.3. sell the [*] Product only to Intel; and

 

      

8.3.3.4. to make and have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the Aquantia Product subject to Intel approval provided in Section 8.5 (Consent for Aquantia Products)

 

    

8.3.4.     Except as set forth in Section 8.3.3.4 in no event may Aquantia exercise the foregoing license to develop, make, use, sell or otherwise distribute any Intel Background IP or Intel Project IP other than for Intel’s benefit. Aquantia will have no right to make or use the [*] Product for its own use, or to sell the [*] Product to anyone other than Intel.

 

    

8.3.5.     The Parties acknowledge that nothing in the foregoing is intended to restrict Aquantia from testing and validating the [*] Products to the extent necessary for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement.

8.4.     Have Made Rights . For purposes of exercising its have made rights granted under Sections 8.3.3.2 and 8.3.3.4 of this Project Statement (Licensing), Aquantia may deliver Intel Technology delivered to Aquantia by Intel only to those subcontractors approved in advance in writing by Intel.

8.5.     Consent for Aquantia Products.

 

    

8.5.1.      Prior to Aquantia’s initial release of the Aquantia Product, Aquantia shall [*] in order to ensure that adequate security has been incorporated to prevent [*] within the Aquantia Product. Upon Intel’s foregoing written approval for the Aquantia Product, Aquantia may exercise its rights under the license granted in Section 8.3.3.4, unless and until Aquantia desires to [*] submit such new method [*].

 

    

8.5.2.     In the event of the termination of the Agreement, Aquantia may exercise its rights under the license granted in Section 8.3.3.4 but only with respect to Aquantia Products [*].

 

    

8.5.3.     In the event of the termination of the Agreement, Aquantia represents and warrants that it will [*], leading to [*]. The [*] will effectively [*]. This [*], allowing [*]. Once the new [*].

8.6.     Continuity of Supply

 

    

8.6.1.     Forecast and Manufacturing Cycle Time.

 

      

8.6.1.1. Intel will provide Aquantia with a rolling [*] forecast per the Agreement (“Forecast”) and both Aquantia and Intel will mutually agree to [*] for the Aquantia manufacturing cycle which is to be used to [*].

 

      

8.6.1.2. Aquantia’s manufacturing cycle time (“Manufacturing Cycle Time” or “MCT”) is [*].

 

    

8.6.2.     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia grants to Intel a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable, perpetual, irrevocable license to manufacture, or have manufactured, use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product as limited in this Section 8.6. Intel covenants and agrees that it will have the option to exercise the rights granted pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 upon the occurrence of one or more of the Trigger Events set forth in Section 8.6.2.1 below.

 

      

8.6.2.1. A “Trigger Event” is any one of the following events (each, a “Trigger Event”): [*].

 

      

8.6.2.2. [*].

 

    

8.6.3.     [*].

 

    

8.6.4.     [*].

8.7.    Product Markings . The [*] Product shall be marked as an Intel-branded device. Aquantia shall meet Intel’s requirements for Intel branded products as required by Intel.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


9. DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

For Aquantia: /s/ [*]     For Intel:
    [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Phil Delansay     By   /s/ Pat Gelsinger
Printed Name: Phil Delansay     Printed name: Pat Gelsinger
Title: CEO     Title: Sr. VP & GM, Digital Enterprise Group
Date:   January 15, 2009     Date:   January 15, 2009

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #1 TO PROJECT STATEMENT #1: [*] PRODUCT

REQUIRED FEATURES OF THE [*] PRODUCT

Project Summary:

[*2 pages*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Phil Delansay     By   /s/ Pat Gelsinger
Printed Name: Phil Delansay     Printed name: Pat Gelsinger
Title: CEO     Title: Sr. VP & GM, Digital Enterprise Group
Date:   January 15, 2009     Date:   January 15 ,2009

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #2 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT

STATEMENT OF WORK (“ SOW ”)

This Attachment #2 describes Key Milestones, deliverables and required dates throughout the Project. Following the effective date of this Project Statement #1, the Parties may choose to revise the content of this Attachment #2, including delivery dates, milestones, etc. as mutually agreed. All such subsequent changes or revisions to these milestones, deliverables and dates are subject to ratification by Intel and Aquantia in meetings held by the Program Managers at Intel and Aquantia, and recorded in the Meeting Minutes and Project Schedule.

Aquantia Deliverables and Milestones

The table below represents a summary of the Aquantia and Intel deliverables, milestones, and associated delivery dates. [*]. Each milestone is briefly defined in the section below the table.

[*].

 

Section Ref    Deliverable/Milestone    Owner(s)   

Date

(DATES TBD, WILL CHANGE!)

(1)

   [*]    Intel/Aquantia    [*]

(2)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(3)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(4)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(5)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(6)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(7)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(8)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(9)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(10)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(11)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(12)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(13)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(14)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(15)

   [*]    Intel/Aquantia    [*]

(16)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(17)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(18)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(19)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(20)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(21)

   [*]    Aquantia    [*]

(22)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

(23)

   [*]    Intel/Aquantia    [*]

(24)

   [*]    Intel    [*]

Milestone Definition

The below section briefly summarizes each milestone listed in above table.

[*2 pages*].

Vendor validation for key components:

[*1 page*]

Aquantia Reference Design Milestones

The following design milestones and associated delivery dates are referenced for the purpose of [*].

AQ1002 (90nm)

Deliverable/Milestone    Target Date

Preliminary Results of Intel Defined Electrical/IEEE Testing Matrix (10Gbps) as defined in Appendix C

   Done

Preliminary Results of Intel Defined Electrical/IEEE Testing Matrix (1Gbps) as defined in Appendix C

   11/08

Completion of Intel Defined Electrical/IEE Testing Matrix (1Gbps) as defined in Appendix C

   1/09

Completion of Intel Defined Electrical/IEEE Testing Matrix (10Gbps) as defined in Appendix C & FW 1.0 release

   1/09

Launch

   4/09

Test Chip 1 (ADC) 40nm

Deliverable/Milestone    Target Date

Test Report

   Completed 6/08

Test Chip 2 (Band Gap, DAC, LC Clock Synthesizers) 40nm

Deliverable/Milestone    Target Date

Tape out

   Completed 4/15/08

Preliminary Test Results

   11/08

Test Chip 3 (Band Gap, DAC, LC Clock Synthesizers, ADC, line driver) 40nm

Deliverable/Milestone    Target Date

Tape out

   Completed 11/15/08

Preliminary Test Results

   3/09

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Phil Delansay     By:   /s/ Pat Gelsinger
Printed Name: Phil Delansay     Printed Name: Pat Gelsinger
Title: CEO     Title: Sr. VP & GM, Digital Enterprise Group
Date:   January 15, 2009     Date:   January 15, 2009

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #3 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT

Quality and Reliability CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Sample Size May Change Per Risk Assessment

 

Stress    Lots Total    Units/Lot      PPS Requirement        PRQ Requirement      Notes

[*3 pages*]

                        

 

[*]

   By/ Between

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

These Q&R requirements may be adjusted, upon due consideration by both Intel and Aquantia at a peer-to-peer level, or by formal re-negotiation and written acceptance, if so required.

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Phil Delansay     By:   /s/ Pat Gelsinger
Printed Name: Phil Delansay     Printed Name: Pat Gelsinger
Title: CEO     Title: Sr. VP & GM, Digital Enterprise Group
Date:   January 15, 2009     Date:   January 15, 2009

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #2 – [*] PRODUCT

 

 

 

1. INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Project Statement #2 (“Project Statement”) shall be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement” as Attachment Number #2. For purposes of this Project Statement #2, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date. The purpose of this Project Statement #2 is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia shall develop and deliver a 10GbE dual MAC/PHY device (“[*] Product”). The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #2 shall be August 15, 2012.

Any changes to the specifications of [*] Product that are set forth in this Project Statement #2 shall be agreed to by the Parties in writing.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Aquantia shall combine Intel’s 10GbE dual MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual Aspen PHY to create the [*] Product [*] on [*] 28nm process [*]. [*]. Both parties shall mutually agree to complete and approve [*] Tapeout engineering requirements. [*]. Intel and Aquantia shall agree that the [*] shall include features and functions necessary for [*] in order to ensure that [*].

Aquantia shall [*]. Intel’s dual MAC shall be delivered as a [*] with Aquantia performing [*] in order to deliver [*] devices to Intel. [*] Product is a Custom Item.

 

3.

PRICING

3.1      Sample and/or Prototype Units . Upon availability and prior to [*] (or other dates subsequently agreed to by the Parties) Intel may purchase sample or prototype units of [*] Product from Aquantia as follows:

3.2     All sample and/or prototype units, regardless of spin (e.g., A0, A1, A2): Aquantia shall provide the first 200 samples to Intel at no cost. Intel may purchase additional samples at [*].

 

3.3

[*] Units Purchase Price

Intel may purchase [*] at the pricing specified below following its delivery to Aquantia of Intel’s written confirmation that [*] Product has received [*]. Following such notice Intel shall place purchase orders [*] units delivered to it in keeping with the purchase order terms specified in Sections 3 and 4 of the Master Purchase Agreement.

[*] Unit Price on Intel purchase orders sent to Aquantia with a delivery date [*] shall be [*].

Prompt payment shall be computed from the latest of:

[*].

 

3.4

The [*] below is based on [*]:

[*]

Any changes in the UP shall be as mutually agreed by the Parties. [*].

 

4.

NRE PAYMENT

4.1          Payment: Intel shall pay [*] to Aquantia as NRE per table below.

 

Activity Breakdown

 

     

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

4.2          [*]

 

     Payment Schedule:

 

Due on:

 

     

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

4.3          NRE: Intel shall pay Aquantia for non-recurring engineering expenses (“NRE”) associated with the development of [*], according to the table above. This includes [*].

 

      

If [*] are necessary, then [*].

 

      

[*].

 

      

[*].

 

5. DEFINITIONS

 

1000BASE-CX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard for short haul copper (up to 25m).
1000BASE-LX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using long wavelength (1300nm) laser, typically over Single mode Fiber.
1000BASE-SX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using short wavelength (850nm) laser, typically over Multi-mode Fiber.
1000BASE-T   IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet Standard Physical Layer definition for long haul copper (up to 100m) over 4 pair of Category 5 balanced copper cabling.
10GBASE-T   IEEE 802.3an
802.3   IEEE standard that defines CSMA/CD and 10BASE-T.
802.3ab   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-T.
802.3u   IEEE standard that defines 100BASE-TX.
802.3z   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-CX, 1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-SX.
A0   A0 is used to indicate the first revision of the silicon. If the next revision only changes metal layer, the number increments (e.g. A1). If all (or most) layers change, the letter increments and the number resets to zero (e.g. B0).
AFE   Analog Front End that converts digital signals to analog for input and output on physical interface.
AoL   Alert-on-LAN.
ASF   Alerting Standards Form.
BRD   The library format for Cadence Allegro PCB designs
CSMA/CD   Carrier Sense Multiple Access / Collision Detect. This is the type of bus protocol implemented by 802.3 Ethernet.
CTE   Cold Temperature Elimination – a method to eliminate the need of testing at cold temperature at high volume production, while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.
DAC   Dual Address Cycle.
DB   The library format of Synopsys synthesis libraries.
DFT   Design For Testability.
DMA   Direct Memory Access.
DRC   Design Rule Check.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


DSP   Digital Signal Processor.
EEPROM   Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory.
EEE   Energy Efficient Ethernet
GMAC   Gigabit MAC.
GMII   Gigabit Media Independent Interface.
GPIO   General Purpose Input/Output. This is a software controllable input/output pin/pad.
HDL   Hardware Description Language.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


HSPICE   Industry standard models for package, analog, circuit simulation.
IAS   Integration Architecture Specification – is the overall system specification for Barton Hills-LM/LC and shall be the reference point for all functions and features.
IBIS   An industry standard simulation / signal characterization model of IOs.
IO   Input/Output. Typically refers to a silicon pin/pad.
LOM   LAN-on-Motherboard.
LVS   Layout Versus Schematic.
MAC   Media Access Controller. The name of the logic that implements the 802.3 CSMA/CD standard.
MAC Controller   The logic that provides the MAC function along with DMA and a host interface (e.g. PCI).
MII   Media Independent Interface.
Modelsim   Model Technology’s HDL simulator product.
PCI-Express   Third Generation high performance I/O bus implemented with serial, point-to-point type interconnects for communication between two devices at current data-rate of 2.5 Gbits/sec. Also known as “PCIE”.
PDT   Intel and AQUANTIA Joint Program Development Team.
PHY   Physical Layer Device. The device/block that implements the AFE.
POR   Plan of Record.
PPS & PRQ   There are two qualification levels designed to meet Intel’s and its customers’ product introduction and production ramp needs, Pre-Production Samples (PPS) and Production Release Qualification (PRQ). PPS supports the unique and varied demands our businesses have in shipping limited quantities of customer qualification samples. At PRQ, Intel’s objective is to ship unlimited quantity of commercial products that meet the Q&R requirements and are supported by the applicable Intel warranty agreements.
PXE   Pre-boot execution Environment.
RAM   Random Access Memory.
SDF   Standard Delay Format.
SerDes   Serializer-Deserializer connection used in Backplane – connection using high speed serial electrical interface, based on IEEE – 1000BaseT-CX; or Fiber interface, IEEE 1000BaseT LX/SX.
SKU   Stock Keeping Unit.
SPEF   Standard Parasitic Exchange Format
Synopsys   Synthesis tool company. www.synopsys.com
TBI   Ten Bit Interface.
UTP   Unshielded Twisted Pair.
VCS   Synopsys’s HDL simulator product.
Verilog   An industry standard HDL language.
WfM 2.0   Wired for Management 2.0 specification: an Intel initiative to improve manageability of desktop, mobile and server systems, decreasing total cost of ownership.
WoL   Wake on LAN: An IBM trademarked term, used in place of Remote Wake Up, which describes the capability of remotely bringing a PC from a low to a high power state.
ZOBI   Zero-Hours-Burn-In a method to eliminate the need of burn-in at high volume production while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.

 

6. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Parties agree to assign dedicated project managers, engineering managers, and other personnel to this project as specified below. The project managers shall exercise overall project responsibility for their respective Party:

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Program and Engineering Project Managers

 

Party    Name    Title    Phone*    Email

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Intel

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

Aquantia

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

  

[*]

 

In addition, when applicable, both Parties agree to assign cross-functional team members to the [*] Product project. These members shall include employees of each Party representing, but not limited to, the following functions or disciplines:

Analog Engineering (IO cells, PH, and noise analysis)

Applications Engineering

Board Engineering

CAD Engineering (Layout, DRC)

Customer Support

Digital Engineering (ASIC and CMOS micro-architecture)

Software Engineering

Foundry Support

Manufacturing Test Engineering

Marketing

Operations

Packaging Engineering

Product Engineering

Production Operations and Document Control

Quality & Reliability Engineering

Silicon Validation

 

7.

Termination

 

7.1

[*] Product Project cancellation by Intel for convenience:

Any other section of the Agreement notwithstanding, Intel may terminate this Project Statement for convenience at any time by written notice to Aquantia.

 

7.2

[*] Product project cancellation by Aquantia for convenience:

Aquantia may not terminate this Project Statement for convenience.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


8. Intellectual Property and Marking

 

8.1 Definitions

8.1.1     “Aquantia Field of Use ” means (i) physical layer (“PHY”) technology for Ethernet networking technologies, circuit design, modeling and process design methodologies, programs and flows that do not fall within the Intel Field of Use and are not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information; (ii) dynamic back biasing technology that that does not fall within the Intel Field of Use and is not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information; and (iii) additional technology, if any, expressly identified in the Project Statement.

8.1.2     “Aquantia Product means [*]

8.1.3     “Background IP ” means all Intellectual Property and Patents belonging to or controlled by either Party, (i) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement or (ii) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired independently of the Agreement or not as part of the approved Project Statement.

8.1.4     “Intel Field of Use ” means (i) media access controller (“MAC’) technology for Ethernet networking technologies; (ii) technology related to manufacturing, metrology, testing, inspection, architecture, functionality and/or power management of (iii) Processors, (iv) Chipsets and (v) Intel processor based motherboards; and (vi) additional technology, if any, expressly identified in an applicable Project Statement.

8.1.5     “Intellectual Property ” means any and all intellectual property rights including all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) procedures, designs, inventions, and discoveries; (ii) works of authorship, copyrights and other rights in works of authorship; (iii) mask work rights, and (iv) know-how, show-how and trade secrets on a worldwide basis, but excluding all Patents issued or issuable thereon, and all trademarks, trade names, or other terms of corporate or product identification.

8.1.6     “Patents ” means all classes or types of patents (including, without limitation, originals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, reexaminations, or reissues), and applications for these classes or types of patent rights in all countries of the world (collectively, “Patent Rights”) that are owned or controlled by the applicable Party during the term of the Agreement.

8.1.7     “Patent Prosecution ” means (i) preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications (of all types), (ii) maintaining any Patents, and (iii) managing interference, reexamination or opposition proceedings relating to the foregoing.

8.1.8     “Project ” means the development of [*] Product during the term of this Project Statement as part of an approved Project Statement.

8.1.9     “Project IP ” means all Intellectual Property and Patents developed or conceived under this Project Statement by one Party or both Parties as part of an approved Project Statement to develop [*] Products. Project IP does not include the Background IP of either Party.

8.1.10     “[ *] Product ” means a product consisting of a single integrated circuit of the integration of Intel’s 10GbE dual MAC with Aquantia’s 10GbE dual PHY described in the approved Project Statement to create [*] Product on [*] 28nm process.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


8.2 Intellectual Property and Patent Ownership

8.2.1     Background IP . As between the Parties, Intel shall have exclusive ownership of Intel’s Background IP, and Aquantia shall have exclusive ownership of Aquantia’s Background IP.

8.2.2     Protect IP

8.2.2.1     Any and all Project IP, other than mask work rights, that falls within the Intel Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, shall be owned solely by Intel (“Intel Owned IP”). Aquantia hereby assigns to Intel all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Aquantia pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Intel Field of Use.

8.2.2.2     Any and all Project IP that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, and all mask work rights that are part of the Project IP, shall be owned solely by Aquantia (“Aquantia Owned IP”). Intel hereby assigns to Aquantia all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Intel pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use.

8.2.2.3     Any Project IP that does not fall within either the Intel Field of Use or the Aquantia Field of Use that is solely conceived by employees of one Party as part of the Project without any contribution, individually or jointly, of employees of the other Party shall be owned solely by the Party whose employees conceived such Project IP.

8.2.2.4     Any Project IP that does not fall within either the Intel Field of Use or the Aquantia Field of Use that is jointly conceived by employees of both parties as part of the Project (“Joint Out-of-Field Project IP”) shall be jointly owned.

8.2.2.5     Subject to the licenses granted in this Project Statement and upon the expressed written approval of the other Party, either Party may at its sole expense file a Patent and carry out Patent Prosecution on any Joint Out-of-Field Project IP and the non-filing Party shall assign and hereby does assign to the filing Party all of its ownership interest in such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP and agrees to execute further instruments necessary for Patent Prosecution as reasonably requested by the filing Party.

8.2.2.6     In the event either Party is unable to obtain the expressed written approval of the other Party pursuant to Section 8.2.2.5 of this Project Statement, such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP shall be kept as a jointly-owned trade secret.

8.2.3     Maskworks

8.2.3.1     Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 of this Project Statement notwithstanding, Aquantia shall own the mask works for the Aquantia Product and [*] Product (each referred to as “Mask Works”).

8.2.3.2     The Mask Works may include trade secrets of Intel. In addition and not in lieu of any obligation of confidentiality imposed by the Agreement with respect to Intel Confidential Information, Aquantia shall not disclose or otherwise make any part of Mask Works available, in any form, to any person other than Aquantia employees whose job performance requires such access consistent with the exercise of Aquantia’s licenses under Section 8.3.3 of this Project Statement. Aquantia agrees to instruct all such employees on these obligations with respect to use, copying, protection, and confidentiality of Mask Works.

8.2.3.3     Upon written consent by Intel, Aquantia may deliver the Mask Works to Aquantia subcontractors approved by Intel in writing for the purpose of exercising Aquantia’s rights under Section 8.3.3 of this Project Statement under an obligation of confidentiality at least as protective as that set forth in Section 12 of the Agreement. In the event of the termination of the Agreement, except for breach by Aquantia, pursuant to Aquantia exercising its rights under Section 8.3.3.2. Aquantia may deliver the Mask Works to a mask or wafer fabrication subcontractor approved by Intel in writing, provided Aquantia complies with the conditions in Section 8.5 below. Intel consents to the Mask Works being provided to [*].

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


8.2.3.4     Aquantia may not assign, sublicense, lease, or in any other way transfer or disclose Mask Works to any third party or reproduce or distribute any part of the Mask Works except as expressly provided in this Project Statement.

8.2.4     GDSII files

8.2.4.1     Sections 8.2.1 and Section 8.2.2 of this Project Statement notwithstanding, Aquantia and Intel shall jointly own the GDSII files for the [*] Product. Section 8.6 defines Intel’s right to use the GDSII files to exercise Intel’s make and have made rights for [*] Product.

8.2.4.2     Each Party shall protect the GDSII files to the same extent as it protects its own similar Intellectual Property. Because the GSDII files contain confidential information of both parties, each Party shall maintain the GDSII files as confidential information of the other Party subject to Section 12 of the Agreement as well as Section 8.6 below. Aquantia shall not deliver Intel GSDII files (for PCIE) to any third party company for any reason without written permission and approval from Intel. Intel shall not deliver Aquantia GDSII files for the PHY to any third party company for any reason without written permission and approval from Aquantia.

 

8.3

Licensing

8.3.1     Aquantia grant to Intel. Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia hereby grants to Intel a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sub licensable (except as expressly provided herein), irrevocable, worldwide license under Project IP and Aquantia Background IP used in the development of the [*] Product to:

8.2.2.1     use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product;

8.2.2.2     disclose (subject to Section 12 of the Agreement), use, copy, have copied, modify and have modified Intellectual Property delivered to Intel by Aquantia as part of a Project Statement solely for the purposes of design validation, bug evaluation and repair of designs using [*] Product;

8.2.2.3     use [*] Product, and to use, make, have made, sell, offer to sell and import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product. Intel shall further have the right to extend to direct or indirect customers of Intel a license under all of Aquantia’s Patent rights in the [*] Product to use, sell, offer to sell or import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product.

8.3.2     API License . In addition to the licenses set forth above, Aquantia further grants to Intel a royalty free, non-exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to copy, display, perform, create derivative works and distribute Aquantia’s API software which shall be provided in both object and source code form and which is more fully described in Attachment #2.

8.3.3     Intel grant to Aquantia . Subject to the terms of the Agreement and for the term of the Agreement, Intel hereby grants to Aquantia a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sub licensable, irrevocable (except for breach of the Agreement by Aquantia), worldwide license under Project IP and Intel Background IP used in the development of the [*] Product to:

8.3.3.1     internally use, copy and have copied the technology delivered to Aquantia by Intel as part of a Project Statement solely for the purposes of developing and supporting the [*] Product as specified in an approved Project Statement solely for the benefit of Intel;

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


8.3.3.2     make, have made (subject to Section 8.5 (Consent for Aquantia Products) the [*] Products solely for the benefit of Intel; and sell the [*] Product only to Intel; and to make and have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the Aquantia Product subject to Intel approval provided in Section 8.5 (Consent for Aquantia Products).

8.3.4     Except as set forth in Section 8.3.3.2 in no event may Aquantia exercise the foregoing license to develop, make, use, sell or otherwise distribute any Intel Background IP or Intel Project IP other than for Intel’s benefit. Aquantia shall have no right to make or use the [*] Product for its own use, or to sell the [*] Product to anyone other than Intel.

8.3.5     The Parties acknowledge that nothing in the foregoing is intended to restrict Aquantia from testing and validating the [*] Products to the extent necessary for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement.

8.4     Have Made Rights . For purposes of exercising its have made rights granted under Sections of this Project Statement (Licensing), Aquantia may deliver Intel Technology delivered to Aquantia by Intel only to those subcontractors approved in advance in writing by Intel.

8.5     Consent for Aquantia Products .

8.5.1     Prior to Aquantia’s initial release of the Aquantia Product, Aquantia shall [*] in order to ensure that adequate security has been incorporated to prevent [*] within the Aquantia Product. Upon Intel’s foregoing written approval for the Aquantia Product, Aquantia may exercise its rights under the license granted in Section 8.3.3.2, unless and until Aquantia desires to [*] submit such new method [*].

8.5.2     In the event of the termination of the Agreement, Aquantia may exercise its rights under the license granted in Section 8.3.3.2, but only with respect to Aquantia Products [*].

8.5.3     In the event of the termination of the Agreement, Aquantia represents and warrants that it shall [*].

8.6     Continuity of Supply

8.6.1     Forecast and Manufacturing Cycle Time.

8.6.1.1     Intel shall provide Aquantia with a rolling [*] forecast per the Agreement (“Forecast”) and both Aquantia and Intel shall mutually agree to [*] for the Aquantia manufacturing cycle which is to be used to [*].

8.6.1.2     Aquantia’s manufacturing cycle time (“Manufacturing Cycle Time” or “MCT”) is [*].

8.6.1.3     Intel shall place non-cancellable purchase orders with lead time equal to or longer than MCT.

8.6.2     Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia grants to Intel a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable, perpetual, irrevocable license to manufacture, or have manufactured, use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product as limited in this Section 8.6. Intel covenants and agrees that it shall have the option to exercise the rights granted pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 upon the occurrence of one or more of the Trigger Events set forth in Section 8.6.2.1 below.

8.6.2.1     A “Trigger Event” is any one of the following events (each, a “Trigger Event”): [*].

8.6.2.2     [*].

8.6.3     [*].

8.6.4     [*].

8.6.5     [*].

8.7      Product Markings . The [*] Product shall be marked as an Intel-branded device. Aquantia shall meet Intel’s requirements for Intel branded products as required by Intel.

8.8      End of Life . Aquantia shall support [*] design and Intel manufacturing requirements to at least [*], with annual evergreen renewal. If Aquantia needs to discontinue manufacture of [*] product, Aquantia shall provide [*] notification of discontinuance of manufacturing [*] product.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


9 DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

For Aquantia:     For Intel:
[*]     [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8/17/12     Date:   8/20/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #1 TO PROJECT STATEMENT #2: [*] PRODUCT

REQUIRED FEATURES OF THE [*] PRODUCT

Project Summary:

[*7 pages*]

There shall be full commitment from both sides to finish the testing and coverage milestones on schedule even if this entails onsite support.

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8/17/12     Date:   8/20/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #2 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT

STATEMENT OF WORK (“SOW”)

This Attachment #2 describes Key Milestones, deliverables and required dates throughout the Project. All subsequent changes or additions to these milestones, deliverables and dates are subject to ratification by Intel and Aquantia in meetings held by the Program Managers at Intel and Aquantia, and recorded in the Meeting Minutes and Project Schedule.

Aquantia Deliverables and Milestones

The table below represents a summary of the Aquantia & Intel deliverables, milestones, and associated delivery dates. [*].

 

Section  
Reference  
   Owner(s)    Deliverable/Milestone    Date
         (commit)
1    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
2    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
3    Intel    [*]    [*]
4    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
5    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
6    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
7    Intel    [*]    [*]
8    Intel    [*]    [*]
9    Intel    [*]    [*]
10    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
11    Intel    [*]    [*]
12    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
13    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
14    Intel    [*]    [*]
15    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
16    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
17    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
18    Aquantia    [*]    [*]
19    Intel    [*]    [*]

[*].

Checkpoints with Aquantia

date    checkpoint    content
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

  

[*]

  

[*]

Milestone Definition

Section  
Ref  
   Deliverable/
Milestone
   Milestone Definition
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]

[*1 page*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8/17/12     Date:   8/20/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #3 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT

Quality and Reliability CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Sample Size May Change Per Risk Assessment

These Q&R requirements may be adjusted, upon due consideration by both Intel and Aquantia at a peer-to-peer level, or by formal re-negotiation and written acceptance, if so required.

[*].

[*] Requirements [*]

Stress    [*] Requirement [*]    Notes

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]

[*] Q&R Requirements

Stress    Lots Total    Units/Lot    QS Requirement      PRQ Requirement      Notes

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

Notes:

[*6 pages*]

 

[*]

   By/ Between

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

[*]

   Intel/Aquantia

[*1 page*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8/17/12     Date:   8/20/12

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #4 TO [*] PROJECT STATEMENT

HVM Requirements and Customer returns support

[*].

 

Activity   

Condition to enable

monitor

   Monitor flow   

Condition for

elimination

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8-18-12     Date:   8/20/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #5 TO [*] PROJECT STATEMENT

Test Requirements

[*].

 

Test Module    Comments

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

5. [*]

 

Test    Method    Material    Temp    Repeat    Note

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

 

Criteria    Requirements

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

 

Correlation Item    Minimum quantity #    Comments    Success Criteria

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   8/17/12     Date:   8/20/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #3 – [*] SINGLE PORT PRODUCT

 

 

 

1.

INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Project Statement #3 (“Project Statement”) will be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement” as Attachment Number #3. For purposes of this Project Statement #3, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date. The purpose of this Project Statement #3 is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia shall develop and deliver a 10GbE Single Port MAC/PHY device (“[*] Product”). The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #3 shall be July 26, 2012.

Any changes to the specifications of [*] Single Port Product that are set forth in this Project Statement #3 must be agreed to by the Parties in writing.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Aquantia shall modify [*], and create the [*] Single Port Product on [*] 40nm process. [*] Single Port Product shall be delivered as tested devices to Intel. [*] Single Port Product is a Custom Item.

 

3.

PRICING

 

3.1 [ *] Units Purchase Price

Intel may purchase [*] at the pricing specified below. Intel shall place purchase orders [*] units delivered to it in keeping with the purchase order terms specified in Sections 3 and 4 of the Master Purchase Agreement and the [*] Product Project Statement #1, except as noted in this document.

Prompt payment will be computed from the latest of:

[*].

 

3.2

[*] .

Intel shall place an initial purchase order of [*] from Aquantia with an order quantity of [*] and the [*]. Following the initial order both parties agree to use the [*]. The supply of [*] is dependent on [*]. As such the [*]. Intel agrees to work with Aquantia [*]. If [*], both parties shall mutually agree to [*]. These situations may require [*]. Such units will be [*].

The parties shall agree that [*].

 

3.3

Product Markings

The [*] Single Port Product shall be marked as an lntel-branded device. Aquantia shall meet Intel’s requirements for Intel branded products as required by Intel.

 

3.4

End of Life

Aquantia shall support [*] Single Port Product design and Intel manufacturing requirements to at least [*], with annual evergreen renewal. If Aquantia needs to discontinue manufacture of [*] Single Port Product, Aquantia shall provide [*] notification of discontinuance of manufacturing [*] Single Port Product.

 

4.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Parties agree to assign dedicated project managers, engineering managers, and other personnel to this project as specified below. The project managers will exercise overall project responsibility for their respective Party:

Program and Engineering Project Managers

 

Party    Name    Title    Phone#    Email
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Intel

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Aquantia

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Aquantia

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
         

Aquantia

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


In addition, when applicable, both Parties agree to assign cross-functional team members to the [*] Product project. These members will include employees of each Party representing, but not limited to, the following functions or disciplines:

Analog Engineering (IO cells, PHY, and noise analysis)

Applications Engineering

Board Engineering

CAD Engineering (Layout, DRC)

Customer Support

Digital Engineering (ASIC and CMOS micro-architecture)

Software Engineering

Foundry Support

Manufacturing Test Engineering

Marketing

Operations

Packaging Engineering

Product Engineering

Production Operations and Document Control

Quality & Reliability Engineering

Silicon Validation

 

8 DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

For Aquantia:     For Intel:
[*]     [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   July 30, 2012     Date:   8/1/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #1 TO PROJECT STATEMENT #3: [*] SINGLE PORT PRODUCT

REQUIRED FEATURES OF THE [*] SINGLE PORT PRODUCT

Project Summary:

 

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   July 30, 2012     Date:   8/1/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #4 – [*]

 

1.

INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Project Statement #4 (“Project Statement”) will be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement” as Attachment Number #4. For purposes of this Project Statement #4, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date. The purpose of this Project Statement #4 is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia shall meet Intel [*] requirements and deliver the 10GbE Dual Port MAC/PHY device (“[*] Product”). The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #4 shall be November 8, 2012. [*]

Any changes to the specifications of [*] Dual Port Product that are set forth in this Project Statement #4 must be agreed to by the Parties in writing.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Aquantia shall [*] and deliver the [*] Product Project Statement #1 Dual Port device, according to the following mutually agreed schedule.

In addition, Intel agrees [*].

 

2.1 SCHEDULE
PRODUCT    PRODUCTION [*]    PURCHASE ORDER PLACEMENT
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]

 

2.2 PART NUMBERS
MM#      Supplier Part #    Product    Top Marking    Spec#    Step    Description    Status & Media  
[*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


3. DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

For Aquantia:     For Intel:
[*]     [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   11/14/2012     Date:   11/19/12

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


* ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #5 – [*]

 

 

 

1. INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Project Statement #5 (“Project Statement”) will be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement” as Attachment Number #5. For purposes of this Project Statement #5, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date. The purpose of this Project Statement #5 is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia shall meet Intel [*] requirements and deliver the 10GbE Dual Port MAC/PHY device (“[*] Product”). The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #5 shall be December 7, 2012.

Any changes to the specifications of [*] Dual Port Product that are set forth in this Project Statement #5 must be agreed to by the Parties in writing.

 

2. DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The purpose of this Addendum is to [*]. In order to accomplish this, the Parties agree to the following:

Intel contributions:

 

 

[*] in order to address issues of cash flow for Aquantia.

 

 

Intel shall [*] for [*], to enable Aquantia to [*].

 

 

Intel agrees to [*]. Both parties will mutually agree to [*].

 

 

Intel agrees to [*]. Intel shall [*].

 

 

Intel shall [*] in order to [*].

Aquantia contributions

 

 

Aquantia shall [*], according to the following mutually agreed Schedule and [*]. Both parties agree to [*].

 

 

For deliveries starting in [*], Aquantia shall [*]. Such [*] (per the Agreement).

 

 

Aquantia agrees to [*].

In the event that Aquantia [*], this will be a “Trigger Event”, and the Parties agree to follow Section 8.6 CONTINUITY OF SUPPLY in Project Statement #1 [*] Product. If both parties cannot solve the Trigger Event from these Section 2 terms during the cure period, Intel shall [*].

2.1           SCHEDULE

     Dec   Jan   Feb   Mar   Apr   May   Jun   Total

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

2.2           [*] Forecast Report 12/10/2012

Product       Media     JAN
’13
 

FEB

’13

 

MAR

’13

 

APR

’13

 

MAY

’13

 

JUN

’13

 

JUL

’13

 

AUG

’13

 

SEP

’13

 

OCT

’13

 

NOV

’13

 

DEC

’13

  TOTAL
FORECAST

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

2.3           PART NUMBERS

MM#   Supplier Part #      Product   Top Marking   Spec#   Step   Description   Status & Media

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

 

3. DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

For Aquantia:     For Intel:
[*]     [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   12/17/2012     Date:   1/16/13

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #6 — [*] PAYMENT

 

 

 

1. INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “ Parties ”) agree that this Project Statement #6 (“ Project Statement ”) will be attached to and incorporated into the “ Agreement ” as Attachment Number #6. For purposes of this Project Statement #6, the “Agreement” means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date. The Parties agree that the date of this Project Statement #6 shall be July 10, 2013.

Any changes to this agreement must be agreed to by both Parties in writing.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

 

2.1

PRICE SCHEDULE AND PART NUMBERS

The new [*] pricing schedule through Q4 2015 is agreed as follows

 

Product     MM#  

Q3

2013

 

Q4

2013

 

Q1

2014

 

Q2

2014

 

Q3

2014

 

Q4

2014

 

Q1

2015

 

Q2

2015

 

Q3

2015

 

Q4

2015

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

 

2.2 CONDITIONAL [*] PAYMENT STRUCTURE

Solely with respect to [*] unit prices made during the new [*] pricing schedule listed above in section 2.1 the Parties have agreed to the conditional [*] payment structure. An [*] payment of [*] will be made by Intel to Aquantia on each [*] unit: [*] For clarity, while the intent is to ensure Aquantia receives payment within [*] of the shipment of the Intel [*] where applicable, nothing is construed to make an objectively reasonable delay in payment of the [*] payment a material breach.

This Report shall be treated as Intel Confidential information under Section 12 of the Agreement. For clarification, this does not require the disclosure of the underlying Intel sales order to the Intel Customer.

 

3.

FORECAST

Intel shall, in good faith and due diligence, work to gain new customer business with [*] LOM Products based on the Price Schedule in Section 2.1 above.

Both Parties agree the forecast and new customer business are subject to change and is not a commitment. Aquantia understands that Intel customer demand is dependent on market conditions and other factors beyond Intel’s control. This may result in demand being increased, reduced, or eliminated.

 

4.

LEGAL EFFECT ON AGREEMENT

All provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall take precedence.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


A MENDMENT #            

T O

T HE AGREEMENT

B ETWEEN

I NTEL AND AQUANTIA

T HIS A MENDMENT #             (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Purchase Agreement between I NTEL C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, which includes its Affiliates, having its principal place of business at 2200 Mission College Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95052, USA (“ Intel ”), and A QUANTIA C ORPORATION , having its principal place of business at 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035 (“ Aquantia ”), referred to collectively as the “ Parties ” or each individually as “Party’.

R ECITALS

 

   

Effective January 15, 2009, the Parties entered into a Technology Collaboration Agreement (“ Agreement ”);

 

   

The Parties now wish to amend the Agreement by incorporating a new Project Statement #6, attached to this Amendment.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties have caused this Sixth Amendment to be executed by their respective corporate officers or agents.

 

F OR A QUANTIA :     F OR I NTEL :
[*]    

Dawn Moore

General Manager - Network Division

A QUANTIA     I NTEL C ORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, Networking Division
Date:         Date:    

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #7 – [*] LEAD FREE QUALIFICATION

 

1.0 INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

This Project [*] Lead Free Qualification is entered into by and between Intel Corporation a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 2200 Mission College Boulevard. Santa Clara, CA 95052, and its Affiliates (“Intel”), Aquantia Corporation, Inc., a California corporation having its principal place of business at 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035, and its Affiliates (“Aquantia”), effective as of the date of the last signature (the “Effective Date”).

The parties agree that this Project Statement shall be attached to and incorporated in the “Agreement”, entered a certain Master Development, Purchasing and License Agreement as of January 8, 2009 (the “Agreement”). For purposes of this Project Statement, the Agreement means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to- date (“Agreement”). The parties agree to this Project Statement to the Agreement to set forth terms and conditions under which Aquantia will provide a framework for managing the activities used by both parties in order to perform the required tasks to successfully have the [*] lead Free product qualified, investigate all failures, implement appropriate corrective actions, and to pursue continuous improvements The parties agree that any work related to this Project Statement, even if commenced by the parties prior to the Effective Date, is covered by the terms of this Project Statement.

The terms and conditions of the Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent the terms and conditions of this Project Statement #1 conflict with the Agreement, this Project Statement will govern. Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined in this Project Statement will have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

Any changes to the specifications of the [*] Product that are set forth in this Project Statement must be agreed to by the parties in writing.

 

2.0 [*] SCHEDULES

 

2.1 Intel Corporation will [*] listed in Table A as required for the [*]. Intel Corporation shall [*].

 

3.0 [*] PAYMENT STRUCTURE

 

3.1 Refer to the section 2.2 of Amendment #6

Table A

 

Activities    Qualification Costs
[*]    [*]
[*]    [*]
[*]    [*]
[*]    [*]
[*]    [*]

Schedule A

 

Activities    Total PO Cost
[*]    [*]

Schedule B

 

Payment Milestone    QA Payment
[*]    [*]
[*]    [*]

 

4.0 [*] SCHEDULE

 

Sept-14    Oct-14    Nov-14    Dec-14    Jan-15    Feb-15    Mar-15    Apr-15    May-15    Jun-15    Jul-15    Aug-15
[*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]         [*]              [*]    [*]
          [*]    [*]              [*]    [*]          
          [*]    [*]         [*]    [*]                         
          [*]    [*]         [*]    [*]                         
               [*]                                        
               [*]                                        

 

Aquantia Corporation     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title:   CEO     Title:   General Manager, Networking Division
Date:   9/26/14     Date:   9/25/2014

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ADDENDUM A

PROJECT STATEMENT #6 – [*] PRODUCT

 

 

 

1.0 INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

This [*] Project Statement #6 (“Project Statement”) is entered into by and between Intel Corporation a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 2200 Mission College Boulevard, Santa Clara, CA 95052, and its Affiliates (“Intel”), Aquantia Corporation, Inc., a California corporation having its principal place of business at 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035, and its Affiliates (“Aquantia”), hereinafter collectively referred to as (the “Parties”). The effective date of this Project Statement #6 is the date of the last signature (the “Effective Date”).

The Parties agree that this Project Statement shall be attached to and incorporated in the Agreement. For purposes of this Project Statement, the Agreement means the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corporation dated January 15, 2009, as amended to-date (“Agreement”).

Any changes to the specifications of the [*] Product that are set forth in this Project Statement shall be agreed to by the Parties in writing. If any terms in the Agreement and the other previous amendments conflict with any terms in this Project Statement, the terms in this Project Statement shall govern regarding the subject matter herein.

 

2.0

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Project Statement is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Aquantia shall qualify and label Intel-branded single, dual and quad port 10GBASE-T PHY devices based upon Aquantia’s 28nm Aspen standard 10GBASE-T product line (“[*] Product”).

 

3.0

DEFINITIONS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Aquantia shall qualify and label Intel-branded single, dual and quad port 10GBASE-T PHY based upon Aquantia’s Aspen standard 10GBASE-T product line to create the [*] Product on [*] 28nm process. The product features, packaging and interface specifications shall remain unchanged relative to the current 28nm Aspen standard product offering. Product packages shall include 3 SKUs. The quad port SKU are housed in a 25x25mm 576 Ball FCBGA package and the dual and single port devices will be housed in pin compatible 19x19mm 324 Ball FCBGA packages. Intel and Aquantia shall agree upon a Qualification Schedule that meets Intel’s PRQ (Production Release Qualification) specifications.

 

3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The [*] Product includes [*].

 

3.1 Features list

 

Description

  

Vendor Response

Quad Port

   Vendor Response
Dual Port
   Vendor Response
Single Port

Packaging and SKUs

              

Part number(s) [*]

   [*] X557AT4    [*] X557AT2    [*] X557AT

Package sizes available

  

25mm x 25mm

  

19mm x 19mm

  

19mm x 19mm

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]
                

MAC Interface Options and System Support

              

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]
                

Line Side BASE-T Interface

              

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

   [*]    [*]    [*]

 

3.2.1

Power features include: [*].

 

3.2.2

Test, manufacture, and support features include: [*].

 

4.0

PRICING

 

4.1

Sample and/or Prototype Units . Upon availability and prior to [*] or other dates subsequently agreed to by the Parties, Intel may purchase sample or prototype units of [*] Product from Aquantia as follows:

 

  4.1.1

Aquantia shall provide [*] cumulative sample and/or prototype units to Intel at [*]. Intel may purchase additional samples as follows: [*].

 

4.2

[*] Units Purchase Price . Intel may purchase [*] at the pricing specified below following its delivery to Aquantia of Intel’s written confirmation that [*] Product has received [*]. Following such notice Intel shall place purchase orders at [*] units delivered to it in keeping with the purchase order terms specified in Sections 3 and 4 of the Agreement.

 

4.3

Prompt payment shall be computed from the latest of: [*].

 

4.4

The [*] Schedule below is [*] and is based on [*].

[*] Schedule

 

Year   Quad   Dual   Single

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*].

 

5.0 NRE PAYMENT.

 

5.1 Payment: Intel shall pay [*]. The $/unit is [*] for all skus. This adder is in addition to the UP Schedule in Section 4.4.

 

5.2 [*].

 

5.3 [*].

 

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


5.4

Prior to the delivery of prototypes, Intel may cancel the design and engineering work under the SOW for the [*] Product by written notice to Aquantia, whereupon Aquantia shall cease work in connection with the Product.

 

6.0 DEFINITIONS

 

1000BASE-CX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard for short haul copper (up to 25m).
1000BASE-LX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using long wavelength (1300nm) laser, typically over Single mode Fiber.
1000BASE-SX   IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard using short wavelength (850nm) laser, typically over Multi-mode Fiber.
1000BASE-T   IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet Standard Physical Layer definition for long haul copper (up to 100m) over 4 pair of Category 5 balanced copper cabling.
10GBASE-T   IEEE 802.3an
802.3ab   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-T.
802.3u   IEEE standard that defines 100BASE-TX.
802.3z   IEEE standard that defines 1000BASE-CX, 1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-SX.
     
AFE   Analog Front End that converts digital signals to analog for input and output on physical interface.
AoL   Alert-on-LAN.
ASF   Alerting Standards Form.
BRD   The library format for Cadence Allegro PCB designs
CTE   Cold Temperature Elimination – a method to eliminate the need of testing at cold temperature at high volume production, while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.
DB   The library format of Synopsys synthesis libraries.
DFT   Design For Testability.
     
DRC   Design Rule Check.
DSP   Digital Signal Processor.
EEPROM   Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory.
EEE   Energy Efficient Ethernet
GMAC   Gigabit MAC.
GMII   Gigabit Media Independent Interface.
GPIO   General Purpose Input/Output. This is a software controllable input/output pin/pad.
HDL   Hardware Description Language.
HSPICE   Industry standard models for package, analog, circuit simulation.
IAS   Integration Architecture Specification – is the overall system specification for Barton Hills-LM/LC and shall be the reference point for all functions and features.
IBIS   An industry standard simulation / signal characterization model of IOs.
IO   Input/Output. Typically refers to a silicon pin/pad.
LOM   LAN-on-Motherboard.
LVS   Layout Versus Schematic.
MAC Controller   The logic that provides the MAC function along with DMA and a host interface (e.g. PCI).
Modelsim   Model Technology’s HDL simulator product.
PDT   Intel and AQUANTIA Joint Program Development Team.
PHY   Physical Layer Device. The device/block that implements the AFE.
POR   Plan of Record.
PPS & PRQ   There are two qualification levels designed to meet Intel’s and its customers’ product introduction and production ramp needs, Pre-Production Samples (PPS) and Production Release Qualification (PRQ). PPS supports the unique and varied demands our businesses have in shipping limited quantities of customer qualification samples. At PRQ, Intel’s objective is to ship unlimited quantity of commercial products that meet the Q&R requirements and are supported by the applicable Intel warranty agreements.
SerDes   Serializer-Deserializer connection used in Backplane or to other Ethernet device or connection using high speed serial electrical interface, such as – 10GBase-KR, Serial Gigabit Media Independent interface (SGMII), XFI, and RXUAI.

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SKU   Stock Keeping Unit.
Synopsys   Synthesis tool company.
VCS   Synopsys’s HDL simulator product.
Verilog   An industry standard HDL language.
XAUI   High speed 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (RXAUI denotes reduced pin count)
XFI   10Gb Framer Interface
ZOBI   Zero-Hours-Burn-In a method to eliminate the need of burn-in at high volume production while still achieving quality / reliability requirements.

 

7.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Parties agree to assign dedicated project managers, engineering managers, and other personnel to this project as specified below. The project managers shall exercise overall project responsibility for their respective Party:

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Program and Engineering Project Managers

 

Party    Name    Title    Phone #    Email
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Intel    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Aquantia    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Aquantia    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
Aquantia    [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

In addition, when applicable, both Parties agree to assign cross-functional team members to the [*] Product project. These members shall include employees of each Party representing, but not limited to, the following functions or disciplines:

Analog Engineering (IO cells, PHY, and noise analysis)

Applications Engineering

Board Engineering

CAD Engineering (Layout, DRC)

Customer Support

Digital Engineering (ASIC and CMOS micro-architecture)

Software Engineering

Foundry Support

Manufacturing Test Engineering

Marketing

Operations

Packaging Engineering

Product Engineering

Production Operations and Document Control

Quality & Reliability Engineering

Silicon Validation

 

8.0

TERMINATION

 

  8.1

[*] Product project cancellation by Intel for convenience: Any other section of the Agreement notwithstanding, Intel may terminate this Project Statement for convenience at any time by written notice to Aquantia. In such cases, the cancellation penalties in the amount of [*] Payment, shall apply.

 

  8.2

[*] Product project cancellation by Aquantia for convenience: Aquantia may not terminate this Project Statement for convenience.

 

9.0

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND MARKING

 

  9.1

Definitions

 

  9.1.1

“Aquantia Field of Use” means (i) physical layer (“PHY”) technology for Ethernet networking technologies, circuit design, modeling and process design methodologies, programs and flows that do not fall within the Intel Field of Use and are not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information, (ii) dynamic back biasing technology that does not fall within the Intel Field of Use and is not otherwise based in any way on Intel Confidential Information; and (iii) additional technology, if any, expressly identified in the Project Statement.

 

  9.1.2

“Background IP” means all Intellectual Property and Patents belonging to or controlled by either Party, (i) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement or (ii) developed, conceived, obtained or acquired independently of the Agreement or not as part of the approved Project Statement.

 

  9.1.3

“Intel Field of Use” means [*]

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  9.1.4

“Intellectual Property” means any and all intellectual property rights including all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) procedures, designs, inventions, and discoveries; (ii) works of authorship, copyrights and other rights in works of authorship; (iii) mask work rights, and (iv) know-how, show-how and trade secrets on a worldwide basis, but excluding all Patents issued or issuable thereon, and all trademarks, trade names, or other forms of corporate or product identification.

 

  9.1.5

“Patents” means all classes or types of patents (including, without limitation, originals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, reexaminations, or reissues), and applications for these classes or types of patent rights in all countries of the world (collectively, “Patent Rights”) that are owned or controlled by the applicable Party during the term of the Agreement.

 

  9.1.6

“Patent Prosecution” means (i) preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications (of all types), (ii) maintaining any Patents, and (iii) managing interference, reexamination or opposition proceedings relating to the foregoing.

 

  9.1.7

“Project” means the development of [*] Product during the term of this Project Statement as part of an approved Project Statement.

 

  9.1.8

“Project IP” means all Intellectual Property and Patents developed or conceived under this Project Statement by one Party or both Parties as part of an approved Project Statement to develop [*] Products. Project IP does not include the Background IP of either Party.

 

  9.2

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PATENT OWNERSHIP

 

  9.2.1

Background IP. As between the Parties, Intel shall have exclusive ownership of Intel’s Background IP, and Aquantia shall have exclusive ownership of Aquantia’s Background IP.

 

  9.2.2

Any and all Project IP that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, and all mask work rights that are part of the Project IP, shall be owned solely by Aquantia (“Aquantia Owned IP”). Intel hereby assigns to Aquantia all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Intel pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Aquantia Field of Use. Any and all Project IP that falls within the Intel Field of Use, whether solely or jointly developed, and all mask work rights that are part of the Project IP that falls within the Intel Field of Use shall be owned solely by Intel (“Intel Owned IP”). Aquantia hereby assigns to Intel all of the Project IP developed or co-developed by Aquantia pursuant to this Project Statement that falls within the Intel Field of Use.

 

  9.2.3

Any Project IP that does not fall within either the Intel Field of Use or the Aquantia Field of Use that is solely conceived by employees of one Party as part of the Project without any contribution, individually or jointly, of employees of the other Party shall be owned solely by the Party whose employees conceived such Project IP. Any jointly-created Project IP which does not fall within the Aquantia Filed of Use or the Intel Field of Use will be owned as provided for in the following Sections.

 

  9.2.4

Subject to the licenses granted in this Project Statement and upon the express written approval of the other Party, either Party may at its sole expense file a Patent and carry out Patent Prosecution on any jointly developed out-of-field Project IP and the non-filing Party shall assign and hereby does assign to the filing Party all of its ownership interest in such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP and agrees to execute further instruments necessary for Patent Prosecution as reasonably requested by the filing Party.

 

  9.2.5

In the event either Party is unable to obtain the expressed written approval of the other Party, such Joint Out-of-Field Project IP shall be kept as a jointly-owned trade secret.

 

  9.3

MASKWORKS

 

  9.3.1

Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 of this Project Statement notwithstanding, Aquantia shall own the mask works for the [*] Product (each referred to as “Mask Works”).

 

  9.4

LICENSING

 

  9.4.1

Aquantia grant to Intel. Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia hereby grants to Intel a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sub licensable (except as expressly provided herein),

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


 

irrevocable, worldwide license under Aquantia-owned Project IP and Aquantia Background IP used in the development of the [*] Product to:

 

  9.4.1.1

use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product;

 

  9.4.1.2

use [*] Product, and to use, make, have made, sell, offer to sell and import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product. Intel shall further have the right to extent to direct or indirect customers of Intel a license under all of Aquantia’s Patent rights in the [*] Product to use, sell, offer to sell or import Intel products that incorporate or are otherwise adapted to operate with [*] Product.

 

  9.4.2

API License. In addition to the licenses set forth above, Aquantia further grants to Intel a royalty free, non-exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to copy, display, perform, create derivative works and distribute Aquantia’s API software which shall be provided in both object and source code form and which is more fully described in Attachment #2.

 

  9.4.3

Intel grant to Aquantia. Commencing at the time Aquantia makes the first commercial sale to Intel of the [*] Product and expiring at the time of the last commercial sale to Intel, Intel hereby grants to Aquantia a royalty-free, non-exclusive, nontransferable, non-sub licensable, revocable, worldwide license under Intel-owned Patent Rights that read on technology owned by Intel within the Intel Field of Use (and only for technology that is provided to Aquantia under this Project Statement) to make the [*] Products solely for the benefit of Intel; and sell the [*] Product only to Intel. Aquantia may only provide or transfer the [*] Product to Intel. Intel grants Aquantia no other licenses or other rights including, but not limited to, patent, copyright, trademark, trade name, service mark or other intellectual property licenses or rights with respect to the [*] Product, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for the licenses expressly granted in this section.

 

  9.4.4

The Parties acknowledge that nothing in the foregoing is intended to restrict Aquantia from testing and validating the [*] Products to the extent necessary for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement.

 

  9.5

CONTINUITY OF SUPPLY

 

  9.5.1

Forecast and Manufacturing Cycle Time

 

  9.5.1.1

Intel shall provide Aquantia with a rolling [*] forecast per the Agreement (“Forecast”) and both Aquantia and Intel shall mutually agree to [*] for the Aquantia manufacturing cycle which is to be used to [*].

 

  9.5.1.2

Aquantia’s manufacturing cycle time (“Manufacturing Cycle Time” or “MCT”) is [*]. PO’s to be place by 10th of each month.

 

  9.5.1.3

Maximum expedite charge should not exceed [*].

 

  9.5.1.4

[*].

 

  9.5.2

Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Aquantia grants to Intel a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable, perpetual, irrevocable license to manufacture, or have manufactured, use and import and directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell and otherwise dispose of [*] Product as limited in this Section 9.5. Intel covenants and agrees that it shall have the option to exercise the rights granted pursuant to this Section 9.5.2 upon the occurrence of one or more of the Trigger Events set forth in Section 9.5.2.1 below.

 

  9.5.2.1

A “Trigger Event” is any one of the following events (each, a “Trigger Event”): [*].

 

  9.5.2.2

[*].

 

  9.5.3

[*].

 

  9.5.4

[*].

 

  9.5.5 [*].

 

  9.6 Product Markings . The [*] Product shall be marked as an Intel-branded device. Aquantia shall meet Intel’s requirements for Intel branded products as required by Intel.

 

  9.7 End of Life . Aquantia shall support [*] design and Intel manufacturing requirements to at least [*], with annual evergreen renewal. If Aquantia needs to discontinue manufacture of [*] product, Aquantia shall provide [*] notification of discontinuance of manufacturing [*] product.

 

  9.8 [*].
 
  9.8.1 Intel to [*].

 

  9.8.2 This [*] is contingent upon [*] as called out in attachment #1.

 

  9.8.3 If Intel [*], Intel to [*]. If Intel [*], then Intel will [*].

 

  9.8.4 For [*] other than described in 9.8.1, Intel agrees to [*], however, if an Intel customer [*].

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  9.8.5 Applies to all general releases of software drivers and Intel firmware.

DESIGNATED PROJECT MANAGERS AND TECHNICAL POINTS OF CONTACT

 

AQUANTIA:     INTEL:
[*]     [*]
AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     General Manager, Networking Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #1 TO PROJECT STATEMENT #6:

REQUIRED FEATURES OF THE [*] PRODUCT

The product features, packaging and interface specifications shall [*].

In addition to these datasheets contents, below we have called out some specific requirements that go beyond the current content of the respective datasheets referenced above.

Table 1: [*]

 

    [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*].

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan. 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #2 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT #6

STATEMENT OF WORK (“SOW”)

This Attachment #2 describes Key Milestones, deliverables and required dates throughout the Project. All subsequent changes or additions to these milestones. deliverables and dates are subject to ratification by Intel and Aquantia in meetings held by the Program Managers at Intel and Aquantia, and recorded In the Meeting Minutes and Project Schedule.

Aquantia Deliverables and Milestones

The table below represents a summary of the Aquantia & Intel deliverables, milestones, and associated deliver dates. [*]. Each milestone is briefly defined in the section below the table.

 

Milestone    Owner    Date
          (commit)

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Aquantia    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

[*]

   Intel    [*]

Note: [*].

[*]:

 

[*]   Owner

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Aquantia

[*]

  Intel

[*]

  Intel

[*]

  Intel

[*1 page*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan. 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #3 TO [*] PRODUCT PROJECT STATEMENT #6

QUALITY AND RELIABILITY CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

SAMPLE SIZE MAY CHANGE PER RISK ASSESSMENT

These Q&R requirements may be adjusted, upon due consideration by both Intel and Aquantia at a peer-to-peer level, or by formal re-negotiation and written acceptance, if so required.

[*].

[*] Requirements [*]:

 

Stress    [*] Requirement [*]    Notes
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]
[*]    [*]    [*]

[*] Requirements

[*]

 

Stress   Lots Total   Units/Lot    QS Requirement    PRQ Requirement    Notes
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

 

Stress   Lots Total   Units/Lot    QS Requirement    PRQ Requirement    Notes
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

[*]

 

Stress   Lots Total   Units/Lot    QS Requirement    PRQ Requirement    Notes
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

Notes:

[*6 pages*]

 

     By/ Between
     Intel/Aquantia
     Intel/Aquantia
     Intel/Aquantia

Receivables Deliverables

 

Deliverable    Delivered By    Received by    Due
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Intel

  

Aquantia

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]
[*]   

Aquantia

  

Intel

   [*]

These are Q&R requirements may be adjusted, upon due consideration by both Intel and Aquantia at a peer-to-peer level, or by format re-negotiation and written acceptance, if so required.

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #4 TO [*] PROJECT STATEMENT #6

HVM Requirements and Customer return support

[*]

 

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]   [*]   [*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #5 TO [*] PROJECT STATEMENT #6

Test Requirement

[*5 pages*]

 

AQUANTIA     INTEL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Faraj Aalaei     By:   /s/ Dawn Moore
Printed Name: Faraj Aalaei     Printed Name: Dawn Moore
Title: CEO     GM, LAN Access Division
Date:   1/16/15     Date:   Jan 22, 2015

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


AMENDMENT #1

TO THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

INTEL AND AQUANTIA

Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Aquantia Corp. (“Aquantia”) entered into a Master Purchase Agreement dated January 15, 2009 which has been amended from time-to-time (the “Agreement”). On July 10, 2013, the parties entered into that certain Project Statement #6—[*] Payment (“Project Statement #6”). The parties now seek to enter into this Amendment #1 (“Amendment #1”) in order to modify Project Statement #6 as follows as of January 1, 2016 (“Effective Date”):

  1.

Extension of Price Schedule . Section 2.1 of Project Statement #6 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

      

2.1 PRICE SCHEDULE AND PART NUMBERS

      

The new [*] pricing schedule through September 30, 2016 (“End Date”) is agreed as follows:

Product   MM#  

Q3

2013

 

Q4

2014

 

Q1

2014

 

Q2

2014

 

Q3

2014

 

Q4

2014

 

Q1

2015

 

Q2

2015

 

Q3

2015

 

Q4

2015

 

Q1

2016

 

Q2

2016

 

Q3

2016

   

[*]

 

  [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

 

  2.

No other changes . Except as otherwise stated in this Amendment #1, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect through the End Date. All terms herein shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Amendment #1.

Each party has caused this Amendment #1 to be signed by its duly authorized representative.

 

Aquantia Corp.     Intel Corporation
/s/ Kamal Dalmia     /s/ Stephen Schultz
Signature     Signature
Kamal Dalmia     Stephen Schultz
Printed Name     Printed Name
SVP Sales & Mktg     General Manager, Networking Division
Title     Title
10/27/16     November 1, 2016
Date     Date

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ATTACHMENT #8 TO PROJECT STATEMENT #1

 

1. INCORPORATION INTO AGREEMENT

Intel and Aquantia (the “Parties”) agree that this Attachment #8 (“Attachment”) will be attached to and incorporated into the Project Statement #1 of Addendum A of the Master Purchase Agreement between Intel Corporation and Aquantia Corp. dated January 15, 2009, as amended to date (“Agreement”). The terms of this Addendum supersede any and all other terms entered into as they relate to pricing in both “Project Statement #1 – [*] Product”, dated January 15, 2009 and “Project Statement #6 – [*] Payment,” dated July 10, 2013. The parties have agreed pricing for the [*] product through September 30, 2016 and now desire to document their agreed pricing for units purchased from October 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. The effective date of this Attachment is the date signed by the second signing party (“Effective Date”).

Any changes to this Attachment must be agreed to by both Parties in writing.

2. PRODUCT AND PRICING DESCRIPTION

The new [*] pricing is agreed to as follows:

 

       
    

2016 (Oct-Dec)

 

  2017   2018-2020
       

[*]

 

  [*]   [*]   [*]
2. FORECAST

This Attachment is not dependent upon volumes, forecasts, or other market conditions, and is not a commitment to purchase any set unit quantity.

[Signature page follows]

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

Intel Corporation:     Aquantia Corp.
By:   /s/ Stephen Schultz     By:   /s/ Kamal Dalmia
Print Name:   Stephen Schultz     Print Name:   Kamal Dalmia
Title:   General Manager, Networking Division     Title:   SVP Sales & Mktg
Date:   November 1, 2016     Date:   10/27/16

 

[*] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.13

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

LOGO  

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

2600 Great America Way

Santa Clara, CA 95054

USA

Tel : (408) 462-3900

www.globalfoundries.com

July 29, 2014

Aquantia Corp.

700 Tasman Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Attn: Faraj Aalaei, President & Chief Executive Officer

Letter Agreement with respect to Foundry Collaboration

Dear Mr. Aalaei:

Subject to the approval of the respective Board of Directors of each of GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. (“GF”) and Aquantia Corp. (“Aquantia”) of the terms of this Letter Agreement, which approval in the case of Aquantia shall be obtained by unanimous written consent of Aquantia’s Board of Directors no later than 15 business days from the date hereof and in the case of GF shall be obtained at the November meeting of GF’s Board of Directors, the parties to this Letter Agreement agree as follows:

 

1.

Foundry Collaboration and Support

 

1.1

Collaboration . Aquantia will develop and design some of its [*] products (the “Products”) for manufacture using GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. and its subsidiaries’ (the “GF Group”) process technology as long as such GF offering meets Aquantia’s product requirements. The GF Group will provide Aquantia with early access to and support for GF’s [*] PDKs and related technology in line with best customer practice. In order to establish the manufacturability of the Products on the GF Group’s process technology, the parties will (a) work collaboratively to timely share product requirements, process technology requirements, product roadmaps and other pertinent information, and (b) establish a regular cadence of meetings and checkpoints to drive and track progress to mutually agreed timelines.

 

1.2

[* ]

 

1.3

Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), Aquantia will require that the acquiring party agree to be bound or otherwise continue to be bound (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the provisions of this Letter Agreement, unless GF expressly waives such requirement in a signed writing. A “Change of Control” means the sale or transfer (including by merger, consolidation or similar transaction), in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, of (a) such number of Aquantia’s voting shares having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or (b) all or substantially all of Aquantia’s assets that are required to perform this Letter Agreement.


2.

Series H Preferred Stock Investment

 

2.1

Investment . Subject to the management and other corporate approvals of each of GF and Aquantia, including without limitation approval by the Board of Directors of each of GF and Aquantia, and the successful completion of other customary investment conditions, the parties commit to the following:

 

   

GF will invest $20 to $25 million in Aquantia’s proposed Series H Preferred Stock financing.

   

At the closing of GF’s investment in the proposed Series H Preferred Stock financing, Aquantia will grant GF warrants for the purchase of that number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, equal to the difference between the number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock issued and the number of shares that would have been issued to GF at such closing if the effective pre-money valuation for the Series H Preferred Stock financing were equal to $200 million.

The parties’ commitments in this Section 2 will expire on December 31, 2014.

 

3.

Miscellaneous

 

3.1

Incorporation by Reference . Sections 7.3-7.6, 7.9, and 7.13 of the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 30, 2014 (as supplemented or amended from time to time), among Aquantia and the investors listed in the Schedule of Investors attached as Exhibit A thereto, are incorporated by reference into this Agreement, except that any reference to (a) the “Agreement” shall be deemed a reference to this “Letter Agreement”, (b) the “Company” shall be deemed a reference to Aquantia, and (b) the “Investor(s)” shall be deemed a reference to GF.

 

3.2

Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Letter Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Letter Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of Aquantia and GF.

 

3.3

Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter Agreement, and supersedes any and all prior understandings, agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

Please confirm your agreement with the terms set forth herein by signing and returning to us a copy of this Letter Agreement.

[ Signature pages follow. ]

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406  OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Sincerely,

GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc.

By:

  

/s/John Bucher

  

Name: John Bucher

  

Title: SVP

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406  OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Agreed and Accepted:

Aquantia Corp.

By:

  

/s/ Faraj Aalaei

  

Name: Faraj Aalaei

  

Title: President and CEO

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Annex I

Provisions referenced in Section 3.1 of the GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. Inc. Letter Agreement with respect to Foundry Collaboration

 

7.3

Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. The parties agree that any action brought by any party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the Northern District of California.

 

7.4

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7.5

Titles and Headings . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

7.6

Notices . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile if during regular business hours at the recipient’s location (or if after regular business hours, the next business day), addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or seven (7) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number as follows, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto as follows:

 

  (a)

if to an Investor, at the address specified for such Investor as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  (b)

if to the Company, marked “Attention: Chief Executive Officer”, at Aquantia Corp., 700 Tasman Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035, with a copy to Cooley LLP, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Babak Yaghmaie, Esq.

 

7.9

Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

7.13

Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic communication and upon such delivery by facsimile or other means of electronic communication, including without limitation in portable document format, the signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

[*] =

C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE  406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation

Aquantia B.V.

   The Netherlands

Aquantia B.V. Taiwan Branch

   Taiwan

Aquantia Canada Corp.

   Canada

Aquantia (Cayman), Ltd.

   Cayman Islands

Aquantia LLC

   Delaware

Aquantia RUS LLC

   Russia Federation

Aquantia Semiconductor India Pvt Ltd.

   India

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 28, 2017 (May 16, 2017 as to Note 18 for the exercise of the warrants and October 5, 2017 as to Note 2 for the reverse stock split), relating to the consolidated financial statements of Aquantia Corp. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California

October 6, 2017